DONATIONS TO THE BUILDING FUND
OF THE
‘Royat Socrety ofr New SourH WALEs.
From 11th September, 1877, to 21st December, 1886.
Abbott, Hon. 4 PS Aba (SY 18.525 5a.)
Abbott, 2 eee
, 8.3
; apt, WV. E (£1 dé; " £10)
Alexander,
ee es
Pee eee neers we eee
ney, Augustus
pieeecn, C. Bi E.
Bladen, Thom
Bolding, a: ee (85, £2 2e:)
Bowen, G. M
Bradri ridge, T. a
Brazier, John, ia - ZS. (£8 Sao £2 Ss.)
Brindley, Tho
Brodribb, Hon.'§ W. A., MCILC,, F.B-G-S. (S10 108, 22) S.c3
Brooks, Joseph, F.R.G.S.
Brown, H. J. bigs ws
Brown, Thom:
Brown, David
Burnell, A. J. (£2 2s., £2 2s.)
Caitell The Hon. gett M.L.C.
, Alfred
Serene eee eeee
SNe ewe rete nee eee
see eeeree
e
ohn
Campbell, Hon. Alex., M.L.C.
Campbell, Allan, L.R.C.P. Sout ag ee £2 2s.)
Campbell, Rev. Joseph, M.A.,
Chard, J. S. (£2 2s., £1 Is.)
Chisholm, Edwin, M.R.S.C.E
Score ‘de gama M.D., London
Pie Pere eee Ur ererr le Tree ree eee eee ee
CObpae a
mrie, James . seeeeee .
Com
on W. J. (£5 5s., £5)
» Oe ae 2 8.
Cox, Hon. G. i; M.L.C. (£5 58., £20)
‘Croudace, Thomas
Daintrey. te ee Oe £5 5s.)
‘
wo ._
ore
we we
~~ A
Co Co Nee we wt Ow
Ne Ne Ne Se ee ee Ne Se SS GS OS
www YS
ep
Ce al
Dean, Sata hag (£1 Is., £10)
Delarue, L. H
De Salis, Hon. L. F., M.L.C. (£10, £3 19s.)
De Salis, L. re junr. (£10, £1 1s.)
Dight, Arthu
Dixon, W. re F.C.S. 1 ea 33.5 2ls., 218., 2ls:, Sls., Dis. Zig:
Dixson, Crai raig, BE De SHR ee cee as Pe ee
Dixson, Thos., M.B., 2 ne Ed.
Docker. Ba
Du Fau og pe penta
Evans, George es 38.; ee
Ewan, J. Fraser, M.B., “Mask Surg., Edin.
Paitine, E. R “(e109 10s., £200)
eee a
Flavelle, Bros. and Roberts 5 es Sas pe eae a is ca
Flavelle
ape ae ome
Frazer, Hon. John, M.L.C.
Gilliat, H. A.
Goodlet, John H
Grahame, Hon 7 MAE
Griffiths, F. C. oe 10s., eS 5s., £5)
Gurney, Professor, M.A.
Ha argrav e, Lawrenc
Harrison, L: M. (£10 10s., “£10)
— well, W. A., M.A., B.Sc.
Hay, Hon. Sir John, K. C.M.G. (£20, £1)
fear? — , Ph. D., Berlin
Hen
ar | Henry (£10 10s., £5, £2 2s.)
Hills, R
Hirst, G B - 21s, De, 2le.; 2le:, 23s;)
Taian, J. K: C50 Bec Sot ae paca rosters tetas ote 2G Sheen
Hunt, Robert, F.G. S. (£5 5s., £2 2s., — ‘aes yy Bis, Sis; Zip.)
Inglis, The Hon. James, M. LA. (21s.,
a M.R.C.S.E., LROP.
eee ee eee eee
J
Fosephson,« as P. ALM. I.C.E. (£3 3s., £2 2s.)
Kater, H. C:
Keele, WN atric copeat da wvoeretsautecenee ts moericth eee
Peewee neces
Keep, J.
Kinloch, J.,“M.A.
Knox, Ho Mi. C. (£20, £10)
Knox, HW. W (£2 23:, £2 18s. )
Latta, DASE - PONS er des Se.
Leibius, A., Ph.-D., M.A. (£5 5 53:, 22 Sai. £1 Te Sy ee
Lenehan, H. A: (£2 2s., £2 2s.) .
of
oo
~ — b
Se Saws SaSe Sra
—
i
CUCU © em & Ori +1 8 bo
—
i)
—
e —
minnwoaSSriowers
$
PORCORNUWOUS
i
SrNWNWRENWNOAMNOSHWOUOCNWNOrOCOWMOMNOOSRFONONOOTWR WHR OOH
—_
ore”
— —
~_
i)
-
otro osceosooeSooOoSoSo CSS SSCS OSC SOOSOSO OS OSS OOS OOSOOSC OS SOO OSOOOCOSOSOSOSOSOSOSOSOF
ili
aha = F.R.S. (£10, 21s., 21s., £3 3s.,21s., 21s., £5 5s.)
Lowe,
we,
Lowe, Hon
ee eee ee
‘lto
MacDonald, E. "(£2 98, £2 2s.)
MacDo nnell, Ss
MacDonnell, WY, st £2 2s.)
ackenzie, John F.G.S.
MacPherson, ey. P., M.A. (£2 2a., £2 2s.)
Maitland,
D. M.
Makin, G a 7 1s,,.£2 2s.)
Manfre ed, E
Manning, : N., M.D., St. And. (£5 5s., £2 9s.)
es
Manning, Sir Wm aa. D. — ot £7 7 18s. )
Matthews, Robert exe oo 1s.)
Markey, Jam mes, L.R.C
Marsden, Right Rev. ta ;
Martin, Rev. G
Merriman, . 5
Moir, Jam
Moore, Chatles EIS. ange £2 Zs. ).
ori eae 10, £5)
CREME TCCT OFS S coves: ev eeabespeesed
teens, Fo F.R.G.S. Ase £10)
s, J. F. L., M.A
Mullin:
Mu
pica,
Murray, W. 6. (£5, £1 Is., £10)
Myles, C
Norton, itn James, M.L.C.
ee ee ee
O'Reilly, R v. A. Innes, B.A
O'Reilly, W. W. J., M. D. Queen's Univ., Irel.
Teer errccsewenee
Palmer, E., M.LA., Qlan
jor 1.8
Quaife, F. H.. M.D., Mast. Surg., Glas.
Quirk, Rev. D. Placid, M.A
Quodling, We RNs. CRN SMC Aoccte io kosh iscs auineras ee
NS ee ce se oe
Raat C. E.
Roberts, John ........
berts, C. J., C.M.G., M.L. A.
rtson, Thomas
Ro!
- reesage yang C.M.G. (£10, £5)
Ro , W.
Settee eee wees
Lone eee ROHS SCL HS CNS RE ROO OTe bee Hebe Se: eae te
Seem emcee eeenns
C.E.
Sharp, J. B., J. P (is 5s., £5 5s.
harp, Henry ele ;
ee ay
Oe ere enews
f Shepherd,
Sleep, John 8
eee eee
ou
wwe
=m
Or eT je! Dt ee 6G
SS o> We) bee oo be 25 BD
p Le ©
to
_, ~~ a, —, sy
Some See? Se? Sse? Soe? See? See? ee? See? GS GG Se? Ge Se
Ne? Soe? Se?
Oe ee ee ee wee et SS GS YD DOD OO OD
SOS ee see ener e
Scoce eeocece|o
ecococeo
iv
wa
DHOOM HE WPNRFONANWUOROOCOKFOOCOCORONNONCOFONNOOW:
=e) ccocecooescooscos sooo escoooSeSoSSSoSoSOSoSoOO™
Smith, Hon. oie C.M.G.,; M.L.C. (£5, £2 2s., £1 1s.)......
obert, M.A.
BB.
am
ta
a: a |
—_
Taylor, W.
Tebbutt, J., 1
Thomas, H. at (3, os 2s.)
Tho oseph
Thomson, Dugald :
— on, J. Ashburton, M.D. (Brux.) ‘
‘oohe
ey;
Trout, F. H. (E35 osx, 21-18.) 4
Tucker, G. D 10
Voss, H. H., SP. (£10 10s., £20) a
a.
Walker, H. O.
Ward, Major-General Sir Edward, K.C.M.G., R.E. .............5+ 5
Ward, J. W. (£2:108.,; £2 10s.; £2:2a.,.£2 2s., £2 2s.)
a
i
Waterhouse, «
Watt, A. J. (£5 5s., £1 1s.)
Watt, Charles
Webster, A. S. (£10, £10) 2
e W
0s
er, T,
Wilkinson, C. S., F.G.S, (£5 5s., £2 2s., £2 2s.)
Ww seed F. B. W. ae £2 2a, s.) (
Wright, H. G. A., M.R.C.S.E. (£5 te Rigi | satay bt: Saag dF. ged
21s., in, 21s ) 12.12
Young, L. H,. G. 1 ee
£1,904 12 0
ROYAL SOCIETY OF NEW SOUTH WALES,
JOURNAL
PROCEEDINGS
OF THE
ROYAL SOCIETY
NEW SOUTH WALES
1886.
INCORPORATED 1881
Seca Pa Aes
EDITED BY
A. LIVERSIDGE, F.R.S.,
Professor of Chemistry and Mineralogy in the University of Sydney
THE AUTHORS we vingetores ARE ALONE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE STATEMENTS
E AND THE OPINIONS EXPRESSED THE
AGENTS FOR THE SOCIETY:
Messrs. Triibner & Co., 57, Ludgate Hill, London, E.C
SYDNEY:
CHARLES POTTER, GOVERNMENT PRINTER.
1887.
Mo. Bot. Garde:
NOTICE.
Tue Royat Society of New South Wales originated in 1821
as the “ Philosophical Society of Australasia”; after an interval
of inactivity, it was resuscitated in 1850, under the name of the
“Australian Philosophical Society,” by which title it was known
until 1856, when the name was changed to the “ Philosophical
Society of New South Wales”; in 1866, by the sanction of Her
Most Gracious Majesty the Queen, it assumed its present title,
and was incorporated by Act of the Parliament of New South
Wales in 1881.
CONTENTS.
VOLUME XxX.
PUNE TEDS NRE Oy i a A a el al
Act or INCORPORATION
Rutzs, List of Members, &c.
ART,
ART.
oo AppreEss. By Professor Liversidge, F.R.S.,
i Peete of an Unrecorded Ardisia of New Guinea.
By Baron Ferd. von Mueller, K.C.M.G., M. & Ph.D., F.R.S.,
&e.
. TTL—A ie ing of the Dialects of East and West Poly-
alay, M the Rev.
nesian M alagasy, and Australian. By
George P: sale
IV.—Preliminary notes on some new Poisonous Plants dis-
oe on the Johnstone River, North Queensland. By
. L. Baner in.
. V.—Metallic Meteorite, Gomcnatand By Professor Liver-
&e.
sidge, F.R.S.,
. VI.—Further Additions to the Census of the Genera of
Australia. B
Plants hitherto known as indigenous to
Baron Ferd. are K.C.M.G.. M.&Ph.D., F.R.S., &e.
VII.—Notes on the Process of Polishing and Figuring 18-in
on 2s Spocula by by Hand, and Experiments with Flat Surfaces,
. vei. —Tin Sew of New South Wales. By 8. Herbert
F.G.S
Cox, F.C.S.,
boriginal Names of Rivers in Australia Philo-
. IX.—The A
~ ered examined. By the late Rev. Peter MacPherson,
A.
. X.—Our Lakes and their Uses. By Fredk. B. Gipps, C.E....
. XI.—Notes a the History of tet in the River Darling.
By H. ssell, B my
C. R
XII.—Notes on the Sweet penile ‘of Smilax Glycyphylla.
By Professor Edward H. Rennie, M.A
. XITI.—Notes on the Theory a abiae of Gases. By
Professor R. Threlfall, B.A. (Cantab)
XIV. peas of the Observations of the Comets Bacet&
Barnard, and Brooks (No 1), 1886, at Windsor,
By John Tebbutt, FR. ese "S.,
XV.—Notes on some Roc 1 Minera from New a
&c. By Professor siveciiea 7 RB Ge Akins
XVI.—Notes on some New South Wales Silver and other
Minerals, Professor Liversidge, F.R.S., &c. ............066
XVII.—On the Composition of some Pumice gate from
the Pacific. By Professor Liversidge, F.R.S., &c. ............
. XVITI.—Notes Ss asm in Lake sen % H. ©.
Russell, B.A., F.R.S.,
. XIX.—The Strength ii Elasticity of Ironbark Timber
as applied to Works of Construction. By Professor Warren,
A.M.I.C.E,.
“PROCEEDINGS
ADDITIONS TO THE LIBRARY
EXCHANGES AND PRESENTATIONS MADE BY THE RoYAL SocrmeTY OF
NEw 1886
PROCEEDINGS OF THE Pepa
List or PUBLICATIONS
InpEx
ouTH WALES
Sanitary Section.
The Ventilation of es and the Dwelling. By J. Trevor
Jones, City Enginee
On the Rational Coaaeraiss of Chairs and Desks. By Reuter
E. Roth, M.R.C.S.E. ..
Notes on the Sanitary Condition of the Eastern Suburbs, &c.
By F. H. Quaife, i ogee
The Recent Outbreak of Small-pox on ceanien,”
By J. Ash
b.)
** Oce:
burton Thompson, M.D. eee ), San. Sci. Cert.
A Note upon Scavenage. By J. Ashburton Thompson, M.D.
(Brux.), San. Sci. Cert. (Camb.)
—o of the Suburbs of Sydney. By J. Trevor Jones,
Che Aopal Society of Hew South Wales
OFFICERS FOR 1886-87
HONORARY PRESIDENT:
HIS EXCELLENCY Tue Rr. Hon. LORD CARRINGTON
.C.M.G., &0., &c., &C
PRESIDENT:
CHRISTOPHER ROLLESTON , C.M.G.
VICE-PRESIDENTS:
H, C. RUSSELL, B.A., F.R.A.S., &c
Dr. ADOLPH LEIBIUS, M.A., F.C.S.
HONORARY TREASURER:
ROBERT HUNT, F.G:S., &c.
HONORARY SECRETARIES:
PROFESSOR LIVERSIDGE, F.RS., F.C.S., F.G.S., &c.
B. KYNGDON.
COUNCIL:
MACKELLAR, ag C. K.,
M.L.C.,
oe - ASHBURTON,
MOORE, GHARLES, F.LS.
PEDLEY, FP. E
M.D.,
WILKINSON, "C. S., F.GS., F.L.S.
WRIGHT, H. G.A., MRB.CS.E, &e,
ASSISTANT SECRETARY:
W. H. WEBB.
ROYAL SOCIETY OF NEW SOUTH WALES.
ACT OF INCORPORATION.
An Act to incorporate a Society called “The
Royal Society of New South Wales.” [16
December, 1881. |
W 7 itost Gree a Society called (with the sanction of Her preamble.
Most Gracious Majesty the Queen) “The Royal
Chamberlaine Russell Esquire B.A. (Sydney) F.R.A.S.
F.M.S. London Government Astronomer for New South
Wales Vice-Presidents and H. G. A. Wright Esquire
M.R.C.8. Honorary Treasurer Archibald Lavensdee Esquire
Associate of the Royal School of Mines London Fellow of
the Institute of Chemistry of Great Britain and Ireland and
Professor of Geology and msawedogy- i in the University of
Sydney and Carl Adolph Leibius Esquire Doctor of Philo-
sophy of the a of ap mr ad Fellow of the Insti-
tute of Chemistry of Great Britain and Ireland Honorary
Secretaries W. A. Dixon Fellow of the Institute of Chemistry
of Great Britain and Ireland G. D. Hirst Esquire Robert Hunt
Interpretation
clause.
Tncorporation
clause,
Rules and by-
laws.
xvi
Charles Smith Wilkinson Esquire Government Geologist
Members of the Council And whereas it is expedient that
the said Society should be incorporated and should be invested
with the powers and authorities hereinafter contained
it therefore enacted by the Queen’s Most Excellent Majesty
by and with the advice and consent of the Legislative Council
and Legislative Assembly of New South Wales in Parliament
assembled and by the authority of the same as follows :—
1. For the purposes of this Act the following words in
inverted commas shall unless the context otherwise indicate
bear the meaning set against them respectively—
“Corporation” the Society hereby incorporated
“ Council” the Members of the Council at any duly con-
vened meeting thereof at which a quorum according
to the by-laws at the time being shall be present
™ tary” such person or either one of such persons
who shall for the time being be the Secretary or
Secretaries honorary or otherwise of the said Society
(saving and excepting any Assistant Secretary of
the said Society). :
Society of New South Wales” and by that name
shall and may have perpetual succession and a common seal
and shall and may enter into contracts and sue and be sued
plead and be impleaded answer and be answered unto defend
and be defended in all Courts and places whatsoever and
may prefer lay and prosecute any indictment information
d ution against any n whomsoever an
summons or other writ and any notice or other p i
which it may be requisite to serve upon the Corporation
may be served upon the Secretary or one of the Secretaries
as the case may be or if there be no Secretary or if the
Secretaries or be absent from the Colony then
upon the President or either of the Vice-Presidents.
3. The present rules and by-laws of the said Society shall
be deemed and considered to be and shall be the rules and
by-laws of the said Corporation save and except in so far as
any of them are or shall or may be altered varied or repealed
under the powérs for that purpose therein contained or are
xvii
or may be inconsistent or incompatible with or repugnant to
any of the provisions of this Act or any of the laws now or
he r to be in force in the said Colony.
e Corporation shall have power to purchase acquire Power to
and hold lands and any interest therein and also to sell and 227 hold ané
dispose of the said lands or any interest therein and all
lands tenements hereditaments and other property of what-
property of the said Corporation as watched to = charges claims
and demands in anywise affecting the
business of the Pace ion in reference Ordinary
= its pngerly shall be managed by the Council and it-shall "esnees'ty¢
ot be lawful for individual members to interfere in any Council.
an in the management of the affairs of the Corporation
except as by vod rules and by-laws for the time being shali
be specially pro
6. The aati shall have the general management and ———
superintendence of the affairs of the Corporation and except-
ing the appointment of President and Vice-Presidents and
other honorary officers who shall be appointed as the by-laws
of the Society shall from time to time provide the Council
shall have the appointment of all officers and servants re-
quired for carrying out the purposes of the Society and of
preserving its property and it may also define the duties and
fix the salaries of all officers Provided that if a vacancy
shall occur in the Council during any current year of the
Society’s proceedings it shall be lawful for the Council to
elect a member of the Society to fill such vacancy for =
uu
in the securities af eal:
a of the funds and property. of the Onepe Soe.
ration being insufficient to meet its engagements each ™*™Y**
a ee ee
Custody of
common seal,
XVLli
then current year be liable to contribute a sum equal thereto
towards the payment of such engagements but shall not be
otherwise individually liable for the same and no member
who shall have commuted his annual subscription shall be so
liable for any amount beyond that of one year’s subscription.
ratcufied copy of 9. The production of a printed or written copy of the
rules and by-
laws to be evi-
dence.
Elections not
made in due
time may be
made su
quently.
all Courts of such rules and by-laws and of the same having
been made under the authority of this Act.
may be to make such elections respectively at any ordinary
meeting of the Council or at any annual or special general
meeting held subsequently.
11. The Secretary or either one of the Secretaries may
pr gh the Corporation in all legal and equitable pro-
cee i
Z
(
TIN DEPOSITS OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 105.
' [ was not able to examine the section of this shaft as itis lined,
but some of the material on the surface, which is included in the
first 90 feet of sinking, appears to consist of a fine-grained fel-
spathic ash, which has been converted, at places, by decomposition
into clay, and these ash beds are found in other sections under-
lying the basalts.
The bottom in Bailey’s mine is of great interest. It consists of
felspar porphyry in part, resting upon slates, each of these con-
stituting the bottom in different parts of the mine. The following
section will illustrate their relations, and is taken along the course
of the tunnel :—
Section along tunnel in Bailey’s Claim.
T. Tunnel from which wash-dirt has been removed :—
a. Slates. b. Felspar porphyry. c. Sediment overlying the tin-wash.
and I believe a similar section was met with in the old workings.
This felspar porphyry, which is called granite locally, is looked
upon as the main bottom in the distric , as a general rule,
such is undoubtedly the case. It is of the greatest importance,
however, to place on record the fact that at one point in this
mine there is an undoubted instance of a tin gutter on this
rock, the lead of tin being overlain by a rock which corresponds
in all respects with the lower one. This section is cut across
a small prospecting drive, in the side of which it can be seen, as
follows :—
Section alony prospecting drive in Bailey's Mine.
a. Felspar porphyry. b. Tin-wash. e. Felspar porphyry (tufa ?).
xx
Members, Honorary ie it ioe ove vee
ey rresponding :
* esignation of... ° : es
a Expulsion of ;
» tosign Rules see ;
Admission of ... ’ i
rants .. . .
Object of the Society .
ice-bearers
» Durati es z
acancies amongst ’
Onder of Business
President
onorary
Property of the Society
Quo
at the Council Mee’
ae fi the Election of Officers cal of new ie ieaaliens
ports ae oes
a pom edict ee sas we me sg
Resignations sve i we
Rules, Alteration of ts nee site
Scruti ppointment of : . o»
Sections, Membershi ;
Sections o ttees ae Se aS =
Secretaries, saan Titties of see eo se
of Saaiinn pes see ee ie ee
Subscriptions | are ee ae
” ee nee nee aoe wee
‘Vacancies in di Dowaal ee sue ae ae Sue
Visitors ... ek ee kee ie
RULES.
(Revised October 1st, 1879.)
Additional Rules adopted November 5th, 1884, marked thus, Xa, Fe.
Object of the Society.
I. The object of the Society is to receive at its stated meetings
original papers on Science, Art, Literature, and Philosophy, and
especially on such subjects as tend to develop the resources of
Australia, and to illustrate its Natural History and Productions.
Honorary President.
II. The Governor of New South Wales shall be ex officio
Honorary President of the Society.
Other Officers.
III. The other Officers of the Society shall consist of a
President, who shall hold office for one year only, but shall be
eligible for re-election after the lapse of one year; two Vice-
Presidents, a Treasurer, and one or more Secretaries, who, with
six other members, shall constitute a Council for the management
of the affairs of the Society.
Election of Officers and Council.
IV. The President, Vice-Presidents, Secretaries, Treasurer,
and the six other members of Council, shall be elected annually
by ballot at the General Meeting in the month of May.
V. It shall be the duty of the Council each year to prepare a
list containing the names of members whom they recommend for
election to the respective offices of President, Vice-Presidents,
Hon. Secretaries and Hon. Treasurer, together with the names
of six other members whom they recommend for election as
ordinary members of Council.
The names thus recommended shall be proposed at one meeting
Of the Council, and agreed to at a subsequent meeting.
XXii a
Such list shall be suspended in the Society’s Rooms, and a copy 4
shall be sent to each ordinary member not less than fourteen days
before the day appointed for the Annual General Meeting.
Va. There shall be elected on to the Council for each ensuing
year, at least two and not more than three members of the Society —
who were not members of the Council for the previous year.
VI. Each member present at the Annual General Meeting
shall have the power to alter the list of names recommended by |
the Council, by adding to it the names of any eligible members
not already included in it and removing from it an equivalent —
number of names, and he shall use this list with or without such
alterations as a balloting list at the election of Officers and —
Council.
The name of each member voting shall be entered into a book,
kept for that purpose, by two Scrutineers elected by the members :
present.
No ballot for the election of members ot Couneil, or of new a
members, shall be valid unless twenty members at least shall 4
record their votes.
Vacancies in the Council during the year.
VII. Any vacancies occurring in the Council of Management
during the year may be filled up by the Council.
Candidates for admission,
VIII. Candidates must be at least twenty-one years of age. —
Every candidate for admission as an ordinary member of the :
Society shall be recommended according to a prescribed form of
certificate by not less than three members, to two of whom the
candidate must be personally known.
Such certificate must set forth the names, place of residence,
and qualifications of the candidate.
The certificate shall be read at the three Ordinary General
Meetings of the Society next ensuing after its receipt, and
xxii
during the intervals between those three meetings, it shall be
suspended in a conspicuous place in one of the rooms of the
Society.
The vote as to admission shall take place by ballot, at the
Ordinary General Meeting at which the certificate is appointed
to be read the third time, and immediately after such reading.
At the ballot the assent of at least four-fifths of the members
voting shall be requisite for the admission of the candidate.
Entrance Fee and Subscriptions.
IX. The entrance money paid by members on their admission
shall be Two Guineas; and the annual subscription shall be
Two Guineas, payable in advance ; but members elected prior to
December, 1879, shall be required to pay an annual subseription of
One Guinea only as heretofore.
-The amount of ten annual payments may be paid at any time
as a life composition for the ordinary annual payment.
ITXa. The entrance fee and first annual subscription shall be
paid within two months from the date of election ; otherwise the
election shall be void.
The Council may, however, in special cases, extend the period
within which these payments must be made.
IXs. Composition fees shall be treated as capital, and shall
be devoted to the Building Fund Account, or invested.
New Members to be informed of their election.
X. Every new member shall receive due notification of his
election, and be supplied with a copy of the obligation (No. 3 in
Appendix), together with a copy of the Rules of the Society, a
list of members, and a card of the dates of meeting.
Members shall sign Rules—Formal admission.
XI. Every member who has complied with the preceding
a shall at the first Ordinary General Meeting at which he
all be present sign a duplicate of the aforesaid obligation in a
xxiv
book to be kept for that purpose, after which he shall be presented
by some member to the Chairman, who, addressing him by name,
shall say :—‘In the name of the Royal Society of New South
Wales I admit you a member thereof.”
Annual subscriptions, when due.
XII. Annual subscriptions shall become due on the Ist of
May for the year then commencing. The entrance fee and first
year’s subscription of a new member shall become due on the
day of his election.
XII. Persons elected on or after the first day of October in
any year shall pay the annual contribution as in advance for the
following year, but in every case within two months after noti-
fication of their election has been made to them by the Honorary
Secretary.
Members whose subscriptions are unpaid not to enjoy privileges.
XIII. An elected member shall not be entitled to attend the
meetings or to enjoy any privilege of the Society, nor shall his
- name be printed in the list of the Society, until he shall have
paid his admission fee and first annual subscription, and have
returned to the Secretaries the obligation signed by himself.
Subscriptions in arrears.
XIV. Members who have not paid their subscriptions for the
current year, on or before the 31st of May, shall be informed o
the fact by the Hon. Treasurer,
No member shall be entitled to vote or hold office while his
subscription for the previous year remains unpaid.
The name of any member who shall be two years in arrears
with his subseriptions shall be erased from the list of members,
but such member may be re-admitted on giving a satisfactory
explanation to the Council, and on payment of arrears.
At the meeting held in July, and at all subsequent meetings
for the year, a list of the names of all those members who are in _
XXV
arrears with their annual subscriptions shall be suspended in the
Rooms of the Society. Members shall in such cases be informed
that their names have been thus posted.
XIVa. Any member in arrears shall cease to receive the
Society’s publications, and shall not be entitled to any of the
privileges of the Society until such arrears are paid.
Resignation of Members.
XV. Members who wish to resign their membership of the
Society are requested to give notice in writing to the Honorary
Secretaries, and are required to return all books or other property
belonging to the Society.
Expulsion of Members.
XVI. A majority of members present at any ordinary meet-
ing shall have power to expel an obnoxious member from the
Society, provided that a resolution to that effect has been moved
and seconded at the previous ordinary meeting, and that due
notice of the same has been sent in writing to the member in
question, within a week after the meeting at which such reselution
has been brought forward,
Honorary Members.
XVII. The Honorary Members of the Society shall be persors
who have been eminent benefactors to this or some other of
the Australian Colonies, and distinguished patrons and promoters
of the objects of the Society, Every person proposed as an
Honorary Member must be recommended by the Council and
elected by the Society. Honorary Members shall be exempted
from payment of fees and contributions: they may attend the
meetings of the Society, and they shall be furnished with copies
of the publications of the Society, but they sball have no right
to hold office, to vote, or otherwise interfere in the business of
the Society.
The number of Honorary Members shall not at any one time
exceed twenty, and not more than two Honorary Members shall
be elected in any one year.
Xxvi
Corresponding Members.
XVIII. Corresponding Members shall be persons, not resident
in New South Wales, of eminent scientific attainments, who may
haye furnished papers or otherwise promoted the objects of the
Society. .
Corresponding Members shall be recommended by the Council,
and be balloted for in the same manner as ordinary Members.
Corresponding Members shall possess the same privileges only
as Honorary Members,
The number of Corresponding Members shall not exceed
twenty-five, and not more than three shall be elected in any one
year.
Ordinary General Meetings.
XIX. An Ordinary General Meeting of the Royal Society, te
be convened by public advertisement, shall take place at 8 pm»
on the first Wednesday in every month, during the last eight
months of the year; subject to alteration by the Council with
due notice.
Order of Business.
XX. At the Ordinary General Meetings the business shall be
transacted in the following order, unless the Chairman specially
decide otherwise :—
1—Minutes of the preceding Meeting.
2—New Members to enrol their names and be introduced.
3—Ballot for the election of new Members.
4—Candidates for membership to be proposed.
5—Business arising out of Minutes.
6—Communications from the Council.
7—Communications from the Sections.
8—Donations to be laid on the Table and acknowledged.
9—Correspondence to be read.
10—Motions from last Meeting. ea
11—Notices of Motion for the next Meeting to be given
12—Papers to be read.
13— Discussion.
14—Notice of Papers for the next Mecting.
XxXvii
XXa. At the ordinary meetings of the Society nothing relating
to its regulations or management, except as regards the election
or ejection of members, shall be brought forward, unless the same
shall have been announced in the notice calling the meeting, or
be otherwise provided for in these Rules.
XXs. A special meeting of the Society may be called by the
Council, provided that seven days notice be given by advertisement,
or shall be so called on a requisition signed by at least twenty-five
members of the Society, to consider any special business thus
notified,
Annual General Meeting.— Annual Reports.
XXI. A General Meeting of the Society shall be held annually
in May, to receive a Report from the Council on the state of
the Society, and to elect Officers for the ensuing year. The
Treasurer shall also at this meeting present the annual financial
statement.
Admission of Visitors.
XXII. Every ordinary member shall have the privilege of
introducing two friends as visitors to an Ordinary General
Meeting of the Society or its Sections, on the following con-
ditions :—
1. That the name and residence of the visitors, together
with the name of the member introducing them, be
entered in a book at the time.
2. That they shall not have attended two consecutive
meetings of the Society or of any of its Sections in the
current year.
The Council shall have power to introduce visitors irrespective
of the above restrictions.
Council Meetings.
XXIII. Meetings of the Council of Management shall take
place on the last Wednesday in every month, and on such other
days as the Council may determine.
Xxvili
XXIIIa. The President or Hon. Secretaries, or any three
Members of the Council, may call a meeting of the Council,
provided that due notice of the same has been sent to each Member
of the Council at least three days before such meeting.
Absence from Meetings of Council. Quorum.
XXIV. Any member of the Council absenting himself from
three consecutive meetings of the Council, without giving a satis-
factory explanation in writing, shall be considered to have vacated
his office. No business shall be transacted at any meeting of
the Council unless three members at least are present.
Duties of Secretaries.
XXYV. The Honorary Secretaries shall perform, or shall cause
the Assistant Secretary to perform, the following duties :—
1. Conduct the correspondence of the Society and Council.
2. Attend the General Meetings of the Society and the
meetings of the Council, to take minutes of the pro-
ceedings of such meetings, and at the commencement
of such to read aloud the minutes of the preceding
meeting.
3. At the — = of the members, ~ announce
to the Society si SLUCC their | ting
to read the certificates of candidates for admission to
the Society, and such original papers communicated to
the Society as are not read by their respective authors
and the letters addressed to it.
4. To make abstracts of the papers read at the Ordinary
General Meetings, to be inserted in the Minutes and
printed in the Proceedings,
the p
5. To edit the Transactions of the Society, and to superintend
the making of an Index for the same.
6. To be responsible for the arrangement and safe custody
of the books, maps, plans, specimens, and other property
of the Society.
- XXix
7. To make an entry of all books, maps, plans, pamphlets,
&e., in the Library Catalogue, and of all presentations
to the Society in the Donation Book.
8. To keep an account of the issue and return of books,
&c., borrowed by members of the Society, and to see
that the borrower, in every case, signs for the same in
the Library Book.
9. To address to every person elected into the Society a
printed copy of the Forms Nos. 2 and 3 (in the
Appendix), together with a list of the members, a copy
of the Rules, and a card of the dates of meeting; and
to acknowledge all donations made to the Society, by
Form No. 6.
. To cause due notice to be given of all Meetings of the
Society and Council.
11. To be in attendance at 4 p.m. on the afternoon of
Wednesday in each week during the session.
. To keep a list of the attendances of the members of the
Council at the Council Meetings and at the ordinary
Generai Meetings, in order that the same may be laid
before the Society at the Annual General Meeting held
in the month of May.
The Honorary Secretaries shall, by mutual agreement, divide
the performance of the duties above enumerated.
The Honorary Secretaries shall, by virtue of their office, be
members of all Committees appointed by the Council.
jon
=)
Soak
iw)
Contributions to the Society.
XXVI. Contributions to the Society, of whatever character,
must be sent to one of the Secretaries, to be laid before the
Council of Management. It will be the duty of the Council to
arrange for promulgation and discussion at an Ordinary Meeting
such communications as are suitable for that purpose, 8 well as
to dispose of the whole in the manner best adapted to promote
the objects of the Society.
Xxx
XXVIa. The original copy of every paper communicated to
the Society, with the illustrative drawings, shall become the
property of the Society unless stipulation be made to the contrary;
and authors shall not be at liberty, save by permission of the
Council, to publish the papers they have communicated, until
such papers or abstracts of them, have appeared in the Journal
or other publications of the Society.
XXVIz. If any paper of importance is communicated during
the recess, the same may be ordered for publication by the Council,
without being read to the Society.
Management of Funds.
XXVII. The funds of the Society shall be lodged at a Bank
named by the Council of Management. Claims against the
Society, when approved by the Council, shall be paid by the
Treasurer.
All cheques shall be countersigned by a member of the Council.
Money Grants.*
XXVIII. Grants of money in aid of scientific purposes from the
funds of the Society—to Sections or to members—shall expire on
the 1st of November in each year. Such grants, if not expended,
may be re-voted.
XXIX. Such grants of money to Committees and individual
members shall not be used to defray any personal expenses which
a member may incur.
Audit of Accounts.
XXX. Two Auditors shall be appointed annually, at an
Ordinary Meeting, to andit the Treasurer’s Accounts. The
accounts as audited to be laid before the Annual Meeting in
May.
Za 1s a we
PE y £ + 1 pply +1 en . gi g, 45 an *
2 ee ee eee hb d th ientifi It ted to foll thererronr,
3. eescgd any previous grant has been received from any source, and, if so, with
4. Whether any portion of the grant is to be devoted to personal remuneration.
5. What apparatus (if any) of permanent value will pbcbenieek.
RARE
Property of the Society to be vested in the President, &§c.
XXXI. All property whatever belonging to the Society shall
be vested in the President, Vice- Presidents, Hon. Treasurer, and
Hon. Secretaries for the time being, in trust for the use of the
Society ; but the Council shall have control over the disburse-
ments of the funds and the management of the property of the
Society.
SECTIONS.
XXXII. To allow those members of the Society who devote
attention to particular branches of science fuller opportunities
and facilities of meeting and working together with fewer formal
restrictions than are necessary at the general Monthly Meetings
of the Society,—-Sections or Committees may be established in
the following branches of science :—
Section A.—Astronomy, Meteorology, Physics, Mathematics,
and Mechanics.
Section B.—Chemistry and Mineralogy, and their application
to the Arts and Agriculture. :
Section C_—Geology and Paleontology.
Section D.—Biology, i.e., Botany and Zoology, including
Entomology.
Section E.—Microscopical Science.
Section F—Geography and Ethnology.
Section G.—Literature and the Fine Arts, including
Architecture.
Section H.—Medical.
Section I—Sanitary and Social Science and Statistics.
Section Committees—Card of Meetings.
XXXIII. The first meeting of each Section shall be appointed
by the Council. At that meeting the members shall elect their
own Chairman, Secretary, and a Committee of four ; and arrange
the days and hours of their future meetings. A card showing
the dates of each meeting for the current year shall be printed
for distribution amongst the members of the Society.
=
Membership of Sections.
XXXIV. Only members of the Society shall have the privilege
of joining any of the Sections.
Reports from Sections.
XXXV. There shall be for each Section a Chairman to preside
at the meetings, and a Secretary to keep minutes of the pro-
ceedings, who shall jointly prepare and forward to the Hon.
Secretaries of the Society, on or before the 7th of December in
each year,a report of the proceedings of the Section during
that year, in order that the same may be transmitted to the
ouncil,
Reports.
XXXVI. It shall be the duty of the President, Vice-Presidents,
and Honorary Secretaries to annually examine into and report to
the Council upon the state of—
1. The Society’s house and effects.
2. The keeping of the official books and correspondence.
3. The library, including maps and drawings.
4. The Society’s cabinets and collections.
Cabinets and Collections,
XXXVII. The keepers of the Society’s cabinets and collec-
tions shall give a list of the contents, and report upon the
condition of the same to the Council annually.
Documents.
XXXVIII. The Honorary Secretaries and Honorary Treasurer
shall see that all documents relating to the Society’s property,
the obligations given by members, the policies of insurance, and
other securities shall be lodged in the Society’s iron chest, the
contents of which shali be inspected by the Council once in every
year; a list of such contents shall be kept, and such list shall be
signed by the President or one of the Vice-Presidents at the
annual inspection.
terete
AoeR tree ae eee acre ES 4 a
Ses
SNe etal
XXXiil
Branch Societies.
XXXIX. The Society shall have power to form Branch So.
cieties in other parts of the Colony.
’ Library.
XL. The members of the Society shall have access to, and
shall be entitled to borrow books from the Library, under such
regulations as the Council may think necessary.
Alteration of Rules.
XII. No alteration of, or addition to, the Rules of the Society
shall be made unless carried at two successive General Meetings,
at each of which twenty-five members at least must be present.
XXXIV
THE LIBRARY.
1. The Library shall be open for consultation and for the issue
and return of books daily (except Saturday), from 9°30 a.m. to
1 p.m., and 2 to 6 p.m., and on Saturdays from 9°30 a.m. to 1°30
m.
la. The Library will not be open on public holidays.
2. No book shall be issued without being signed for in the
Library Book.
3. Members are not allowed to have more than two volumes
at a time from the Library, without special permission from one
of the Honorary Secretaries, nor to retain a book for a longer
period than fourteen days; but when a book is returned by a
member it may be borrowed by him again, provided it has not
been bespoken by any other member. Books which have been
bespoken shall circulate in rotation, according to priority of
application.
4. Scientific Periodicals and Journals will not be lent until
the volumes are completed and bound.
4a. Dictionaries, Encyclopedias, and other works of reference
and cost, Atlases, Books and Illustrations in loose sheets, Draw-
ings, Prints and unbound numbers of Periodicals and Works,
Journals, Transactions and Proceedings of Societies or Institu-
tions, Works of a Series, Maps or Charts, are not to be removed
from the Library without the written order of the President or
one of the Hon. Secretaries.
5. Members retaining bool:s longer than the time specified
shall be subject to a fine of sixpence per week for each volume.
6. The books which have been issued shall be called in by the
Secretaries twice a year ; and in the event of any book not being
returned on those occasions, the member to whom it was issued
shall be answerable for it, and shall be required to defray the
cost of replacing the same.
_ 7. No stranger shall be admitted to the Library except by the
introduction of a member, whose name, together with that of the
visitor, shall be inserted in a book kept for that purpose.
8. Members shall not lay the paper upon which they are
writing on any Book or Ma
No tracings shall be made without express permission from the |
Hon. Secretaries,
ubes
se PRE eee ee ee EES ee ee
XXXVY
Form No. 1.
Roya Socrety or New Sourn Wates,
Certificate of a Candidate for Election.
Name
Qualification or occupation
Address
being desirous of admission into the Royal Society of New South Wales, we,
the undersigned members of the Society, propose and recommend him as a
proper person to become a member thereof.
Dated this day of
From Personan KNOWLEDGE. From GEeneraL KNow ence.
Signature of candidate
cond received 18
tificate must be signed by three more mbers, to two of whom the
lendidete pdr ri personally known. The aadinte must ey at tout twenty-one Psa of
age. This certificate has to be read at three ordinary general meetings of the Soci
Form No. 2.
Rorat Soctery or New Sovurn Watss.
The Society’s House,
Sir, Sydney, 1S.
I have the honour to inform you that you have this day been elected a
member of the Royal Society of New South Wales, and I beg to forward to
you a copy of the Rules of the Society, a printed copy of an obligation, a list
of members, and a card announcing the dates of meeting during the present
session.
According to the Regulations of the Society (vide Rule No. 9), you are
required to pay your admission fee of two guineas, and annual subscription
of two guineas for the current year, before admission. You are also requested
to sign and return the enclosed form of obligation at your earliest convenience.
have, &c.,
To- —— Hon. Secretary.
Form No. 3.
Royat Socixty or New SourH WaALEs.
I, the undersigned, do hereby engage that I will endeavour to promote
the interests and welfare of the Royal Society of New South Wales, and to
observe its Rules and By-laws, as long as I shall remain a member thereof.
Signed,
XXXvi
Form No. 4.
Royat Society or New Sourn WaAtss.
The Society’s House,
Sir, _ Sydney, 18 .
I have the honour to inform you that your annual subscription of
for the current year became due to the Royal Society of New South
Wales on the Ist of May last.
It is requested that payment may be made by meng or Post Office order
drawn in favour of the Hon. Treasurer.
I have, &e.,
To Hon. Treasurer.
Form No. 5
Royat Socrrry or New Sourn WaAtzEs.
The Society’s House,
Sir,
Sydney .
Tam desired by the Royal Society of New South Wales to forward to
you a copy of its Journal for the year 18 —, as a donation to the library of
your Society.
I am further requested to mention that the Society will be thankful to
receive such of the very valuable publications issued by your Society as it
may feel disposed to send
I have the honour to be,
Sir,
Your most obedient servant,
Hon. Secretary.
Form No. 6.
Rorat Socrzry or New Sovrn Watts.
The Society’s House,
Sir,
ney, of
yd
On behalf of the Royal Society of New South Wales, I beg to acknow-
ledge the receipt of and I am directed to convey to you the
best thanks of the Society for your most valuable donation.
I have the honour to be,
Your most obedient servant,
Hon. Secretary-
ee ry
XXXVii
Form No. 7.
Balloting List for the Election of the Officers and Council.
Royat Socrety or New Sovurn WaALEs.
Dat
ate
Batiorine List for the election of the Officers and Council.
Present Council. Names proposed as Members of the new Council.
President.
Vice-Presidents.
Hon. Treasurer.
Hon. Secretaries.
Members of Council.
oe ere cea baad hat proposed, erase
the printed name in the second column, and write opposite to it, in the third,
that which you wish to substitute.
LIST OF THE MEMBERS
OF THE
Royal Society of Hew Sonth Wales.
—_Sa_—
P Members who have contributed papers which have been published in he Society’s
Transactions or Journal ; papers published in the Transactions of the Philosophical Society
are also included, The numerals indicate the number of such contributions.
embers of the Council.
¢ Life Members.
sofa
| mae : oseph Palmer, M.L.A., 6 Wentworth Court, Elizabeth-
Ape oe pile 8.M., aot Police Office, Sydney.
Abbott, W. E., Abbo d, Win
Adams, Francis, pecminsit Joint Stock Bank, Sydney.
Adams, P. is desist rveyor General, Kirribilli Point, St. eon
Keele: orge a bce street.
Alger, Tok, Union C
Allerding, F,, 25 Coser et.
Allerding, H. R., 25 Hunter-street. :
Allwood, Rev. Canon, B.A. Cantab., “Rorklands,” Edgecliff
lah
, Wool
Allworth Joseph Witter, a ae og Maitland.
| Amos, Robert, “Renneil,” Elizabeth Ba
Anderson Hi. C. is. si Avera” *Summe =
Atchison, Cunnin ngham “Arehibe jd, C.E., North Sho
Atherton, Ebenezer, M.R.C.S, En. NY. Massie “seeak North.
Baas, James Ranson, ye E., 4, Macleay Villas, Rusheutters’ Bay.
Peed ee, Ry » MLA. , District Court J udge, “ Melita,
zabeth
Lakes, E. A. M. ‘ A., Erith Colliery, Bundan
| Balfour, James, Nationa 1 Bank of Lealens, 6 60, ’ Pitt-street.
Barff, H. E., M.A., Registrar, exc University.
Barker, Brancis Lindsay, 86 Pitt-st
Barker, W. Mandeville, pean rede Coanbers, Young-street.
oe i omg Alfred, D.D., D.C.L., Primate, Bishops-
, Randwick
Bayley, is aihe a Phillip-street.
Baynes, Richard B., Victoria in B i 2
Bedford,
Wad G., M.R.C.S. Eng., ‘* Waratah,” Newtown,
bart, Tasmania,
XXXIX
Beilby, E. T., 91, ats reet;,
Belgrave, Thomas B., M.D. Edin., M.R.C.S. Eng., Phillip-street
Belfield, Algernon IL, ge leigh.
Binstead, . Glenthorne, Beanie. Pet ersha
ee Weginald Ju James, M.L.A., “‘ Traveleyn,” Danine Point
d, V
Black, Morrice A a LA., Actuary, Australian Mutual Provi-
dent Society, Pitt-street.
Blacket, Arthur, Architect, Bond-street.
Blackmann, C. ih E., 375, George-st
leg Thomas, c/o Mr. Frank Bladen, "Government Printing
Blaxla ray Herbert. a E., L.R.C.P. Lond., Hospital for
the Insane, eae nin
Bolding, H. J., P.M. mond Terrace = hanes River.
‘TBond, Albert, Bell’s Chambers, Pitt-stre
Bowen, George M. C., “K ots Kirribilli Point, North Shores.
Bowker, Gai PR a SAT 2 —— M.R.C.S. Eng., 17, Clarence-
stree
Bowman, ees 163, Phillip-street,
B ~ Tndvow Tin. cre _K. - Q. Coll. Phys. Jrel., Lis. R.
ur. frel., 3, Lyons Terrace.
Pel Brazier, John, F LS., C.M.Z.S., Corr. M.R.S., Tas., 82, Wind-
Brin male a. “Tee St. Stephen’s House, Bligh-street, Newtown.
{Brooks, Joseph, F.R.G.S., “ Hop “ag nk,” Nelson-st., Woollahra.
tiown, David, ‘ Kallara.’” Bour
Brown, Henry Joseph, New srg
Bro sti Jol mm Studd, Dubbo.
Bu kW. © “Wya angarie,’ Casin
aa ae * ean Ps S-s
Burton, Edmund, Land Titles Office, “Wizabeth street North.
Busby, The Hon. William, M.L.C., “ Redleaf,’ South Head
ad, W Voollahra.
Bush, Thomas James, Eugineer’s Office, Gas Works, Sydney.
Cadell, Alfred. Nec ceagre eae New England.
Cadell, ie L.C., Australian Club.
Caird, G orge s. ington bia aan Woollahrs.
Campbell Allan, L.R.C. a
Campbell, The Hon. Alexan eT. Lc, + Boseionk * Woolls
Campb ell, see Hon cies, re 0.,. cle 3. Campbell, tan, 4
uean
oy
* Yarra Qu cee
veer Il, Revd. Joseph, M 2% "ey. G.9., “The Parsonage,” Glen
soe Alfred, 110, Victoria-street.
Cape, Alfred ‘J, M.A. Syd., “ Karoola,” Edgecliff Road.
Carey, John R., “ Caprera,” Milson’s Point, St. Leonards.
1
P2
xl
ee on pags eo" Right Hon. Lord, G.C.M.G+
, Hon
Carruthers "Chall Slie 1 = O. fe P., L.R.C.S8., Irel., Montague-
t, Balmai
Chadwick, Robert, ¢ Saamsngeone Edgecliff Road, Woollahra
Cham bers, Thos. ,F.R.CP ae —? 1; Lyons’ Terrace.
{Chard, J. 8., Dis trict Surveyo r, Arm
Chatfield, Captn. William, Smith- on t, Parramatta.
Chesterman, Alfd. Hy., cs Surveyor Giseead’s Office
Chisholm, Edwin, MR.GS., By SAG, Ges." Abergeldie,”
ictoria-street, Ashfield.
ray nse William, M.1)., Lond., 199, Se -street sag
, John "Fredk., — oy B. 5 R.C. Phys., L.;
Lie RO. P Phys., Edin., Orang
vise Revd. Robert, F.LS., “The Manse,” Wellington-street,
wtown.
Collingwood, ” David, M.D. Lond., F.R.O.S. Eng., “ Airedale,”
Summer Hi
stautions, George, “ Rossdhu,” 72, Darlinghur st Road
Colye — nry Cox, M.A., « Clinton,” Liverpool-street, Darling-
Colyer, Jolin Ussher Cox, “‘ Eastwell,” Bellevue, Waverley.
rie, James, “ Northfield,” Kurrajong Heights.
Gabdar. Wn., Chairman, Loce] Land Board, ini
eer George Nugent, F.R.G.S., care of ‘Mr. C. E. Riddell,
Cornwell, Samuel, Australi lian Brewery, Bourke-street, Redfern.
-street,
he Hon. George Henry, ML C., © Winbourn,” Penrith.
Cox, James, M.D. Edin. C.M.ZS., F.L.S., 73, Hunter-street-
Cox, Sam. rth Shor Fr C. S., F.G. S., 1 Victoria Terrace, Miller-
rt
aan on E. C., M.1. OR. a of Telegraphs, Tele-
Office, George-stree
Org, Ww. H., MRCS. Eng, L.R.C.P. Lond., 82, William-
ned, The Hon. J. Mildved, M.L.C., M.R.C.S. Eng., L.B.O-P,
Eins Wallstreet treet, Woollal
roudace, Thom
) Crummer, Heeny; 47, Rialto Terrace, Darlinghurst.
Dalton, James Neale, Head Master, The Queen’s School, Sydney-
Daintrey, « Molia,” Randwick.
Dancey, George Frederick, M.R.C.S. London, 329, Cleveland-
reet, Redfern
kA, “ Grantham,” Potts’s Point.
Tien Frederick
| Darley, Cecil West, “Erinngh,” Elizabeth Bay Road.
0 ot M., K.C. G., B.A., Chief Justice, Supreme
me » Sir Samuel, K.C.M.G., “Beaumont,” Adelaide,
Australia,
Davids E W. Edgeworth, B.A., F.G.S., Geological Surveyor
9
[Fairfi
Vaivfae, James R., ‘Herald Office, Hunter-stree
, Uni
xli
Dean, “Hom J.P., 54 Pt eames
Deane, Henry, C.E., Glades
Deck, John Field, M. Dis shi ia.
Deffell, George H., Chief Commissioner, Insolvency Court,
Phillip-st reet
Pegi ve, Leopold H., 378, George-street.
De The Hon. Leo opold Fane, M.L.C., ‘“ Tharwa,”’
Heo ant eyan.
mr Arthur, Richmond.
n, W. S., Fellow and Member Inst. of Chemistry
of a _ Britain and Ire 1., Lecturer on Chemistry, The Tech-
College, School of ‘Arts , Pitt-street, Sydney.
Dixon, ‘Vlotches , English, Scottish, and Australian Chartered
an eorge-stree et.
Shee Craig, M.B., C.M., Edin., an v8 8., Eng., M.D. Syd.,
2, — he Parence, Elizabeths
urg., Edin, “Ellalong,” Ashfield.
Dock made oe B., MA : Seas ‘Carhullen n,” Granville.
Docker, Wilfred Ti, 3 Nyraim me 4 tere ape Road.
n, J. B., The Exchange, Sydne
Dowling; N Neve, fe Brougham,” Wi ailiiaittent Woollahra,
Dowling. rd, ary, Board of Technical Education,
129 on illest
Du Faur, Recleston, F.R.G. S., ‘* Marfa,” Croydo:
Dunn, Baward Gs * Ooloolang,” Chandos- street, “Ashfield.
—— — John, M.L. = Sorgen Park, Morpeth.
Edmunds, Percy James, Public Training Sc hoo 1, Fort-street.
a ‘Miyles , M.R.C.S. £ ce 136, Flizabeth-s treet.
Eic on Charles F., M.D. Heidelberg, M.R.C.8. Eng., Bridge-
Blarel. Ww. Ha; ocr re tage
Elliott, F. W., "Blizabe h Bay.
Ellis, Henry A., M.B., Ch. B. Univ. Dué., 3, Bayswater Houses,
2
Evans, ‘bone’ * Como,” Darling Poi
Evans, Thomas, M.R.C.S., #., mag Mocquavie-strodt North.
Ewan, "John Fraze er, MB. Mas t. Surg. U Tniv. Bdin., c/o Messrs.
John Frazer & Co., York: street
ax, Edward R., 145, Macquarie-street.
Ba vy. Pisa, 39, Philips
Firth, Rev. Frank, Wesleyan Parsonage, Waverley.
Fischer, Carl F., ey R.C.S., Eng.; LEOP., Lond.;
8.; F.LS. RRM. Member Imp. 1 Botanical ial
ist 3
Pie
in 3
Society, |
Zealand, Pitetsesk
Et
xii
Flavelle, John, 340, George-street
Forbes, ‘Alexr. Leith, M.A . Dept. of Public Instruction.
tForeman, Joseph, M.R.C. S., L.R.C.P., Edin., 161, Macquarie-
street.
Foster, W. J., Q.C., M.L.A., Temple Court, King-street.
ae Robert, Vickery’s "Buide 80A, Pitt-street.
r, Rey. oP o ve M.A., Warden of f Cuma en College.
be Joh Edin. LL.1)., Délégué Général pe
Octane) Pee Tee ution Ethnogra a ique de Paris, Asso-
ciate of the Meta a hcos gaan Institute of Great
ang clo Re v. Jaw sh Manse, West Maitland.
Furber, T. F., «Oli ifton, a nal
Gardiner, Rey. Andrew, M.A., “ Paxton House »’ Glebe Pi
Gardiner, John, iced if eaemn em a aco of Publie Eder
n, Ha arr oad, Stanmore, Pet
Garnet, Rey. C. Ey Christ urch eine Sydne
Garra sw te . Andrew, M.L.C., LL.D., “ Btrathonaie”
Gle be
Garrett, H. Tawa, M.R.C.S.E., 37, bE oak Square West.
Garvan, J. P., M.L.A., East St. Leon
Gedye, Charles Townsend, “ E antbourne,” Darling Point.
George, W. R., 346, George-s tre
Gerard, Francis, Crown Lands Otc
Gibbs, J. Burton, Hosking Place, 84a, Pitt-street, North.
—— O., c/o Messrs, Gilehriet, Watt, & Co., Spring-
cil Re, hia Wyatt, B.A., Lond., “ Persica,’” Ulawarra Road,
pg Henry ree Department of re aioe § Sete
Gipps :
Goddard, William C., The Wislenae New Pitt-street.
G = M.D., M. Ch., Trin. Cc
Goode, Wm. Hy., M.A., M.D., Ch.M.
Medicine, Dub. Surgeon Royal Navy, Corres. Mem. Royal
> Aa Society, Mem. Brit. Med. Assoc., Lerturer on
Jurisprudence, University of Sydney, 159, Mac-
quarie-street North.
Goodlet, John H., ‘ Canterbury House,” Ashfiel
Graham, James , MA, M.B., C.M., Prince ‘fsed Hospital,
ha , Hon. Wm., M.L.C., “ Strathearn House,’ Waverley.
Griffin, Gilderoy Wells, Consul for the United States of America,
12, resford Cham bers, thay P9 -street,
sie ,” iy oe
Gurney, T. 4 “A Nai ntab., late Fellow of St. John’s College,
ri of pa mentes and Natural Phi
losophy, Piao gg of Sydney
i be lor aes Z zi
¢ t yu = Si PS ies ie oe
Oe Te een NEE Ne ene a ae ie ee RNS Oe ME Dee oy rei e Hee ed wT
Ee a et eet
Bia
Pee ne ay ee a ees
Reale pes
et eee ee ee a
Elected.
1879
P3
P2
Pil
P2|
xliti
Haege, Hermann, 93, Pitt-
Hall, Richard T., 85, Macleay aries t.
alligan, Gerald H., C.E., “ Eugowra,” Hunter’s Hill.
m oy ” Ashfie
Hankins, Geo. Thos., MRCS. E., 3 Lyons’ Terrace Hyde Park.
Hargra ve, Lawrence, ‘ ‘Ravensbo ourne,’ ’ Rushcutter’s rah Road.
i Harris, J 7 M.L.A., “ Bulwarra,”’ Jones-street, Ultim
arrison, L. M., Macquarie Place
eet Ludovico, o/ c/o Messrs. Hart & Curtis, “ Avenel,” High-
street, St
Haswell, bobo. come aideced , M.A., B.Sce., F.L.S., Demonstrator of
Comparative Anatomy and Physiology, University of Sydney
hata “Clu b.
kee H. 8., M.A., Balmain.
Hay, The Hon, Sir John, K.C.M.G., M.L.C., A.M. ——
President of the ee Council Rose Bay
Heaton, J.
Helms, Albert, Ph. d, Berlin, 8 vaney” Universi sity.
Henry, James, 750, George-street.
Henson, J aioe B., C.E., Assistant City Engineer, Town Hall,
Sydne
Herborn fk. W. L., “ Flinton,” Burwood.
He hors Sree Licensed Surveyor, Beresford Chambers, 52,
Castlereagh-street
Heron, Henry solicitor, 53, Hunter-stre
Hewett, Thomas Edward, Technical Calle, Sydney.
| Heydon, L. F, .L.A., Elizabeth-st
| Higgins, ae Kickabell anata Quirindi,
Hills, Robert, Elizabet
a Edwd. tote we Florence, * WVictoria-street North,
si
Hirst, Geo. D., 377, George-street.
Ho ‘Ast (changed name from Duckershoff ) M.D. Univ.
verpool-street
Hoirord, Acthar Toa, M. at Cantab., a ti E.LS., F.Z.8.4
F.R.G-S., ood S rubs, Parra
Holmes, see 5 Hiscaon, «The Wilderness,” Allandale,
Hunter River.
Houison, Andrew, B.A., M.B., C.M., Edin., 128, Ape fee
Hozier, Charles H. s., F.RB.CS., Lvel., LK. a nd Q.0.P
Windso r, N.
Hume, J. ae “Beulah,” Campbellto
+Hunt, "Robert , F.G.8., Deputy Master of the Royal Mint, Sydney,
Hon . Lreasurer.
Hurst, George, M.B., Uni Sees Mast. Surg. Univ. Edin,
28, College-street, "Hyde Pas
Hutchinson, W. A., Bond- Sec
Inglis, The Hon, James, M.L.A., “ Craigo,” Redmyre.
1884
1883
1874
1876
P2
Pil
xliv
Jackson, Arthur Levett, Government Printing Office.
Jackson, Henry Willan, M.R.C.8. Eng., Lic. R. C. Phys., Edin.,
soem eet.
Tackeon, Rev. H. L., M.A. (Cantab.), St. James’s Parsonage,
Jefferis, Rev. James, LL oo a opp a
Je akin, Edward Diateuaece a : M. BR.0.P.5
{.R.C.8., L.8.A., Lond., Mac acquri.trect mee rth
Jo scla James Wi, “ Brooksby,” Double
Jones, Sa Aberdeen, Lic. R.C. Phys. Blin. Booth-street,
Jones, Richard Theophilus, M.D. Sydn., L.R.C.P. Edin., ** Caer
Idyis,” Ashfield.
Jones, P. Sydney, M.D. Lond., F.R.C.S. Eng., College-street.
Jones, Edward i is Bickley,” Burwood.
Jones, James, ‘ Miltonia,’ fm _ v8
| Jones, John every CE, Mies!
” North Shore
aan Llewellyn Chas. Russell, "33 ‘thutideeaghivatinick.
Josephson, Joshua Frey, F.GS., Bellevue Hill, Double Bay.
Josephson, e P., Assoc. Mem. Inst. C.E. , George- -street, Marrick-
e.
Joubert, Numa, Hunter’s Hill.
r, H. E., “ Mount Broughton,” Moss Vale.
Keele, -_ “Wm:, Harbours and Rivers Department, Phillip-
‘aa Tela “ Broughton Hall,” Leichhar
M.
Kendall, Theodore M., B.A., F.R.C.8., TROP, F.M., 36,
College-strect, a age Park.
7 Hon p G., M.1LC., “Banksia,” William-street,
rouble lo
Knaggs, Saml. T., M.D., Aberdeen, 16, College-street
Knibbs, G. H. rigs Bran ch, Survey as Office.
- eC na
Lackey, The Hon. John, M.L.C., Warrigal Club.
Lane, William H. H., 6, Bligh-street -
Latta, G. J., “ Mountsea,” Burlington Road, Stee
Laure, Louis Thos., MD. Surg. Univ. Paris
street.
Elected.
1859
1885
1874
1883
1883
1872
1874
1881
1876
1882
1878
1880
1881
1886
1884,
P6
P 29
ge |
xly
tLeibius, Adolph, Ph.D., Heidelberg, M.A., F.C. Senior
Assayer to the Sydney Branch of the Royal Mint, Vice-
President.
Leverrier, Frank, B.A., B.Sc., Ror mcr Waverley.
Lenehan, re ‘Alfred, Sydne ey O
——— ny S20 os A. Cantadb., 101, Platt.
ttle, Wm R.C. “i RA 8 rwoo
tive, “rch , FE.R.S.; Assoc. Roy. ear Mines, Lond. ;
F.C.S Tne Scena of Gt. Brit. and Irl.; F.G.S. ;
forth,” Elizabet Bay.
Lloyd, Tancel lot T., Rectal fe ee East.
Lord, The Hon. Francis, M.L. ae North Shor
Lovell, R. Haynes, M.R.C.S., LR. EPs Sout 26, Wynyard 8q.
0 sm n . Cu
Low, Andrew 8., “ Merrylands,” Granville
Lowe, Edwin, Wilgar Downs Station, via Girilambone.
MacDonald, Sink: , Roads Department, geome (ae
MacCo exr., M.D., M.B.,-Ch.M. Hdin., M.R.
emonstrator of Anatomy, University of Sydney, "205,
Macquarie-street Nort
M‘Culloch, A. H., jun., MC te A., , Pitt-street.
M‘Cutcheon, John Warner, en to the Sydney Branch of _
1 Min
Mac! Desake Ebenezer, ig: poet Darling Poi
MacDonn ell, — J., -F.R.A.S., Bank of on South Wales,
Port. Macquari
Mac Dame Seiad ie ee -street, Sydney
MacFarlane, Ed ward, D trict S a xibekiions Club.
MacGillivra: ree Pik; M.A A.MRCS. ,F.LS ae Victoria.
M‘Kay, Dr., Belmont House, Wynyard Squa:
apes Hugh G., M.E., Mem. Inst. OE., valilesiosi Club,
Castléreagh-street.
MacLaurin, Henry Norman, M.A., cert Univ. Edin., Lie. R.
Coll. Sur. Hdin., No. 155, quari
Mackenzie, John, F. G:S., Examiner of “Coal cal Fields, Newcastle.
Mackenzie, Rey. P. F., “Sydenham,” Reserve-street, North
tee
Mackenzi R. M., Rosie.
+Mackellar, ce Hon oe M.L.C., A.M., M.B., C.M.,
ee
Madsen, Hans. F oi Hesselmed” House.
, Queen
Maher, W. Odilio am nga Queen’s Univ. poe ae Dae
street, Hyde P;
Elected.
1873 |P6
6
xlvi
— Josh. Hy., F.R. re S., Technological odin Pda
Maitland, Dunca — a "Afreba, ” Stanmor
Makin, G.
Manfred, Edevund C. Mou ntague- -street, Goulburn.
Mann, John F., “ Kerepunn,” Neutral Ba
Manning, Sir W. M., LL.D., Pri seal Judge, “ Walleroy,”
Woollahra
Manning, Jam Vitis,” Double Bay.
Manning, Fiederic Norton, M.D. Univ. S¢. dnd., M.R.CS.
Eng., Lic. Soc. Apoth. Lo ci Hunter’s Hill.
Mansfeld G.A., 121, Pitt-stree
Mara og Ne M.D. Univ. Tous Clarendon Terrace, Elizabeth-
Markey, 55 ewer = BR.C.S., Zrel., L.R.C. Phys., Ldin., Regent-
Marks, ary Surfleet, The City Bank, Sydney.
Marsden, The Right t Rev
naar era M.D. Univ. Glas., Lic. R. Coll. 8. Edin.,
s’ Ter
Marvell Geitie A. , M.B., 241 Elizabeth-street.
Mar pod oe omas M., L.R C. P., L.R.C.S., Edin., 241 Elizabeth-
Mas ast mia Raward, Fae ed ee
Mathews, R. H., J.P ., Sin
Matiows. Robert, 2 hie nivee 4 fie
Milford, ot M.D. Heidelberg, MRCS. “Eng, 3, Clarendon
Terra e, Hy de k.
Millard, Ber, ‘Henry Shaw, Newcastle Grammar Scho
Miller, Wm. Val — tee Bach. Eng. Q.U.1, “ Pohshume?
Timaru, } ‘New Zeal
Mills, Walte = Wallaoe; a st-street, Marrickville.
Milson, Alfred G., ‘ Coreesna:? East St. Leonards.
i ng,” h Shore,
+Moore, Charles, rs grein of the Botanic Gardens,
nic
Moore, Fred. H., Zashengs Buildings, Pitt-str
reste , Dr. Edward H., Imperial Hotel, pe Victoria.
Morley, Frederick, 47, Surry- pemt Darli inghurst
aa G. A., C.E., 156, Pitt-st
rris, William, Fel. Fac. Pe a Surg. Glas., F.R.MS.
oe
Moses, David, J.P., Tenterfield.
Moss, Sydney, 5, Hunter-street
Mountain, Adrian , City Su urveyor, Town ag hysoroti:
{Mullens, Josiah, F. BGS, Eldon Chambers, P.
Mu nian Fete n Francis Lane, M.A., 2 Macleay eights, “Potts’s
‘oin
—— A. kar = M.B., C.M., 131, aieipcniie -street North.
Murnin, M. E., “ Kisenfels,” els,” Natta
tMurray, W. G.. 93, Pitt
Myles, Chas. Henry, “Dingndee,” Burwood.
Elected.
BE
as)
~
xlvii
Sg be ie City Bank, Pitt- oe
L. P., City Bank, Pitt-s
heanies William, “Mt _ (Cantab), r? The Hermitage,” South
Head Road, Doub
Newmarch, Rernard . 4 Re C.P., Lond., M.R.C.8.E., Bowral.
Norrie, Andrew, M. D., Mast. Surg., ‘Aberdeen Univ. ret wg
Liverpool-street, Hyde e Park.
Norton, James, Hon. ., M.L.C., solicitor, O’ Connell-street.
Nott, Thomas oe: IN 2 Aberdeen, M.R.C.S. Eng., Ocean-street,
Woollah
0
Nowlan, J ohn, * Eelah,’ West Maitland.
O'Connor, Dr. Maurice, 26, College-strect, Hyde P
Ogilvy, James L., Commercial Bank of Auictoalie, "pitt. street,
Sydne
Oram, Artho? Murray, M.D., Univ. Edin. 1, Hyde Park
Terrace, Liverpool-street.
O’Reilly, W. W. J., M.D., M.C., Q. Univ. Irel., M.R.C.S., Eng.,
iverpool-stree
O'Reilly, Rev _ Alexr. Innes, B. ~ oo , Hayfield, Parramatta.
Osborne, Benjn. M., J-P., Ber
Paling, W. H., 356, George-street.
Palmer, ¥.:H.; "Legislative Asse —:
eas Joseph, 133, a stree
Palmer, Edward ae ee “Quoensand), c/o Messrs. B. D.
read & Co.,
Park, Archd. John, Chairman, Local Land Board, Hay.
Parrott, Major Thom ai — King- -street.
Paterson, Sn 229, “Macguarit
nm, James A., Union Bank, Pitt str
Alex ecm MD. MAC Hillorest, ” Stanmore Road,
tPedley, Perooral R., 201, Ma acquarie-street.
erdriau, Stephen E.. Lugar- street, de ige
Perkins, Hen er “Baran ngah,” ye ush.
Philip, Alexr., L.K. and Q.C.P., Zrel., Lito, Trel., 540, Park
Vie w Terrace, Crown-street, Suny
rn Viel Thomas M.D. Aberdeen, Ch. M, “MERC. S. Eng., 40,
College-stre
Pittman, oRdwd. i sher, L.S., Department of eg Sydney,
j eric, Governm ent Surveyor, Summer Hill.
Poate, Fr
‘| Pockley, Thos. F. G., Commercial Denk, Singleton
Porter, Do rth.
Potts, F. H Hyde first ” Coventry Road, Homebush.
Soa John, fs Charlotte Place.
1882
1864
1886
1875
1876
1884
1856
xlvili
Quaife, Fredk. Harrison, M.D., Mast. Surg. Univ. Gias.,
** Hughenden,” “ata err Woollahra
Quaife, Wm. Francis, B.A., Ch. M., 30, Waverley Road,
oollahra.
Quayle, Edwin, “Birkdale, ” Mansfield-street, Glebe
Quodling, W. H., “ Couranga, ” Redmyre Realewid, stone
aS eae neti LL.D. (Univ. St. And.), F.L.S., Curator
tralian Museum, College-street.
‘Ratte, e ais. “Ingen. Arts et Manuf.” Paris, “ Officier
d’Acad.” Paris, Australian Museum, die ey.
eee oe, M Bligh, M.R.C.S., Zng., Cooe
|
| Re , Mem. Odont. Soc. Lond., Biizabeth: street, Hyde
|
Reif, gee Conder-street, Burwood.
d, Will m, Australia n Joint Stock Bank, Sydn
P38 ari Edw, H., (M.A..Syd., «DSc. Le nd., Profesten of
Chemistry, University, Adela :
Renwick, Arthur, B.A. M.D. Edin., F.R.C.S., Hdin.,
M.L. re 295, ee ahah ioe.
E., Uninis Club.
Rigg, Thomas 8. J., B.A., Syd., Seeretary’s Branch, General
ost Office, Sydney.
Roberts, J., 340, George-strect.
P 3) Roberts, Sir Alfred, M.R.C.S. Eng., Hon. a Zool. and Bot.
Soc. Vienna, 205 Wansinsieeece Nort
eens The Hon: C. J., C.M.G., M.L.A. ehaieeoitli ” Potts’s
TRaberte: son, Thomas, solicitor, 85, Pitt-s
Ps olson a pher, C.M.G., Palmer- soo "St. Leonards East,
Rolleston, John C., C.E., “ Northcliff,’ Milson’s Point.
Ross, J. Grafton, O’Connell-strest.
Ross, ae , M.B., C.M., Hospital for the Insane, Glades-
Rota, Hleey. Fairfax, M.D. Bruz., 145, Macquarie-strect North.
Roth, so Seana Emerich, M.R.C.S. Eng., 42, College-street, Hyde
Rothe W. H., Union Cl
ing, Dr., ange sgenenge
P 34'tRussell, Henry C. -A. Syd., F.RS., F.R:AS., F.M.S., Hon
Mem. 8. ‘Atont. cnr Government Astronomer, Sydney
Observatory, Vice Presiden
Sager, Edmund E£., Secretary to the Board of Health, 127
Macquarie-street.
Sahl, Charles L., German Consul, Consulate of the German
Empire, Wynyard Square.
feat kee mcr John’s 0 tat Glebe.
Pl —— Rev. wie — Cantab, Hon. Mem. Roy. Soc. Vie-s
Pd
ri
xlix
Scott, Relireig M.A., Ovxon., Professor of Classics, Sydney
Uni
Serene, Chasles weap payer mre
ick, na per ee C. S.,
sate N orman, C.E., C.E., “Rocheigh” Balan,
harp, James Ber icigh, 7 ag Clifto 1, Yas
Share p, Henry, Green 1 Hi = Adelon aes
Sharp, Revd. W. Hey, M.A. Oxon., Warden of St. Paul’s
Dalles University.
Shellshear, Walter, Assoc. M. Inst. C.E., “Trentham,”
Holt-street, Stanmore.
Shepard, A. D., “aa gy hole Town.
Sheppard, Rev. G., B.A., Berrima.
Shewen, Alfred, "MB. ee Univ. London, M.R.C.S.E,
, Lyons’ Terrace, Hyde ;
eo oe Eric, MB. C.M,, Uni iv. Glasgow, Lunacy Dept.,
Gladesville Hospit tal for the Insane
Sinai, ‘Sather and, Secretary, “? tralian Mus
Skirving, Robt. ig M.B., C.M., abeth- steeek Hyde
Slattery, swear M.L.A., Pr emier og 169, William- ping
Wo ooloo
sone Teo Tae Evans, 360, a
Smedley, John, 263, iene
Smith, Robt. ,M. A. Syd., solicitor oO Mana ee street.
Smith, en aye Garvie, Assa: Den nison-street, Woollahra.
sige beced
E., “ Clytie,” 70, Daningh
smith’ Robt. Burdett, M.L.A., 203, esheets ae North.
Sm ith, Frede. Moore, M.D., M.R.CS., Coast Hospital, Little
Bay.
Smith, badass! a A.M.I.C.E., Roads and Bridges De-
par mers
Spry, ee mall,
tStarkey, Fok Thos. ou Castereagh -street
Ste og’ C.8., din., 149 Elizabeth- street,
i
Stephen, Gorge Milner, B.A., Mem. Geol. Soc. of Ger-
Cor. Mem. Nat. Had. Soe., Dresden; F.R.G.S. of
val,
sy il The ee Septimus A., M.L.C., gs ee
Stephen, Alfred F. H., Audit Departmen t, Bligh-street.
Stephens, Williom John, M.A. O Bashar of Natural His-
tory in the University of ec 73; a Road.
Stephen, Cecil B., M.A., 101, Elizabeth-stree
Strange, Fredk. R., Burw
Street, John Rendell, Doar haa ayia Elizabeth Bay ae
Strong, Wm. Edm M_D., deen, M.R.C.S.,
Gorerum ment Me sical Officer oo yet dear for Si an
108 Phillip-street.
Stuart, Clarendon, M. a S., Cross- — bts ble Bay.
Stuart, hea P. Anders on, M.D., Edin., Professor of
y and Physiology in the Univerty of po ney
Styles o. “Mildinhall, Commercial B rge-str
Sunderland, Rev. J. P., 19, Weotworth “Court Hlizabeth-street.
Suttor, The Hon n. Wm. Henry, .L.C., “ Cangoura, ” Bathurst.
Syer, Frank Weston, 89, Pitt-street.
D
at
te
Walker, H. O., Australian General Assurance Co., 97, Pitt- 4
Tarrant, Harman, M.R.C.S., 207, Macquarie-street.
sor, N.S.W.
ug: re of R. Harper & Co., 7" hep Nes
Thompeo, J Jorn “t ‘Trahlee, ”” Bellevue Hill, e Bay.
mpson, 3. Jam mes, Eldon Shaaches Pitt-strect, Sydney:
Pte te John Ashburton, M.D. Bruz., Health Department,
ydne
Tho coe , Hunter River, N.S.N. Co. Sercmr peg
Thorn n, Hon. George, M. L.C., 377, George- stre
Threlfoll, "Richa: img BA, Cantab. , Professor of Physics, Univer-
sity 0 of Sydn
Tibbits, Walter ‘Hugh, M.R.C.S. ees Manly.
Toohey, J. T., “ Moira,” Burwoo
os ger G. W,, CR. , Rooty i ill.
Traill, Mar W., L.B.C.P. Lond., M.R.C.8.E., Burwood.
Trebeck, Prosper N., 91 Pitt-atreet.
Trebeck, P. C., 91 — .
sn
Trebe ck, T. BMA Univ. ., No. 4 Brighton Terrace,
rospect- street Ware ria
Trickett, W.J.,M bk " Failight, f agoctit Road, Woollahra.
Trou outon, F. H, Clifdale House, Balm
(erm = A, Ph. D., “Minnesota 2 Fohinston-strect, Annandale,
ae , William, S Clifton,” "North Shor
, “ Airlee, nwich Point Road, North Shore.
Texen,P Peter Wilhelm, is s _Survey rey Mae
orge Edwd., LROP M.EBOS.E. 211
Vause, Arthur J., M.B., C.M., Edin., Bay View House, Tempe.
Verde, Felice, 16, Prione Spezia, It taly.
Vern 7 ——— N, M.S.A., “ Clytha” House, Neutral Bay,
;
:
|
:
nards, ; |
a Hoakou H., J.P., Goulburn. :
"
Walker, , Philip B., Telegraph Office, George-street.
Ward, R. D., M.R.OS. pay North Shor. = :
Wardell, W. W., Fellow Royal Tistitabe ‘of British Ae oe
Lond., Member Institute Civil Engineers, Lond., “ Upton —
Grange,” St. Leonards, =
W: William Edward, M.D. and M.Ch., Univ.
Trel., 243, Elizabeth street, Sydney.
Warren, W. H., M1 JO. Professor of En ineering, University
biaes ‘Madeley,’ London-street, Enmo:
ns, Leo, B.A. Cantab., M.A. Syd., 105, Elizabeth-
co ind” Syd., “Sauchie House,” Church- 3
Wi
Watson, C. Russell, M S., Eng., “ sega’ Newtown. —
Watt, Alfred Joseph, Song George- -street
Pt
ta |
li
Watt, Charles, Parramatta.
angh, Tsaac, rt M.C., 7.C.D., Parramatta.
bers
a m
Weigall, ’ Albert tice, 2. A. Oxon., M.A. Syd., Heaa Master
of the Sydney Grammar School, College-street.
tWesley, W. H.
Westgarth, G. C., comma * oy Elizabeth Bay.
Weston, W. J., 5, Spring-st
a Lewis, M.A. & pinay Judges’ Chambers, Supreme
White, Rev. James - M.A., LL.D., Syd., “Gowrie,” Singleton.
ae ae n. James, M.L.C., 5. Cranbrook, ‘» hg ble Bay.
, Rev. W. Moore, A. AM. LL.D.,
Whitelogee “Thomas, Australian rn ag Satnaiitaint.
Wiesener, T. F., 334, George-street.
f Wilkinson, “a S., F.G.S8., F.L.S., Government Geologist, Depart-
ent of
‘Wilkinson, Robt. ins, M.L.A., 12, Spring-street.
uae we ae , Regent House, or pean igcerwccyem
Wilkin W. M.D., M.R.C.P. Lon R.CS.E.,
v8 A, «Hereford "House, » Glebe Point Ton
hone Perey Edward, Treasury, Sydney.
es , Willm. Cotter, M.D., Hospital for the Insane,
A
Wilshire e, T. R., P.M., Berr
Wilshire, James ne "7. P,, se ihre ” Burwood.
Wilson, F. A. A., ee Bank, Sydney.
_Windeyer, W. C., M. A., Syd., Puisne J udge, ee
Wise, Henry, Savings Ba nk of N.S.W., Barrac -street.
a. a e, J.P., Under Secretary for aes Department of
Wid: dation — C.E., Sydney Club.
Woodho —s ari .. * Mount Gilead,” Campbelltown.
Woolrych, F. B. W., 11, Hill-street, Newtown.
iGriowe Ralph, M. D., C. M., Queen’s Univ. Jrel., 34, College-
e etaks M.P.S., Harnett-street
Weeht Horatio G. As MRC. S., Eng., Wynyard Square
Yeomans, Allan, Gilgoin, vid Byrock.
Young, John, Young’s Buildings, corner of Pitt & Park Streets.
Honorary Memsers.
Limited to Twenty.
M. recipients of the Clarke Medal.
Agnew, Dr., Hon. Secretary, Royal Society of Tasmania, Hobart.
Airy, Sir George _—_ K.C.B.; M.A. D.O.L., Geek, FA,
>
‘Can F.R.S., &c., The ‘White ‘Wouse, Croom’s
tab.
Hill, ecun Peds SB.
xs
ie!
M
Pi
P3
M4
~
So:
Fi
P14) Woods,
hi
Bernays, Lewis A., F.LS., F.R.G-.S., Brisban
Cockle, His Honor Sir J anet, a Chief J anor ‘of Queensland,
ee
a
De Sninek, Prof, Tit, MD. ioas. Belgium
illery, Robert F., FR. g,, FBAA, S., * Government Astronomer of
Victoria, Melbourne.
Gregory, The Hon t ar elape C.M.G., M.L.C., F.R.G.8.,
Geological Surveyor, Brisban
Haast, Sir Julius von KC MG, Ph. D., F.RS., F.G.8.
Professor of Geology, Canterbury College, and Director of
the Canterbury Museum, Christchurch, New Zealand.
Hector, James, C.M.G., M.D., F. ae Director of the Colonial
Museum and Geological Survey of New Zealand, ——
Hooker, Sir Jo oseph Dalton, K.C.S.I., M.D F
irect
w.
Huxley, MN r, F.R.S., LL.D., F.G.S., F.2.8., E.LS.,; &e.,
poss fap or of Natural History in the Royal School of
South oo as Londo
MC Cay had ick, O.M.G., D.Se., F.R 2 8., F.G.S., Hon. F.C.P.8.,
rofes essor of Natural Science in the Melbourne
Univer sity, Sean _oipontologies, and Director of the
National Museum Pom pid
Mueller, Baron Herdian mK. C.M.G., M.D., Ph.D., F. BS.,
F.L.S., Government Botan Melbourne
Owen, Proloune Sir R., K.C.B., M.D., D. C. L., LL.D., F.L8,
Wo.” 7 VOASSS &e., ok The British Museum, London,
teur, Louis, M.D, Pari
stohibareh, Dr., Diesiaes ‘of the Botanic Gardens, Adelaide,
South Australia.
Tyndall, i D.C.L., Oxon., LL.D., Cantab., F.RS., F.G.8.,
re ssor of Natural Philosophy i in the Royal "Institu-
tion, Tien. -street, on
Waterhouse, F. G., F.G. S., C. M. Z. S., Adelaide, South Australia.
Rev sie in. Tenison-, F.GS., F.L.S eet n. Mem - Roy.
Soe n. Mem . Roy. Soc., Tasman a, Hon
Adzinide Phil oes Hon, Mem. New Zealand Tnatiteite,
Hon. Mem. Linnean Boe., N.S.W., &e., Union Club, Sydney.
CoRRESPONDING MEMBERS.
Limited to Twenty-five.
Clarke, wee ee Institute, 32, St. George's
n 8.W.
Etheridge, Robert, junr., F.G.S., &e., The British Museum
Feistmantel, Ottokar, ALD ‘Bohemian Polytechnic High
School, Prague, Austri a
reou, Professor seat Juleo, 'F.G.S., Cambridge, Mass. United
Miller, a 3. F.C.S., Melbourne Min |
ian & Sir Edward, K.0.M.G., Sajeriiveeel, R.E., Cannes
li
Elected Oxsitvary, 1886.
Ordinary Members.
1878 Bestiec, Dr. E.
1868 rereton, Dr. J y .
1876 Brodribb, Hon. W. A., M.L.C
1876 Chandler, Alfre
1878 George, Hugh
1881 Goergs, Karl W.
1879 Jarvie, Rey. A. Milne
1874 weet ete Dr. W. F.
1878 MacPherson, Rev. — M.A.
1876 Schuette, Dr. Rudolph.
1874 Stuart, Hon. Sir Alexander, M.L. Pe
1870 Thompson, H. A
AWARDS or tHE CLARKE MEDAL.
Established in memory of
THE tate Revp. W. B. CLARKE, M.A., FE.RS., F.G.S., &e.,
Vice-President from 1866 to 1878.
o be ee from time to time for meritorious contributions to the
Geology, ‘Min logy, or Natural penser lg of Australia, to men of science,
whether seaident 3 in Australia or elsewher
1878. Professor Sir Richard Owen, K.C.B., F.R.S., Hampton Court,
1879. Mr. George Bentham, C.M.G., F.R.S., The Royal Gardens, Kew.
1880. Professor Huxley, F.R.S., The Royal School of Mines, London.
1881. Professor F. M‘Coy, F.R.S., F.G.S., The University of Melbourne.
1882. ie a cae James hr te Dana, in D., Yale College, New Haven,
Conn., United States of Am
1883. Baron ho yon eae: oe. M.D., Ph.D., F.BS.,
F.L.S., Government Botanist, Melbourne.
1884. Alfred R. C. Selwyn, LL.D., F.R.S., F.G.S., Director we the
Geolozical and N atural History Survey of Canada, Otta
1885. Sir Joseph Dalton Hooker, K.C.S.I.,C.M., M.D., D.C.L., LL. D.,
c., Director of the Royal Gardens, Kew.
1886. Professor L. G. De Koninck, M.D., University of Liege, Belgium.
1887. James Hector, C.M.G., M.D., F.R.S. — of the Geological
Survey of New Zealand, Wellington,
NOTICE.
Members are particularly requested to communicate any change
of address to the Hon. Secretaries, for which purpose this slip is
inserted.
Corrected Address.
Date
To the
Hon. Secretaries,
The Royal Society of N.S.W.,
37, Elizabeth-st., Sydney.
PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS,
By Proressor Liversiper, F.R.S., ke.
[Delivered to the Royal Society of N.S. W., 5 May, 1886.]
On this the 65th anniversary of the foundation of the Royal
Society of New South Wales, it devolves upon me to address you,
and to thus continue what has hitherto been the annual custom
since the first formation of the Society. It is true that there have
been breaks, but the years in which they have occurred are few
and far between. For many reasons I should have been glad to
have been relieved, but I am afraid that it would have appeared like
shirking the duties and responsibilities of the high office to which
you elected me, after having enjoyed the honors of the position.
Tt has been more than once suggested by previous Presidents
that the custom should be discontinued, since the Council has often
failed to secure the services of competent members to fill the
Presidential Chair, simply on account of their inability to find
time to prepare the expected annual address. For my own part,
I can thoroughly sympathize with them; and as a compromise
between the usual address upon scientific matters to which you
have hitherto been accustomed, and none at all, I venture to
bring before you a few remarks upon certain matters which may
perhaps be not altogether devoid of interest to you, inasmuch as,
with one or two exceptions, they may be regarded as belonging
more or less completely to the domestic affairs of the Society.
In the first instance, it is my melancholy duty to place on record
a brief notice of such of our members as have been removed from
our midst during the past year.
At the meeting held in November last we expressed our grief
for the loss we had sustained in the removal of the late Hon. Prof.
g PRESIDENTS ADDRESS.
John Smith, C.M.G., M.L.C., LL.D., M.D., our former President,
our appreciation of his life and labours, and our heartfelt sympathy
with his widow in her great bereavement.
It is, however, only fitting that I should give a somewhat fuller
account of the work which he did for us and for the public at large,
and especially, as I said on that occasion, since but very few appear
to know how much the Colony is indebted to him. Quiet, unobtru-
sive, conscientious workers, such as he, especially when they are
unpaid for their self-imposed and philanthropic labours, seldom
receive during their lifetime a just recognition of their deserts, :
and not always after their death.
Professor Smith was born in Scotland, about the year 1821,
and was educated at Marischal College, in the University of Aber-
deen, where he took the degrees of M.A. and M.D. After taking
his degrees, he for some five years carried on the chemistry class
in Marischal College during the illness of Prof. Clarke. 4
When the University of Sydney was endowed and incorporated,
a Committee was appointed in London, consisting of Sir John 7
Herschel, F.R.S., Bart., Sir George Airey, Astronomer Royal,
Prof. Malden, of University College, London, and others, to select .
Professors for the Chairsof classics and mathematics, and one for 3
certain portions of science. This Committee made the three ap-
pointments in 1852, and Dr. Smith was selected as the first :
Professor of chemistry and experimental physics ; and he retained |
the latter portion of the original Chair from the time of his arrival =
in October, 1852, until his death in October, 1885. In addition,
he was for many years Dean of the Faculty of Medicine. He |
was a Fellow of the Chemical Society of London, and an honorary 4
member of the Royal Society of Victoria.
Soon after landing here, in 1853, he was appointed to the Board
of National Education, and remained one of its most prominent
and useful members until 1866, when the Board was superseded
by the Council of Education, constituted under the Public Schools Ag
Act, to which he was gazetted as one of the first members, and of
which he was nine times elected President. During his period of
PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. 3
office Prof. Smith took the opportunity to effect many improve-
ments, and the Colony is indebted to him for several of the best
features of the present system of Education.
He devoted himself to the work, and undertook duties of a most
laborious character— he was in fact during this period the chief
administrative officer of the Educational system of the Colony.
The old officials under the late Board of Education all unite in
bearing testimony to this, in speaking in terms of regret for the
loss of their late President, of his many good qualities and great
consideration for those under him—as one of them states, he was
‘“‘the last to censure but the first to forgive”’—and of the great in-
debtedness of the Colony to his labours.
He spent years of self-sacrificing toil without emolument and
without hope of reward. The work was done so quietly and unob
trusively that he could not have been actuated either by hope of
praise nor of social distinction, the motive being a real love for the
work and of his fellows.
One or more afternoons and most of his evenings in each week
were spent at the offices of the Council, transacting its business and
arranging for future action. He in fact performed gratuitously
the work which would have devolved upon the Minister for Public
Instruction had one then existed.
As a mark of the value set on his business qualities, it may not
be out of place here to mention that in 1864 Dr. Smith was chosen
a Director of the Australian Mutual Provident Society, and was
for many years its Chairman.
In 1867 he was President of the Royal Commission appointed
to inquire into the supply of Water to Sydney and its Suburbs.
From his position he necessarily had much to do with the direction
and methods of investigation followed, and especially in the
scientific questions relating to the sources of the water supply,
and the collection and chemical examination of the samples,
The labours of the Commission in examining witnesses, visiting
the catchment areas, obtaining records of rainfall, flow of rivers,
4 PRESIDENTS ADDRESS.
preparation of sections and other matters extended over some two
years, and the work was not completed until 1869, in most of which
he took a leading part. The scheme recommended by the Com-
mission is practically that now being carried out by the Govern-
ment. |
He was elected a Member of the Legislative Council in 1877,
and retained his seat until his death. He always showed great —
interest in his legislative duties, and often took a leading part in
Oe ie ee
RUSMa i eee Shean eee
the debates, especially when they were connected with scientific or
medical questions.
For some years he was a Trustee of the Australian Museum,
but relinquished his connection with the Museum about 1870, on
account of want of time.
He was appointed one of the Commissioners for carrying out
the Sydney International Exhibition of 1879. Before this he had
sat as a member of other similar Commissions. He was a member
of the Commission for the New Zealand Exhibition in 1865, and —
for the Paris Exhibition in 1867. He was a member too of the
Royal Commission upon the Sydney and Suburban Sewerage and
Water Supply, which was appointed in 1875, and took an active
part in its labours and investigations. In recognition of his public
service in this Colony, his alma mater, the University of Aberdeen,
made him an Honorary LL.D. in 1876, and in 1878 he was made
a Companion of the Order of St. Michael and St. George.
Before settling in this Colony Dr. Smith had travelled exten-
sively, having visited China, Java, the Polynesian Islands,
Mauritius, India, Indian Archipelago, &c. ; after his arrival he
visited New Zealand and the other Australasian Colonies. He re
= Europe on three occasions, to keep himself abreast of the
times; and on one of these journeys he travelled through America
and the principal parts of Europe, and made a rather lengthened
excursion through Egypt and the Holy Land.
On these trips he took occasion to visit the principal educational
— scientific institutions, and to make the acquaintance of the
leading scientific men; and on his return he always gavethe public
_the benefit of his gleanings, by lecture or in other ways ,
Be i Se ral Meee aera ge Diced) Sere aes Tas aed . ;
~ : eRe er eis ene a
Ee Wet ees OR ee ae eee CeO Eth yee Me Se ee eS eae) oe eee a aa, Seve
PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. 5
Dr. Smith was one of the oldest members of our Society, he
having joined it as far back as 1852, when it was known as the
Australian Philosophical Society.
At a meeting presided over by Sir William Denison, the then
Governor-General, held on May 9th, 1856, the Australian Phi-
losophical Society was remodelled, and renamed the Philosophical
Society of New South Wales, when Dr. Smith was appointed one
of the Honorary Secretaries in recognition of the active part he
had taken in bringing about the changes ; he retained this position
until 1860, and the earlier records in the minute books are in his
handwriting. |
He was a member of the Council for nine out of the eleven
years during which the Society was known as the Philosophical
Society, and during those years he read the following papers :—
August 13th, 1856.—“On the action of Sydney Water upon
Lead.”
November 16th, 1859.—“ On the Separation of Gold from
Mundie Quartz.” :
August 15th, 1860.—“On the Quartz Reefs of Upper
Adelong.”
November 11th, 1863.—* On ancient flint Implements found
near Abbeville.”
August 17th, 1864.—“On the probable reasons that led
Fahrenheit to the adoption of his peculiar Thermometric
Scale.”
Afterwards, when the constitution was again reformed and the
name changed to that of the Royal Society, he was retained as a
member of the Council, which position he has held for eighteen
years. During this time he filled the office of Vice-President for
ten years, and he was twice elected to the Presidential Chair.
Previous to 1879 the Governor for the time being was, ex officio,
President, so that Dr. Smith, as senior Vice-President, was in
reality performing the duties of President for several years.
6 PRESIDENTS ADDRESS.
The following papers were read. by him betwen the years 1868
and 1884 :—
14 Oct., 1868.—“ On the Water Supply of Sydney.”
17 Nov., 1869.—* On the results of the Chemical Examina-
tion of Waters for the Sydney Water Commission.”
12 May, 1871.—* Anniversary Address.”
3 Oct., 1877.=“ On a System of Notation adapted to ex-
plaining to Students certain Electrical Operations.”
28 May, 1879.—Anniversary Address.
4 May, 1881.—Anniversary Address.
7 May, 1884.—Anniversary Address.
He was a regular attendant at the Council meetings as well as
at the general meetings, and did much in many ways for the
promotion of the objects of the Society, its interests and welfare.
I repeat what I have already said on a previous occasion,—that
only those who have worked with or who have otherwise been
closely associated with our late Vice-President can fully appreciate ;
and testify to his great honesty of purpose, impartiality, even dis- :
position, tolerance, and uniform courtesy.
The regret of his friends and the respect in which he was
generally held were shown at his funeral by the large gathering
of all classes, and especially of his past students. Public bodies,
such as the University, the Legislative Council, and other institu-
tions with which he was connected, also expressed their apprecia-
tion of his long and meritorious services, by passing resolutions of
‘condolence and sympathy with his widow in her bereavement.
Gielen oe hla Mgt a2
ic, Sa gaia ig tai des Se)
As you are aware, it has been resolved by the Council to collect 2
subscriptions for the purpose of providing a memorial for our late |
Vice-President, in the form of an oil painting, similar to that of the
Rev. W. B. Clarke, a former Vice-President, and, if there be any
surplus funds, to found a prize to be awarded from time to time for
meritorious contributions to physical science. I am sorry to Saf,
however, that the amount collected up to the present is quite =
*
insufficient for the latter purpose,
PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. 7
During the past year death has been unusually busy amongst
our medical members. By the death of Dr. Fortescue, M.B., of
London University, and Fellow of the Linnean Society of London,
this community has lost one of its most prominent members of the
medical profession, and the Society one of its most respected
associates. Dr. Fortescue was twice a member of the Council,
viz., in 1867, 1868, and he was three times elected a member of
the Committee of the Medical Section ; but being a busy man, he
only found time to prepare one paper for the Section, viz., “ Upon
a series of Experiments on a normal Eye, with the watery extract
of Duboisia myoporoides.” He was for several years a Trustee of
the Australian Museum, in which institution he took great interest.
On account of his genial and kindly disposition he was a general
favourite, and his loss is regretted by a wide circle of friends.
In Dr. T. Cecil Morgan we have lost another much respected
member of the medical profession. Dr. Morgan joined the Society
in 1876, and was a constant attendant at the meetings of the
Medical Section ; he was twice elected on to its Committee, he
regularly took part in the discussions, on several occasions brought
forward matters of interest, and twice communicated papers to it.
Dr. Morgan was more particularly distinguished for his attain-
ments and position here in respect to ophthalmic science.
I regret to have to record the deaths also of two of our younger
members, in the persons of Dr. Arthur Annesley West, M.B., of
Dublin University, and of Dr. George J. Renwick. The latter
was a student of the University of Sydney, where he took his
degree in Arts. He afterwards went home and studied medicine
at Edinburgh, where he took the degrees of M.B. and C.M.
Dr. Renwick gave great promise of occupying a prominent
position in his profession, and what would probably have been a
distinguished career has been arrested by his premature death.
The Colony has sustained the loss of a valuable life and tle
Society of a much respected member by the death of Sir George
Wigram Allen, K.C.M.G., the late Speaker of the Legislative
Assembly. Sir G. Wigram Allen joined the Society some fifteen
8 PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS.
years ago; his attention was not particularly drawn to matters
with which the Society is interested, he being more closely
identified with politics, but he devoted a good deal of time to
educational matters. He was associated for fourteen years with
the late Professor Smith as a member of the National Board
for Education, for some years he was a Trustee of the Sydney
Grammar School, a member of the University Senate, and he was
the first Minister for Justice and Public Instruction. Although
he never took an active part in the work of this Society, that he
was willing to assist in the advancement of learning is shown by
his founding a scholarship at the University for the encourage-
ment of the study of legal science.
The Society has also lost by death two other members, in Mr.
Douglas Helsham and Mr. William Wallis, the latter an old
colonist, whose name deserves to be recorded as the contractor for
the first railway in the Colony, and for the encouragement he gave
to art.
I have the pleasure to congratulate you upon the very satis-
factory state of the Society’s affairs. It is true that the number
of members has undergone a slight decrease, but the diminution is
immaterial, and will doubtless be made up during the present year
by the election of new members.
The number of members on the roll on April 30th, 1885, was
494; during the past year twenty-seven new members have been
elected, and two names have been restored to the roll. Against
this increase we have lost eight members by death, ten have left the
~ Colony or resigned, ten names have been struck off the roll for
non-payment of subscriptions, and three elections have been cal-
celled for the same reason, leaving on April 30th last an effective —
list of 492. In addition there are twenty honorary and five cor
responding members,
As shown by the Hon, treasurer’s balance sheet, our financial
affairs are also in a very satisfactory state. It is true we have not
@ very large cash balance in hand, but that, I think, is what we
should avoid. Once the Society had managed to save some £400,
PRESIDENTS ADDRESS. 9
mainly by leaving necessary matters undone, and it lived upon
these savings of more energetic and prosperous days as long as
they lasted, and as a consequence nearly died the ignominious
death of a pauper. It is our duty to expend the funds entrusted
to us wisely—certainly to the best of our ability—to promote the
Society’s objects, without wasteful extravagance, neither should we
wrap them up idly in a napkin.
During the past year the Society’s house has been much im-
proved by the alterations and additions to the front of the
building. After defraying the cost of the improvements, some
£168, the Council is still in a position to pay off another £100
from the debt, so that the amount now owing upon the building
is only £800. During the past year the special subscriptions to
the building fund amounted to £35, and there remain promises to
the extent of about £280, which were made in 1882 conditionally
upon sufficient funds being obtained to clear off the debt; hence,
if the members would at once subscribe another £250, we could,
with the Government grant and entrance fees, entirely pay off
the mortgage. Up to the present, out of our 492 members only about
160 have subscribed to the building fund. Tf the majority of the
remaining 340 were to give only one pound each the debt would
be extinguished. I do not think this is asking too much, for we
have probably but few members who cannot afford this amount.
Closely connected with the question of funds is the fact that
we ought to make efforts to publish our volume ourselves, and
we shall hardly be in a position to do that until we are out of
debt. We are deeply grateful to the Government for its assist-
ance in this matter; but there is no doubt we suffer somewhat
from the delay which necessarily arises in the appearance of the
volume ; we cannot, however, expect our printing to take prece-
dence over that for the Parliament and Public Departments of
the Colony.
= For the past three or four years fairly considerable sums, for
us, have been expended upon the library ; special efforts have
been made to render the collection of books as complete as
10 PRESIDENTS ADDRESS,
possible in scientific periodical literature, ¢.¢., in the Transactions,
Journals, and similar publications of kindred Societies and Insti-
tutions. A poor Society such as this cannot, of course, hope
to have a complete library in all classes of scientific books—
we must content ourselves with some one department—and
that chosen is the one less likely to be undertaken by other
Libraries in the Colony. Most modern scientific books can be
purchased at any time, and are purchased by the Free Public and
other Libraries in Sydney, but the earlier volumes of the Transac-
tions of Scientific Societies are not so likely to be purchased by
them ; they, too, are becoming more expensive and more difficult
to obtain every day. Such publications are absolutely essential to
all who are actively engaged in research of any kind. Unless the
investigator can refer to what has already been done by others,
much labour may be unnecessarily repeated and valuable time lost
thereby.
We have now secured the principal series ; in the future the
expenditure upon such publications need not be so large, although
many important sets have yet to be completed.
Many of our series have been completed by the generosity of the
Societies which published them, and some of the presentations thus
made at our solicitation are extremely valuable and important.
During the past year the Society has received 1,420 vols. and
pamphlets as donations, amongst which the following call for
special recognition -—
. Faune du Caleaire Carbonifére de la Belgique. Vols. I-III
10 parts, 4to. Presented by the author, Professor De
Koninck.
Reports of the Second Geological Survey of Pennsylvania.
76 vols, Presented by the Board of Commissioners.
Monographs and Reports published by the United States
Geological Survey. 9 vols. 4to. Presented by the
Director.
Transactions of the Connecticut Academy of Artsand Sciences,
from the commencement in 1866 to 1885 complete.
Presented by the Society,
PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. 11
Bulletin of the Société Minéralogique de France. Tomes | to
8 complete. From the Society.
Bulletin, vols. 1 to 4, and Mémoires vols. 1 and 2, 4to. of the
Comité Géologique Institut des Mines, St. Petersburgh.
Presented by the Committee.
Journal of Civil Engineers (4 series). Vols. 1 to 5, and
atlases of drawings. Presented by the Minister of
Pubiic Instruction at Rome.
A large number of missing parts were presented by the Boston
Society of Natural History, and the Johns Hopkins University,
Baltimore, to make the sets of their various publications, now in
the Society’s Library, as complete as possible.
A complete set of Braithwaite’s Retrospect of Medicine, vols. I
to 92, from the commencement in 1840 to 1885, was
generously presented by Dr. Chisholm Ross, of
Gladesville.
The Society has presented its Journal and Proceedings vol.
XVIII for 1884 to 326 kindred institutions, as per printed list,
and it has likewise been distributed to all the members entitled to
it. Vol. XIX is in type, and will soon be ready for distribution.
Since the last year the following new Societies have entered
into an exchange of publications, viz. :
Amsterdam, L’ Association Coloniale dp Niedacduies
Denver, Colorado Scientific Society.
Edinburgh, Scottish Geographical Society.
Florence, Societa Africana d’Italia (Sezione Fiorentina).
Leipzig, Kéniglich Sachsische Gesellschaft des Wissenschaften.
New York, New York Microscopical Society.
Philadelphia, Second Geological Survey of ee
Vienna, K. K. Naturhistorische Hofmuse
And the following Societies already on the list have commenced
sending their publications, in exchange for ours, viz. :—
Adelaide, Public Library, Museum, and Art Gallery of South
Ausi
_ Helsingfort, Société des Sciences de Finlande.
Liege, Société Royale des Sciences.
The Bureau of Ethnology, a:
12 PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS.
The Society has subscribed to forty-eight scientific journals and
periodicals, and has purchased 390 vols., at a cost of £260 14s. 5d.,
amongst the most important of which are the following complete
series from the commencement :—
Annals of Natural History, Series 1, 2, 3, 4. 76 vols.
Catalogue of the Pathological Department, Royal College of
Surgeons, 7 vols.
Medico-Chirurgical Society—Transactions, vols. 1, 64, 68.
Obstetrical Society—Transactions, vols. 1, 23, 2
Pathological Society—Transactions, vols. 1, 32 BE
Petermann’s Mittheilungen Geographie, vols. i 25,
Reports of the Medical Officer of the Local Board of ante
London, 1858-1885, 17 vols.
Scientific American (2nd series), vols. 1-39.
Zoological Society—Proceedings (coloured plates), 1830-
1883, 55 vols.
During the past session the Society held eight meetings, at
which the following papers were read, viz. :—
1885,
6 May. Presidential Address, by H. C. Russell, B.A.,
3 June. Noteson Flying Machines, by Lawrence Hargrave.
8 Ona System of Accurate Measurement by means
of long steel Ribands, by G. H. Knibbs.
1 July. Local variations and vibrations of the Earth’s
surface, by H. C. Russell, B.A.,F.R.A.S.
5 Aug. Some causes of the decay of the Australian
Forests, by Rev. Peter MacPherson, M.A.
2 Sept. The History of Floods in the Hawkesbury River,
by J. P. Josephson, A.M.I.C.E.
7 Oct. The Ringal of the North-western Himalaya, by
Dr. Brandis, F.R.S. (Communicated by Baron von
. Mueller, K.C.M.G.)
4 Nov. Notes on experiments in mounting the Amphi-
pleura pellucida in media having a higher refractive
index than Canada Balsam, by William Morris, Fel
Fac. Phys. and Surg. Glas., F.R.M.S., Lond.
PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. . 13
4 Nov. Notes on the characters of the Adelong Recfs, by
S. Herbert Cox, F.C.S., F.G.8.
». Stone Implements of the Aborigines of Australia
and some other countries, by Rev. Peter MacPherson,
M.A.
2Dec. On a Form of Filying-machine, by Lawrence
Hargrave.
8 On a New Form of Anemometer, by H. C.
Russell, B.A., F.R.A.S.
The Medical Section held eight meetings, at which eighteen
papers were read.
The Microscopical Section held eight meetings, and three papers
were read by Dr. Morris, viz. :—
11 May. On Phylloxera vastatrix.
14 Sept. Notes on experiments with highly refractive media.
14 Dec. Method of mounting in sulphur and arsenic.
The Clarke Memorial Medal has been awarded for the year
1886 to Dr. L. G. De Koninek, M.D., the celebrated Belgian
Geologist, formerly Professor in the University of Liége. A
more deserving award could not have been made. It is not
necessary to point out in detail the work which he has done for
geology and paleontology. Professor De Koninck has been
selected in recognition of his long continued scientific researches
and numerous valuable publications upon geology and paleontolog
and distinguished scientific attainments, but more particularly on
account of his splendid contributions to our knowledge of the
palzontology of the carboniferous rocks of Europe, the geology of
Belgium, and the paleozoic fossils of New South Wales. The
award will probably be none the less acceptable to the recipient,
inasmuch as I understand Professor De Koninck is an old friend,
and certainly for long a coadjutor of the late Rev. W. B. Clarke.
It isa source of some regret that the Clarke Memorial Fund is as
yet too small to permit us to proceed with the proposed Clarke
Memorial Lectures. There has been a slight loss in interest by
the suspension of the Bank in which the funds were deposited,
14 PRESIDENTS ADDRESS.
but it is expected that in time the whole of the capital will be
repaid ; we then hope to be in a position to make a commencement,
giving occasionally a short course of lectures upon geology, the
science to which he was so much devoted.
According to established custom, I waited upon His Excellency
the Governor, and I have the pleasure to inform you that Lord
Carrington has expressed his willingness to accept office as our
Honorary President, and to render every service to the Society, and
promote its interests in any way which may be within his power.
As you will see from the ballot papers, we are about to lose
the valuable services of Dr. Leibius, who for the past eleven
years has been one of our Hon. Secretaries. When I state
that we all regret that he finds it necessary to retire from the
position which he has so honorably and efficiently filled for so
many years, I feel that I am but imperfectly expressing the
gratitude which the members entertain for the many services he
has rendered to the Society, their appreciation of his great worth,
and of the interest and care which he has always shown for the
Society’s welfare.
Personally I am probably better aware than most of you how
much of his time he has given to its affairs. Not only has he
been one of our Secretaries for so long, but previously to that he
was for some years a Member of Council. I know that he has
often devoted his leisure and evenings to the Society, at a great
sacrifice to his own comfort and convenience. I need hardly
remind you that his duties at our Council and general meetings
absorbed but a small portion of the time which he has cheerfully
placed at our disposal. I trust, and I am sure you will all join —
with me in expressing the hope, that he will long remain with us
in a more honorable although less exacting position such as that
tor which he has been nominated.
It is a source of much regret and considerable concern that the
number of original papers contributed to the Society is so small.
Out of nearly 500 existing members, only thirty-five have con-
tributed papers, and the majority of those have been supplied by
PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. 15
some seven or eight individuals. It is not from lack of subjects,
for there are many questions which require investigation, but
rather from the lack of competent investigators who can spare the
necessary time. There are but few men of leisure in the Colonies,
and still fewer of learned leisure.
Up to the present but little original work has been done in
working out the chemistry of our mineral and vegetable products,
and really but very little in many branches of biology. The
descriptions, catalogues, lists, &c., of our flora and fauna are making
fair progress, but still very little has been published relating to
the development and life history of the fauna of Australia, even
of forms of life peculiar to this part of the world.
In matters of natural history, geology, and allied subjects, it
is apparent to every one that the materials for original work are,
in New South Wales, thickly spread about us, and a considerable
amount of very valuable work is being done in this direction by
the Linnean Society of New South Wales, but the amount which
is waiting to be done is far more than we can cope with at
present.
There is probably a greater number of questions waiting to be
solved in other branches of science, yet, from the circumstances
naturally connected with a new country, it is not easy to make
progress with their solution. Too often physical, chemical, and
similar questions, not only involve long-continued labour for their
investigation, but too often also bulky and expensive apparatus is
required—not always to be obtained in new countries. Fortunately
in certain branches of natural history this is not always the case,
and, accordingly, much more work has been done in questions
relating to the systematic sciences than to problems in the experi-
mental ones; but few workers here have the advantage of even a
_ poorly furnished physical or chemical laboratory, and no one of a
first-class or well-appointed one—such does not at present exist in
the Colony, although some improvements have of late years been
effected in this direction at the University.
16 PRESIDENTS ADDRESS.
This Society is doing what it can to encourage original work, by
offering its medal and money prize for the best original communica-
tions upon certain specified subjects; but the amount which
we can spare for this out of our limited income is only £100 a
year, and we are quite aware that the Society’s medal and the sum
of £25 will not repay any one for perhaps years of labour ; but it
is hoped that the recognition which the award carries with it may
serve as a slight additional stimulus, and help to promote the taste
for original investigation.
Up to the present time we have had but few researches of suffi-
cient merit to entitle us to make the award. Iam, however, con-
fident that good is being done, and I do not think we should
lose heart; attention is directed to such matters, and doubt-
less work is being done, in response to our suggestions, of
which we as yet know nothing. The writers of the many papers
which failed to reach the required standard, although perhaps
disappointed, have not suffered by the failure of their attempts,
but on the contrary, have doubtless been much benefited by their
efforts, and our stock of information upon those subjects will in
the future probably owe much to their apparently disregarded
work. We have had inquiries from scientific chemists in England
and elsewhere for supplies of material, notably of the gums and
resins, the so-called “kerosene shale,” and of the iron and other
ores of the Colony. Arrangements have been made in two cases
‘to furnish a supply of the kerosene shale. I may perhaps here
‘mention that attempts have been made, by repeated advertise-
ments and otherwise, to obtain samples of the New South Wales
gums and resins to supply those who wish to examine them, and
for our Museums, but unsuccessfully up to the present ; hence it
might be thought that the Colony is not so rich in such products
as is usually stated. :
I regard this difficulty of obtaining samples of gums and resins,
true to name, as an additional proof of the ignorance which exists
with regard to the natural products of the Colony. It is quite
certain that but little use is made of them. Of the large number of
PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. fia ix f
gums, resins, tanning materials, and other similar products, almost
the only ones made use of are grass-tree gum, eucalyptus oil, and
wattle-bark.
If such questions as “The Chemistry of the Australian Guns
and Resins,” “The Tin Deposits of New South Wales,” “The
Tron Ores,” and the “ Silver Ores of New South Wales,” &c., were
thoroughly worked out, the results would doubtless be of great
pecuniary value to the Colony ; and their investigation is really a
matter of great public importance, and accordingly I think this
Society should not be left, with its limited funds, to deal with
it single-handed ; it is a work in which the Government might
assist with propriety—special help in particular cases should be
rendered to those who are willing to engage in such researches.
The Imperial Government places the sum of £4,000 annually at
the disposal of the Royal Society of London for the encourage-
ment of scientific research, on the understanding, of course, that
such assistance should not be used personally, but merely to defray
the legitimate expenses of the work. Wealthy colonists who are
not able to undertake such work themselves might, with great
advantage to the State and credit to themselves, place funds at the
disposal of the Council for encouraging original investigation.
Certain of the other English Societies, like the Chemical Society
and the British Association, also expend considerable portions of
their own funds in encouraging research by such grants. The
former has a fund specially collected for the purpose.
No communications of sufficient merit were received during the
past year to justify the award of the Society’s Medal and prize.
The Council has accordingly invited contributions upon the same
subjects for the year 1588, so that the list of subjects for whieh it
offers the Society’s Medal and prize of £25, for communications
containing the results of research or observation, is as follows :—
Series V.—To be sent in not later than Ist May, 1886.
No. 16.—On the Chemistry of the Australian Gums and Resins.
The Society’s Medal and £25.
17.—On the Tin Deposits of New South Wales. The Society’s
Medal and £25.
18 PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS.
18.—On the Iron Ore Deposits of New South Wales. The
Society’s Medal and £25,
19.—List of the Marine Fauna of Port Jackson, with descriptive
notes as to habits, distribution, &c. The Society’s
Medal and £25.
Series VI.—To be sent in not later than Ist May, 1887.
No. 20.—On the Silver Ore Deposits of New South Wales. The
Society’s Medal and £25.
21.—Origin and mode of occurrence of Gold-bearing Veins and
of the associated Minerals. The Society’s Medal and
£25.
22.—Influences of the Australian Climate i ing modifica-
tions of Diseases. The Society’s Medal and £25,
23.—On the Infusoria peculiar to Australia. The Society’s
* Medal and £25
Series VII.—To be sent in not later than Ist May, 1838.
No. 24.—Anatomy and Life History of the Echidna and Platypus.
The Society’s Medal and £25.
25.—Anatomy and Life History of ae peculiar to Australia.
The Society’s Medal and £
26.—The chemical composition of we products from the so-
called Kerosene Shale of New South Wales. The
Society’s Medal and £25.
This Society also tries to encourage scientific research by offering
money grants under the usual conditions, but up to the present
there have not been applicants for such assistance. This may be
partly due to the offer not being sufficiently known, but in some
instances would-be applicants have refrained from applying, since
they feel that the Society cannot well afford to do more than it
does in offering the £100 a year for special prizes.
The Microscopical Section has a wide field before it ; and many
of its members, who are not already contributors, have the
necessary ability and appliances for doing some good original
work, and I am confident that they could do much if they would
only take up some definite line of investigation. I know that in
some cases the non-production of papers is due to a feeling of
diffidence ; and an idea that such work can only be performed by
those who have undergone a special training, but this is not
PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. 19
necessary, although of course it is highly desirable and very
advantageous. Most of the advances and discoveries made in
microscopy have been made by what may be termed amateurs.
Even the preparation of lists of microscopic forms of “moulds,”
fungi, diatoms, desmids, &c., would be useful, and I would strongly
urge every member who possesses a microscope to commence original
work of some kind. He will be pleased and astonished to see how
valuable facts will rapidly grow and accumulate under his hands.
I would also venture to suggest that such of the papers read
before the Medical Section as are suitable should be published in
the Society’s volume. The others, if necessary, and thought desir-
able by the Section, might be printed separately and forwarded
- only to the members of the Medical Section.
One of the few facilities for scientific work which we possessed
here and in which the Society assisted in founding, viz., the
Biological Laboratory at Watson’s Bay, has been closed. I regret
to say that the Government has resumed the house and grounds
for defence purposes. Up to the present the laboratory has not
been so much used as was hoped and expected ; this was probably
due to its comparatively inaccessibility, and to its lack of fittings
and appliances, especially for marine biology,—M. de M. Maclay,
to whose exertions the formation of the laboratory was mainly
due, having been, so far, the only worker who has made use of it.
The Government will doubtless refund the trustees the cost of the
building, and with that as a nucleus we may be able to start
afresh. It would be a great pity to allow such an undertaking
to drop here, especially as there is such an unlimited field for
marine biological work before us in Australia.
In the course of years it is to be hoped that this scarcity of
scientific workers in the Colony will gradually disappear with the
_ spread of general and liberal education. By a liberal education I
mean something more than ordinary course in Arts.
After a lapse of some thirty odd years from its foundation, the
University had at last been able, by the greater liberality of Parlia-
ment, and by the receipt of private endowments, to make better
20 PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS.
provision for instruction in science, although many of the arrange-
ments are still of a very meagre and imperfect character, and more
or less unworthy of the boasted greatness and richness of the
“oldest and richest Australian Colony.” The accommodation and
appliances are by no means equal to those of many schools for
boys at Home, on the Continent, and in America, and certainly
not to colleges in Japan.
Of late we have been told by the newspapers that the University
is richly endowed. This is very far from the case. If the income
of the Sydney University be compared with that of other Univer-
sities (not Australasian, for none of these have yet been placed
upon a proper footing), it will be seen that proportionately it is
very poor, and in a more or less starved condition. To properly
equip the University in all the various departments of science,
literature, art, medicine, law, engineering &ec., would require very
much more than its present income.
In connection with the subject of the education of ourfuture scien-
tific investigators, perhaps I may be allowed to refer to some recent
expressions of opinion on this. Professor Huxley, in his Presi-
dential Address to the Royal Society in November last, in speak-
ing of scientific education, says:—“There is no reason in the nature
_ of things why the student who is destined for a scientific career
should not in the first place go through a course of instruction such
as would ensure him a real, that is to say, a practical acquaint-
ance with the elements of each of the great divisions of mathemati-
cal and physical science ; nor why this instruction in what (if I
may borrow a phrase from medicine) I may call the institutes of
science, should not be followed up by more special instruction,
covering the whole field of that particular division in which
the student eventually proposes to become a specialist. r
say not only that there is no reason why this should not :
be done ; but, on the ground of practical experience, I venture
to add there is no difficulty in doing it.” * * * He
then refers to the success of the Royal School of Mines. * *
“Nothing would help the man of science of the future to rise to
- E
a a a
ee 2
ae :
Nese ee
PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. 91
the level of his great enterprise more effectually than certain
modifications, on the one hand, of primary and secondary school
education, and on the other, of the conditions which are attached
by the Universities to the attainment of their degrees and their
rewards.
“We have a right to claim that science shall be put upon the
same footing as any other great subject of instruction, that it
shall have an equal share in the schools, an equal share in the
recognized qualification for degrees, and in the University honors
and rewards.
“Tt must be recognized that science, as intellectual discipline, is
at least as valuable, and, as knowledge, is at least as important as
literature, and that the scientific student must no longer be
handicapped by a linguistic (I will not call it literary) burden, the
equivalent of which is not imposed upon his classical compeer.
“Let me repeat that I say this, not as a depreciator of literature,
but in the interests of literature. The reason why our young
people are often so scandalously and lamentably deficient in
literary knowledge, and still more in the feeling and desire for
literary excellence, lies in the fact that they have been withheld
from a true literary training by the pretence of it, _ too
often passes under the name of classical instruction. *
“Nothing is of more importance to the man of science than
that he should appreciate the value of style, and the literary work
of the school would be of infinite value to him if it taught him
this one thing. But I do not believe that this is to be done by
what is called forming one’s self on classical models, or that the
advice to give one’s days and nights to the study of any great
writer is of much value.
“ Le style est Thomme méme” as a man of science who was a
master of style has profoundly said ; and aping ae ere os
not help one to express oneself. * nd
** A good style is the vivid expression of clear thinking, and it
can be attained only by those who will take infinite pains, in the
Pe PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS.
first place, to purge their minds of ignorance and half knowledge,
and in the second, to clothe their thoughts in the words which
will most fitly convey them to the minds of others.
“T can conceive no greater help to our scientific students than
that they should bring to their work the habit of mind which is
implied in the power to write their own language in a good style.
“‘ But this is exactly what our present so-called literary educa-
tion so often fails to confer, even on those who have enjoyed its
fullest advantages ; while the ordinary schoolboy has rarely been
even made aware that its attainment is a thing to be desired.”
Lord Rayleigh, in his Presidential Address to the British
Association, at Montreal, says :—“ It can hardly be denied that
their supremacy (i.e. of the dead languages in school education) is
the result of routine rather than of argument * * * * Ido
not myself take up the extreme position. I doubt whether an
exclusively scientific training would be satisfactory ; and where
there is plenty of time and a literary aptitude I can believe that the
Latin and Greek may make a good foundation. But it is useless
to discuss the question upon the supposition that the majority
of boys attain either to a knowledge of the languages or to an
appreciation of the writings of the ancient authors. The contrary
is notoriously the truth ; and the defenders of the existing system
usually take their stand upon the excellence of the discipline.
From this point of view there is something to be said. The laziest
boy must exert himself a little in puzzling out a sentence with
grammar and dictionary, while instruction and supervision are
easy to organise and not too costly. But when the case is stated
plainly, few will agree that we can afford so entirely to disregard
results.
“In after life the intellectual energies are usually engrossed
with business, and no further opportunity is found for attacking
the difficulties which block the gateways of knowledge. Mathe-
matics especially, if not learned young, are likely to remain
unlearned. I will not further insist upon the educational impor-
tance of mathematics and science, because with respect to them I
shall probably be supposed to be prejudiced.
ES es a
en
PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. 23
“T believe that French and German, if properly taught, which
I admit they rarely are at present, would go far to replace Latin
and Greek from a disciplinary point of view, while the actual
value of the acquisition would in the majority of cases be incom-
parably greater. In half the time usually devoted without success
to the classical languages, most boys would acquire a really service-
able knowledge of French and German. History and the serious
study of English literature, now shamefully neglected, would also
find a place in such a scheme.”
Herbert Spencer, in his essay upon Education which appeared
in the Westminster Review for July, 1859, since reprinted with
his other works on Education, makes the following remarks :—
“ Among mental as among bodily acquisitions, the ornamental
comes before the useful. Not only in times past, but almost as
much in our own era, that knowledge which conduces to personal
well-being has been postponed to that which brings applause.
“In the Greek schools, music, poetry, rhetoric and philosophy,
which, until Socrates taught, had but little bearing upon action,
were the dominant subjects ; while knowledge aiding the arts of
life had a very subordinate place. And in our own Universities
and schools at the present moment, the like antithesis holds. We
are guilty of something like a platitude when we say that through-
out his after-career, a boy, in nine cases out of ten, applies his
Latin and Greek to no practical purposes. The remark is trite
that in his shop or his office, in managing his estate or his family,
in playing his part as director of a bank or a railway, he is very
little aided by his knowledge he took so many years to acquire—
So little that generally the greater part of it drops out of his
memory ; and, if he occasionally vents a Latin quotation or alludes
to some Greek myth, it is less to throw light on the topic in hand
than for the sake of effect. If we inquire what is the real motive
for giving boys a classical education, we find it to be simply con-
formity to public opinion. Men dress their children’s minds, as
they do their bodies, in the prevailing fashion. As the Orinoco
Indian puts on paint before leaving his hut, not with a view to
24 PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS.
any direct benefit, but because he would be ashamed to be seen
without it ; so, a boy’s drilling in Latin and Greek is insisted on,
not because of their intrinsic value, but that he may not be dis-
graced by being found ignorant of them—that he may have ‘the
education of a gentleman’—the badge marking a certain social
position, and bringing a consequent respect.
- s + * =
“Men who would blush if caught saying Iphigénia instead of
Iphigenia, or would resent as an insult any imputation of ignorance
respecting the fabled labours of a fabled demi-god, show not the
slightest shame in confessing that they do not know where the
Eustachian tubes are, what are the actions of the spinal cord,
what is the normal pulsation, or how the lungs are inflated. While
anxious that their sons should be well up in the superstitions of
two thousand years ago, they care not that they should be taught
anything about the structure and functions of their own bodies—
nay even wish them not to be so taught. So overwhelming is the
influence of established routine—so terribly in our education does
the ornamental over-ride the useful ?”
The opinions of many others might be also cited, but the above
are perhaps sufficient.
Although written nearly thirty years ago, Mr. Spencer’s remarks
are nearly as applicable to-day as when they were penned, and
should be read by every one. I have quoted these opinions, and
referred to the matter more particularly in reference to school
education in the Colonies, since at the University the science and
professional student is now, after many a hard struggle, emanci-
pated from most of the old classical fetters in cases where he has
not the time or inclination to proceed with such studies.
Mr. Spencer evidently regards the compulsory and often un-
reasoning drilling in the classical languages as a fashion which came
in a few centuries ago, and which will also work itself out in time.
[ believe that amongst a few there still lingers an antiquated
notion that the study of science is not so respectable as that
of the classics ; and scholars on what is termed the modern side
ia
"a
PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS, ” 25
of a school are somewhat looked down upon, and regarded as
inferior to those on the so-called classical side—thus bearing out
the notion which, if my memory serves me aright, Lord Chesters
field impressed upon his son, viz., that it was the distinguishing
mark of a gentleman to know Greek.
Most of the older writers who have laid so much stress on the
advantages of a merely classical education over a mixed literary
and scientific education, and therefore a really liberal one, were
not properly qualified to judge or give an opinion, for they only
knew one side of the question, and were necessarily, although per-
haps unconsciously, more or less prejudiced ; whereas all or nearly
all of those who have upheld the claims of science to have a part
in a general and really liberal system of education have been
through the classical mill as well as the scientific, so that they
have the advantage of experience of both systems.
The ordinary classical and mathematical education cannot pro-
perly be regarded as a liberal one, since it only attempts to educate
one portion of the student’s faculties; his powers of observation,
and of reasoning from such observations, are entirely neglected and
undeveloped.
It must not be thought that I wish to disparage the study of
the classics—such is far from my thoughts—it is quite fitting and
necessary that some should devote their lives to such subjects ;
but boys should be relieved from the useless drudgery of subjects
in which they are not likely to distinguish themselves nor obtain
much profit from the alleged beneficial discipiine which these
subjects are said to impose.
As far as I can learn, there is almost an entire absence of
real instruction in even the most elementary science in the schools
of this Colony. In some few schools I understand that a little
instruction is given in the form of lectures practically illus-
trated by experiments, but I do not know of any case where the
boys themselves perform experiments with their own hands,
although of course there may be such. If I am wrong, I shall be
only too glad to be corrected upon this point.
26 ’ PRESIDENTS ADDRESS,
Judging from my experience as an examiner, I should say that
by far the largest majority of the candidates who present them-
selves for the Matriculation, Public, and similar Examinations, in
science, have not only never performed any of the most elementary
experiments for themselves, but have not even seen them performed
nor the instruments which they often glibly enough describe from
books ; and they would probably be dumbfounded if the simplest
piece of apparatus itself were placed before them, and they were
asked to perform an experiment with it.
In my experience it is no uncommon thing for a candidate to
reproduce the book description of a common rock, mineral or
fossil, but fail to recognise the same when the actual thing itself
is placed before him for description. He has perhaps described a
piece of granite correctly, according to the book or his teacher, but
has failed to recognize a common and characteristic specimen of
it when placed before him at the same time for recognition,
although allowed ample time to examine it minutely.
It is not instruction of that kind which is required—that is
merely cram, and of a bad kind; it is the teaching which is at
fault, not the scholar’s want of capacity; he has probably done
his best, and if he had received real instruction, would have gained
real knowledge, and not the false half-knowledge referred to.
Until this is remedied, we cannot hope for very much progress
in primary scientific education.
As at home, a2 certain minimum compulsory number of experi-
mental illustrations should be given by the teacher, when the
knowledge imparted, although smaller in amount, 2.é. CoVerIng less
ground, would be of real value as far as it goes.
There are several drawbacks to the pursuit of science, especially
in the Colonies, which deter many from taking a degree in science
instead of in arts. One is the fact that; it is easier for a lad who
has had the ordinary school education to take a degree in arts,
for which he has already done much of the work, than in natural
science subjects, which are probably quite new to him, and another
PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS, ae
is that the student in the natural sciences has at present usually
but very little prospect of any great pecuniary success in life,
in spite of their having been termed the “bread and butter”
sciences,
The openings are but few, and usually not well paid. The
necessity of having well-trained scientific managers to mines,
metallurgical works, and manufactories, is hardly yet recognized
—and certainly this is the case in the Colonies.
In many cases it would pay companies to have a Manager well
trained in scientific principles, at the rate of even £3,000 or
£4,000 a year, instead of a more or less incompetent one at a
small salary, as is too often the case; the thoroughly trained man
would often make the difference between failure and success.
The Board of Technical Education is now doing good work in
spreading elementary, scientific, and technical education over the
Colony, by means of science classes in Sydney and at various
centres outside of Sydney, and in a less systematic manner by the
did of itinerant lectures. The latter are sent out mainly to draw
attention to the fact that there are educational subjects other than
the ordinary school courses, and to help to create a taste for such.
Many people who are considered fairly well educated are quite
ignorant of such matters, and lie under the impression that the
subject of physics deals with drugs, and the subject of chemistry
with the art of compounding and dispensing the same, so that if
they are only taught that physics deals with the forces of nature
some good has been done ; for of course we cannot expect much
to be learnt from an attendance upon one or two more or less
popular lectures; it is more or less true, as has been said by
Faraday, “popular lectures do not really teach, and lectures which
really teach are not popular.”
It is gratifying to find that the necessity of scientific education
is gradually being realized in other quarters ; and it is satisfactory
to notice that at the present time there is a motion before the
Legislative Assembly to place the sum of £10,000 upon the Esti-
mates for the establishment of Schools of Mines in the various
F .
28 PRESIDENTS ADDRESS.
mining centres, although the amount is quite insufficient for the
purpose. It is highly probable that one really good central School
would be in every way preferable and much more efficient.
A School of Mines pure and simple could not possibly have a
large number of students, while it is a most expensive institution
to maintain. ‘The best plan is to attach a mining department to
some existing scientific institution, or to found such with provision
for instruction in mining. Even at home—with its population of
35,000,000 to draw from, the Royal School of Mines never had a
large number of students, and in order to lessen the expense by
more fully utilizing the staff and appliances it has been recently
amalgamated with the Normal School of Science.
Apparently but few, however, are aware that at the present
moment there are practically two Schools of Mines in Sydney
atready.
_ At the University we have provided for a Mining Department
or School, and instruction is afforded at the present time in all
the subjects but two, and lecturers would doubtless be at once
appointed i in those subjects if any students presented themselves,
but up to now none have come forward, althou gh the existence of
the department has been made public.
. Then at the Technical. College, Sydney, under the Technical
Board, a fairly complete course of instruction in all branches suit-
able for the miner are given, including mining itself, which is not
taught at the University, for the reason given ; but the number of
students is so small that it is almost a question whether the Board
ig justified in continuing the outlay for this department.
’ The Board also is giving instruction in mineralogy, geology, and
other allied subjects needed by the miner in certain of the country
mining districts, but the attendance of students leaves much to be
desired.
' Although the number of persons presenting themselves for
instruction in mining is not so great as we might expect from the
appeals which are made from time to time, I do not think that is
arvery strong reason against trying to meet the actual want;
PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. 29
but there is no doubt that many who are crying out for technical
education do not-seem to be aware how far their wants have been
supplied, and that the technical education which they are asking
for is in some instances being given and the classes are languishing
for want of students. There appears to be a difficulty in some
cases in bringing the student and the instructor together. There
is no doubt whatever as to the dearth of educated men capable of
taking the management of mines.
There is another motion to be brought before the Legislative
Assembly, to make provision for the creation and endowment of
twenty scholarships, of the value of £200 per annum, each tenable
for three years, at the Sydney University. This proposition if
carried will I am sure be followed by satisfactory results to the
holders ; it will still further utilize existing teaching powers at
the University, and I trust it will be put into execution.
As another instance of the way in which the existing agencies
for technical education are not fully recognized, I may mention
that very few appear to be aware that we have in our midst the
nucleus of a very good Technological Museum, at present obscurely
and indifferently sheltered in the old Agricultural Hall in the
Domain. The collections would have been much more complete
had it not been for the loss of all the first collections in the
Garden Palace fire ; but in spite of that, the managing Committee
have already quite sufficient material to fill a much larger build-
ing than the present temporary and unsuitable one. Many things
cannot be shown ot all, and the others are so overcrowded it is
difficult for visitors to examine them properly, and moreover they
suffer from the combined attacks of the sun, wind, and rain, for
the iron shed in which they are housed is by no means weather-
proof.
A special feature in the Museum is the series of educational
appliances, and especially of cheap and simple sets of physical,
chemical, and other apparatus, geological and other collections, for
the use of schools and teachers, so arranged that they can see the
kind of apparatus to be employed and its cost.
30 PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS.
I do not refer to what has already been done for technical
education to stay the hands of any one, because a vast amount
more requires to be done, but merely to draw attention to the
presence of existing educational agencies in this direction.
Professor Huxley, in his Anniversary Address to the Royal
Society, in November last, speaking of the Fellowship, says :—
“Since this Society was founded, English-speaking communities
have been planted, and are increasing and multiplying in all
quarters of the globe ; to use a naturalist’s phrase, their geographical
distribution is ‘ world-wide.’ Wherever these communities have
had time to develop, the instinct which led our forefathers to come
together for the promotion of natural knowledge has worked in
them and produced most notable results. The quantity and quality
of the scientific work now being done in the United States moves
us all to hearty admiration ; the Dominion of Canada, and our
Colonies in South Africa, New Zealand, and Australia, show that
they do not mean to be left behind in the race ; and the scientific
activity of our countrymen in India needs no comment.
“ Whatever may be the practicability of political federation for
more or fewer of the rapidly growing English-speaking peoples of
the globe, some sort of scientific federation should surel y be possible.
“ Nothing is baser than scientific Chauvinism, but still, blood is
thicker than water.” And he further ee I — often ventured
to dream that the Royal Society might If i cial
way with all English-speaking men of science; that it caigit
recognize their work in other ways than by the rare opportunities
at present offered by election to our Foreign Fellowship, while
they must needs be deprived of a large part of its privileges.
“ How far this aspiration of mine may be reciprocated by our
scientitic brethren in the United States and in our Colonies I do
not know ; I make it public on my own responsibility, for your
and their consideration.”
Doubtless all agree with Prof. Huxley that it is desirable to
have closer bonds of union between the Royal Society and the
PRESIDENTS ADDRESS. 31
men of science who are scattered over the wide areas of English-
speaking countries, but it does not appear to be very easy to
suggest a method for bringing this about.
It is really very difficult to suggest any improvement upon the
present relationship between the parent Society and non-resident
English-speaking men of science certainly as far as the Colonies
are concerned, for any one who really does good work in the
Colonies is seldom overlooked, but his merits are usually duly
acknowledged by election to the Fellowship of the Royal Society.
There are probably many earnest workers in science in English-
speaking countries who would like to be connected with the Royal
Society, and who are well fitted, as far as attainments go, to be
elected to its Fellowship ; but I fear that many difficulties will be
met with in trying to bring about any change in the present system.
One amongst others is, that the number of Fellows, at present
limited to 500, would have to be very largely increased ; for if we
assume that there are sixty to seventy millions of the English-
speaking race resident elsewhere than in the United Kingdom, and
the proportion of men worthy and desirous of the undoubtedly
great honor of its Fellowship be anything like that amongst those
resident in the United Kingdom, then the 500 would have to be
made at least 1,000, and probably much more, a number which
would swamp the old Royal Society.
Personally I am inclined to think, as a beginning (I, however,
make the suggestion with considerable diffidence and with all
respect), until some workable scheme has been evolved, that perhaps
the Royal Society might be able to grant certain privileges to the
members of the older and recognized Colonial and American
Societies. The members of the branch Societies—for the Colonial
and American Societies are really offshoots of the original Royal
Society—when visiting the old country might be given increased
privileges for attending its meetings, be allowed access to its
valuable library, &e., and they might perhaps be granted copies of
its publications at reduced prices.
39 : PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS.
Tt is true that at present the Royal Society’s rules are so liberal
that a visitor need seldom be debarred from attending its meetings,
yet increased facilities might be granted to a certain number of
properly accredited members of external Societies.
Another way in which the Royal Society and other scientific
Societies at home could render us material help is by giving us
assistance in the publication of our papers. Too often a paper
read before a colonial Society is practically not published at all
outside of the particular Colony in which it is read and printed.
Although the publications of the colonial Societies are usually
distributed to the principal Societies and Journals outside of the
Colonies, yet but few people see them. The book is placed on the
library table or shelves, and is perhaps just glanced at by one or
two ; whereas if abstracts of the papers which it contains, or even
their titles, were to be more regularly inserted in the publications
of the home Societies, more use would be made of the work done
in the Colonies and America. In the case of the more valuable
papers, it might be desirable to have the whole of the contributions
published in the Journal of some home Society ; arrangements
could readily be made so that the paper should appear simul-
taneously at home and in the Colony. Any such recognition
would, I am sure, do a great deal to further the advancement of
science in the Colonies.
Now-a-days few have the time to unearth books in a large
library ; to reach the person for whom it is intended, the paper
must be placed in his hands, or otherwise closely brought under
his notice.
In the same way it might be arranged that papers written in
England, America, and elsewhere, upon matters interesting in the
Colonies, might be simultaneously read and published by the
Colonial Societies.
After a paper has been published (i.¢., technically) in the
Colonies, although very few have seen or heard it, no other scien-
tific Society according to the present custom can pay any attention
PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS, 33
to it, so that to all intents and purposes the matter remains
unpublished. Hence, as I have already said, publication in the
Colonies is too often practically no publication.
The effect of this is often seen in popular books upon the
Colonies, and in some too which are not intended to be popular,
where the same long exploded errors. are carefully reproduced by
generation after generation of writers.
‘Whether the late distinguished President of the Royal Society
is able or not to carry out his wishes, we cannot but be grateful to
him for the full recognition he makes of our efforts to follow in
the footsteps, although in but a feeble way, of the grand old
parent Society.
On September 16, 1884, the following letter appeared in the
Sydney papers, and was afterwards reproduced by most of the
other Colonial and some of the Home papers :—
“Tae Brirish Assocratron.
“'To the Editor.
“ Sir,—During the past fortnight we have received several tele-
grams from London respecting the late meeting of the British
Association at Montreal, and in some of them references are made
to suggestions that a future meeting should be held in Australia.
“As far as one can judge, the idea seems to have been thrown
out when Professor Moseley, F.R.S., announced Mr. Caldwell’s
discovery of the oviparous nature of the platypus and Australian
porcupine.* The news seems to have created or rather re-awakened
interest in the peculiarities of Australian Natural History, and
on the spur of the moment sume of the more enthusiastic members ~
appear to have proposed that a subsequent meeting of the British
Association should be held in Australia.
“The Victorian Premier, with commendable promptitude, at
once telegraphed the necessary invitation for the Association to
visit Melbourne next year; an invitation might also have gone
from Sydney, and especially under the circumstances. Without
such invitation the meeting is not likely to take place here, for th
* Sent from Sydney by cable,
34 PRESIDENTS ADDRESS,
Association only visits towns to which it is invited, and generally
there is more or less competition amongst the principal towns to
secure the acceptance of their invitations, and to bring this about
the competing towns offer as many attractions as possible.
“For the Montreal Session all the great English Steamship
Companies between England and America, and the Canadian and
United States Railway Companies reduced their fares to members
and their families; the Government Railways were, of course,
made free to them, and the Telegraph Companies also granted
free use of their lines all over Canada and the United States.
Numerous free excursions were arranged to places of interest,
some extending over a period of twelve or fourteen days, the
members and their families merely paying for their meals and
sleeping-berths at quite nominal rates,
“Tn addition to the reductions made by the Steamship Com-
panies, the Canadian Committee voted $14,000 for the purpose of
still farther reducing the cost of members’ (and of their relatives’)
passages to Canada. The Australian Colonies would of course
gladly help in the same way; but, taking the much greater
expense and time of voyage into account, the amount to be raised
here would have to be many times as much.
“J am however very much afraid that, although Australia, New
Zealand, and the Islands offer great attractions to many of the
members (I know of one eminent scientific man who is returning
to England via Australia from the Montreal meeting), yet but
comparatively few could afford the time and money to come out
here. The visit to Montreal and the excursions through Canada
and the United States could all be managed in a month or six
weeks, and at a comparatively small expense—in fact, most of those
who went to Canada made the trip do duty for the annual autumn
holiday or visit to the seaside; but out of the 2,000 to 3,000
members and associates (2,714 attended the Southport meeting in
1883) only a comparatively small number could arrange to visit
Australia ; the round voyage could scarcely be squeezed into the
long vocation of those fortunate enough to have one, and the
PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS, 35
necessary travelling expenses would considerably exceed the whole
year’s income of many—for the pursuit of science is not a lucrative
one, and as a rule its followers are poor. Hence, taking all things
into account, I do not think we could expect more than fifty
members, if so many. And unless some 400 to 500 attended
(between 800 and 900 entered their names for the Montreal
session) the gathering could scarcely be considered as a meeting of
the British Association. Therefore, instead of looking for a near
visit from the Association, I would suggest that we should rather
be preparing the way for issuing an invitation later on, when we
have made suitable provision to entertain our intended Scientific
guests ; and as‘a preliminary step I would venture to suggest, asa
life member of the parent Association, that we might try to bring
about a federation or union of the members of the various Scien-
tific Societies in Australia, Tasmania, and New Zealand into an
Australasian Association for the advancement of Science on the
lines of the British Association, with a view to hold the first
general meeting in Sydney on the hundredth anniversary of the
Colony, when there will probably be an International Exhibition
to celebrate that event. With the combined attractions we might
hope to gather together a very fair number of scientific visitors to
take part in the proceedings.
“‘T mooted this question during the last Exhibition in Sydney
in 1879, but matters seemed hardly ripe for it ; but now, perhaps,
with the greater advancement in numbers and in wealth something
might come of it in 1888.
“‘ The details for an Association suited to the scattered Austral.
asian Colonies necessarily offer some difficulties, but they can all
be more or less readily overcome, and I hope to be able shortly to
communicate with the different Societies to discuss the necessary
arrangements,
“A fter the first meeting the gatheri Id take pl nually,
or every two or three weit in one e the ee towns in
Australasia, as agreed upon by the members,
36 PRESIDENTS ADDRESS.
* J am sure that such an Association—which must come sooner
or later, if we are to hold our own—would not only do a great
deal for the advancement of science in the Colonies, but would
also materially favour their progress in many other ways.
“Trusting that this letter may bring about an expression of
opinion upon the matter,—
“Tam, &e.
oe LIVERSIDGE.
“The University, September 16, 1884.”
Tam still of opinion that arrangements should be made for
holding such a meeting in 1888, and for founding the proposed
Australasian Association for the Advancement of Science, and I
shall be glad if those who are in favour of it will kindly send me
their names as intending members, so that the necessary prelimi-
nary steps can be taken.
The regulations for the Australasian Association might be drawn
up on the same general lines as are followed by the parent .
Association, but with certain modifications to suit our local cir-
cumstances ; they might be somewhat as follows :—
There should be a General Committee or Council, having
the supreme control, to be composed of delegates from
the different Colonies or Colonial Scientific Societies, who
could be elected or appointed according to some scheme
to be decided upon. The number of delegates from each
Society or Colony should be proportionate to the number
of members subscribing or otherwise taking part in
the proceedings; each Society might be allowed to
nominate a delegate for each one hundred members.
A local Committee would be required in the place of meet-
ing, to make arrangements for ~ —— and enter-
tainment of the visitors, and to prep for the
business of the General Meetings.
Sectional Committees would also require to be appointed for
the following subjects :—
Section A.—Astronomy, Mathematics, Physics and
Mechanics,
PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. 37°
Section B.—Chemistry and Mineralogy.
Section C.—Geology and Paleontology.
Section D.—Biology.
Section E.—Geography.
Section F.—Economic Science and Statistics.
Section G.—Anthropology.
Section H.—Medical and Sanitary Science.
Section I.—Literature and the Fine Arts.
Section J.—Social Science.
The rights and privileges of membership should be in the
main similar to those afforded by the British Association,
subject to revision and alteration after the first meeting
of the proposed Australasian Association for the Advance-
ment of Science.
Should the proposal meet with approval, it will be necessary to
take immediate steps in order that all arrangements may be ready
for 1888.
If the General Committee were appointed on the basis suggested,
viz., one delegate to each 100 members or less, the total number of
such representatives would be about twenty-five to thirty, since
there are some twenty recognized Scientific Societies in the
Australasian Colonies, and the number of members between 2,500
and 3,000.
From the above numbers it does not appear unreasonable to
expect a sufficient number of papers to make the meeting a success.
In addition to the papers, excursions would of course be organized
to various places of interest, such as the Jenolan, Wambeyan, and
other Caves, the Blue Mountains, and similar places of interest to
geologists.
Probably the best and most suitable place for the general and
other meetings would be the University, as it is the only building
in Sydney which possesses a sufficiently large hall and the requisite
rooms for the sectional meetings.
- 38 PRESIDENTS ADDRESS.
The objects of the British Association are as set forth as follows,
and the proposed Australasian Association would probably do well
to try and follow the same lines:—“The Association contemplates
no interference with the ground occupied by other institutions.
Its objects are—to give a stronger impulse and a more systematic
direction to scientific inquiry—to promote the intercourse of those
who cultivate science in different parts of the British Empire, with
one another and with foreign philosophers—to obtain a more
general attention to the objects of science, and a removal of any
disadvantages of a public kind which impedes its progress.”
Amongst its rules which might also be adopted are these—I
have modified them to suit our circumstances :— .
All persons who have attended the first meeting shali be entitled
to become members of the Association upon agreeing to conform
to its rules.
The Officers, Members of Council, Fellows, and Members of
Literary and Philosophical Societies, publishing Transactions or
Journals in the British Empire, shall be entitled in like manner
to become members of the Association. Persons not belonging
to such Institutions shall be elected by the General Committee
or Council to become life members of the Association, annual
subscribers, or associates for the year, subject to the approval of
a general meeting.
All members who have paid their pabaeeiptiotie shall be onctled
to receive the publication of the Association gratis.
The Association shall meet for one week or longer. The place
of meeting shall be appointed by the General Committee two years
in advance.
The first meeting of the British Association was held in 1831,
and it was attended by 353 members, since that date the numbers
have increased very largely, and close upon 3,000 members and
associates have been present at the later meetings, and even at
the Montreal meeting the number was 1,777 ; of which 235 were
old life members, 20 new life members, 317 old annual members,
219 new annual members, 826 associates (i. e. members for the
PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. 39
particular meeting only), 74 ladies, and 26 foreign members ; and
60 members of the American Association who were admitted as
honorary members for the meeting. The returns for the Steamship
Companies show, as far as they go, that they carried across some
747 members. The Montreal meeting under the presidency of
Right Hon. Lord Rayleigh, was a great success, in spite of the
distance from its head-quarters at which it was held.
The Montreal meeting is of rather more interest to residents in
Australia than usual, since at it was made the announcement by
cable of the successful results of Mr. Caldwell’s investigation into
the oviparous nature of the echidna and platypus.
The Parliament of the Dominion of Canada voted $25,000
towards the expenses of the meeting. Fifty officers of the Asso-
ciation had the cost of their return passages defrayed out of this
sum ; old members received vouchers defraying about one-third
the cost of return ticket, and in addition, certain of the Steam
Companies reduced their fares to members of the Association, and
to three of their near relations who accompanied them. The City
Council of Montreal supplemented the Government grants by
$5,000, and the citizens subscribed another $10,000.
Local Committees, and an influential Citizens’ Committee, under
the Presidency of the Mayor of Montreal, were appointed to make
general arrangements for the meeting, and for the reception,
lodging, and entertainment of the members. The head-quarters
of the Association were at the beautifully situated M‘Gill College.
The Presbyterian, Wesleyan, and Congregation Colleges were
also placed at the disposal of the Association for meetings of the
Sections, &c.
All the most prominent and distinguished residents, not only in
Montreal, but in Canada generally, seemed to have vied with one
another in extending their hospitality to their visitors, and in
endeavours to make their stay a pleasant one ; visits and excursions
were planned for all, some of great length, and welcomes were
extended from every quarter, extending from the Governor-General
downwards. About 140 residents in Montreal alone each received
40 PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS.
from two to six guests in their houses, and, from the account of
the Montreal meeting given by General Sir J. Henry Lefroy,
K.C.M.G., C.B., F.R.S. to the Colonial Institute, the gathering
must have been very interesting and most enjoyable. Any one
wishing for further particulars should consult his paper, to which
T am indebted fer some of the above references to the Montreal
meeting.
Although so many old members of the British Association
visited Canada, including nearly all its most distinguished members,
we cannot, I think, as I said in my letter, reasonably expect’ the
British Association to visit Australia for some years to come, but
I think that if we arrange for a gathering of all the most pro-
minent scientific men and well-wishers of science in Australia, and
invite the members of the British and American Associations to
visit us, we may probably have a fair number of visitors.
There is no doubt that a meeting of the kind held during the
centennial year would confer great benefit upon the Colonies and
convey much instruction to our visitors. It would afford a
unique opportunity for the exchange of ideas and information ;
and it would not only have an immediate beneficial effect, but
would permanently raise the high-water-mark of thought in all
the Colonies, and especially in connection with scientific matters.
It would tend to stimulate all classes, and disseminate a taste
for mest branches of knowledge.
The British Association. meeting at Montreal seems to be re-
garded on all hands as having been a success from every point of
view—from the special scientific one of the Association itself, and
from the picnic point of view of those who merely went for
pleasure.
At the Sydney meeting in 1888 the opportunity should be
taken to take stock, as it might be termed, of all scientific matters.
more particularly connected with Australasia.
It would be a splendid opportunity to correlate and correct
all the scattered and fragmentary geological maps and memoirs
relating to the various Colonies, and to adopt a uniform system of —
nomenclature, colouring, &e., for all Australasian geological maps.
PRESIDENTS ADDRESS. 41
Tt would be beneficial if botanists were to prepare and revise
the census of plants for each Colony, especially to show their dis-
tribution ; and similar questions could be discussed by the zoolo-
gists for land and marine organisms.
If the proposed Australian Association for the Advancement of
Science should =. sealants an a fact, as I hope it
will—for y nnot well re expected, and cer-
tainly will = be made unless a li t be first
made in science—we should not ieccanicttly be compelled to hold
yearly meetings at first. The head-quarters, however, of the
Association could not conveniently be shifted every year; but,
so that each Colony should have an equal share in its affairs, the
offices might be moved at stated intervals from capital to capital.
I must crave your indulgence for the length of my remarks,
The matter has grown under my hands, and I find myself, unfortu-
nately, without the time to give it that somewhat ruthless pruning
which I feel it needs.
With this my duties as President cease; and it now only remains
for me to express the pleasure [ have had in endeavouring to fill
the office to the best of my ability, and to hope that the Society
may have a long and flourishing career. It has, I think, safely
got over most of the troubles incidental to such Societies in new
countries. We now have a large roll of members, the largest of
any single Society in any of the Colonies ; we have the nucleus of
a good special library, and a fairly comfortable and commodious
house and hall for our meetings ; whereas a few years back the
whole of our chattels and effects were carried backwards and for-_
wards by the Assistant Secretary in a carpet-bag ; so that it now
only remains for us to make a reputation for the Society by the
character and amount of the work which is done under its auspices.
Description of an unrecorded Ardisia of New
Guinea.
By Baron Ferp. Von Muetter, K.C.M.G., M.D., Pu.D., F.R.S.,
F.LS., &e.
[Read before the Royal Society of N.S.W., 2 June, 1886.)]
ARDISIA PORANTHEREA, F. y. M. & C. Moors.
Glabrous ; Bech large, chartaceous, lanceolar, somewhat i-
nate wed into a short petiole, shining on both sides, aaa
pale Monon entire at the margin, copiously pervaded by trans-
parent short lineoles and dots ; umbels crowded into short terminal
flowers pentamerous ; segments of the calyx elliptical, membranous
at the margin ; corolla pale-bluish or almost lilac-coloured, nearly
twice as long as the calyx, its lobes about three times longer
than the pale tube, broad-oval; filaments hardly half as long
as the anthers; the latter yellow, from a somewhat pe obed
base broad- Ainear gradually attenuated upwards, opening in-
veg by two terminal confluent pores, considerably sorte
han the corolla ; style hardly surpassing the stamens, setaceous,
as well as the ovary glabrous.
New Gurea.—Cultivated in the Botanic Gardens of Sydney
by Chas. Moore, Esq., F.L.S. A large elegant plant, of seem-
ingly climbing habit; leaves dark green, to 7 inches long an
t
aring umbel-stalks already from near the base.
mostly twice as long as the flowers. Bracts conspicuous,
cymbous-lanceolar, at first outside soft-hairy, soon deciduous.
ents of the calyx about 4 inch long, densely lineolar and
resets spotted except towards the hyaline margin. Corolla
tender-membranous, its resinous lineoles and dots dark. brownish,
its lobes quite blunt. Anthers about } inch lung. Stigma
not broader than the summit of the style; fruit as yet not
obtained. In its affinity this new approaches to A.
rosa from Malacca and the ‘Sunda slands forming with that
plant and with A. paludosa fro’ m Madagascar the section Mono-
in
resinous-glandular leaves and in racemously arranged flowers of
smaller size from the new Papuan congener.
G
{i Sethe Ser ale
morgen’
ji: tha
as
feta ap a
¢
45
A Comparison of the Dialects of East and West
Polynesian, Malay, Malagasy, and Australian.
By the Rev. Georce Pratt.
[Read before the Royal Society of N.S. W., 2 June, 1886.]
Some of these dialects were collected from missionaries and some
from books. The orthography is sometimes peculiar and arbi-
trary, 2.¢.:-—
In Lifu j stands for th,
r ch, as in church,
q for w
x for ee as in loch,
é is much like i in vin (French),
6 as eu in monsiew
The natives call a fowl either kutu or gutu.
Malagas sounds o as u. — are partyin’ Eastern Polynesian
from the Malay dictionary. Kanala 2 ew Caledonia) abounds in
double consonants—ng, mb, kh, kw. It has three consonants
se together—ndra, but the nd is rather a nasal d than two
letters
The Australian dialects (except Kamilaroi) are written aft
Captain Cook’s plan, namely, giving the sounds in English letters,
as beerai for birai.
It will be observed that the East ae a dialects are sub-
stantially branches of one language ; whereas the Western Poly-
nesian dialects entirely differ, and have very Tittle i in common even
among themselves. I found over 100 Eastern Polynesian words
in the Duke of York Daet ctionary ; I account for the presence of
these words to be owin lriftaw cting a
ese people. Such, we biow. pooch in two instances. A large
party of Tongans and Samoans reached Efate (New Hebrides) and
46 A COMPARISON OF THE DIALECTS OF EAST AND WEST
settled there ee force ; and a party of Wallace Islanders took pos-
session of one of the island of Iai, in the Loyalty Group, and
these have riaabead their language almost pure. Australian words
differ entirely from both East and West Polynesian.
En. om Ashes k Bad Belly
Ma. lavu balakang kk rut
Sairion lefulefu tua eanga manava
Rarotongan — reu ai tua kino kopu
Maori pungarehu __ tuara kino kopu
Tongan efu ua kovi ngete
Tahitian rehu tua no opu
awai lehu ua no ka opu
Marquesas tua pe opu
jian dravu aku ha kete
Malagasy lavenona lamosina atsy kibo
Nikunau barek akuna buakaka birotona
Lotu rahurahu dolu lika boga
Duke York kabi maru aka bala
ifu *hnatisije hutré ngazo hni
ai dru ‘joan kong neakon
ana. diri $a
Aneityum incehin as netgan
Tasmani tontaiyenu me inghana noweiack
S. Australia dalba dardage warra
Kamilar kerran ria kagil miibal
Dippil
Victoria nilam
#hn is a nasal sniff ; j is dh.
47
POLYNESIAN, MALAY, MALAGASY, AND AUSTRALIAN,
unyou
urfun
and
navq
CULL BPRTAVM
uvar eft
ranuw
uvyutuvssou yede
nape
vuUvyCUL
vqnq
PU
mynd
quaeur
BAVTLTY
vuofunsnd
Nuvu
WELOIOL A
qiddig.
TOIL yy
yaa
A COMPARISON OF THE DIALECTS OF EAST AND WEST
48
TuUnAMp
pleunyeu
naepey
TyI0
pyLte
ealgesuvs
eyoulo your
eqepOT VAL
Thedod
Ayaseqqng
nuns
daa
vursnie
wise
ouvut
ny
eaqety
9.108
n
nsns
(J) qsvorg
‘dnoad yat0q{19 oy} JO ou ST NeUN YIN
‘ow ‘Tesvu shevmye st Su fap sXvmye
ST p f40y30F0} Surumo0o syuvuosuos om} qsurede ona oy} JO 4uouIoDurIIzUI OU OAv SyURUOSUOD oTqnop oy, “43 st o—IftT
OUIsIe}
wang
uonpou
woureg
Ave
ysyeugy
49
POLYNESIAN, MALAY, MALAGASY, AND AUSTRALIAN
sypvs0h
vepes
qerpen
a
Wg] OPoU
o4Oqoq
ruvuvdtey
uley
oSu0ur
o
TLUTYONG
UB
sad |
ULLITUL
repund
ou
uemuiny
ov
Uv
Pulp .
rey
AvpeyUr
Mo. Bot. Garde:
1897.
A COMPARISON OF THE DIALECTS OF EAST AND WEST
50
“(qeqy) PrUOpe|eD
MON Ul st vpeury {6 pavy sty furezug MeN avou ‘yI0X Jo oyNq ‘sarpedory oy} jo ouo “rey f voutuy) AON Ul St NIOW!
Sunurq pddiqg
yusura - ynquu [Nquianut VLIOPOLA
BUI OFNAVSU runing : Tuned 1OILTUU yy
esuop HULLIVAM OPOY Suvaroq Teaaaq vITVaysNY Yo,
vuesunu aopoysnoy vyoovy Sunquormt gAUVAVU ADVY VIUTUUSE],
wes yur duu Wny Svul pnw Lf Sroynea wntjouy
ouoUeyAL ofura vaiequin ied Ssroyeu vpeury
utAuoytu ft Liny yout uvponet wy
qfuesuvuy ft TUTIVA woul Iv] ou vbey nyvy
vdurTey uUuE ded qvur VAL] yAOA “CT
BIvy enul vIsIs oqvul vIUTY o vqup nqoyy
UItey 10uL Ly equi Luu neunytNy
BUTJOS oajyostut VAIV Ayour oapuv ostvur AsvSvypeyy
vsulpep vanuns 1O4 aqvut vyqeyy wyRgvur ny
eurend nu oyout aqvur uvsonbivyy
ovieded nu ort oyvul OVRUVA TRAN YL
VLIGY nu Wn 97 Vu ve TRIYRT,
vButyoy nu Liny aqeut Say tBoy usuo J,
VBULIVY, nu ny a} vUul nyeqye Morypy
wSulAvy nu 1iny oqvul VIVAILYV vBuojoIvy
BOUTTRY nu yu oyeut %YV VV} vous
VBUI[ey wunuTut nsv 1yvul Jalvy Avyepy
aC yun, od ard uae ystpug
POLYNESIAN, MALAY, MALAGASY, AND AUSTRALIAN.
*8.10}49] Yst]Sugy Jo punos oy} Aoqye—uvyjd s,yoog *ydv_Q 1044v gyods uooq oavy (1oavpuey ydeoxo) spaom uvITLIysNy OU,
YAUNULIV UT
enqoutr
euRy VY vUT
ouvz vngrur
TeUIey
ouRz VNyvUL
uvquTURssou
Wey VULTT
eyqe lunar
mynquq
SuUIUIATT
oF
vf wipyeu
OLpuoyy
UNYVIpAL
nynd 1oyou
yqaed Bury
eyyesuoupry
BIIOPOT A,
ddr
1lOIvTIUIe
yaw yoy
nyvy
ystpoug
A COMPARISON OF THE DIALECTS OF EAST AND WEST
52
uwains
UVISTJUL
UOSUOA
oulsoussue
ndnund
enyeny ne
on
OZzny ULUOA
as
ens
uel
eumaebd
VyI
ouvrpurzey
eyI
Rryeye
opeUrayy
puns
nepeut
OME]
Joyyvay
POLYNESIAN, MALAY, MALAGASY, AND AUSTRALIAN,
vueyspuvul
ueqiesu
uBAyou
Uva
OUuIS OUaAL
en
enyeny ne
eyyesuourl
Sunuuyl
eup
uonpou
ied
yoxeTyure
A COMPARISON OF THE DIALECTS OF EAST AND WEST
54
TAMING
eypnyeuns
ynavype
SuoMoy
we
uisurunut
UlLOYVULAT
Bull]
epedeyed vurt
eyqesuosvaavd
my
vunye BUvIt
Ueyy
[uqavyap
pumq
sednye
orpuedunwe
us
yNyTey
WIIOPOI A
pddig
LOIVILUY yy
wILaysNy “sg
POLYNESIAN, MALAY, MALAGASY, AND AUSTRALIAN,
Suvarsa
ourqaed
equinsu
vA1o
euoUsUuTOu
UISLL
oro dune
oul enyeur
oUIyeA Bnzrat
avy
oUTYyVA BNQVUT
auIvA BNZOUT
vury
vuvul
TOY}O TW
usunut
ODA
tunAutr
owvu
oyrnbsoyy
ate.
TALS
yeuvsond
1WuTyeu
O1VOT
qe
qe
euUenUt
[eury
ULIOUW
UIs ING
ganqperl
wun nyzq
induvuol pry
OP MOILOUOTUL
1odqe
nttnqeanp
Wsoug
A COMPARISON OF THE DIALECTS OF EAST AND WEST
56
BUILD]
euouvsutsy
oOpooul
oan
eueyod
epdoout
vuvtouourd
eyyn
en
anu
wyyesuoo
yyyywoAng
nansu
eyuny IOWICM
VYFEAUOIOM yeiosu
ert eqqny
ep eqqn
VUIUVIVY eudUl
uesonou neu
eM you OMYVA
OUI uofng
ab IYO
UM TeAvy
npn 0.10010
mA. TNeUL
BAVA BIZTYO WO.Ipuo,
nsnsu enuvalunyn
vYyvA vunout
eyeM vuneUt
vYyvA v, NOUL
nynsu eSunoUL
BYR vaunvuL
BVA vsuneut
njnsu veuneut
nyu Suouns
yyNoyW ureqyUnO py
tb
POLYNESIAN, MALAY, MALAGASY, AND AUSTRALIAN.
NUTR
rey
bat | be Sad
oapunyy
Suoynutr
0
ud
dqout
vAUIUL V1vy
uIsvavU
vyjopusu
vy sndyrout
oneye
UIVAIVAL
UVLEINUL
vAqqnAvuUdly
dvlut
1404
CUISCULOURL
Ty
oXuruiod
[uquang
epoq
proxy
EAST AND WEST
A COMPARISON OF THE DIALECTS OF
58
Tanyny
evAyourtod
Orden
VAJOALIP-O1JRY
WAVY
auo0yg
pmody a
qany
OULIBAL
104
purys
epunAr
“eyourg
59
POLYNESIAN, MALAY, MALAGASY, AND AUSTRALIAN.
nees
eygesuoey
eid
os[eu
VULIS NM
miltou
ed
400],
yeduryyg
erih4
[epuoyep
vuokey
ween
uoUl0g
WOUryy
BACUOUTBLE ¥
ely
ansuo y,
eq uInut
Tjepuanut
Tunyny
eynunwur
BUB.L0Y0.1305
nany
ngNgRy
TEI
nainrey
wuRut
LITGIYBy AN
nSunscvut
ropunyy,
yeu
-wrqoourssnd
eBososeu
Tey
orpuvoseut
wdIS
wipVAsNY Yqnog
VIURUISE J,
umAjeuy
vypvuRy
ust ug A
ST
7
*
vy
A COMPARISON OF THE DIALECTS OF EAST AND WI]
60
wut - umark
davry avd 4reyynq qeyyNq davry —— qnurtout YN IVLAVUL
eqryns a104, yeut qu IOTVUL quypus vpisnd
[et-aveltt jel-poo ules vAta JoVeUl Mosand VATU
YCACULA VOT yea vid YEAMBLIEUL CUUL AO] vurpaet vAuLSuvpeyvory = =—- vUURAR Sey
{aso O19 Ty VyVyvqzUl defuyurra ursya Srey
TSUCUL n.aVqut eS 508 O.IPUOMY a1aM¥ 19}
uny ol wovyy OULU Suv URIv 15u94
o71U0Y aqouy 8v0 oy thu oyougyt freq
1"4 end vl wenqe} drepep uenqge4 wen]
10} end VUOUIV} oUIvYy IYI VUBATPR Tey
enue4 nen eurney Oule Be wund Svy
0194 vol vst Aavayor VAPOATI Apva Awewoyut
nyo} end eup VAOTV rsuByy TYBAL 18ury
no4y en Tyey OuIyoA TUePEU OuIYOA one
NOx en] TYyey OUIYRAL TUeyvUt ouUTyeM on
N10 wid Tye} ouryeA rezeut OuIyBA Ivy
nyoy en wyey ouyes IDuvyeur vuryo 1sury
N.104 ent Tye} OUTTeM 1Stezeut OUI VAL Suey
n.104 wud 1v}O Yo OUIBA ISueypeUL OUIvA oue
ny{04 vny 18st} ouyry 1SUBYVUT BAB 1d}
nyoy en vs OUTAeG ULdUv VAS SISUUY
eo, OMT, oug URUTO A, purAL OFLA doo Ay
61
POLYNESIAN, MALAY, MALAGASY, AND AUSTRALIAN,
ey yasnap
ey Auaqty
ident
nynjos
yorndes
uay,
Tumut
nque jn ULE Ne {
nIequr NuNUa1Oy
oyenu
oy Sunqeyy
uswesuey9 meUesUONT
Ip[Q} VUl IpeUTT] Ipens vUL IpeUty
VyUIBYy VAIN TUvVYyeANey N41
enena env enqt
Aats oyRA o7y
TATY nywAL NZIA
TAL nva ny
RANT nyvar nyrty
VAT NBA ngty
RAITT nea nqy
RAL nIvA ngry an
BAL NAVA n4t
GALI nea n4y
BANIS nity nyy
oun VyaIgT WAI
Tur
“nquepnwypeut
vs NUNIIOY
vovyy Bnu
oy Sunqeyy
euoulesuTrO
nquyynur
vuvsnd
nunw9419y
urAueq
aiay
Hepp greypud
Iypuqarpng
equnsed
uv MoUuvUre
onjouoy
tdi.
VLIOPOA
TOMVTIUNY yp
eIPBAYSNY “gy
A COMPARISON OF THE DIALECTS OF EAST AND WEST
62
NOPUI
repuisu
Suvanu
POLYNESIAN, MALAY, MALAGASY, AND AUSTRALIAN, 63
Discussion.
The following notes have been furnished by Mr. J. F. Mann :—
I have no means of my own of comparing this list of words with
the language used by the aboriginals of New South Wales; copious
: : b
8
ri
jose
S
—
rr}
os
—
wm
4
Er.
°
= a
—
5
rc)
Qu
ta)
«4
&
a
da
lo}
=
2
4
@
——
°
=]
Q
n
5
°
©
°
prevents the mutual use of a word ; so that in forming vocabularies
each tribe has to be closely questioned as to the proper word, and
even then much discretion must be observed, as the natives do not
like to be cross-questioned ; so unless you are thoroughly in their
confidence you are likely to be misled.
The pronunciation has to be closely noted ; thus, one reverend
missionary records that he had. resided a length of time with a
tribe before he discovered that the words sin and thin had been
confused, consequently these poor blacks thought that a thin
person had no chance of going to heaven, and took great trouble
to cram and fatten up all whom they thought worthy of
salvation.
My authority for the accompanying list are the Rev. G. Taplin,
Rev. Mr. Teichelman, Mr. Moorehouse, Rev. Mr. Schurman (South
Australia) ; Mr. J. Gason, Cooper’s Creek, Dieyerie Tribe ; Mr. J.
. O, Bennett, Northern Territory.
List of some words used by the natives of South Australia :-—
A COMPARISON OF THE DIALECTS OF EAST AND WEST
64
quoseid qv ‘mou
‘Avp-03—afounq
VYIVUL VATTTOAL
1Q-ouM
-Avy-p-Bugm-agd-an&
pry
SuryAue
jo Apoq—oupuru
Apog
oj UOOUt
AIPL
*unopuddyy, ostx ‘pno[p }
oor Arar
epuse.104[o0q
Ss tI
Ays0qqug
TYM-TR-wUNUTt
Injury
O1IMY IO ooavy 049edgvy f oyoyored
TANIY
poor,
VUry YUM
tdnaq “una
ped
“‘peoiq PUT INOY Aoj WOALS owen Y y
oq-lnb-oamag
vavdey vdooy
oypeur Baiqeut
oyusiesu
oreuo vinieu ‘oyyeuly.
‘ oanvyquddng
omy prey) PID
wLII9q
eune vyozeyorurd f ooyoour
eu
qsvoug wiog eucg
19-BugQ-24-IL-O]
art oornUut vid
uruguur ‘1o<jood
pur ord pag
ooyoory
oo100Ft
tonume oe
£1031.119, oh N
yeo19 s,sedo0p
vuLpuvxeTy ayey
ystpsug
vULIPULXETY 2
ene
4oa1) 8.10d00
ALOPLUIDY, “No
upooury 940,7
AvINY 1OMO'T
‘V'S preppy
vULIpUVX]y OyvT
yerapoon} =, Arnqsoy apy ‘109w Ay oueqstagy
yorg Boysy
ysypsuyy
POLYNESIAN, MALAY, MALAGASY, AND AUSTRALIAN
~~ 10 ‘ekooy
HuovMY (ueutom) Saosnu
IaAT] 1a8-114-29]
equininy OLMOTYY (1BUTO.M) BTPLA
ekny elpes ndqreuest
ofuodkny oysurddey nAqreured u
ojooysun vAgrureUt
evAooy £ opured vood { vpped -we8u feysed ny yn4 o1resa ‘opusrod
1UTBUL Tu0y (WeUTOM) OUTCUTUL
IOMOLT qs . OIL e[vuld,y IOYILOT
VAOTIO4
sod-dad eu BULSUOT
otide £ aude oiddny eyery f rUrery
1dded eUoul
eramangod
fueMnyynsu OTL 104
ojeyiey ‘opurdye unyaeg § ‘ourejoour
soAowurp19ah vuout 10 uvdyvopuse, oquiod { vyour £ uvgoou ouyAred
001104 { aAresu ud
TOYZ Cala y oAnT Surwaay sag FEL
IOOM OOATUL
TUSLIIOM
Ten
RIVYIYOOO oyeyULy oo100qeyurtyy
TUUTUpany 1y4QueTpeUt
ope NIIP, wnAyzuind
ossuvq ‘wuOGquTvIO0300Ut
“wn f eypioind f oandfopuooyavu fouoyrvu oppey OLIVA f ITpey Ipusfpeut f eudeT[nUuL = vYyooo Yo} Op woay,
ge TOY TpUVAR wnus0d
LC yung BOT ard uae
AmnqsoyMepy
Ax04tAI9T, *N
yae19 8,1ado0%)
UPOOUNT Od
"y's ‘Avuinyy Jaane
"V'S ‘Oprepepy
VULIPUBXITY OFv'T
ystpsugy
upooury 440g
"y's ‘Avranyy JoAny
‘VS “Opreppy
VULIPUBXITY Oe]
qst[sa
(oaqen) qsanqyeg
‘yg ‘Avunyy J0any
‘V'S “opreppy
VULIPUBXITY AYv'T
ysipsug
A COMPARISON OF THE DIALECTS OF EAST AND WEST
66
(uvuL
OFM) vpequre.ey ejard
AQ-4g
vepey -Su00-100-3u00ut 19-g-Buy-out . eof AM
elupue f a1apue a1zU003} OLAVY PUL vsuco0q
ures eand oyurey
qwanesu f anyeSu ndout dea
FPO
erfourryuesu = wyored-vzur0y now £ efour ofusez v]100, Sepunut f optoM
eMOYUIL TUIOY TFUBVUL § OP.TOM
IITIOP oymnbso yy Ue yeo'y Te asnoyyT
Avpoq ; ;
‘doys: ‘ysnoua
‘][oaa—uorvut
Suviped e493
oypnut aottg-UYUL AQU-[VUI-1Q]
vuid £ ood
ormedypraorind epuryyesuout VALINUL vivd -avut £ oorvpoow oouro
lvy[E f repued VYYy VLINUT euUeUl T}LUIvUL
ddd vdyrp
oyyndyzo0d oyornuueUt nysuok = -to.n FoyMAOA -uout £ OAPTETpIUE
OUIUL
OLIV Y VLE y MUL BLIVUL oyaed =f ouvut £ THAeUr
OLIVMITITAM Tan y Livul Wny TANBL oyunu
UIATOFT proy pury ey yeorry pooyy
(Ayer =
enboaisq ‘ae-umyy 9-ULI-1B M-OOT [guum -auad pooy) yr 49}-10-3uny
00.
eupiyy ayes) eo oyouoour
89
TIN} you ‘pooy) Ppa Ae (Ay touturos) ek
of) [Mog J00q poo A
JOYE AA oud,
-sLig, ‘Arnqsoy Mey
ArOpUIOT, *N
yoorgy 8.dedoog
wpooUry] 420g
‘y's ‘Avaanpy 10ATy
‘VS ‘opwepepy
vULIpurxepy 2
ystpouty
Aanqsayavyy
sanyyeg
Asopua4ioy, "N
yoorg s.todoo9
mpooury 410q
y's ‘Avqanyy t0any
“V'S ‘oprepepy
VULIPUBXOTY Oye]
st sug
AxoqaIO, *N
yearn 8,10do09
"¥'S ‘optepy
ystpsugg
67
POLYNESIAN, MALAY, MALAGASY, AND AUSTRALIAN,
JaM-]I-oUul Ax0p1a10,J, *N
138 Furuse qiatds [LAe
*00100000.1004} a1y9zOoy
wu feyNTA qiatds poos
-wapuLyyeryoqtp wLOOUTBIOOLU arpavyood yoory 810000;
TUL
vAury ; “wyavyy { vyavyy Printed! Hog
oypavd TTpac VALI, TOA
AI Ht wiowad W tary
1900} { or91e ‘ookgood ‘odqi&
oo10y feand — { opand £ ay100d Soppoom =f aapy "Vv ‘8 ‘oprepepy
ayivur eprny VULIpPUeXETY oer]
ULIOFg auoyg Ivyg punyg qudg eyoug ysysuyy
spus
-dvos ‘osye
J9youn-49-9Uut £ VUUBTTNOVT_NUL Aanqso Mvp
unb-v-oan [Hoo] AXOPMIOT, “No
urys
VYVM VYCA eyoou = 0} ‘rureYyo ry TUIBVUINS 39919 8.10do09
nased VIVAL VUURPIOA upooury yo
oySuodjiod oysuvuri0m oBunyp1e4 ‘y's ‘Avan doany
ono
oAqny 00.100UL tpuvyury ‘uray ‘vjoodooy cond ‘V's ‘epreppy
ddvjeanut ULM] waned CULIPUBXETY 9yUrT
[reurg doaqy uryS HS voy 40x proy ys sug
O.10UL Suvu qsanyyeg,
aoULIOUL ayah-00M o¥-yur-our (T1Hy ¥) Agav-aad-Ty ALOU, *N
ooxwrUL varvlnyy v[poout wavypnd vunur OOM) 8,4
WLI I4[eUr vqavdavu upooury 440g
nieyeyNng oyoor uw = oxen} f owunut ‘y's ‘Anum, Joany
or0qun A be %} (ITNY ¥) opt008u ‘V's ‘opryppy
qeur 1doy rAprnsu0dk 1104 CVULIPUBXETY oye'T
wy Urey a8ON qySIN yn ure uno tens
A COMPARISON OF THE DIALECTS, &c.
eueyy
eupred
eueu
oyoreusoy £ vurnd
Ivy
Aouy,
uo,
oopooyard
Taeq | [Ny
OJout [NFURy
we Ayudeu faeypn
-deu foyooyuanut
$ [+3 looy1oyoy
Iv}
-qnur f oAqnyureut
aepreddou
oot],
i MM.
905-0v4-9 908-u103-Sun
Aoyzeq
ork eueuuer f vaprn
Tyeanu oqjeutaesu
nuunsi ae
eu OMYUIPY { nppesu
un3u winsu
nox OM
oun’ Wye
IgAt10]]0} 19-91-Buly-[94
oorpunut ou100y
V.IV}YVY vu
f ypeqrey -weugny f vuny
yoysury 44 R] Ur
osnes
-waett § ned oq UBUTO
-ugou foAqrepand =f ewoy f vuN
ysuore yur oAqrepeUrWe
OMI, aug
Suse
Tnyour vf
BIpt
narod eyyuosu
WLITAM
ToApeurey Ieiny
oon, YOO,
908-uTA-O gadut0s-Sun
dogs unt Toy seu pps Be
eorpoow ooapuok ooyye yooig s.tedoo;)
vuurd VUUIIt wt upooury Og
uur ip qansu odvsu AvAIN]X IOATY
eatuury fed = oaguto § eUUTt emu f wiu “W'S ‘Opreppy
ofqry oquisa dv3a - vutapuexery °
°H nou I ss
oypieu Avanyx ae
ot
T+2t+% ftoyoy Ayo
£1904 YOY YoY $ UNqeVLla ‘y ‘Ss ‘preppy
YRY YY vuLipurxspy eye]
WAI xIg OAL Ino, ystpsugy
IQ-190q -T99.MA yut-pa-Funut A103; ‘N
(UBUIOAL
Sunod) vavyunut (puvqsny 10) vow yoo19 s,1edo09
nfqeuued a 1y0}1vyY ujooury 10,7
nAqrewmurresu OysuUvo] a *g ‘Auanyy JOANT
eyiva { 0jI0y
un foyfun vied
: ‘ed yueurese -uvf { vavdu00d meoIv yoy
£ vyandnyyngyfeyoreuurn £071ey { yoruuvsoeds a *y ‘S ‘opreppy
OUTUUTTE 1deu VULIPUBXYTY OYVT
ULI AA oul, doo A\ yssugy
yoAung Aimqsoy avy
ses bd:
ooM-INgT oouumn Axoquay, “Nv
orpuyvrypayy yoory s1odoo;)
TL1ey ound upooury 410g
TTpnquvse oysuvu Avanyy 10a]
vAue[pry opury ‘Vv *S ‘preppy
uvypey o— VULIPUBXOTY OYe'T
ousuoy, Jopunty, ung ystpsagy
69
Preliminary notes on some new Poisonous Plants
discovered on the Johnstone River, North
Queensland.
By T. L. "Bancrort, M.B., Edin., F.L.S.
(Communicated by Pror, T. P. Anperson Sruart, M.D.)
[Read before the Royal Society of N.S. W., 2 June, 1886.]
AmonG many barks, leaves, and fruits collected on the Johnstone
River during 1885, with a view to ascertain if they possessed any
hysiological activity, was the bark of a small tree called Daph-
nandra “repandula, F.v. M., of the order Monimiacee, which
possesses a somewhat bitter taste.
This bitter property exists in all parts of the plant.
Extract of the bark was prepared in August, 1885, and experi-
ments instituted the following Octobe
grain or more of alcoholic attics ‘suspended i in a few minims
of water injected under the skin of guinea-pigs asphyxiates them
rapidly, oe with smaller doses they sometimes recover.
e if animals live for half an hour they ‘ultimately
recov
The Bilawing symptoms may be observed when a grain of the
alcoholic extract suspended in five minims of water is injected
under the skin of a guinea-pig, death taking place within half an
hour :—
The animal becomes at first very restless and eats with avidity,
but this continues only a few grpesee and is probably sis to
the irritation of the injection. As scon, however, as the a
quietens down, convulsive twitches of the extremities, and ator
wards of the whole body, occur every second or two, but they are
not of a violent kind, and continue until death. The eyelids
blink in a curious way occasionally, respiration is increased, an
the front legs are a agin able to support the body ; the animal
in consequence rests upon its chest. This condition is very
characteristic, and is an almost certain sign that the dose has been
a fatal one.
The animal up to this time could exercise voluntary movements.
The hind legs next become weak, and if the animal be now placed
upon its back, it is no longer able to right itself, although there yet
remains power of movement in all the limbs; it is perfectly
70 PRELIMINARY NOTES ON SOME NEW POISONOUS PLANTS
sensible to pain. Soon, however, complete paralysis of the whole
muscular system takes place, the animal dying asphyxiated.
Violent contractions of the facial muscles are the last apparent
of life; but the heart in some cases beats on slowly for a
few minutes ; 3 rigor mortis rapidly ensues
I conclude, from experiments made ‘upon cats, guinea-pigs,
frogs, and grasshopper s,—
1. That this poison paralyses the crn nervous system.
2. That it does not affect s — nerv
3. That it is not a muscle poiso:
The same poisonous property existe in Daphnandra micrantha,
Benth., and in a new species called ““aromatica,” discovered on the
Johnstone, and so named by my friend Mr. F. M. Bai ey on
account of its aromatic taste and smell resembling Sarsaparilla.
B.—Archidendron V: aillantit, F. v. M., a leguminous tree,
attracted attention by its conspicuous pods, containing beans of a
black colour and nauseous hot taste. The bark is also hot and
Alcoholic extract of the dried bean was made, five grains of
which, suspended in a few minims of water, were — under
the skin of a kitten, which died asphyxiated in a few
The bark was found to be more poisonous than the bean or
leaves.
uinea-pigs poisoned with this substance have painful convulsive
movements of the whole muscular system, oe in frequen
rce as the poison gets absorbed. The hind legs become
paralysed, and the animals lie in a helpless state for many hours
before they die, and utter feeble cries when moved about. After
death the muscles contract when cut across, or when stimulated
through their nerves up to their exit from the chord.
Neither the motor nor the sensory nerves seem to be affected.
This substance kills by paralysing the reflex function of the
spinal chord.
C.—Pongamia glabra, Vent., a tree of the order Leguminose,
contains in all parts of the plant a principle of considerable activity
as an emetic.
Frogs poisoned with extract of the bark vomit for several hours,
-_ which they become torpid, and generally die within forty
ours.
D.—Zanthoxylum veneficum, Bail., a small tree of the order
Rutacee, being a new species discovered in August, 1885. The
bark possesses a cally a gp ial to taste like aconite. The
DISCOVERED ON THE JOHNSTONE RIVER, NORTH QUEENSLAND, 71
Two other species of Zanthoxylum, viz., Z. torvum, F. v. M.,
and Z. brachyacanthum, F.v. M., and probably others of the same
genus are likewise poisonous.
Numerous experiments were made with extract of the bark of
this tree upon dogs, cats, rats, frogs, and grasshoppers.
It acts upon the spinal chord, increasing the reflex excitability,
and finally paralysing the chor
poisons grasshoppers, while strychnine has no action upon
them.
It tetanises frogs, even when applied to the at
In its physiological action it resembles strychni
The following may be taken as a typical ‘ects of the effect of
this substance upon warm-blooded animals :—-
Four grains of the alcoholic extract suspended in five minims of
water and five of spirit were injected under the skin of a large cat.
Immediately afterwards the cat was uneasy, would lie down, then
raise itself, walk a little, and lie down again. In eighteen
minutes a tremor of the ears and head was ‘noticed, the pupils
were dilated, locomotion was affected ; the animal could only walk
tremors were frequent, and power to walk almost gone. In thirty
minutes there were convulsive contractions of the fore limbs and
laboured, inspiration stertorous, the head hangs down, and the cat
jerks itself backwards ; ; directly after the spasm goes off the cat
ie exhausted. In forty-five minutes there was a tetanic
spasm every minute, and the animal was expected to die every
Seaivulncon. In fifty-five minutes tetanic spasms last about a
quarter of a minute ; inspiration extremely laboured and prolonged,
beat corr for two minute 4s Meat Four hours after
death there was rigor mortis, the ‘right side of the heart was =
and the left ventricle firmly contracted ; the intestine was b
and contracted.
With larger doses than five grains tetanic spasms come on
rapidly, and the animals die in a few minutes.
e dogs recover sometimes after five grains have been injected
under their skin.
page
penne we
See
Metallic Meteorite, Queensland.
By A. Liversipcr, F.R.S., Professor of Chemistry in the
University of Sydney.
[Read before the Royal Society of N.S.W., 2 June, 1886.]
PRELIMINARY NOTICE.
Tus meteorite was found at Thunda, Windorah, in the
eoreussapenl district, Queensland, and was kindly lent to me for
examination by Mr. C. 8. Wilkinson, F.G.S., Government
Ge ological Surveyor of New South Wales.
Mr. Wilkinson was informed that this specimen was broken off
a larger mass weighing a hundred weight or more, and it certainly
has every appearance of having been recently detached.. The
large piece is said to be buried about 4 inches in the ground, and
the natives had covered it with stones, so that they evidently
vit
found to be 7° 77 at 16° C, being ape mean of two distenandishas
made on separate pieces, viz., 15 a ‘79. In form it is very
irregular, the internal crystallised mes is all shown by the
fractured surface, the plates standing out in bold relief and
meeting one another at fairly regular angles which are apparently
those of the octohedron. In the hollow on one side a distinct
pitted structure is seen showing that this apparently formed
one of the external surfaces of the meteorite, although the usual
well marked skin of fused magnetic oxide is not present.
Up to the present I have not had time to make more than a
preliminary qualitative examination, but this shows clearly that
this specimen has the usual ar ora of the metallic group of
meteorites. It consists mainly of iron, with nickel, and a trace of
cobalt, both sulphur and phosphorus are present, and apparently a
trace of carbon, and I think it will “tis found not to differ materially
from the New South Wales meteorite found at Bingera. (See
Journ., Roy. Soc., N.S.W., 1882, p. 35.)
.
s (es
ee RE
Ror roast.)
ag
a e:
re
~y
i) |
Further Additions to the Census of the Genera of
Plants hitherto known as indigenous to Australia.
By Baron Ferp. von Mvetrer, K.C.M.G., M.D., Ph.D., F.R.S.
[Read before the Royal Society of N.S.W., 7 July, 1886.]
Pyenarrhena, Miers in Ann, and os ee of nat. hist. set. ser,
VII, 37 (1851) ; after Pac hygo
Melicytus, R & ie Forster char. gen. . 123, t. 62 (1776); after
Hym
ym
Ce seuucess, “Mirbel in Bull. de la Soc. philom. 381 (i813);
after Gutti Toke:
Sarauia, Willdenow in Schrift. naturf. Freunde zu Berlin ITT, 406,
i 4 1801
Herniaria, Tournefort inst. rei herb, 507, t: 288 (1700); after
eleranthu
ee ethchaars: F. v. M.’in Wing’s South. Science Ree. ITI, 281
(1884) ; after Ptilotus.
Cyathula, Loureiro fl. Cochinchin. I, 101 (1790); pes pipes ates
Celosia, Linné gen. pl. 34 (1737) ; after Deeringi
Cleistocalyx, Blume Mus. bot. Lugd. Bat. I, 84, ¢ . LVI (1849) ;
after Eugenia.
Sphenoclea, Gaertner de fructib. I, 113, t. 2£ (1788); after
W: ergia.
Argyreia, Loureiro fl. Cochinchin. I, 134 (1790) ; after Tpomoea.
Paka , Lindley in Bot. Regist. XVUI, t. 48 (1845); after Ardisia.
Didymoplexis, Griffith in Calcutta Journ. of nat. hist. IV, 383
1844); after Gastrodia
Sag vel Trinius fundam. Agrostogr. 175 (1820) ; after
eroc
Salvinia, Micheli nov. plant. gen. ae t. 58 (1729) ; after Azolla.
Meniscium, Schreber gen. plant. 1 y 8 737 (1791) ; atter Grammitis.
Sclerodontium, Schwaegrichen in Hedw. spec. musc. Suppl. HJ,
124 (1824) ; after ‘Neckera
Omphalanthus, Lindenberg & Nees synops. hepatic. 303 (1845) ;
er Phragmicom
Bryopteris, Nees , naa ‘Leberm. III, 211 (1838) ; after Frullania.
clepeg te: a Lehmann pugill. plant. IV, 13 (1832) ; after
rchantia.
Ritons. Acharius reread univers. 120 (1810) ; after Evernia.
Theloschistes, Norman t. redact. nov. gen. lich, 16 (1852) ;
after Parmelia.
I
76 FURTHER ADDITIONS TO CENSUS OF GENERA OF PLANTS
Lecania, Massalongo Aleun. gen. di Lichen, 12 (1853) ; after
ecanora.
Ocellularia, Bes oe Entwickl. der Flecht. 327 (1825); after’
Thelot
Arthonia, ‘Achateiog 3 in Schrad. neu. Journ. fuer Bot. I, 3 (1806);
after Graphis.
Glyphis, Acharius synops. lichen. 106 (1814) ; after Graphis.
Trypethelium, Seo Anleit. in das Stud. kryptog. Gew, 350, 6.
10 (1804) ; after Verrucaria
Radulum, Fries plant homon, 81 (1825) ; after Hydn num
Laternea, Turpin icon. champ. fig. 2 (1820) ; after Clathrus.
Phyllosticta, Persoon Champ. comest. 55 (181 8); after Phoma.
Sphaeropsis, Leveillé in — des sc. nat. trois. sér. TIT, 62.
1845) ; after Phom
Alelophia, Saccardo lee fung. ITT. 658 (1884) ; after Phoma.
Actinonema, Persoon mycol. Europ. I, 51 (1822) ; after Phoma.
Chaetophoma, Cooke in Grevillea IIL, 25 (1874) ; after Phoma.
Gamospora, Saccardo & Berlese in Rev. mycol. (1885) ; after Phoma.
Actinothecium, Cesati in Hedsvigia I, t. XI, fig. 3 (1852) ; after
Excipula.
— 3 Notaris micromye. Ital. IT, t. 9 (1842) ; after Excipula.
un, Pe ersoon observ. mycol. I, 99 (1796); after Cladosporium.
Pesicladions: Bonordon Handb. der Mykol. I, 80 (1851); after
Cladosporium.
Podosporium, Schweinitz in trans. Amer. Phil. Soc. IV, t. 19
(1832) ; after Bistinitaliowpadtinn:
Capnodium, Montagne i in Annal. des. sc. nat. trois, sér. XI, 233
(1848) ; after Antennularia
Hysterographium, Corda icon. fung. V, 34 t 9 (1842); after
Hysteri
Tryblidiella, Seda syllog. fung. IT, 757 ( eg after Hysterium.
Rythysterium, — fang. Argent. IV n. 191 (1882) ; after
ysteriu
Phyllachora, Nitschke in Fuck. symbol. mycol. 216 (1875); after
Cordyceps.
Len per peek nal in Annal. des sc. nat. trois. sér. III, 58 (1845);
after
Sphaerotheca, Leveillé in des se. nat. trois. sér se. xv
= 1842); after
Hypomyce, Fries plant. cilia 105 (1825): after Hypocrea
Anthostoma, Nitschke, Pyrenomye. Germ. 110(1867); after Xylaria. :
Thamnomyces, Ehrenberg in hor. phys. Berol. 79, t. 17 (1820); _
- sfter Xylaria, o
Nummularia, Tulasne. select. fung. carpol. If, 42 (1865) 5 after 4
ypoxylon.
HITHERTO KNOWN AS INDIGENOUS TO AUSTRALIA, i7
nile rma. Niessl Notiueber Pyrenomyc. 10 (1876) ; after
poxylon.
Daldinia, Notaris & Cesati schem. sfer. Ital. I, 197 (1870) ; after
Hypoxy on
Dothidella, Spegazzini fung. Argent. IV. n. 186 (1882); after
Dothid
Gibellia, Saccardo & Berlese in Rev. mycolog. (1885); after
othidea.
Chaetomium, Kunze mycol. Hefte I, 15 (1817) ; after Diatrypa.
Corynelia, Acharius i in Fries observ. mycol. II, 343 (1818) ; after
aeri
RhisonOeDia Roth in Usteri Annal. I, t. 1 (1797) ; after Sphaeria
Scortechinia, Saccardo & Berlese in "Rev. — Apr. (1885) ;
fter Sphaeria.
Didymella, Saccardo in Michelia I, 377 ; after Sohash
Didymosphaeria, Fuckelsymbol. my “col. otlgh el 5); aftersinerela
Perithalia, J. Agardh in litteris. (1883) ; after Bellot
Dilophus, a. Agandh Algern. Systematik IT, 106 (1883) ; after
Dictyot
Soret dete Fe Agardh Algern. Systematik II, 22 (1884) ; after
esogloia
Glaphyrymeuia, J Agardh Algern. Systematik IV, 52 (1885) ;
alter nea.
Ulothrix, Raetiing | in Regensb. bot. Zeit., 517 (1843) ; after
Schizogonium.
Glocotila, Kuetzingi in Linnaea XVII, 89 (1843); after Oedogonium.
Phyllactidium, Kuetz ing in Linnaea XVII, 93 (1843) ; ; after
Bulbschaete
Sirogonium, Kuetzing in Linnaea X VII, 92 (1843); after Spirogyra.
Chthonoblastus, Lien ng in Linnaea XVII, 86 (1843) ; after
Oscillat
cncieatk eases Bacillar. 126 (1844) ; after Amphora.
Triceratium, Ehrenberg hr eta 79(1840); after Actinocyclus.
Total number of Aus n plant-genera, recorded hitherto, 2,249.
The indications of a sissd at which these additional genera
should be inserted into the systematic census, are not intended to
convey always an enunciation of close affinity to preceeding or
ollowing genera, as often those, nearest allied, are quite wanting
in the Australian Rs ccmmae or have et not been discove
Goltoche “Stephani J. J. Mueller, Knight ooke, Saceardo, Agardh,
Kuetzing and ch neg as the many additional genera of
minutest fungs Mr. . Bailey’s collections, elaborated by
Professor Sides, acd aa the material on this occasion
rae
‘e fs
Notes on the process of Polishing and Figuring
18-in. Glass Specula by hand, and experiments
with Flat Surfaces.
By H. F. Manpsen,
[Read before the Royal Society of N.S.W., 7 July, 1886.]
So much has been written upon the production of glass reflectors
for use in astronomical ee and so many of these
being in use at the present time, any improvements in their con-
struction would be difficult if not impossible to attempt ; still, a
the method which I have followed is not altogether the astial fae
and as I am not aware that any mirrors of the size under dis-
cussion have sib St oa by hand, I have thought it probable
that certain notes taken down by me during my experiments
might not be oe void of interest to some of the members
of this Society.
It is now more than four years ago since I first began polishing
specula-flats, &e., with other optical experiments. During this
period several mirrors from 7-in. to 18-in. diameter have been
completed with gradually increasing success in the result. As the
rough castings for the 18-in. mirro , these
have been refined and repolished several times to gain practical
information in their construction. They were imported from
Chance Bros., Birmingham, and when polished were found to
have been well annealed.
A piece of plate-glass 10-in. diameter was cemented to the back
of each mirror to suit its intended cell or mounting, and the bh a
of the whole speculum when finished was about 70 Ib. (fig. ij.
In producing these specula the first thing to consider is natu-
rally the convex tool with which they are ground to the proper
ane and my first attempt was made by procuring two flat
dises of glass of the same size, and grinding them together with
emery and sand, the intended speculum occupying the uppermost
position until they had attained the desired form; it being well
known that two flat discs when ground together will form them-
selves into spherical surfaces, the ‘overhangin g part of the top one
producing convexity in the one undernea
My succeeding trial was made by the usual iron tool turned to
las eusimnate curvature in a lathe; but it was found that two of
these had to be ground together for a considerable time before
80 PROCESS OF POLISHING AND FIGURING 18-IN. GLASS
they became of a true spherical form ; and knowing that the co-
efficient of expansion of iron was 0.000012, that of glass only
0.000008, and that in both cases the surfaces were very sensitive
to small variations in temperature (as illustrated hereafter by my flat
surfaces), I formed the opinion that a truer surface could be pro-
duced by having the tool made of the same material as the intended
reflector, and therefore in producing the two larger specula under
consideration I reverted to my former process.
Three plates of rough glass l-in, thick and 18}-in. diameter
were ground together to fit one another, and then cemented so as
to form a firm and solid block.
To produce the proper convexity in so large a size in the usual
manner would occupy a considerable time, and require a great
amount of labour ; yet such a form would be easily given to it by
the machinery used by plate-glass grinders. I had the tool made
‘of about one quarter more convexity than the required concavity of
the speculum, and the latter having being partly hollowed out by
the use of a leaden weight and rough emery, the two (tool and
glass) having been ground together soon formed themselves into
perfect spherical surfaces, and very nearly of the proper curvature.
Where many specula are to be produced upon the same tool,
ron may be preferable on account of its surface becoming extremely
hard ; but I have with one of glass ground or rather refined the
speculum during three hours, without producing so much as 1-in.
alteration in the focal length.
During the course of my earlier attempts with smaller glasses,
much time was lost in the polishing, the smoothing process no
having been sufficiently carried out with the finest grade of emery,
but with the two under consideration to-night, this was guarded
against, and no polishing was begun until the mirror was bright
‘enough to reflect the image of the sun at an almost perpendicular
incidence.
succeed, but with 5m. polishing it reflected the light from a very
small pinhole, and when thus examined I was delighted to find
that it presented a true and regular surface, slightly inclining from
the spherical towards the spheroidal form, and that irregularities
of more than ss}55 part of an inch (probably much less) had
‘no existence.
_ This proved beyond doubt that the class of tool I had used left
nothing to be desired. The speculum having, then, at this
he process an absolutely true curve, the polishing was pro-
ceeded with in the usual manner with rouge upon pitch (the
speculum being uppermost), so well described by the late Dr.
SPECULA BY HAND, AND EXPERIMENTS WITH FLAT SURFACES. 8]
Draper, Mr. Wassell (English Mechanic), and others, until no
emery holes or scratches could be seen by looking in an oblique
direction at ing eflected image of the sun near the foc
In all cases, lances, that I have seen described, ‘the sang
polisher ae wan directed to be graduated into squares as in fig. 2
where it will be seen that the circles described from the centre
will all intersect the squares at nearly the same angle. have
read that Lord Rosse, Dr. Draper, and others, had to add an extra
would naturally produce such, if the thats continually movell i in
the same track. I also found that when the pitch was very hard
the glass would move more easily along the grooves than in any
other direction ; and therefore I graduated mine as shown (fig. 3),
where it will be found that these defects are obliterated, and 1 may
state that I have, without side motion, polished (by hand) for hours
continually without producing as much as a trace of a ring.
The polishing for this size of speculum (by hand) sesso a
about seven or eight hours, but in the one before us ight it was
accomplished in five hours thir ty minutes ; after w hich it was parse
and found to have retained its original shape, slightly inclined to
the aici (This, however, may have been changed ree
.during the polishing.)
shown hereafter in my method of figuring, or in convertin
the cette into a paraboloid of revolution, the spheroidal an
would be as good to start from as spherical ; but it must not be
Foucault test of a true spherical surface at the centre of curvature,
that variations of 0000001 inch (as is proved hereafter) can be
noticed. Supposing, however, that a true spherical surface has
_ obtained, the most delicate part of the process commences,
to change it into a paraboloid of revolution, or what is the
same, to correct the spherical aberration
Some opticians have attained great success in this operation, and
ere can be no doubt that a similar effect can be produced more
or ae Socicakiy in several ways. I will here enumerate some of
them
the centre seems to me dou btful
2 26 gredaily lengthening the strokes (Dr. Draper), not
ried,
82 PROCESS OF POLISHING AND FIGURING 18-IN. GLASS
3. By raising the temperature of both glass and polisher, and
before the pitch becomes of its usual hardness to use a
few long strokes (half strokes), afterwards gradually
decreasing them to nothing. This I have tried with
partial success.
4. By local polishing, as adopted by Lassell ; perhaps the one
now mostly used, and the process by which the greatest
success has been obtained. Its defect is that smal
irregularities are almost impossible to avoid.
5. By graduating the pitch polisher, which in my experiments
seems to be the process most certain of success ; yet in
large surfaces, where a considerable amount of correction
is to be performed, great care is necessary to avoid it
running into an irregular curve.
As in this process the main point to be considered is the correct
system of graduations to be used, I began by inquiring into the
form of the solid interposed between the sphere and paraboloid of
the same curvature at the point of contact, seeking thus to com-
bine theory and practice.
_ The general equation to this solid becomes complicated, but as
it was only required to know the variation in the thickness of a
section from centre to edge by combining the equations of the
circle and parabola, I deducted an approximate expression (correct
for the usual shallow curves to eight places of decimals) thus :—
WANE 2 fake
Equation to parabola origin A is «' = y y a yy
ar.
” circle r= TF — Jr sine Ye
2 4 6
« . . oe y y oF gee
which, being expressed in series, is « =~) + aT T6P
Let now y' = y, and neglecting higher powers of y than the
4th, we have by subtraction (a — x') = 2 equal to thickness for
any value of y = 5 and supposing 7 constant, it is seen that such
varies as 4th power of semi-diameter.
Let now z be calculated for intervals of 1 inch in the length
of y with radius (r)=320 inches as in the speculum under con
“ema
83
AND EXPERIMENTS WITH FLAT SURFACES.
SPECULA BY HAND.
t 1693-0 GZ 200000 | 6
+ | 00060 | er 92100000 | 8
= eCL-0 6 916000000 | 4
i CZIL-0 q 967000000 | 9
T 810-0 | ¥ #2000000 | ¢
4 c0-0 I 100000-0 | ¥
~ | 1820-0 i €000000:0 | ¢
T | &¢10-0 4 91000000-0 | &
7 00-0 | “= | ¢20000000-0 | 1
oxyano [Yur ng
mmoneed uopeiegs| ame |
y
weal
ROR cari ie z
a x
ce ore al ‘
mens
eee eat Prem %
sate Sa aca .
ee ae piesa
— _
- —
pene osc
5 S|
‘84 . PROCESS OF POLISHING AND FIGURING 18-IN. GLASS
Tn this table the first column gives the length from centre of
semi-diameter (y) in inches; the second and third, the corres-
ponding magnitude of (w—a') or x, or the amount of abrasion
required to change the section of a sphere into that of a paraboloid
of revolution, and the 4th and 5th columns, the longitudinal
aberration of the latter curve existing at the centre of its main or
2
rather least curvature ; calculated from the formula r (approxi-
mately), and this is known to be four times the amount the same
speculum would show (if spherical) in the telescope at its focus.
Although in this case the relative length’ of focus to diameter is
not by any means an unusually long one, yet, by examining this
table, some startling truths are revealed.
In the first place it seems wonderful that the deviation in a ray
of light should become perceptible by the variation in the reflect-
ing surface of one-millionth part of an inch, which is actually the
case.
At 4 inches from the centre the distance from the two curves
is only that amount, and yet this produces +5 inch longitudinal
aberration at ‘the centre of curvature, which, under favourable
circumstances, can easily be perceived ; but, on the other hand, as
this small variation might be produced by three strokes of the
1, 2, and 3.
foi
SPECULA BY HAND, AND EXPERIMENTS WITH FLAT SURFACES. 85
K
86 PROCESS OF POLISHING AND FIGURING 18-IN. GLASS
Figures 4, 5, and 6 (plate 1) represent the corresponding
guring forms of the polisher ; by increasing or diminishing the
acting part of these surfaces the time required can be altered. Of
course the same object may be obtained by reducing the squares,
as long as the given proportion is maintained.
Pitch being a yielding (non-elastic) substance, might be expected
not to act similarly to a rigid surface, but still I have found Nos.
1 and 2 to give the desired result. No. 3 does not seem to answer
with the weight of the glass over the polisher.
The form with which the present glass was figured was No. 2.
Both polisher and glass having been regularly raised in tempera-
ture were left together (the glass having been now and then slightly
moved round its axis) until cool, after which the usual stroke for
keeping the spherical form was proceeded with for about ten
minutes, when the correction was found sufficient.
In another case, No. 1 form was used upon a similar mirror,
but with only 10’ 4” focus requiring abrasion at the edge exceeding
revolved. By this motion rings were expected to appear, but such
was not the case, and in less than 10 minutes an over-corrected
but true surface was the result.
The greatest inconvenience in this method is, that should the
mirror become over corrected, or a hyperboloid, the polisher must
be remodelled before the spherical form can be restored. +A pet
fectly even temperature must exist, and the polishing powder be
centre of curvature, first invented by M. Foucault. For use ™
this test the fourth and fifth columns of the above table have been
calculated, but it was shown that in mirrors in which the length
the spherical form was required, and that the amount of such cor-
rection would increase in the ratio 3, (y constant), from which it
Such is, however, not the case except within certain limits.
The rate of decrease in the amount of correction required 1s very
rapid with the increase of radius of curvature, but the injuriovs
Fa
As
SPECULA BY HAND, AND EXPERIMENTS WITH FLAT SURFACES. 87
effect from almost infinitesimal irregularities increases in a still
higher degree, and it seems to me that even supposing that a
would be sufficient to destroy its good detinition under a high
magnifying power, irrespective of the disturbing effect of the
atmosphere.
By decreasing the focal length the rays cross at a less acute
angle, and small variations in the reflecting surface have not so
detrimental an effect.
The correction required increases, but that does not seem to be
of much consequence, so long as the proportion is not less than
6 to 1 in glasses from 10 to 20 inches diameter, as it only requires
longer work in the same direction.
uch are a few of my observations during my working of these
cula, and considering their weight and the care necessary to
avoid the slightest inequality in temperature by handling, &c., I
almost think they are the largest size that can be produced by
hand ; but under the same process with suitable machinery I have
no doubt that much larger surfaces can be satisfactorily produced
under the condition that their focal length be not allowed to
subject by an unusually thick coating of silver applied to one of
my mirrors. The definition seemed to be impaired, and the rays
an
any optical defect in the telescope.
PM yg Rice: fii aii SRO e N I e ee e
_ * This has lately been doubted by one of the leading opticians in a letter to the English
Mechanic ; and rs the last number of that paper it has been giveu by one writer as 1-200th
of an inch, perhaps (?) a misprint, 4/6/86
88 PROCESS OF POLISHING AND FIGURING 18-1N. GLASS.
adually changing by other inclinations and showed by mono-
chromatic light straight, dark, and coloured bands (fig. 7.)
Several precautions must, however, be taken in using this test.
An even temperature is absolutely necessary. The angle of obser-
vation should not be greater than 70° with the normal, but better
much less, and the glasses must be as perfectly clean as possible.
These precautions refer more particularly to compound solar
licht. When monochromatic light is used, the test may not be so
delicate, but is certainly of much more practical use, and as will
be demonstrated correct to less than 1-200,000th part of an inch.
When one end of the glasses is pressed, or when impurities pre-
vent them from being exactly the same distance apart, the devia-
tion from theoretical flatness can be judged and rigidly calculated
by measuring the curve or bends in the bands in comparison Wi
the distance between them, which should be as large as possible
(say) from 4 to } inch.
For, let A (tig. 8) represent two glasses 5-inch diameter placed
together and illuminated by a homogeneous yellow light (wave
length = \ =zxbso) at an angle of incidence ¢ of 30°, then from
optics it is known that the dark bands appear whenever the thick-
ness of the film of air 6 is = 5 Asec.@ and the bright ones at —
— Asec. p, and that consequently the deviation in thickness
between two dark bands is expressed by « = . sec. f, 80, if thus
: ‘ x
a curve in the middle band were by measurement found to be 3
the deviation from flatness in one or both of the glasses would be
3 sec. @ = 0.0000C65; and, as even a much smaller displace-
ment might be observed and measured, defects of less than
sedews in. can be seen. Having thus obtained my measurins
scales, my silver film was estimated in a similar manner to the
above.
‘An ordinary film of silver once repeated was deposited upo
one of the glasses and a part of it afterwards removed by strong
nitric acid. When the bands were next examined at an angle of
9
Rogstad Se IeS Lee ee tee oe
SPECULA BY HAND, AND EXPERIMENTS WITH FLAT SURFACES. 89
30° they were found to be broken or displaced at the edge of the
silver, a distance about 2 x (x= to distance between two suc-
ceeding bands).
The thickness of the silver 8 would be thus expressed by » sec.
5
face of the glass, the bands were difficult to be observed. The
above expression might have to be added to any number of half
wave lengths sec. , but that such was not the case was proved
by using compound solar light.
By repeated silvering, or by using a stronger solution, the film
might be considerably augmented ; yet it may be concluded that
by ordinary care in the polishing no optical change will be pro-
duced in the reflecting surface.
To ascertain the exact effect produced by heat and pressure
upon these glasses I placed them as before upon a wooden chuck,
92-inch diameter, and observed a uniform colour at 65°
I then placed my finger, touching without pressure, upon the
centre of the top glass and watched the effect. Almost instanta-
neously the colour changed to regular concentric rings continually
diminishing in size but increasing in number by additional heat.
By lowering the point of sight these rings (fig. 10) travelled
towards the centre, proving the glass to have become concave, and
that by a measurable quantity. At first glance, this augmenta-
tion in the film of air immediately below the point to which heat
was applied might be thought to have been caused by its exces-
sive expansion in comparison with glass.
his is however not the case; the glasses were unconstrained,
and if one part of the air between them expanded, it would only
edge, B (fig. 10), the very opposite was the result ; both glasses
expanding approached nearer and nearer to each other until no
light was reflected. ;
From this it appears, that when heat is applied at the central
part of one side of a round piece glass the other side contracts
‘and becomes hollow in a regular curve from edge to centre, and
90 PROCESS OF POLISHING AND FIGURING 18-IN. GLASS
that such an effect will continue for some length of time, it having
been observed to do so in this experiment during 10 m. or more.*
It may also be noticed that when the source of heat was
removed it only occupied 2 m. for the glass to return to its normal
state, and that the thickness of the glass was 2 of an inch.
The glasses were next removed from the wooden support to an
iron one of the same shape, and although this had been kept in
the same room, yet the chill from the iron was enough in less than
1 m. to produce convexity in the middle surfaces to the extent of
sohov part of an inch, but also in a regular curve (tig. 11)
A pressure of 8 Ibs. was next applied to the same central part
of the glasses, when the colour began to change, but in a different
manner to that produced by heat
Two wide bands of colour (fig. 12), appeared, reaching nearly to
the edge of the glasses and crossed in the mi dle. showing that
they had become strained in two directions, and their figure com-
pletely destroyed.
This shows that although pressure has to be avoided, yet the
regularity in temperature is the most important factor in the pro-
duction of the true glass surfaces, and that in finished specula
(particularly with long foci) a very small inequality in the tem-
perature of their sides will produce serious defects in their defining
power.
It also shows that a material of small heat-conducting power
would be the most desirable for the mirror to rest upon.
In conclusion, noting the regular contraction of the lower sur-
face towards its centre, it has occurred to me that it might be
possible to employ heat as an agent in the figuring of mirrors, but
I have not yet tried the effect.
‘Since this paper was transmitted to the Society I have received
the last monthly number of the “ English Mechanic,” in which I
sa to draw attention to two articles. One, No. 25,603, by Mr.
have, in regard to the practical superiority of employing a mono
chromatic source of light in the testing of flat surfaces ; and
another, No. 25,499, by Mr. Wassell (author of a long series of
valuable papers on Glass Specula), in which my conclusion as to
the thickness of the silver film seems to be doubted, and is sought
to be disproved.
He says: “The fact that a thick film will receive a seratch that
becomes visible by reflecting light from its sides, proves that the
silver film is thick enough to perceptibly allow a deviation from
the figure of the surface below.”
= Thi ‘ the
ed Coen ginko lp ge gE Le
——— consequently these in the lower side are pressed together, and the g
SPECULA BY HAND, AND EXPERIMENTS WITH FLAT SURFACES, 91
do not maintain that variations even in the thickness of the
film, as deducted by me, cannot by polishing be carried so far as
to cause perceptible alteration in the figure of the speculum; in
fact, that such can take place will at once be apparent by exam-
ination of the table for corrections as given in this paper ; but, as
to the visibility of the scratches proving echo in regar
thickness of substance in which they appear, seems doubtful.
Supposing the least particle which can be perceived by natural
vision more than sslio esd - an nck, it follows that
whether the thicknes of the film be sy Or zy0000 part of an inch
the depth of scratches could not be seen * nor = these appear to
our view, as stated, by the light reflected from their sides, but
simply by the width of the silver removed by them and the con-
sequent exposure of the less reflecting surface below.
ct
°
Discussion.
Mr. H. C. Russett, B.A., F.R.S., &c., stated that he was sure
that ali the members joined him ia thanking Mr. Madsen for his
paper, and for showing such a beautiful experiment by means of
which they could see ‘the thickness of the air space between the
glasses ; for, by measuring the relative scuttitin of the dark lines
to iia by Mr. (no ow Dr. , Schroeder, when bs was in Sashes some
12 years ago, and told how, by placing his finger on to the reflector,
the heat of it bent it so much that the i image was put entirely out
of the fieldof view. Mr. Madsen’s experiment was more beautiful,
but not so easily applied as that of Dr. Schroeder
Dr. roeder constructed a large refracting telescope for the
Sydney Observatory, on which he bestowed oreat care, and it is
supported in a solid brass cell; yet, if a slight pressure is made
upon the side of the brass cell, the whole lens is bent. Great care
is required in constructing large glasses, and some specialists re-
fuse et a any larger than 8 inches in diameter.
r, he believed that one will shortly be made for the
Lick Giaecciaty, on Mount Hamilton, 36 inches in diameter.
[Three diagrams. ]
“aeeesusezs”
aaeasr
|
of
HEE
By
&
BE a
Bw" N
fs]
a
y
ee
Scale - 2 Inches to One foot
io cas aaetas maze
Uno
An equal film of Air or perfectly Flat Surkaces
' Stlver
Glass
Convex (By Gold)
Pressure
( figures 10, 11,12 best shewn under Compound
olar Light )
PHOTO-LITHOGRAPHED AT THE GOVT. PRINTING C FFICE,
SYONEY, NEW SOUTH WALES. : H
Tin Deposits of New South Wales.
By 8. Herpert Cox, F.C.S., F.G.S
[Read before the Royal Society of N.S.W., 4 August, 1886.]
INTRODUCTION.
ALTHOUGH cassiterite or tinstone has been found on the pero
Burra Creek, Selwyn Co.; Dabarra, Buccleuch Co.; J. ingellic
Creek, Goulburn Co. ; Pullitop Creek, Mitchell Co. ; and again at
Tumberumba, near Kiandra, and at Attunga, near Albury (vide
Minerals of New South Wales—Liversidge, p- 41), and has re-
ceived some little attention in the latter localities, the principal
deposits oecur in the New England District, where they lie chiefly
to the westward of a line passing from Armidale through Glen
Innes and Tent Hill to Tenterfield, and thence to the Queensland
Border.
Small deposits have been obtained to the eastward of this line,
as at the Ding Dong mine near Deepwater, but they are mostly
in isolated patches, the eastern country being wee characterised
by auriferous veins and disseminations; while in the western area,
as far west as Kangaroo Flat and Spring Creek, ate 30 miles
although the most important deposits yet found lie between
Emmaville and Tingha.
GEOLOGY.
This area is replete with geologic interest, embracing, as it does,
a great variety of pene rocks both of hydrothermal trappean
and voleanic origin, as well as Silurian slates, and those deposits
of later date in ish the alluvial tinstone occurs and which
afford us some history of the physical geography of the country’
during periods which have preceded our own.
An official geological sketeh-map of _ district has been com
piled by Mr. C.S. Wilkinson, from the researches of the late Rev.
W. B. Clarke; but the first step in phar the geology in detail
has been undertaken by Mr. T. W. Edgeworth David, Geological
Department, 1883, a map of the principal tin-mining area n
Emmaville, which will even ntually form the basis upon which the
gehere structure of the country will be determined.
-
94 TIN DEPOSITS OF NEW SOUTH WALES.
T do not propose in the present essay to attempt any exact
delimitation of the boundaries of the different systems of rocks,
but heer are several points of interest which have come under
, and which are, I trust, worthy of record although only
illustrated Page sketch sections.
ema nama of rocks which are represented in the district
are as follow
(a) IcNeous Rocks.
1. Granite and Greisen, partly metamorphic and partly as
dykes and bosses
2. Acidie Igneous Rocks, consisting chiefly of quartz porphyry
and felspar porphyry (a coarse variety of porpliyrite).
3. Felspathic volcanic Ash Beds, which are Ag sage associated
the acidic eruptions last mentioned.
4, Basaltic streams, which overlie the felapathie ash beds in
places.
(6) Seprmentary Rocks.
Probable Age. Characters of the Rocks.
SUNLIAN CA ene es Slates, sandstones, quartzites, and conglome-
rates, which are invariably standing A high
angles and dipping away from the grani nites.
Miocene aes alluvial leads or river beds, which are
in some cases older than the felspathic erup-
tions,
Newer Pliocene and Pleis-- Shallow workings and terraces with alluvial
tocene. tin.
is one point that will be suggested by a perusal of the
egias table of formations, viz., that si e granitic eruption
no sedimentary beds have been deposited in the New England
area, with the exception of those alluvial deposits which have been
Jaid down under subzerial conditions; and, since it is pty, gener-
ally accepted that the granites are of from Devonian to Carbon-
aferous age (See p. 86, Mines and Mineral i the tableland
of New England must have been subjected to the ravages of
atmospheric ‘agents since the close of the Coates period at
least.
There is no evidence that, since the granitic upheaval first took
place, there has been any cessation in the process of denudation,
and in the period of time which has elapsed the quantity of
material removed must be truly enormous.
TIN DEPOSITS OF NEW SOUTH WALES. © 95
This point is brought home to us whether we exar ire the
flanking rocks of the Carboniferous series formed of the débris
from these older beds which were tilted by the granite, or, on the
other hand, study the New England District itself and find that
the slates which yet remain are only outlying patches included
in folds in the granites by which they have been partially protected
from denudation.
A section from Glen Creek to Butler’s Reef, in the Emmayville
District, forms a good illustration of this—
a. Granite. b. Slates. c. Lode.
B. Butler’s Claim. D. Do leoath. 7. Taylor’s
G. Granite belt in which Hammer & Drill and Dutchman’s claims
are situated.
and it will be seen that, in places, the granite now stands high
above the level of the slates, which, indeed, are Sony held as basins
or - apes troughs in the hollows in the
n itself suggestive of the time at whieh the denudation
of the Ea heard rocks commen ced, and may also assist us in
tracing the per iod of the felspathic eruptions.
The dykes of felspar and quartz porphyry traverse both the
granites and slates, and in Bailey’s alluvial mine at Rose Valley,
and, indeed, in ard localities as well, tufaceous beds, which may
be either true beds or may have been derived from the
decomposition of the dyke rocks alias £6 are found resting upon
the tin-bearing gravels. These tufaceous beds correspond very
closely, both in apperenee and characters, with those tufas which
are interstratified wit e lignites of Mount Somers, New
Zealand, and which eee the massive quartz porphyry (Liparite)
eruption of that pla
at little pada there is to be gathered would appear to
point to the fact that the eruption of these quartz porphyries of
New England only preceded the basaltic outburst by a short time,
geologically speaking, and that these felspathic rocks are, in fact,
the earliest acidic lavas of that period, which, while finding their
way to the surface ee rents in the earth’s crust, were of two
viscous a nature to flow to any distance from the centre of
eruption, and in feel cases began and ended their history as
dykes through the country.
96 TIN DEPOSITS OF NEW SOUTH WALES.
In some cases, however, these acidic outbursts were essen by
fragmental eruptions of greater or less violence, and in ome parts
great quantities of felspatl ted on the e surface.
e outpouring of these acidic lavas has been followed by
gravels of the old river-beds, and protecting the wealth of tin
thus entombed from the denuding action of the rain.
These basaltic rocks are of very ; great extent, and have buried up
enormous areas of country; thus, between Glen Innes and
Inverell they cover an area over 20 miles in width, forming
all the peaks of the Waterloo Range, and that area has not, up to
berliie rocks.
OccURRENCE OF Longs, &c.
Although up to the present time lodes appear to be
in the New England District, there are certain undoubted Siciasioes
of their occurrence, and I propose to describe in detail one of the
— ONE RO premising that others will doubtless yet be found.
in the Emmaville District that the only true tin-bearing
bias < are B baiiig worked. These are known as Butler’s and the
Dutchman lodes, but other outcrops, which appear on the surface
to belong to the true fissure veins, are found in the Cumberton,
Hammer and Drill, and Pearman Beacroft & Co.’s claims, all of
which are situated near Glen Creek, and are on the line of the
Dutchman’s lode, which is being worked on the tableland.
belong to one or other of the irregular deposits which will be men-
tioned further on.
The Butler’s lode may be taken as a fair type of these true
fissure veins. Ié is well defined, varying in thickness from 3 or 4
feet up to 23 feet in some parts. It consists chiefly of quartz,
tals of which are encased in chlorite, and in some parts
of the mine this ore pa me ne plentiful, carrying tinstone as
erystals and erystalline :
The lode is a true one, pce between well-defined walls, and has
an average north-east course, but where it pinches it generall
takes on northing, In places the lode splits and while one portion
goes tc the northward, the other holds its north-east course, the
‘TIN DEPOSITS OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 97
quartz alone, but in many places the whole width of the lode is
sufficiently rich to pay for working. So far as I can jud
5% of tinstone isa payable return, and in some cases even less 1S
worked, 2 or 3 per cent. paying for crushing.
The lode has been traced for a great distance along the surface,
and a shaft about 60 feet deep sunk from the adit level, carrying
the lode down with it. The country in which the lode occurs
consists of a porphyritic granite, which is decomposing rapidly on
the surface, but there is not much white mica in the rock, and,
although it is found in the lode, it does not appear to be of frequent
erse granite, and it is probable that this chlorite is a product of
decomposition of the rocks which were shattered by the movement
which first opened the reefs.
The following sketches illustrate some of the points of interest
in connection with Butler's lode. he positions of the rich parts
SECTION
Section across Butler’s Lode. Plan of part of Butler’s Lode
Granite. . Chlorite lode.
b, Rich tinstone and quartz.
A. Adit. W. Winze.
98 TIN DEPOSITS OF NEW SOUTH WALES,
IrrecuLarR Deposits.
Although true fissure lodes do not appear to have been found
very widely distributed throughout the New England area,
there have been numerous deposits of tinstone discovéred which
The granite itself in the stanniferous belt already alluded to is
largely impregnated with cassiterite, a small percentage occurring
throughout the length and breadth of the exposure, but along
certain lines, indeed generally near the junctions of the granite
and slate shown in the section (page 97), the granite is some-
times so richly impregnated as to form a tin-rock, which would
be high economic value as stamps work. Probably the
richest of these impregnated belts of rock is that included in
the Dolcoath mine, at Glen Creek, and it occurs in a belt of
greisen which is an offshoot from the main belt of granite, and is
found cropping up between two belts of slate.
OA A A
eae 3 Sf
Offa
a
Plan of country between Doleoath and Butler’s lode,
a. Granite. b. Greisen. c. Slates.
Tt will be seen that offshoots from the main mass of granite are
found cropping out at the surface between two belts of slate,
and it is in these offshoots that the main impregnations of tin-
/
TIN DEPOSITS OF NEW SOUTH WALES, 99
stone occur. The granite throughout this area carries a large
proportion of white mica, but in these offshoots or arms the rock
often passes into a true greisen so thickly impregnated _ tin-
stone that a block less than 1 foot cube often weighs more than
1 ecwi., and tinstone can be seen quite thickly speckled yee
the ro lk.
Throughout these impregnated areas numerous small veins
occur in which the cassiterite has crystallized out, and in some
cases these veins have well-defined walls for a short distance, in
. others the crystals of tinstone penetrate into the walls of the
cavity ; but in either case they are doubtless veins of segregation,
the tinstone in which has been directly derived from the surround-
ing count
"The deposits of the Gulf mines and the Giant’s Den, near
Bendemeer, are reported to be similar in character, and, judging
from the general descriptions of them which I have been able to
gather, there can be little doubt that such is the case since the tin
seems to be very widely distributed, and, in the samples I have
ppears generally to be isseminated through the rock.
The same remarks will apply equally well to the new discoveries
on the sooth reserve 6 miles from Tenterfield.
eighbourhood of Tingha several attempts have been
made fois time to time to work some of these irregular deposits,
and although at ae is time the Bischoff mine, at Stannifer, is the only
one in which work is being carried on—-and even this is under-
stood to be on the eve of suspending operations—some description
of the deposits will be of interest, more especially ee some
very sah patches of ore have sti: found from time to
rst claim worked was the Bolitho mine, pct a leader
only a alee inches wide on the surface was traced for a consider-
able distance along a north-east course, and was also sunk and
There would appear to have been several patches of ore raised
_ from this mine ; but work was eventually suspended owing to the
stone running poor; but even now there seems to be sufficient
inducement to further prospect the claim, although, shatt
being full of water, it is impossible to examine the old w
The country rock, which is granite, is traversed by a erik
network of veins of quartz carrying. tinstone in greater or less
fair om rk.
tin patio of Tingha belong chiefly to these “ stockworks,”
for the Buchart mine, which lies about 2 miles north of the
township, is another illustration of this class of deposit. In this
100 ‘TIN DEPOSITS OF NEW SOUTH WALES.
mine the main leader, which has been followed, and which is only
a few inches in thickness, has also a north-east course ; but the
rock, which is a hard haplite, somewhat resembling a coarse elvan
in character, is traversed b innumerable small strings and veins
of quartz and tinstone which intersect the country in every direc-
tion, and form a perfect network of veins.
The Buchart Company has long since become defunct ; but even
now Chinamen are working the vein, and presumably making it
pay, although they are only “ fossicking” and crushing the
specimens with a pestle and mortar. ;
Lying to the westward of this claim Partridge’s mine is situated,
and in this another vein of similar character has been met with,
also coursing north-east, but the rock in which it occurs is a soft
decomposed granite, and although there are several thin veins
there does not appear to be so complete a network as in the other
localities mentioned. ‘The deposit is, however, of considerable
interest, and the following section will illustrate the mode of
occurrence of the ore. .
Section across Partridge’s claim.
a. Granite. b. Vein, carrying tinstone. c. Alluvial tin. d, Soil.
The alluvial tin has been found on either side of the granite spur,
but at no great distance from the ridge, and close to the vein, the
nite was literally paved with tinstone. It would appear pro-
has not hitherto proved to be rich.
Gash VEINS IN SLATE.
osely associated with those deposits last described are some
C
which, while not appearing to be of much economic value, are still
These leaders are seldom more than an inch in width, and consist
chiefly of quartz with large well-defined crystals of tinstone ; but
_in one case, in Taylor’s claim, a vein of this sort has widened
TIN DEPOSITS OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 101
to about 4 inches, and a quantity of white mica occurs in the
leader which is consequently greisen, and so might be looked upon
as a segregation v
These veins ould appear to have been formed by fractures of
the rock during the upheaval of the granite, by the folding of the
slates in fact, and as no subsequent movement appears to have
taken place it is extremely improbable that these veins will lead
down to true lodes below, but will most likely finish at the junc-
tion of the granite and slate in depth. The granite, however, would
probably be iy cag with tin at the junction, or even contact
A good deal of work has been expended on these veins, a
I venture to think more attention has, perhaps, been devoted %
them than they deserve; but gash veins are of such rare occurrence
that these deposits are deservin ing of mention, although even these
are very poor illustrations of a + elas of deposits to eye some
authors attach so much importance, but t which has
previously been called in ati both by Mr. J. A. Palins and
myself.
Near Silverton tinstone has been found as large crystals through
greisen which is traversing schist, the granite cropping out, near by,
both to the east and west. At Pearson’s claim, Poolamacca, .
large body of stone is reported to re about 8 feet wide betwee
well- defined walls, but the rock would lead one to believe that it
had been intruded from below. “ss characters of both the vein-
stuff and the country would augur well noe the future of the
district from a tin-producing point o of view.
ASSOCIATED MINERALS.
Other minerals have been found in great variety associated with
the deposits of tinstone in New England, although they are not,
hitherto, quite so diverse in character as those described from the
tin-bearing areas so but this is probably due to the fact
that the country has not yet been so carefully studied, mineral-
ogically, as the older and more settled mining districts of Cornwall
and Germany.
Most of those minerals, however, which are generally looked
upon as the inseparable associates of tinstone elsewhere have been
found in New England; and first of all should be mentioned
wolfram, which is the curse of the tin-miner in Cornwall, where
it frequently occurs in the same lodes as the ti and, in conse-
stone, defies all attempts at separation by purely m mechanical means.
This wolfram has been found somewhat plentifully in New Eng-
land, but, fortunately, so far it generally occurs in different veins
r. Wilkinson’s Report on the silver-bearing lodes of the Barrier
org p. "10, 1884,
102 TIN DEPOSITS OF NEW SOUTH WALES.
from those which carry the tin* and so, in view of the new appli-
cations which it has lately received in steel manufacture, may be
looked upon as a newsource of prospective wealth, instead of only
an encumbrance.
Copper pyrites is a common associate of tin, especially around
Dolcoath, where some very rich samples occur, but generally only
as small patches in the rock. In some veins arsenical iron pyrites
occur in sine oti quantities, notably in the centres of the lodes,
but it is also impregnated through the rock in greater or less
apatite 8.
Veins of fluorspar have been found, but they are st is fre-
quent occurrence, and the deposits hitherto have been st
ther minerals containing fluorine in their nbsecscrsteie aa as
tourmaline and white mica, are of frequent occurrence ; and topaz
is exceedingly common in the alluvial deposits, sometimes as fairly
perfect crystals, one in the possession of Mr. D. Porter, at Tam-
worth being of great size
The association of bevy! with the tinstone of the Gulf mine is
well known, but its occurrence deserves a passing mention here,
since it is unusual to find beryl literally forming a rock, as in t this
locality, with tinstone impregnated throug
In the Inverell District, diamonds, Sopher zircons, &c.,
found associated with tinstone in alluvia, or perhaps it ‘would ta
more correct to say that tinstone occurs in the diamantiferous
deposits, for there is not sufficient tinstone present to pay for the
extraction of that mineral alone, although it can be saved in the
ocess of diamond-washing, and serves to partially defray the
expenses of working
The tinstone itself occurs in a variety of forms and of different
colours. Even in the same mine we frequent y find pure white
oxide of tin, ruby tin, resin tin, and deep black crystals. In some
cases I have seen one-half of a crystal white and the other half
red; while in others, again, the different colours blend, one with the
other, ina most remarkable manner. The tinstone also varies
greatly in its degree of coarseness, large crystals an inch through
being associated “with the finest dust and this, in addition to the
amount of slimes necessarily made in crushing a brittle mineral
like tinstone with a battery, renders perfect saving appliances
absolutely necessa
At Pearson’s claim, Silverton, previously referred to, some of
the tinstone has a most remarkable iridese cence—green, red, and
blue—imparting toi it the appearance of a copper mineral, but this
is probably due to some physical character of the tinstone, although
it is possible that impurities in the ore may account for it
* At Hogue’s Creek lodes Mr. Wilkinson reports its occurrence with tin
and Bismith. (Vide Annual Report, Department of Mines, p. 155, 1883.)
TIN DEPOSITS OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 103
° ALLUVIAL Deposits.
The alluvial deposits may be divided at once under two heads—
a. Deep leads
6. Surfacing and shallow placers
and these require separate treatment in a description. The
greater quantity of tin which has hitherto been raised in New
5S
deposit, and it was the shallow leads, those in which the cover
seldom exceeded 40 er 50 feet, which first brought this Colony into
prominence as a tin-producing district.
All the alluvial deposits of any importance hitherto discovered
are confined to the area previously defined, and appear to have
been derived directly from the parent rock on which they rest,
and so may serve as a guide by which impregnations and lodes
may be traced.
In the Vegetable Creek area the shallow leads have now been
all worked out so far as European enterprise is concerned, but the
Chinese, who are now in equal numbers with Europeans, about
500 of each being registered, still continue to rework some of the
old claims.
Some exceedingly rich deposits were found at the Y Waterhole
and Graveyard leads, and again close to the township of Emma-
f=]
bottom, others, as mentioned by Mr. David, upon basalt, below
which deep leads have been struck; but although the shallow leads
are found higher up the valleys the courses of the deep leads
generally correspond very closly with those of the shallow ones,
which have been deposited during more recent times.
Tingha numerous shallow deposits have been worked out, but
at the present time little is being done except by Chinamen who are
working on Cope’s Creek, but although there are even now over
a thousand at work large numbers have left the locality lately.
It has been stated that these shallow leads are now, to all in-
tents and purposes, exhausted, but the history of the deep leads is
yet in its infancy.
ese deposits are found below a varying thickness of cover,
from 140 feet to about 180 feet ; and in some cases the leads aré
buried below solid floes of basalt, while in others no basalt is met
with in sinking. The basaltic streams, however, appear, up to
the present, to have formed the main guide in the search for deep
leads, and, stretching from Emmaville, an almost continuous
stream of this rock has been traced through Kangaroo Flat to
Spring Creek, a distance of about 30 miles.
This area has been prospected at various points, but it is in few
places only that payable tin has yet been found, of which Rose
Valley, Two Mile, Kangaroo Flat, and Spring Creek may be
104 TIN DEPOSITS OF NEW SOUTH WALES.
cited as the only places which have yet been shown to carry tin
in leads which are worth working.
- There would seem to be some reason to believe then that these
different deposits have not been formed by one and the same
Two Mile and Kangaroo Flat a distance of 15 miles inter-
venes, which has hitherto proved unproductive, and a barren area
of equal length exists between Kangaroo Flat and Spring Creek ;
but, at the same time, it must be borne in mind that the main
channel may have been missed in the various prospecting shafts
that have been sunk, and so that leads may yet be discovered.
In support of this view it may be mentioned that at Rose
and Gordon’s claims, although, I understand, over £6,000 has been
expended in prospecting the latter without anything payable
being struck as yet.
This lead in Bailey’s claim was found by driving from the old
workings along a tributary gutter, and when struck a shaft was
n
baling.
The section of the shaft, as given me by one of the proprietors,
is as follows :——
Surface.
Soil and pipeclay... 80 feet.
Pipeclay ~ .-rsececeesseseeseeseeee eeneersanens 1 ae
Drei (iio SOY aa <4... cack sete eee: votes a
Sediment Dome
Drift (no tin) ...... Cf ae
Sediment e
Srey 11: SO be eno nner utes Pteeciag ee REL ee
133 feet.
From. which it will be seen that the basalt is not passed through
in sinking, although in the same claim, and at a short distance
only from the shaft, the solid basalt is met with, and isas much as
80 feet thick.
TIN DEPOSITS OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 105.
' I was not able to examine the section of this shaft as itis lined,
but some of the material on the surface, which is included in the
first 90 feet of sinking, appears to consist of a fine-grained fel-
spathic ash, which has been converted, at places, by decomposition
into clay, and these ash beds are found in other sections under-
Q
ee Noe Ne er
eek eae.
oe Ne WG \ x \
Section along tunnel in Bailey’s Claim.
T. Tunnel from which wash-dirt has been removed :—
a. Slates. b. Felspar porphyry. ¢. Sediment overlying the tin-wash.
and I believe a similar section was met with in the old workings.
This felspar porphyry, which is called granite locally, is looked
upon as the main bottom in the district, and, as a general rule,
however, to place on record the fact that at one point in this
rock, the lead of tin being overlain by a rock which corresponds
in all respects with the lower one. This section is cut across hy
a small prospecting drive, in the side of which it can be seen, as
follows :—
me, OS
‘. :
ae S
RA Re +. a —s
NINA + YS NUN
YN NTR RE
A hit,
Section alony prospecting drive in Bailey’s Mine.
a, Felspar porphyry. b. Tin-wash. e. Felspar porphyry (tufa ‘).
106 TIN DEPOSITS OF NEW SOUTH WALES.
Although this lead of tin is small and has no immediate
onomic value, its occurrence is of great importance as furnish-
ing evidence of the possible widespread occurrence of leads below
some of these acidic volcanic rocks, more especially when it is
considered that there are very widespread areas of these rocks,
below some at least of which tin leads may yet be found.
T have devoted a good deal of space to a description of Bailey’s
mine in this essay, not because it is the only alluvial mine in the
district, but on account of its value and the many interesting
features which can be elucidated there.
?
present time, although they lie below the basalt and are subject
to all the disadvantages of deep sinking, they do not appear to
be sufficiently thick to pay. At the Brickwood claim the wash 1s
load is not, I am informed, payable.
Rewations or Icyrous Covertna Rocks.
It will be apparent that a great deal of interest attaches to the
period of the different eruptions of the igneous rocks of the dis-
trict, apart from the economic aspect of the question, which is
intimately associated with the period at which the deposits of
alluvial tin commenced to be formed.
With regard to the formation of the tin-leads, it will be well to
the granites or as veins of segregation, and in both cases the
tin was probably introduced into the rock contemporaneously
with the formation (metamorphism) of the rock itself. Whether
it originally existed as a fluoride of tin, and has since been con-
verted into oxide, the numerous fluorides which are associated
times, since all granite having been formed at gr
TIN DEPOSITS OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 107 ¢
The evidence adduced from Bailey’s mine shows us that tin-
leads were in course of formation during the acidic eruptions, and
that, in some cases at least, tin-leads may be overlain by felspar
porphyries, but the nature of the rock itself will preclude the
Mii
(1.) That any widespread surface floes of these rocks could
occur, because they are necessarily of too vi a nature
to flow far from their vent, and therefore
(2.) That tin leads could not be buried up by them unless
the rocks had been inverted during a series of eruptions,
as with the domites shown by Professor Judd in his
work on volcanoes.
WHat consTiTuTES PAayaBLe TIN.
a. In lodes.
b. In alluvial.
It is a somewhat difficult thing to state with authority what
proportion of tin will pay for extraction in a country like this,
where the facilities for working vary so greatly in different local-
ities, and I shall content myself with giving a few illustrations of
what is considered payable.
irst, as regards lodes, and in this category I would include
those irregular deposits to which I have alluded, but which have
to be crushed in the same manner as true lodes.
At Butler’s lode, which is situated about 16 miles from Emma-
_ ville, over a very rough track, 5 per cent. of black tin is con-
sidered payable, a battery, driven by steam, being erected on the
108 TIN DEPOSITS OF NEW SOUTH WALES.
_We may conclude, however, that where deposits of any size
exist, even in places which are not easily = a yield of 5
per cent. of black tin would be a payable retu
As regards the alluvial deposits, reference =i ee be made
to the deep leads, and in these from 1 ewt. to } ewt. per load of
27 cubic feet is considered payable, the valuable lead in Bailey’s
mine, which has already been fully described, being payable at }
of
ewt. to the load, with 133 feet of sinking. In shallow ground
course much smaller returns will pay.
Mernops or TREATMENT.
As regards the methods of treatment smaplorey considerable
improvements have been made of late years. The original shallow
leads were worked very imperfectly by sluicing, and that much of
the tin was lost is shown by the fact that the old * burrows” are
often reworked by Chinamen; but the sluicing appliances now
used are far more perfect, and, son the introduction of under
los
thoroughly demead by this process.
Where crushing is resorted to in the lodes, &c., buddles and
slime-tables are principally used, and the final operations of tossing
and packing are employed, as in Cornwall. At Butler's lode ‘four
convex buddles and a self-acting slime-table are employed, and
very little tin appears to be lost, as next to nothing could be
obtained from the tailings with a vanning shovel.
At the Tent Hill works, which probably — the most perfect
plant in the Colony, the crushed ore is firs + passed hee
ettinger’s separators, and from there is —o to two pairs 0
Petherick’s separators, which are in principle the same as pare
jiggers, and from the last pair of these the finer material goes to
a side-blow percussion frame. A rotating slime-table is also
ws ws and the tailings are finally run over convex buddles. ;
a
ae
viz, mage: per ton, and at Tingha, si which aie the ae
the tin is sent to Sydney, the price has remained steady at 55:
ton.
ws
i
Fale
Bi
Se ees Lees a Le ee ae eee ares Ny
ere ee er ee a er eee oe eo
TIN DEPOSITS OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 109
tin-fields from the time of _their Se in 1872 to the close of
1883, there is yet room, in my opinion, for a great extension of
this productive industry, i in the ithicaneds of both deep leads and
lodes, as well as those irregular deposits which approach the lodes
in character.
Previous papers relating to Tin-mining Industry
in Australia.
1849,
negag 4 on Mining, containing a prognostication of the discovery
Tin in New South Wales; by Rev. W. B. Clarke.—
Sines Morning Herald. 16th April, 1849. .
1872.
The Discovery of Tin in New South Wales. Mining Journal.
187 45, 398.
2. XLIL, op.
Tin in Queensland ; by R. Daintree. Mining Journal. 1872.
XLIi.
See
Remarks on Tin Ore ; by Dr. A. Leibius. gee esas Royal
Society of New South Wales. 1872. pp. 73,7
1873.
in in Tasmania. Mining Journal. 1873. XLIIL, p. 1109.
Report on or Koetong Tin-fields, Wodonga District ; by H. Y. L
Bro Reports of Mining ‘Surveyors and Registrars. 30th
Som, 1873. App. A., p. 42 (foolscap. Melbourne, 1873).
Mining Journal. xa XLIL, p. 122
A Report on the Tin Discoveries in Que ensland - by i file it
Quarterly Journal aide Society. 1873. XXIX. Rey a
Observations on some Tin Discoveries in New England, New
South Wales; by G. H. F. Ulrich. Quarterly Journal
Geologicat Society. 1873. XXIX., pp. 5-11.
Report on the Tin-bearing Country, New ce re New South
Wales ; by C. S. Wilkinson. pp. 10. Plates. (Foolscap.
Sydney, 1873).
Report on ae ae ountry, District of Inverell, New South
Wales ; by C. 8. Wilkinson. (Foolscap. Sydney, 1873).
1874.
The Australian Tin Mines, by “C. E.” Mining Jowrnal, 1874,
XLIV., pp. 396, 507, 643, 751, 833, 973, 1057, 1281,
1324.
ee
ay,
110 TIN DEPOSITS OF NEW SOUTH WALES.
Tasmanian Tin ; by J. Borthwick. Jbid. 1874. pp. 331.
Report on the Vegetable Creek Tin-field ; by G. H. Gower. Mines
and Mineral Statistics, New South Wales, 1874. pp. 63-70
Mount Bischoff Tin Mines, Tasmania; by J. Hunt. Mining
L 207
in Ore from Mount Bischoff, Tasman by Hon. C.
Meredith. Proceedings Royal Society Ys Pastriae 1874.
(June). pp. 21, 22.
Report on Mount Bischoff Tin Mines, Tasmania; by F. D.
Wickham. Mining Journal. 187 4, XLIV. ,P. 396.
Tin Deposits of New South Wales; by C. 8. Wilkinson. ron.
874. ITIL, pp. 267, 296, 325, eth Journal. 1874.
XLIV., No. 2008 (Feb. 21), p
Report on the Mount Bischoff in Mines, Tasmania, with Topo-
graphical Sketch Map. pp. 5. (8vo ‘Launceston. 18 74.)
1875.
On Australian Tin. Jron. 1875. Vz, p. 551.
Special Report on the Victorian Stream Tin Deposits; by gee
C. W. Eddy. Mining Journal. 1875. XLYV., p. 1223.
On Australian and Tasmanian Tin; by A. G. English. Mining
Journal. 1875. ral p- 19.
Note upon a Recent Discovery of Tin Ore in Tasmania; by 0.
ete rst y Journal, Geological Society. 1875. KARE,
pp. 109-110.
On Mining in Tasmania; by J. Hunt. Mining Journal. 1875.
XLV., p. 539.
On the Stanniferous Deposits of Mount Bischoff and Mount
amsay, Tasmania. Mining Journal. 1875. XLV.
1095.
The Minerals of New South Wales ; by A. Liversidge. rans
tions Royal Society, New South ‘Wales. 1875. New Eaition,
9-41.
pp. 3
Report on the Tin-bearing Country, New England, New South
Wales ; by C. S. Wilkinson. Mines and Mineral Statistics.
1875. pp. 70-89. (Sections and five plates
1876.
Report on the New England and Clarence Districts, Vegetable
Creek Division (Tin -fields, &e.); by G. H. Gower. wal
Report, Department of Mines, New South Wales. 1876.
p- 110-114.
Report on the Discovery of Tin and other Metals in the Burra
Burra District, wag the Bogan and Lachlan rivers; by
C. 8. Wilkinson. The Queenslander, 1876. N. Ser., X11, _
23rd September.
On the Stanniferous Deposits of Tasmania; by H. 8. Wintle.
Transactions Royal Society y, New South Wie 1876, IX.
pp. 87-95. (With a Sectio ion.)
TIN DEPOSITS OF NEW SOUTIT WALES. 111
1877.
Report on the New England and Clarence Mining ore a.
table Creek Division ; by G. H. Gower. “Annual Repor
Department of Mines, New South Wales. 187. pp- Ti
151. (With Plan of Lands containing Deep Deposits of Tin
Ore in the Parishes of Strathbogie and Scone, County of
Gough.)
1878.
Report on the New England and Clarence Mining District, Veg-
etable Creek Division ; by G. on Gower. Annual Report,
Departme ~ of Mines, New South Wales. 1878. pp. 126-
130.
localities of the principal Mines working for Stream Tin
under Basaltic ee — of the Tin Lo des.)
Australian and Tasmania y W. Tregay. Mining Journal.
1878. XLVIIL., p.
Tin Mines of Tasmania. Tid p- 1135
Tin Mines of Tasmania, by F. D. Wickham. Mining Journal.
The Tin Mines of Australia, Ibid.
Eine Topographisch mie ipod Karte des Mount Bischof oe
Tasmanien ; by M. G.vom Rath Verhandl. Naturhist. Veret
des Preussischen Rheint er she onbee (Sitzungs berichte.\
1878. RERV., p. 7.
1879.
Report on the Condition and Prospects of the Vegetable Creek
Tin Mining District for the year 1879; by G. H. Gower.
Annual Report, Department of Mines, "New South Wales,
1879. pp. 149—156. (With Plan and Section of Messrs.
Wesley Bros. Workings, two Plans of Machinery, and a
Table showing es yield of Tin Ore from the Vegetable Creek
Tin Mining District.)
The aux. Tin Fields ; by J. Pryor. Mining Journal. 1879.
67.
Australian ae Tasmanian Tin oiet by T. Stephens. Mining
Journal. 1879. XLIX., p 191.
Tin and its History; by Dr. goats Mining Journal. 1879.
XLIV,, p. 1299.
1881.
Report on Aantitae Gold-field ; by H. Y. * Brown. Depart-
ment of nea 881. p 4
TTz. TIN DEPOSITS OF NEW SOUTH WALES.
1882.
Report on Neighbourhood of Tenterfield, &c.; by H. Y. L. Brown.
An eport, Department of Mines, New South Wales.
1882. p. 149.
Mineral Products of New South Wales; by Harrie Wood, Under
Secretary for Mines. 1882. p. 27.
1883.
General Report on the Principal Deep Leads of the Vegetable
Creek District; by T. W. E. David. Annual Report,
Department of Mine 3, New South Wales. 1883. p. 155
Progress Report of Geological Survey ; by C. 8S. Wilkinson. bid.
p. 148.
1884.
Progress Report for 1884; by T. W. E. David. Annual Report,
Department of Mines. 1884. p. 153.
Report on Silver-bearing Lodes of Barrier Ranges; by C. 8.
Wilkinson. 1884.
1885.
Report on the Geology of the Ai tp Creek Tin-mining
District, New South Wales; by T. W. E. David. Annual —
Report, Department of Mines. 1885, (In Press. )
Report on Queensland Tin Fields; by W. C. Hume. (8vo.)
113
The Aboriginal Names of Rivers in Australia
Philologically Examined.
By the late Rev. Peter MacPuerson, M.A.
[Read before the Royal Society of N.S.W., 4 August, 1886,]
ir is the purpose of this paper to pass in review the names which
the aborigines of Australia have given to the rivers, streams, and
waters generally of the country w vhich they have occupied. More
ecifically, attention will be directed to the principles if discover-
a on which the names have been given. In this inquiry con-
tant regard will be had to the question whether the Aborigines
co followed the same general principles which are found to pre-
vail in other languages of the world. Without further preface, it
may be stated that all available vocabularies will be searched f
the terms used to designate water, a in the shape of rivers,
brooks, or creeks; expansions of water, as oceans, seas, bays, or
harbours; lakes, lagoons, pools, or msitiaihcghens! swamps, or marshes;
s S$} rain, or waterfalls ; and any other form in whi
water is the important aroma
M, imitative of the sound of Waters.
Words for Water containing the letter M.
To make a beginning, let one of the imitative root words for
’ water be chosen as the basis of experiment. There is the letter M,
which represents the humming sound pertaining to water, whether
flowing in streams or moved by tides and winds in ocean ex
In carrying out the experiment the method followed will be (1)
to examine the vocabularies for root-words designating water in
any of the shapes already indicated, and potereee? in _ present
case the letter m; (2) nd examine the gazetteers of
colonies, to ascertain how the same letter is cmtonied in the
actual names of rivers, streams, and waters generally ; and (3) to
compare the results with the root words for water in other parts
of the world.
Proceeding tentatively then with the letter m, is it to be found
embodied in root words meaning water within the four corners of
although the mis doubled andthe word Ra TN
114 THE ABORIGINAL NAMES OF RIVERS
tion of an aspirate at the beginning. In Victoria such forms as
ummut and ammitch for sea are found. Here then are tolerably
plain evidences that the letter m, as a matter of fact, was used by
the aborigines as in some way specially fitted to occupy a place
in words intended to represent water.
Turning now to the gazetteers and books of Australian travel
for the actual names of rivers and streams, there are found such
names as Ma-Ma and Mi-Mi Creek in Queensland. In New South
Wales there is Qoma Creek, a form which so closely resembles the
word amu, water, which has already come before us. Still further,
in Victoria, there is the Moe swamp. In such cases, where there
is no other consonant than the radical m itself, the conclusion
seems every way reasonable that Ma-Ma and Mi-Mi and Ooma
and Moe just signified the water in the lips of the people who lived
on the banks of these waters respectively. In farther consulting
the gazetteers, large numbers of compound words for rivers and
waters are found to contain the termination ma. Thus there are
such names as the Murrwma Creek, Muttwma Creek, and many
more. Here, however, an apparent difficulty occurs, for as the
aboriginal names are scrutinized the form Jfia-Mia is found to
designate a mountain. In the meantime it may suffice to point
out that m is found to be a radical form used to designate water,
but not mountains; and (2) such a name as JMia-Mia pretty
trees. The Mia-Mia mountain, accordingly, was very probably so
named from some circumstance regarding aboriginal shelters
upon it.
The next stage in our inquiry is to compare the result so far
is to be noticed that the form mo, for water, remounts to a very
high antiquity, as it was employed by the Egyptians. Closely allied
was the Phenician form, mu; in Hebrew maim is the plural for
waters. At this point it is not amiss to pcint out that the letter
m, especially in its running still more than in its capital form, has
a pictorial significance in addition to its fitness to represent water
owing to its humming sound, for the letter m is taken from the
hieroglyphic representation of the ripple on the surface of water,
world. But, still pursuing the subject, it is to be noticed that the
form ma is the Arabic for water; wma is the Draverian ; and the
same root-letter is found in the Tungusian and other Asiatic dia-
lects. Still farther, mam means fresh water in the island of
Tarawa, while mem means the same in Rotumah; amar and
hwamo denote the swell of the sea in Maori; mi is water the
Tigre language ; and the root occurs in many more African dia
3B
q
a
;
j
<
8
i
a
i
a
IN AUSTRALIA PHILOLOGICALLY EXAMINED. 115
lects. Jem is water in the Upper Sacramento in North America,
Whatever may be the ultimate meaning or value of the foregoing
facts, one point is clear, that the aborigines of Australia, in
adopting largely the imitative m to denote water, have gone on
the same principle as many other tribes of the human family in
other parts of the world.
Root-words for Water represented by MB.
a mortal in Greek. With the primative a there would be
day the Sabis of Cxsar is the Sambre. In this case both an m
and an r have been added to the earlier form. Again, there
of illustrations in cmb, gmb, kmb, with their phonetic equivalents.
But proceeding with our task, and working up step by step to
the combination of the letters mb in root-words for water. In
the bulari Fe }, aE ee ary
°
a lasoo
kalumbo, salt water, in Western Australia. In the gazetteers we
find Amby Riverand Kinbo Creek, Vamby Creek Wambo Ponds,C ombo
Creek Wecomba Lake, Mowamba River, Wallombi Brook, Yarz
Creek. so, it is this combination of mb which supplies some of
the most stately forms for names of streams, as Wa and
Warragamba Rivers. Also, such a name as Tumby Island, in
South Australia, illustrates the fact that root-words for water are
used to denote islands and promontories.
116 THE ABORIGINAL NAMES OF RIVERS
guages. There is in Mala mbak a wave, kumbah to wash,
Tambak a fishpond, tumba to draw water. In Sum i
ariver named Jambi, exhibiting the combination of letters mb.
Moreover, this river gives name to a district, which drains the
waters of several other streams besides the Jambi itself. In the
Feejee vocabularies occur the words dhomba to throw water, mbrau,
a wave, tomba a bay of the sea. The foregoing forms, both Mala
and Feejee, are in mb ; but the Malay supplies some in mp, thus :
ampah and limpah, to overflow. But in dealing with mb there
must not be omitted the form ambu, water, in the Sanserit.
The Latin nimbus, a rain-cloud, is also an example to the point.
It may be noted that while the stately forms in mb are so con-
spicuous in Australian, Malay, and Feejee, they seem to be very
deficient in Maori.
Amplifications of MB in MBL, MBN, MBK.
The addition of the liquid letters 1 nr to the combination mb
produces some of those euphonious names which have often been
admired; thus there are Barambil Creek, Bourimbla Creek,
Currambene Creek, Wiambone Creek, Piambong Creek, Piambra
Creek, and Wamberal Lake.
In looking to other languages root-words can be found in mbl
and mbn referring to water, thus in Malay ombal means wel,
tembul is to rise to the surface, galambung is foam, kijambang is a
water plant, panambang a ferryman, tambang to be conveyed by
water, lenbang to drain. Including this last word is the name
Palembang, which is applied to designate a district in Sumatra,
of Greek, Latin, and Gothic stocks. There is the Greek ombros &
shower, with its near relative in Latin wmber, also a shower. More-
over the Ambrones were so called as being river people, _
Umbria seems to have been so called as being a river country.
fact, forms in mbr are of special interest. The existence of words
of this form in different languages and among different peoples in
e history
Europe, is held as pointing to a very important fact in th
of the human family. It is held that this form mbr must have
i in existence while the human race were associated
in Asia, and therefore before that dispersion whereby the form
al
;
ih
cn
j
f
i
3
Re;
ae
a
es
x
;
its > Pana hi ee eee eam TN tan thee
IN AUSTRALIA PHILOLOGICALLY EXAMINED. bly
River names in K, MB, L, N, R.
Hitherto we have had as the basis of operation root-words for
water in the forms m and mb, with their phonetic equivalents.
Or taking m to represent the very beginning of the stream, 6
comes in as an important tributary. Gathering strength as it goes
along, a tributary joins the combined currents in the shape of the
initial aspirate or guttural. Incidentally, some examples have
come before us already, but now they appear directly on their own
account; thus we have the names Cambalong Creek, Kiambla
Creek, Eucumbene Creek, Gambenany Creek, Cumborah Springs,
Gallagambroon Creek, Bungambrawartha Creek.
ing now to other languages, we find the forms Comber and
Cumber meaning a confluence of streams employed in the Celtic
ages. Cumbernauld just means the meeting of the streams.
The names Kemper and Quimper in the west of Europe have the
same meaning. Kemberleach in Brittany means the place of the
confluence.
B, (Non-imitative.)
Root-words for Water in Ba, Pa, Wa.
After finding tributaries to the stream which started with m,
and also after finding something analogous to ana-branches in the
liquids 7, n, 7, we now come to a marked division in the waters of
the stream, to the formation of a delta where two or more main
streams flow separately. For, notwithstanding all affinities, the m
can stand alone, and so can th i
rigin
root to signify water, but not so in 6 cr its phonetic representa-
tives. The humming sound whi ins to m does not i
to b; nevertheless, as we have seen, the one letter in
circumstances introduces us to the other. The fact here developed
is of obvious importance in drawing the boundary lines deter-
mining how far the influence of the imitative principle extends
in the words of a language.
Proceeding with our inquiry, we have now to contemplate the
fact that root-words in b, p, w for water are very numerous
although not imitative of the sound of water. Basa labial may,
118 THE ABORIGINAL NAMES OF RIVERS
indeed, be regarded as having more softness about it than dentals,
sibilants, and gutturals. In that respect it has a fitness for being
shown to represent water ; still, it is not to be regarded as having
the important imitative element in any such way as pertains to m.
Searching the vocabularies, we find the simple phe oba, water, with
variations, such as oboit and obait about Port Essington in the north-
é At Cape York there is ept, meaning fresh water, and bubba,
meaning a stream ; still at Cape York is wpw meaning a chain of
s. In Western Australia there is appa, water, and in South
Australia, apa, appa, appu, appy, all meaning water. But now
further, 6 and p in other languages, by ordinary course of phonetic
ear and tear, soften down to a mere vowel sound, or to a sound
cole by w or v. Have the aborigines displayed the same
tendency in the words used to designate water? We have seen the
abundant use of the forms in 6 and p; how does the matter stand
at the point now raised? The vocabularies soon settle that
question, for we find the forms ow-wa, awwie, owey, owy, all mean-
ing water in West and South Australia. When we come to the
gazetteers we find such forms as Obi-obi Creek in Queensland,
Bobo Creek in the Manning district. This name, it may be noticed
in passing, sina resembles the word bubbu, a stream, at Cape
Yor is also Bubbah-Bubbah Swamp. Still, farther there
is Bobialla Creek, also Boobala Creek in New South Wales ; and
closely resembling these, Booby-alla River in Tasmania. There are
oomi and Bema Crecks, Wingecaribbe Creek and Swamp,
Goadradighee River, Ingeegoodbee Waterfall, Umutbee Swap,
Wollonaby Creek, Mais yibbee Creek, Werribee River,
nappre, a name of snake Bay in South Australia. In the
E
=
a name of | the i bees River ; Currowa Springs, Mattewne Fort
Denison, Stelowie Creek, Nepowie Creek, Narowie Creek. To
these may be added Eba and Pulbah, names of islands, one in South
Australia, the other in Lake Macquarie, New South Wales.
These are noticed now because as we proceed the evidence will
multiply that islands, headlands, and meadowlands have received
names from words which have reference to water, the same thing
Be occurred in ordinary course in other parts of the world.
American dialects the forms beat and ewbi mean the same. Pun-
jaub in India is the country of the five rivers. The forms in pare
also numerous, Apu, water, is Sanserit. Aph, water, is found in
Beloochistan. In the west of Europe, numerous streams W.
names end in p are understood to embody the same root: thus
Barop, Lennep, Oppa.
pes ee ek es
IN AUSTRALIA PHILOLOGICALLY EXAMINED. 119
of Australian dialects are concerned. Turning to the gazetteers
we find Awaba the native name of Lake Macquarie, Merriva,
Boorowa, and Williwa Creeks. Wammerawa is the name given
to the marshes into which the waters of the Macquarie River
R -eay
Donau on German maps. Here there can be no doubt about the
connection between the two forms. The real root obviously is
land illustrate the same point. Aw is water in Kurdish and Per-
; Wai
nawa to float. Vai is water in Rotumah, and the forms inwai,
tavai, and tivai, meaning water, occur in the islands of the New
Hebrides.
Names of Streams in Bar, Par, War, Mar.
The counter processes of lengthening and shortening could be
well illustrated by tracing the history of names. Short words are
par, war, and mar, are pretty extensively employed to designate
water. The very form dar, pure and simple, is found meaning a
was Ngaukiparri. At the lower end of the Murray, parnar me
rain. Also poorai means rain at Eden, in New South Wales,
120 THE ABORIGINAL NAMES OF RIVERS
As to forms in War, with the ordinary variations, there is war
or woor at Cape York for sea. At Brisbane, there is warril for
river. There are wooree, sea, wurran, river, warren and waring,
sea, in Victoria. Wirra is rain at Port Lincoln, in "Routh
As to root forms represented by Mar: there is mornee rain,
at Port Darwin; morala is sea at Mountmorris Bay; IM
is a pool at Port Lincoln, South Australia ; also mirrara a swamp.
Murrian, sea, is also
So far the Suter Rae now for the gazetteers. Forms in
Bar are Bara Creek, Baroo Creek, Barraba Oreek, Berico ‘
Forms in War: Warrah Creek, Warroo Creek, Warra Wanda
Greek. Raibags Creek, Waramba River, Warlero Brook, Wari
Creek Warradugga Creek, Warragamba River Warre River,
— e-warrah Creek. To these may be added Warraburrabri Island,
in the Clarence River, and Warautee or Wardong Island, in
South Australia, as again illustrative of the fact that. roan
for water are employed to denote islands. Forms in Mar
Mara Creek, Marra Creek, Marara Cree k, Maraba Creek, Morupie
Creek, Margalong River, Marool Creek, Maroombile Creek.
: -
from other parts of the world. Following the order, there
are forms in Bar to be looked for Beer, a well, is Hebrew, with
bir, the Arabic form. Bior, Celtic, i is water. ere is also
root form vahr, in Arabic, meaning lake or inland sea, Bahr Lut
is Lot’s Lake, or the Dead Sea. Bahar-belame is the waterless
river. Bahari designates a maritime district. Bahrein denotes
also a group of islands in the Persian Gulf. Here we have @
cluster of illustrations of the point already noticed, that root-words
r are often used to designate islands, h ds,
meadows, or lands bordering on water. The form bar occurs, .
meaning ret among the et sapere wats Among the
into the Euphrates. But.
Frat, River Frat. Pharpar, one of the cgivers of
IN AUSTRALIA PHILOLOGICALLY EXAMINED. 121
embodies twice over the form with which we are dealing. It
was the form par that struck the traveller Humboldt among the
rivers of South America. As names which had been given to the
Orinoco, he found such as these, Yuyapari, Huriaparia, and
Urapari. In these and other instances he thought he could recog-
nize the radical form par, meaning water, in parts of the continent
widely separated from each other. Para means rain in Peru ;
parani to rain. Pariaisa lake. In Carib, parana means a sea,
Para, Pari, and Parana are names of rivers in South America.
Pari also means to flow, as the tide in Maori.
Fo ery numerous in Australian geography, are
illustrated by examples of that root meaning water in some of its
aspects in the Malay and other languages. ayr i
of many words in the countries of Europe on which the Roman
language was so deeply stamped. The same root, as muir, appears
in the Celtic family of languages. There are also the Teutonic
orms in mere, meer, as Thirl-mere and Rydal-mere. Words repre-
sented by the English marsh, but which occur in Scandinavia and
France, belong to the same large family. urun is a river in
Mongol, and Mari a lake in Ugrian. Meren is a sea in Malay,
and miri to rain in Feejee.
point to the Gazetteer of New South Wales. We have, indeed,
not by any means taken up all the smaller currents flowing into
the main stream which would have to be considered in an exhaus-
tive investigation ; yet the area operated upon may be represented
as including about 250 of the rivers and waters which make up
the total of nearly 800, which occur in the New South Wales
Gazetteer. One conclusion, so far, is pretty plain, that there is
principles and method of dealing with names for rivers and the
principles which have been seen to prevail so extensively in other
parts of the world.
Wep to tra tream, which drains
a large area, as regards aboriginal names for rivers and waters, the
representative letter now is V, one which has close kinship to M,
ady considered. I 3 to the imitative class of letters.
It is well fitted to indicate the din of the waters, as m sets forth
122 THE ABORIGINAL NAMES OF RIVERS
the hum. In the simple form x, the root-words indicating associa-
tion with water are not numerous. There are such as nano, a
swamp, in Western Australia ; aot, a canoe, in the neighbourhood
of Port Jackson, It is when we take in conjunction with g that
a flood of illustrations poursin upon us. For, as m has its natural
affinity for 6, so 7 has its natural affinity for two classes of letters,
the gutturals g, k, and the dentals d, t, we shall follow out the
illustrations in connection with the nasal n g and nk sounds, At
Cape York there is wng-onya, salt water; narung, lagoon, about
the Manning River ; ngarugi, to drink, in Kamilaroi, north of
i and south of Queensland ; ngayuwa and ngating, fresh
water, at Lake Macquarie ; yaang, lag goon, Victoria ; nguke, water,
at Lake Alexandrina ; ngarru, breaker, at Port Lincoln ; ngyanga,
wave, in Western Australia ; ngura and uringo, a pool,at Champion
Bay, Western Australia. Along with all these may be given nga-
meaning an island, as showing again how root-words for water
are used to denote islands.
Forms in nk are such as these: Nuken, river, oe Bay ;
nukou and nuke, water, Lower Darling ; A Says and xgukko on the
Lower —— ; mucho on the Murray ; tainke, sw fi mip at Lake
Alexandrin The word killink is Emiany imitative, as des-
cribing as well as denoting — ema made by a stone when
allowed to fall geet into the w:
ooking now into the nants for illustrative names, there
oveur Belering ga Cried: Carralunga Creek, Myponga River, Kaying4;
andrina ; Aldinga Lagoon and Bay ; Bullaparinga Creek,
Corong ae Pandloting ga Creek, Tooraringana Creek, Wildanunga
Creek. Besides such as thes e, there are the streams of names
ending in long, wong, and sie Those ending in gong will be
more specially examined hereafter. As between the forms in 7g
nk there — be noticed in passing a notable result. Out of
nearly 800 names of rivers and waters in the Gazetteer of New
South Wales, upwar ds of 100 contain the nasal ng, while only a few
units exhibit nk. Of this last class are such names as Yanko —
Creek. In South Australia there is Yankalilla River.
to other languages of the world, we have the nasal in
the heuitin? ngahyin,a fountain. This is the word which, shortened
into ain and en, so often indicates the locality of wells in book of
Eastern travel. Ayun Musa, are the wells of Moses. There is
sunger, a river, in Javanese ; arung, to wade through water, 2
Malay, also ongagu, a river and ngusor. In Maori, there are
ngachi, tide ; ngacki, swamp, and ngongi, water.
K (Non-imitative).
Root-words for water in ka, ga, ya.—In pursuing our a
come now to a point precisely parallel to what was encoun foes
after starting with the letter m, as supplying a wi lable
IN AUSTRALIA PHILOLOGICALLY EXAMINED. 122
expressing water. We pass the boundary-line between imitative
forms and those which are not. Forms in ang and ank are imi-
tative, but forms in ag and ak are not ; indeed, here we have a sud-
den and complete reversal of the idea of the imitative principle.
In the case of m, which brings us to 5, a labial, we have a com-
paratively soft class of letters to deal with. But & is one of the
hardest letters in the alphabet. It suits well for such words as
hack and tack, but on its own merits it is one of the last letters
that would be chosen to denote water. Yet we see how such
forms as anga and anka, by regular phonetic law of assimilation,
are transformed into agga and akka, forms which were notably
imitative of the sin ging, ringing, sound of waters, into forms which
are quite the reverse
n in the language of the aborigines who have shown, as we
have alread y seen, a strong disposition to use euphonious names for
streams and waters, how does the matter stand when we cometo such
hard forms as & to represent water? The illustrations of the form
are numerous enough, and seem to prove that language flows in a
channel, and according to laws which operate and assert themselves
even against strong opposing elements. Thus, we find the hard root
for water pure and simple in such words as ook, ooko, acah, found on
the Darling and Murray. There is kokoin, water, at La ke Mac-
quarie ; also koiw on, rain, at the same place. Ugoa means flood, also
wukawa, in Kamilaroi ; cake is water at Port Darwin ; uki and
nuki mean fresh water ‘at Massied, a small island in Torres Straits,
though nearer New Guinea than Cape ork. As to names in the
gazetteers, we look for forms in ka, ga, ya, or their phonetic repre-
sentatives. There is the Koko Cr reek, the Kiah hl Bega,
or Bemboka River, Bargo River, Micalago Creek, Boiga Creek,
Cowriga Creek, Culgoa River, Dundaralago Creek, acka Nacka
Creek, Nagha Lake, Perica Creek, Towaca River, Tungo Creek,
mbango Creek and Swamp, Paika Lake, Yaouk Creek, Paruka
Lake, Wondowyee Creek. To these may be added Yargai Island,
in the Clarence River, again illustrating that the same root-words
used for waters and island
Besides all these, there is one notable name which occurs in the
gazetteers upwards of a score of times. It is the name Oakey,
applied to creeks, It might be surmised for a moment that this
is some British name, a the frequency of its occurrence and its
on in New South Wales and Queensland render this
rman
salsig Wicklow. In New South Wales there is Oske ey Creek
in counties Ashburnham, Bathurst, Darling, Dudley, es
Murray, alae (twice), Rackurg' ‘and Wellington. Here i
124. THE ABORIGINAL NAMES OF RIVERS
can scarcely be ronal for a moment that in all these cases
oanes simply meant wate
In now fee beyond. the Australian — the root in f,
in th tin
appears in the Old French ax. The root is embodied in such
names as Saltach, Wertach. Aachen, the German form of the name
Aix-la- Chappélle, laaip illustrates the point at issue. The
chapel was built at the locality of the mineral waters where —
Charlemagne was buried. The root is wide-spread also in the
Celtic family of dialects, as in uisge, isge, the Gaelic and Armori¢
words for water; kya, water, is Nepaulese ; acho, akiwo, agho, ek,
water, are African ; aki and akei, water, are Malay ; gia, rain, is
Polynesian ; ok, to drink, is Curnicobar; kau, sea-coast, pokaka,
a shower, are Maori 4% ko, okah, — ocquie, water, occur among
the North American tribes; so also kuik, river, eukeht, lake,
and kaya, ka lioko, aot, belong to Texas; 90,
ochke, akwaken, water, ukwii, rain, o found in tribes of F
west America; yacu, water, is vin: caqua, te YG, Ua,
ochi, ko, wet are found among South American tribe
we have followed tha « course of two of the chick channels
river names in the Gazetteer of New South Wales. There 18
indeed the combination of the nasal n with the dentals d #, but
the illustrations at this point are not nearly so numerous as in the
combination of the nasal with the gutturals g /. Including the
dental combination with n, nearly two-thirds of the names 1D the
New South Wales Gazetteer are accounted for, leaving the re
ing third to be made up of the less euphoniou s combinations. with
dentals and gutturals as well as the sa pecsuedliade labials.
Combination of the roots ka ba.
Before we leave the forms in ka, ga, ya, ther eis a point which
may be properly considered. It is the combination of "tbe two
roots represented by and 6, Thus we find cape, capi, gate
» ky-pe, kuy-pa, ky-pi, ky-pbt, hi-op, all meaning wale
in Western Australia; also ca-ppy, ka-pi, coo-bie, water, in HOU
Australia. In all these forms the combination of the & root and
the 6 root, with their equivalents or variations, is quite evident. —
Moreover, these roots appear in connection with the names
places where water is to be got. ‘There is Wademar hye
Berinyana Gaippe, Beelimah Gaippe—places where water is to 9°
fen. digging in the sand. To the same list belongs Yeer _
n Ka
IN AUSTRALIA PHILOLOGICALLY EXAMINED, 125
ae on his perilous adventure from South Australia _— the
t to Western Australia. In this last instance Gaippe a
as seen we; but this is in strict accordance with the phonetic laws
which have already been so frequently exemplified. In the labial
letters we run down the scale thus: ba, pa, wa. ut this is abun-
dantly shown by other examples. In South Australia there is
the common form, co-wie, water, spelt also ko-we, kau-wi, ko-wee,
ko-we, kau-we. At Port Lincoln the two forms are found, namely,
ka-pi and ka-uo, lake, cope-cope or gope-gope is the same word, and
the lake is so called because it drains the waters of the district.
The common form, coo-wee, in South Australia, use
question arises, can there be any possible connection? Considering
the ee, of dialects throughout Australia, how has this one
form of call succeeded in establishing itself among so many tribes?
In the sandy se of South Australia, when an anxious search
for water was successful, the loud and joyful cry to the pit
of the tribe at a distance would really and literally be so-wee—
water! Indeed, in ordinary course, we have the record <9 some-
thing of the kind. Bisho op Salvado narrates how he and his
company were disappointed by not ware? water where it was
expected, and had to spend the night in a very uncomfortable
anner. Next morning an aboriginal techie guided him to
another place where water might be found ; but here, too, there
was none. Still a third place was sought ; ‘and here the precious
element was obtained. After the manner ‘of the savages, he says,
ere was now sounded the loud Om, as he spells it, to those who
were behind. The word meant “ater,” as well as “we are here.’
But returning from this Senshi. it remains to notice that
appears to have taken place in other parts of the world. Thus
the Latin ag-ua, ah-wa, onde have all the appearance of being a
combination of the same two roots, | for we have seen that in
Europe these two roots are widely ributed in the names of
streams. In the combined form io they appear to have supplied
Gaul are adduced as containing the root aqua as the eae '
_— shore be the. same petierrinareans of PEN eats labial
in aqua, for the aspirate hi is closely akin to the gutturals. The
eubject of a plurality o meaning water, and
up one name applied to water in some shape, will receive —
illustration as we proceed.
126 - THE ABORIGINAL NAMES OF RIVERS
Riwer names in Bad, Wad.—Although we have taken up
leading channels in which the aboriginal names are found to flow,
et there are more isolated cases which yet have made a prominent:
Lak
Macquarie. This word bado is recorded by three of the earliest
vocabulary writers, Tench, Hunter, and Collins. The forms bato,
batoo, batu, and battu, are also found. When we turn to the
maps and gazetteers, we find a lake called budda. Also, we have
one of the more important rivers of New South Wales called the
Murrumbidgee. This simply means the big water or river. Other
illustrative names are such as Batmaroo Creek, Bethungra Creek,
Botobolar Creek, Butheroo Creek, in New South Wales. Burrum-
beet Creek and Lake are in Victoria.
As to root words in wad or wat, or their equivalents, we have
ga-wata, aswamp,atCape York. Weedi, to drink ; pa-wat, a swamp,
kooeeweet, rain ; wadby, to swim ; as also watpulir and widyara,
to drink, all in New South Wales. As to names of rivers, there
is the Calewatta, a name of the Darling, Arrawatta Creek, Watte
Creek, Watta River, Wattawa Creek, Watagan Creek. Here
again it is impossible to avoid the conclusion that to the inhabitants
on the banks of the different streams the watta was just the water.
In Tasmania the form wattra is found joined to a river. There 1s
the Waatra karoola, Piper’s River. As to Karoola, it may just be
noticed in passing there is the Karaula, on the borders of Queens
land, where Mitchell camped for some time, and there is an Ar-
Caroola Creek in South Australia.
king beyond Australian boundaries, we find the root now
discussed to have a wide range of existence. The form bedu,
water, has been preserved to us as an old Phrygian word. ere
is the Sanscrit patwm, to drink ; the Latin poto, and the Greek
kotidzo I give to drink ; poti, to drink, Sclavonic. Also, the Ger-
man bad and English bath belong to the same extensive connection
Budo, water, is an African form, and batean is water in arang:
Wad and wat have also a very ancient and wide existence. Udus
wet, Latin, and the word wet in English as well as the Sanserié
udum belong to the same root. Wadi is a watercourse, Arabic.
ama is rain in the Malay Archipelago. Udha, rain, wats
low water, udhi wai, creek, are Feejeean ; wut and wit occur fre-
quently in North West American words for water. Wata, water
occurs in New Guinea ; wato is Gothic, voda is Russian, and the —
forms ovata and wat, for water, are African. ;
IN AUSTRALIA PHILOLOGICALLY EXAMINED, 127
River Names in Yar.
There are three more important roots for river names in Aus-
tralia, to which attention will be shortly directed. There are
: : gh te he
yar, gong and kal. These will be taken in their order 0
ing the usual method, we shall consult the vocabularies for proofs
that the form is applied as a radical one, meaning water. 8,
yuri, to pour, and yerro, water, occur at Lake Macquarie ; yarn,
yarram, yerram, and yarran for river, sea, and spring, are in all
parts of Victoria; yerlo is lake at Adelaide. Turning now to the
gazetteers, the illustrations arenumerous. Thus, in Victoria there
is the notable Yarra-yarra River,the meaning of which was ascer-
tained at a very early date to be flowing-flowing. There is the
Yarra rivulet, Yarrayne, the aboriginal name of the don
River, Yarriambiac Creek, Yarrowee River, Yarrum Creek. Then
Yerang Creek, Yering Lake. Turning to the Gazetteer of New
arra-Yarra Creek, Yarren-Yarren Creek, Yarimgah Creek, Yar-
dowindidja Creek. Here again we find a root-word for water
applied to an island, as Yargai Island, in the Clarence River, and
Yerunu, name of an island in South Australia. Besides all these,
there are forms in which the yar is not at the beginning of the
name.
Turning now to other parts of the world, we find the forms
“aro and Yero remounting to a venerable antiquity as very early
Egyptian names applied to the Nile. There is also the Hebrew |
yor, which means a river. In the British Islands a number of
streams appear embodying this root, the Yarrow, the Yair, the Yar,
names which so closely resemble those already adduced as existing in
Victoria and New South Wales.
River Names in Gong.
of the waters. There are Burrangong, Cudgegong, Brongong,
Kallobungung Creeks, Wagonga Inlet, Tragong Creek. In such
enough—Bongongalong Creek, Gangangar Creek. Kangaloola
Creek. Also the forms in y, Noeyango Lake, Yango, Yanko,
Yengo, Yon . Now leaving the mountains aside, we
have to see whether there are any root forms in gong or its equi-
valents meaning water. The vocabularies supply us at once with
“128 THE ABORIGINAL NAMES OF RIVERS
such words as kung or kong, meaning water at Moreton Bay, and
kongun, water on the Peel River. The forms guong and guang,
rain, oceur at Wellington. Katwng at Illawarra means sea; in
compound words turagung at Port Jackson meant a creek. Nulla-
konggor in Kamilaroi means a waterhole. At Illawarra ngait-
is arrested by the great River Ganges in his name was
formed just in the way which seems to have been universal among
the Australian aborigines. The word ganga or gunga is the
its banks, it was simply the river. _So, after all the illustrations
which have been given that the same radical form exists among
the aborigines here, we cannot donbt that such names as appear
in the gazetteer as Conga, and Gungulwa and others, just meant
the river or the water. Besides the great Indian Gunga, which
means river, it should also be recorded that in the Chinese, at
Shanghai, kong is the name for river.
River names in Kal.
The vocabularies here also supply abundant evidence that forms |
in kal, gal, yal or their equivalents are used as root-words to
denote water. Thus Mitchell in the district of the Bogan records
the forms kally, gally, gallo as meaning water. alle is water ab
Regent’s Lake ; hally, rain, and kollee,water,in New England ; kaling
is water at Lake Macquarie. uliman, a tub, is the water-holder.
Gol-gol is the word for a spring, as well as the name of a creek.
en we come to names of streams, we find that there is the
Coola Creek, the Qaloola Creek. Moreover, the aboriginal name
for the Lachlan River was Calare; for the Peel River, Callala; and — :
one of the names of the Darling was Calewatta. Also, one soe
names for the Murray was Goolwa. In all these cases applying 10
the Peel, the Darling, the Lachlan, and the Murray, we cannot
doubt that to the inhabitants on the banks of the :
yond the Australian boundary we find Khola is a river in Tamul ;
Kul, a river in Cashmerian ; Kali is a brook in Javanese ; Golem
is rain in the Malay Archipelago ; Tatathi is the sea in Feejee.
Plurality of Root-words Jor Water in the same Name.
As we have passed along, some indications have transpired to
-the effect that the name of a river, or a word for water, was really :
made up of two separate roots, each meaning water. There 18
IN AUSTRALIA PHILOLOGICALLY EXAMINED. 129
there is the formidable name Yeer kumban kauwe. This is not the
name of a large river or ocean; it is the name of water covered with
which occurs in Indian mythology. It applies to a potentate who
is identified with one of the signs of the Zodiac, and the significant
point is that the sign is Aquarius, the water-bearer.
Here there are four different roots, which, with very little room
for doubt in the case, have been agglomerated together in rs
i igi f the
ss
in ga or ka. This also is repeated as in the case of the former
part of the name. Yet again, there is the Galla gam broon Creek.
This yields easily to analysis in view of the examples which we
: P 1 ;
gmbr,
employed as desi
illustrated. Then as to galla: that is one of the well-established
130 THE ABORIGINAL NAMES OF RIVERS
N
other people have done the same thing. Thus, in the north of
Thus, we know that the little river Yair, in Norfolk, was
Garienus under the Romans, though it has resumed its original
or aboriginal name. , Garienus has every appearance of em-
bodying the Celtic amhainn, river, in the Manx form aon the
origin of the avons that are found as the names of streams in the
British Isles. But this addition of amhainn, river, to the primitive
form gar or yar comes out more plainly in the case of the Garonne,
in France. Gar amhainn has every appearance of supplying the
original which Cesar converted into Garumna. But as both of |
the roots conjoined here belonged to languages foreign to
Romans, he added to Garumna flumen. Thus, as in Wans
Water, we have three different roots amalgamated together, mean-
ing water or river. ow, the point of historical interest is that
these metamorphic processes form some sort of index to the ml-
grations or conquests of the people who are concerned in the case.
Thus, suppose we start with the aboriginal yar or gar, for the
water, the river, then yar amhainn indicates the advent and
settlement of the Celtic race. Then the farther development into
Garumna flumen is a remnant of the invasion of Gaul by the
Romans. also the Garonne Fleuve of the French maps o
the present day is an index to the important changes which have
taken place since the subversion of the Roman Empire. Now, on
the same general principle, the time may come when such @ Cor
bination of roots as appears in Yeer cumban kauwe may enable
some Australian investigator to trace the course of migration of
the Australian tribes, at least in that part of the island continent.
TASMANIA.
ceed with caution as regards the Gazetteer ; for, such names as
Illawarra and Parramatta, and a number of really aboriginal
names, have been imported by the white settlers from the Au
tralian mainland. As we consult the vocabularies, the ™
prominent root for water appears in the forms of / and In.
tea, river or lake ; liah le, ocean; lileah, water. In compO™
words and terms bringing in words associated with water, there —
IN AUSTRALIA PHILOLOGICALLY EXAMINED. 131
occur liah-pota, river, creek ; lia-mena, lake , loa-maggatangta, deep
water ; lia-tarightea, to flow; lia-laratame, foam ; lia-wenee, water ;
lay-ka, wet ; le-areaway, an island, thus again illustrating what we
have had so often in regard to the names of islands on the other
side of Bass’ Straits. In the longer form Ja we have lina or linah,
the common word for river ; liena and lena, water ; lena also the
sea ; lenone, lake ; lienire, fresh water ; laina, to drink ; wia-line,
exudation. When we look at the names of rivers, the word linah
is often appended just as we append river to the name by which the
river is called; thus, Kuta-linah is the Jordan River ; me
linah is Brown’s River ; Mangana-lienta is the South Esk River.
Now again we find the islands re-echoing the word for water in
contains the same radical form twice. Tiarerrymeea-lonah is Maria
Warralillialilliallilia,
as the name of a spring of fresh water. It is worthy of notice
that the forms linah, lonah, and the variations of the same radica
form have a parallel in the Polynesian form lanw, water.
water, fresh water. Also in such words as lay-ka wet, mayniack,
rainy, liemkane-ack, a drop of water, luggatich, the tide, kukamena-
: :
to water, there-are names of islands, headlands, and land
on the sea-coast in which the same root occurs. Thus,
Tittanariack is Governor's Island ; Reeneka is Hunter's Island ;
comyack is East Bay Neck ; Teeralinnack is Eagle Hawk
Neck; Kennaook is Cape Green; Monattek and Romanraik
132 THE ABORIGINAL NAMES OF RIVERS
of the sea. Of course, this might imply no more than that
same form of root was common both to waters and mountains,
We had a notable case of the same thing in the gong form, a
exemplified both ways on the Australian mainland. As to the
ek root for mountains, we find it well exemplified in the Seandina-
vian geography. Thus there are Loms-eggen, Jukul-eggen, | Skardals-_
ig ore. ggen is the plural of eg, which again is akin
to our English word edge. In the French there is aiguille, ey
a term also applied to mountain pinnacles, as copiously exempli
in the names of rocky spikes in the Mont Blane group of mouwi
in are the cognate roots in ac, as acuo, Is
acus a needle, acer, keen, acies an edge. In Greek also are
forms as ake, point, akie, edge, also akoke and akme. ere 18
akon a dart, with the Sanscrit relative acan, also a dart. More-
over, in Greek there is the adjective form in ekes to be
words to give the idea of edge, as amphekes double-edged. Tt may
be mentioned that the form mocha, water in Tasmanian has
parallel in the same form mocha, water, in Western A Australia, and
at the extreme opposite corner, the form muki, at Massied, one of
the small islands in or near Torres Straits.
Names or Isnanps AND HEADLANDS.
‘Numerous examples have occurred in the 7 <—
show that root-words for water have often been used t0
points to be brought out. Thus, at Lake Macquarie we hi
ngarong, an island. On the Hastings this has become Ws
which means both a swamp and an island. Now here we notice
cate how the
| . world have been applied to and hi
Greek nesos, Sar 5 a emg The idea of an 18
IN AUSTRALIA PHILOLOGICALLY EXAMINED. 133
appears to be that of something ix the water. The Latin navis
-and the Greek naus, a ship, are accordingly so named because they
Sloat upon the water. The Port Jackson word for canoe, namely,
niuor, seems to have been adopted on the same — Further,
the Latin insula appears to supply t ee water.
Insula is something cast tn salsum, into the ocean. Cog e with
this is the Celtic innis, which applies to —— he welled pt
sula, and meadow-land. There is Jnchkeith, an island. There
is Darian Doirbh-innis, Stormy Island, nse the island in this
case is a peninsula, en there are the famous inches of Perth,
in Scotland, — are meadow-lands. Let it be noted also that
the Greek nesos, an island, is applied to a peninsula in the notable
case of the Salegiahistin the tsland (peninsula) of Pelops. In the
Gothic stock of languages similar phenomena occur. The form ea
in Anglo-Saxon is an island and also rwnning water. Laton is
the water-town. Many places have names determined by their
relation to water. In Scandinavian oe is ere hence oeland, an
island, is waterland. Zea-land is sea lanc ermany, forms sin
au indicate meadow -lands, as on the banks of rivers. Thus Rhein-
au, and many more
Root-words for Water and their bearing on Grammar.
Besides the arrangements whereby root-words for water are
which we possibly g get a glimpse into Lr operation of
ideas which to the formation of s the grammatical
peculiarities of ares In ates eos all that we have
had to notice about rivers and streams, and the circumstances of
the aborigines in regard to them, there are some points which come
to the surface enabling us to see how words have passed from the
state of nouns to the state of prepositions, and how insensibly a
process of generalization seems to have taken a in the abori-
al min But to proceed to the materials concerned. In a
vocabulary we find that in two different dialects a ona is —_
sented by the aboriginal words koiong and ngurang. The form
means fire, and the latter means water. The ae of ‘dea
is simple enough. The jire is a source of significant and compen-
dious reference to the place where the camp or settlement is
established. So gar
watering acing is rh camping place. Now along oe any we put
information which we get from the vocabularies. We ar
now with the root ap, op, or up in Western Aiooeies as very
extensively concerned in the tralian names on the map for
waterholes, springs, and wells. But we learn that ap and op
me terminational particles added to names, to indicate a place
Suitable as a — place. We have seen that the watering place
sad
134 THE ABORIGINAL NAMES OF RIVERS
is the fit place for the camping or ae ene While in many —
cases rivers, as such, often a mere ¢ ponds, are no :
nated by specific names, yet resting plates are designated with
great minuteness. Now, beyond doubt, the most important of
Australia ending in wp. us, wp as a root for wafer agrees
perfectly with the information that ap — up are used as termi-
national particles to indicate a resting pla
But we have seen that numerous hae are used for water—
does the same peculiarity transpire in connection with any
more of them? This would seem pretty plainly to be the case.
Thus in South Australia we have become familiar with the nasal
sounds in ng. ow, in the vocabularies we learn that in South —
—, the forms wagai and angh are used as prepositions where
e idea of rest is signifie This obviously follows up very —
closely upon the heels of what we have met regarding up its
nka aparinga, has the same cua The form inga is
tiem et (though here put after the peter whi it qualifies), and
ns ator near. Onkaparinga therefore means at or near the rivet
sonserned | in the matter. Some names besides that of Onkaparings
have found their way in the prepositional shape into the maps and
gazetteers. Thus Bullaparinga Creck, Pandlotinga Creek, Wad-
naminga Springs. As to the actual manner in which t the form in
ngga appears in prepositional words we have such laste as
these: Mikangga means before, literally in the eye of; wee %
means behind, literally in the back of ; Marrangga, alon e, liter- :
oa os the hand of ; Tangkanugga, inside, liter: ally in the liver of. :
rivers and Woksiré Now, this very form has also found its way e
h
2
os
a5
x
2
®
“ae
=]
=
oO
st
2 o
ie]
Q.
3
Se
|
Q
ad
3
°
oo
i?)
Be
—
Lyi
oO
eB
=)
gn
being root forms for water, and all agreeing in hav |
for the grammatical conveaience “8 eg A pr ops sto nee 2
signify rest. As to the forms in Western Australia so eg 4
taking shape in names ending in up, it nape to be pointed :
that the equivalent comes to the surface in New South ve
This is in the particle 6a, which indicates Locality: Thus Mulubin is” 7
the name of a species of fern which grew where Newcastle noW 7
stands. By the addition of ba to Mulubin there was a a
Mulubinba, the native name adopted to designate New reastle,
meaning the place where the fern called mulubin grows. oxi |
Following the course pursued all through this paper, it has }
only to point out that something very similar to the fo fore mere : :
i
:
oe
been developed in the history of other languages.
IN AUSTRALIA PHILOLOGICALLY EXAMINED, 135
of the fixed prepositions in the Shemitic languages. Its use was
so extensive that the rabbis divided it in a threefold manner,
namely, into the classes of cases in which the meaning was se
forth by in, by at, and by with respectively.
On the subject of the euphonious names given by the aborigines
to rivers and waters, a very few sentences must suffice. The
softly flowing syllables which go to make up many of these
rk. Upon
e
figures, as between the liquids and soft labial on the one side
against the dentals and gutturals on the other side, the result is
very marked. Take the forms in mar or bar and wat, or their
the Gazetteer of New South Wales. The choice between the
softer and harder forms of letters of the same class has some quite
remarkable exemplifications. Thus, taking the three leading
channels for names to designate rivers or waters, namely, in mb,
ng, and nd, as against the harder forms in mp, »*, and nf, and the
result is very decided. In the former case, the forms are embodied
in upwards of. 170 names of streams or waters in New South
Wales, while hardly half-a-dozen examples are found of the latter.
is equally decided. The former class are exemplified in upwards
of 110 cases, while the la
cases. ere a few possible oversights in searching through a
large volume would make no substantial alteration in the relative
places occupied by the classes of names compared. Still further,
136 THE ABORIGINAL NAMES OF RIVERS
take nine forms, such as ml, mn, mr, bl, bn, br, wl, wn, wr— :
where we have the liquids and soft labial—and compare them —
with any such forms as wg, wh, wd, wt, pg, pk, pd, pt—where these
about 3,000 are aboriginal. Of these, again, nearly 800 are
names applied to rivers, creeks, and streams generally, as well as
to water in its other forms.
to say not oe
duced in the vocabulary of a language would be very considerable.
But, in full view of all such considerations, it is pretty plain that if
the forefathers of the aborigines of Australia broke off from a parent —
stock only 2,000, or 3,000, or 4,000 years ago, their descendants —
waters and streams, and have given them a permanent existence 3
in the numerous names which have been adopted from the black
S80)
IN AUSTRALIA PHILOLOGICALLY EXAMINED. 137
Discussion.
Rev. R. Cotiie, F.L.8., intimated that on looking over the
paper he found that the name Alambar was included by Mr.
MacPherson amongst aboriginal names, whereas it was an Indian
word, having been the designation of a gentleman’s residence in
India, who, havi ing finally settled in ag Colony near Glen Innes,
called on name of his station Alamba
e looked over carefully the cate paper, and examined it
with the native names for water in Victoria, South Australia, and
the Malay Archipelago. The study of Hebrew and the cognate
ee Dette gave the impulse to Mr. MacPherson to take
up ‘this ubject. Starting with the root-letters in the Hebrew
word $e water, he tries to discover how many native names have
the letters m or mb, mp, applied to water in rivers, creeks, lakes,
lagoons, &c. Not only so, but the ancient langnages of the world -
are hie consulted. Thus, the Pheenician “mu” for water, and
the Egyptian, “me,” are taken into account.
Reference is made to the names of streams in Australia in
“emb,” “ gnb,” “kmb,” such as Wamba Ponds and Wallomba
Brook. Similar words, says the author, are found in the languages
of the Malay Archipelago. In looking over 59 words
by Wallace, representin a as many languages for the word water,
I find that there are only two which have the slightest resemblance
to the above specimens, “manu” and “banyu.” Again, it ought
to be remembered that the various languages of the natives of
another. e natives of one side of a creek have a different
language from those on the other side. Hence the difficulty to do
any good to them by missionary enterprise, kc. Such being the
generally accidental, and must not be pressed too much to support
any theory. I fully expected to have found more words in the
a oe of the Malay Archipelago for water with ‘“m-m” or
n I did, as it is generally agreed that the aborigines
came es the north, and must have lingered for some time among
the islands of the Archipelago. I have ‘examined several vocabu.
ies of the native tribes in South Australia, and have found
nothing to lead me to suppose that the letters “m,” or “mb,” or
anything to do with water. I have also examined the
vocabularies of the native tribes of Victoria, as furnished by
Smythe, with the same result.
e method of consulting the various gazetteers in New South
Wales for the meaning of native names is not to be commended.
Names have been introduced which are ‘cio, &e., and are found
in the gazetteer as native, and in one instance at least the writer
138 THE ABORIGINAL NAMWUS OF RIVERS
of this paper has fallen into the trap. “Farrucabad,” near Glen
Innes, has been regarded by many as a native name, but it comes _
fi
rom India, as the owner of the station resided in India for many
ears.
‘ The so-called native names are sometimes only a modified form
of English words, and the greatest care has to be taken when
reference is made to gazetteers, as was often done by the writer
of this paper.
Sir ALrreD Roperts suggested that the paper be subject to
revision before being printed with the Society’s transactions.
Mr. J. F. Many pointed out that many instances had occurred
of attempts on the part of blackfellows to pronounce European
names being recorded as aboriginal words. The names Gabo an
Woolloomooloo were aboriginal corruptions of the words Cape
Howe and windmill. The natives appeared to name rivers from
the different kinds of trees and shrubs growing on their banks.
This was the case with the prefix “ yarra,” which is of frequent
occurrence, and indicates a particular sort of gum-tree. me-
appeared to know every bend by some particular name.
Mr. Joun F. Mayy writes as follows :—I have read with much
attention the accompanying paper bearing the above title. e
object of Mr. Macpherson is to discover whether, in giving names
to a river, or water of any description, the aborigines were
greater care was not practised in the orthography. Taking this
carelessness into consideration with the distortion which all the
native names have been subjected to, itis a matter of difficulty
such euphonious names as “ Eurobodella,” “Taralga,” ‘‘ Larella,”
and others are converted into “Boat Adley,” © ine
“ Larry’s Lake,” &c., it behoves a philologist to proceed wit
\
IN AUSTRALIA PHILOLOGICALLY EXAMINED. 139
caution ; for so common have these misnomers become that many
of the younger generation of blacks have adopted the altered word.
Mr. MacPherson assumes that each compound name includes
one or more syllables which indicate a root-word used by the
parts of the world, and gives innumerable examples in support of
his argument. However ingenious this theory ma yom
that it will prove a difficult one to carry out, for one "will find
that in following up the arguments you suddenly come upon a
similar name attached to a hill or land of some sort. Take
letter m, for instance. This being the first example Pr by
Mr. MacPherson, it ra 0 well to the name of the river Murrum-
bidgee, as representing the humming sound of water as it flows
over stones, &c. But i ia the argument up, and the river
down, as it increases in importance, and gathers more roots, you
come upon a hill in the a of Yass ass, and about 15 or
20 miles from the J wrrumbidgee, named Murru leila ; and so
you may follow on until the peculiar humming sound of m eul-
minates in a range of mountains, near Molong, known as the
<M “ee
A gain, n, take the Wollondilly River as an example. It is true
that the Wollondilly is _— by the Mulwarree Ponds at Goul-
burn, but the “ murmur of the waters” can be only heard in the
Wollondilly branch, which shiccdeinn the whole length flows
through a hilly and mountainous country ; whereas the Mulwarree
is but a long chain of nds rising ina swamp, and flowing only in
time of flood through marshy land. To follow the reverend cite
through the long list of references which he gives in su
theory is more than I dare attempt, even supposing that I felt
myself competent to do so
Mr. MacPherson gives (page 17) the word didge as meaning
water. Mr. de la Poer Wall, in his “ Manual of Physical Geo-
graphy of Australia,” page 77, describes the name Murrumbidgee
meaning “ beautiful river.” In connexion with this I may refer
to the name ‘pesencartar tee Sy This is the native name of a
small plain or flat on the Shoalhaven River, about 12 miles on the
aboriginal, kur means a mouth; kur-kur, a long mouth or beak ;
and kur-kur-due, the bird known by us as the “ native com ”
This plain was, and probably is now, the resort of this bird; a
ee: crane, hence the word kur- ker-ducbid-gee. ‘Karkur also:
a ~~ im that the terminati
t by the river side; and this shams ll agree with @
of the Murrumbidgee River ; but which allan refers
tear Td not undertake to say.
140 THE ABORIGINAL NAMES OF RIVERS
_ The name Currockbilly or Kurwikbilly is given to a high moun-
tain in the coast range near Braidwood. Two long valleys in this
mountain are known as the great and little Kwrradus:, on account
of the resort of this bird. he same name may be found fora
place near Mittagong, which possibly this bird at one time fre-
quented. I mention this case also to show that in naming places
the aborigines were guided by circumstances, adapting the name
to natural features, the growth of certain trees or flowers, the
feeding place of animals, birds, etc. :
_ “Billy-bong” literally means a blind creek, bong means dead, the
water flowing over low level land, and occasionally vanishing
amongst the grass; consequently, billy refers to the water.
Repeating a word indicates extent, great, large, etc. Thus Bong
Bong applies correctly to that part of the Wingeecarribbee River
which flows past Throsby Park, the land being so level there as to
make it a matter of difficulty to trace the course of the river.
On the Bredalbane Plains we find the name of Mut-mut-billy
and Mill-bang or bong. Mill meansto see; Mill-bong means blind
or deadeye. I donot know what mzt-mut alludes to, but these
give no interpretation of Wollon.
J endeavoured to reconcile the termination gong with a word
meaning a swamp. Mittagong proper is the range separating
Wingeecarribbee Swamp from the Nepean River. The site of the:
railway-station is quite out of position. It was across this range
that the first settlers penetrated into what was for many years
afterwards known as the new country, now better known a8
wral, Bong Bong, Sutton Forest, etc., and was for a length of
time called the Argyle Road. This large swamp lies at the base of
this range ; Z'om Thumb Lagoon adjoins Woollongong ; then there
is the Jerragong Swamp at Kiama, and the extensive Swamps at
the head of the Cudgegong River. But this leaves Gulgong,
errvegong, and many other places without a swamp, 80 that .
arrangement becomes futile, and the same result occurs in many
other similar cases. é
At page 11 Mr. MacPherson assumes rather decidedly that the
name Oakey as applied toa river or creek simply means walers
country, and is used in a similar manner as sandy, stony,
and other such things to denote a particular stream. (This —
in no way allied to Quercus). ‘vel
- It must be borne in mind that the author writes tentaty y
only. As he states, he puts forth his suggestions by way of expe
IN AUSTRALIA PHILOLOGICALLY EXAMINED, 141
ments; but heths result of longand gene research—gives such a
vast amount of information, so many examples of words used in
all parts of the world to mean water, that the paper must be con-
sidered as an extremely valuable one, as it paves the way for anyone
who chooses to follow up this interesting subject. 1 have only
names ; though [ am aware that many of these men know nothing
of the origin of these names. How few Liverpool men know
the origin of that name! 3 which, like Kumiduchidge, is trie
toa similar bird fe the joining f
tru
interpretation cannot be obtained, some clue might be diuieovased
as to the principle adopted in the formation.
The word naot (see page 10) canoe, is also given to Orion’s belt
by the aborigines. The three stars are supposed to 7 a ee rowers
who are on their way to the pleiades in search of w
The late Sir Thomas Mitchell was a most eliable’ eataoes being
a good linguist, and possessing a good ear for sound, he noted every
syllable correctly. He preserv ed the native name of arling Point,
ere he resided for many hon the name being Yarranabee, the
ating of which Ido not know. The site now occupied by
the garden of Mr. Jas. S. Mitchell was eh a large lagoon sur-
rounded by high reeds or rushes. word Yarra appears in
several places about the Murrumbidgee near ams, or Yarrh, but I
cannot attach a swamp or Jagoon to any of these spots.
In riding to Sydney from ‘his residence—which he did daily,
at him, he named the place “ Barking Glen”, hence Barcom Glen
has wed a permanent name
r. u Faur remarked that ne Ne se plans of the Mur-
ru ne River showed names fo rt of it, and that some
of the words were of eight syllables; and unpronounceable by
Europeans,
Mr. Trevor Jones said that 8 does not occur in native names,
and that the aboriginals cannot pronounce the letter F, but both
aera are often found printed on maps and plans in native
wor
its SD cin
Pe a eS
co
Se awe
Ras , Pil dee «Fwd
pt
anes a NS
oy ut ae
ie
Pa site iat
namie)
Seay ee
oF
-
143
Our Lakes and their Uses.
By Frepx. B. Grpps, C.E.
[Read before the Royal Society of N.S.W., 1 September, 1886.]
THE influence of lakes in all parts of the globe on the river systems
in which they are included or with which they are nearly connected,
and through their channels, on the wealth and commerce of diff.
erent nations, can only be justly appreciated by an intimate
knowledge of their physical features and geographical position,
but their value in stimulating commerce and different industries
is of such world wide recognized importance, that the investigation
of the lake system of this Colony should commend itself to more
than ordinary interest. But for the Nyanza lakes, more than 3,000
been unknown. But for those huge ties bbe instead of the
mighty cities which covered its valley with a dense population,
which were the centres of the arts and sciences, the very cradles
indeed of civilization, there would have been for all ages a silent
desolate wilderness, as dreaded by the traveller as the Great Arabian
D nclouded sun would have blazed day after day on arid
sands on a treeless waste, over which the scorching winds would have
blown as a furnace blast. Human life in that dreary domain
would have been insupportable ; but it was otherwise ordained.
Chiefly through the instrumentality of the Nyanza lakes, the valley
of the Nile was ordained from remote ages and through countless
generations to hold pre-eminence for its great fertility. Year after
=
pour torrents of water into these lakes and increase their depth.
This increment is gradually distributed through the channel of the
White Nile, keeping up a constant stream, m, whilst its ts tributaries, the
Atbara and Blue Nile from the Abyssinian highlands, so swell its
volume with their muddy streams when in flood, that it gradually
sar the lower valley. Thus in this rainless region the seed is
nated and nourishment is given to the crops, whilst the yearly
senoatt of silt accounts for the pg pcan fertility of the soil.
Just as the Nyanza lakes serve as the cisterns of the Nile, so the
Ttalian lakes act as balance reservoirs ty i Be Adda, Oglio,
144 OUR LAKES AND THEIR USES.
and Mincio rivers. But for the lakes which receive and discharge
them, these rivers would at times thunder down through the rocky
gorges of the snow-capped Alps, and with their resistless torrents,
sweeping away all human efforts to control them, would flood and
devastate the whole intervening country to the borders of the
Adriatic Sea, whilst at other seasons their streams would be so
shallow and contracted that navigation and irrigation would be
impracticable. Instead of contributing to the fertility of the rich
plains of Lombardy, instead of promoting and sustaining the com-
merce and principal industries of a dense population, these rivers,
but for the lakes which control them, would be sources of drea
and desolation. Having briefly touched on the important functions
of lakes in different parts of the world, I will now procced with
a description of a few important lakes in this country, followed by
certain suggestions for the application of their waters to the
advantage of the State. As an appendix to this paper, I have
prepared a summary of descriptive data of the principal lakes of
the Colony, as far as the limited reliable information at command
permitted. On examining this, it will at once be obvious, that
nature who has dealt so bountifully in other countries in her pro-
visions for the storage and gradual distribution of large sheets of
water has been singularly niggardly respecting this country, for
even our largest lakes have been known to dry up completely after
protracted droughts. As if, however, to compensate somewhat for
such neglect, she has, in the features of the upper part of our valleys
provided sites for the formation of large artificial lakes well adapted
for the impounding of deep and capacious sheets of water. For
instance, just below the junction of the Indi and Hume rivers,
which forms the head of the Murray, a dam, 80 feet high, thrown
across the valley, would impound a reservoir equal to some of the
Italian lakes in area. Such a lake would receive all the snow and
storm waters of a mountain water-shed of about 1,100 square miles,
i s
OUR LAKES AND THEIR USES, 145
146 , OUR LAKES AND THEIR USES.
down the steep fall into the Fish River, and quickly expose the bed
of the Breadalbane plains, and of lake George beyond them. The
therefore be inferred that, in course of time, these creeks, instead
of flowing into Lake George, will find their way into rivers flowing
in contrary directions, leaving deep gravel drifts as the only rem-
nant of the lake. The eastern portion of the water-shed is much ~
more broken than the opposite side, owing to the numerous low
spurs thrown out from the main range, which divide different creeks
discharging into the lake. Towards the centre and southern end,
these spurs have been almost denuded of timber, and consequently
every heavy storm washes a large quantity of silt into the lake.
to the Mutbilly Creek, as it traverses a long plain which soaks up
generally deepest on the eastern shore. Its maximum length .
21 miles ; its maximum breadth, from the mouth of Kenny's Creek
to Geary’s Gap, is 7 miles ; and its maximum depth is said to be
OUR LAKES AND THEIR USES. 147
25 feet. Mr. Russell, the Government Astronomer, in his notes on
the climate of New South Wales, describes it as the largest and
most important of the fresh water lakes of the Colony, fed by a num-
ber of creeks from a watershed of about 1,200 square miles ;*he
asserts that its water was brackish, but drinkable, except in
seasons, and he estimates the evaporation as equal to 2 feet in wet
sa, and from 7 to § feet in dry seasons. In his Presidential
Address before this Society last year, however, he modifies his pre-
vious views considerably, both as regards the freshness of the water,
and the effects of evaporation, and takes exception to the proposals
to use the lake .as a reservoir for the supply of towns. He then
regarded the water as unfit for use, on account of its purgative
properties, and added that it was reported that the drainage from the
Currowang Copper Mine had poisoned all the fish. This mine is
from its underground workings into the pump well was so im-
pregnated with copper, that it completely coated a sheet of iron
and some tools which had been left in it for a time. The baling
of this water into a creek connected with the lake, must have con-
taminated the water in the immediate vicinit , but is certainl
not a sufficient cause to account for the death of fish miles away
from the locality. Im any case if this mine is ever worked again,
a repetition of the mischief can easily be prevented, by distributing
the well water over the adjacent hills. As regards the brackishness
of the water, it must be patent to anyone who studies the con-
dition of the lake, that, owing to its shallow depth round three
water. Even when the lake itself is fast drying up, oe
and cattle drink and thrive on its water, whilst as it recedes, it
leaves a nourishing pasturage of wild parsnip, and ~—— succulent
cane grass, which uk of all kind devour with a This
proves that its water possesses valuable properties heesunio for
the nourishment of vegetation, and therefore admirably fitted for
irrigation. In his address, Mr. Russell doubts whether any large
quantity of water could be withdrawn, because “ during 64 years
for by far the greater number of. years, the supply of rain water
has not been equal to the evaporation.” On re reflecting on all the
conditions connected with the fall of water in the lake, I am led
148 OUR LAKES AND THEIR USES.
and lowered, _ Such excessive evaporation at that season induces
the presumption, that there was some other cause for the fall in
i
n :
cubic feet of water. But between , 831 and 1850, the lake dried
up continually, whilst between 1850 and 1869, it fluctuated con-
siderably. , though during those 38 ears, the rainfall was often
heavier than that of 1875, Here, therefore, is additional evidence
that so: dergroun agen: B 1 draining
: cy 1s at work, supplying anc
caf lake, and that in some years this agency is more powert ] ~
m others. Extended observation may discover that fissures aM
Springs in the limestone belt, and trap rock that traverse a portion
ni the basin, may ‘ys a for the fall and rise of the ~
a Y an hypothesis, unsupported at present by any @re®””
evidence. Here lies this large expanse of vain inert, impure, *
Se <
OUR LAKES AND THEIR USES, 149
source rather of mischief than benefit to mankind, because of its
fluctuations, what can be done with it? Some years ago, I main-
tained that there was a latent giant power in its water, that it
contained elements of incalculable value to a vast multitude, if only
an avenue was provided for its circulation, but the proposal has
been adversely criticised and pronounced impracticable on account
of the impurity of the water and its inconstant su ply. As for
the impurity of the water it could quickly be remedied by tapping
the lake, and drawing off a large volume of water daily, whilst the
the available supply of the lake in irrigating the valleys beyond,
than to allow its waters to waste away by evaporation and drainage.
of the cultivation of a large portion of the present bed of the lake
in security, and it would afford a large supply of water, for the
profitable cultivation of an immense area beyond the lake. My
proposal for the treatment of the impounded water of Lake George
includes the following works :—
irst, an outlet tunnel under Geary’s Gap ; second, a contour
and third, a supply canal from the Molonglo River to Lake George.
The head of the tunnel would be located in the gravel drift, fully
gold shed on each side of the divide, would probably prove re-
munerative. The contour canal from the outlet of the tunnel
would traverse a broken country, which however, presents no
Serious obstacles to its excavation. It would almost immediately
command a large area of auriferous drift, and the rich agricultural
lands of the Yass Valley. Its length and capacity would largely
depend on circumstances, which only a careful instrumental survey
of the country can distinctly define, but by the attached sketch
map it will be seen that, if sufficiently extended, it would command
the towns of Gundaroo, Yass, Bowni i
Xoung, Cootamundra, and Temora. It would offer facilities for
10 million gallons a day to the following towns, Yass, Mur-
rumburrah, and Cootamundra, owing to its great elevation above
150 OUR LAKES AND THEIR USES.
them, it would provide 2,600 horse-power, valued at £15,600 per
annum, which, estimating the gross power of a large mill at 86
horses, would establish no less than 30 factories, and would after-
wards be available for irrigation, and water supply. By drawing
off the lake continuously through the grave) drift, it would be
perfectly clear, and very shortly sufficiently pure for the supply of
towns. Presuming that the drift bed of the lake and adjoining
swamps spreads over only 100 square miles, then, even af
- surface water had entirely disappeared, a supply of 50 million
gallons a day could be ensured for many years without the assistance
of rainfall. There is, therefore, no positive necessity for the supply
canal from the Molonglo River, but owing to the large <r
‘0 to
auriferous drifts at the head of Brooke’s Creek ; and lastly, by con-
necting wrought-iron pipes with a tank at its terminus, and using
hydraulic nozzles, and elevators, it could be made to deepen the
lake by raising and transporting thousands of cubic yards daily.
It would discharge into Lake George at Geary’sGap. Thus briefly
dis my view of the grand possibilities of this present useless,
and positively injurious sheet of water ; it can build up and sustain
towns, it can cover the country for many miles with a contented
prosperous, and independent yeomanry, and lastly it can largely
eg the hidden treasur i . Lik
paper, 1 propose to continue my subject by descriptions of es
Bathurst, Cowal, Urana, and ices a the aatcibons which may be
expected to have a notable history in future ages, though, perhaps
not quite as grand and interesting as that of Lake George.
Discusston.
Song J. ok Many said: It is about 40 years ago since I first ya
ke George. It was then covered with cattle in thousands, an
Pe — bo te and I had to cross it to get something to
3
3
=
S
a
io
..
a
FE
=
=
3
5
=e)
OUR LAKES AND THEIR USES. 151
Fifty or sixty years ago, the land of a number of settlers was
boundaries, and obtained about ten times as much land as
originally gran
It is a curious thing where the fish come from ; I have seen the
place completely dry, and after a while when it again contained
water, excellent fishing could be obtained there ; and again the
lake would be covered with ducks and black swans.
Mr. H. C. Russet said: I am very glad that Mr. —_ has
taken such trouble to put before us his views about
To me the lake has seemed a valuable index of the character of the
climate, and one of the best means of determining the evaporation
from a large quantity of water. About 1865-67, the udaient
te)
for the triangulation of the Colony, and careful measures of the
height of the water were then taken, but this unfortunately was not
kept up. As far as I can ascertain, the lake was at its highest
between 1870-71, when it was 12 feet higher than in 1885,
but the measurement for the intervening years cannot be filled up
exactly. Assuming that the evaporation was pretty regular, the
lake has lost by rer mie all the rainfall and nearly 1 foot per
annum besides, or about 40 inches in all per annum. It is rather
curious that the lake we hardly been effected by the recent hea
is only about 30 inches. Mr. Mann has referred to what he calls
the “ puddling” of the lake bottom by cattle, and it is a most
interesting suggestion, but a number of wells have been sunk in
the dried ‘part of the lake, and all of these were in gravel.
When the lake was first discovered, the blacks said that it was
covered with a forest, and all the water went out through holes in
the bottom. It was the only way they could account for the dis-
appearance of the water; but I think we cannot com e
George with Lake Ti rknitz, That lake is upon a bed of limestone,
and there are a number of deep holes in the bottom, through which
it is supposed the water gets away. there were such holes in
Lak rge at the bottom, one would expect the water to dis-
appear gradu ually, but it appears that the water gets away very
slowly indeed when the lake is full, and fast when it is low;
whereas, if there were holes in the bottom, the water would get
away fastest when there was plenty.
Lake George does not seem to be: abies, except on occasions of
¢ rainfall in its eto and leakage cannot occur to any
pel extent through such h ard rocks as form its
. T. WaireLecce said that he had examined so imens
of water from Lake George, and found in the seshieentl a number
of fresh water organisms, and a number of diatoms—eight or nine
152 OUR LAKES AND THEIR USES.
genera altogether—many being even then alive. There was some-
thing peculiar about the water, or these creatures would not have
lived in it so long, and in ordinary water would have been destroyed
by bacteria.
Dr. Tuomas Drxson said, some time ago it was suggested as
possible that the waters of Australia possessed medicinal properties,
and Mr. Gipps has said that the waters of Lake George are
purgative. A number of waters are used medicinally, but, up to
the present time, there has been no systematic investigation as to
whether the waters of this Colony have any such properties. At
Cooma there are carbonated springs; at Berrima and Joadja Creek
there are chalybeate springs, and possibly sulphur springs in other
places; and near the Railway Station at Mittagong valuable
medicinal chalybeate springs also exist. 3
Mr.C.8. Witk1yson, F.G.S., said, “that if Mr. Gipps’s suggestions
were carried out and the water purified, a large area 0 land could
be made available, and the waters made use of in other localities.
I examined the eastern side of the lake sometime ago, and i
places round the margin there are high barriers of drift which run
up into the valleys that drain the lake, showing that the lake at
one time was a greater height. My impression was, after taking
the levels round the margin of the lake, that it had at one time an
outlet on the western side into the Lachlan. I think that there
is an underground channel now buried. .
The limestone masses in locality are not continuous, and in
patches hardly extending more than } a mile in length; these
beds, as a rule, run north and south, and not east and west.
—
es
ehannel having become blocked at times, by cutting a few feet, the
workmen have come upon the old channel. I don’t think that the
ak ne formation will account in any way for the leakage oF
[Three diagrams. ]
153
OUR LAKES AND THEIR USES,
| “Meany uvpyou'y
| “* (Uy spoog Aq porta | *** aE | OR oan > bs) cmgenoood
ouoN |" aoa uvaaey | i we | Or 4 ae ee $C |" wesaey
qedurey 44 eM yeduiey AA) " eau 9% 09: | 830. | FS | yedurey_ Ay
« vs oUt“ | Ot) ot 4 eg i een
*punoy (*'*** ouoN SPooy Sayaeq fq porta | as nf Or c ¢.3 CS vdSnyoq ho 4
abeseanes deseees yogic us OAnT tee “ 1 66 iz ZI z, 8 “ess TERY GOL)
tee eenne Fee eeeseaees vdurey AA
eperel oes UoAGUyy tty AA ary ‘< +e 66 cl 09 9 FI oj" Baeque
me ES : cH és 9 cr 9 8 | BITrpuaey
avpnoa frre as a ‘3 Shas ar oo | 6 6 | Sepufueyy
s* spooy Surpavq Poi POA | ttt “ 1 46 Or OL L Zl oft! nopuvy,
‘spooy vo3ptq
hs UInLIN Aq Pera *** | 00G tepun |" *¢ 8 0g 9 L eBundavqt
‘ spooy Avtinyy 4q poll | ++ OOL oe ee a OL |" BEtOqoL A,
: ‘oan Surprvq
** jut spooy Aq por | + OSS ee LI OF 9 6 |" dotjedoog
OATYY UL[YOR'T
ONON [Ur spooy Aq POUNE | gee ST Ol | 8 | oonfofaey
té eesecsesgee 4 * youg
- a purr | * (000‘Taepun)'** * GT og or ) Gi ae 2)
Ct ee ere ee ee eee Suouooy
— SOS OOF es OL | IZ ¥ Fe ene ot |
ee eee eeeene tote eens OOL 000% cee 66 og eIg aoe see Sameer COLDS g
*uIstq $31 Jo uoTyA0d Re oorvuryng
v Surssoavay deaq pue id oTvany,
OUOSOUT] UL SAANssy pu sad IO[ART,
sSunds 0} ofqrynquiyqe ig Auuoy
Ajjaed eq 03 posoddns £ Suvs0Fo0jjo
OAV] SIG} Ul [VF puv osm | ouon es ATI O6F 08%'% “hap | oy 08 L 13 ['"''* oB8100-
|
Ze, *[9A9] wos "Ul ‘XU sone “sou ‘soya
*BYAVUID y *Ajddns jo soo.mo og cas bt oaen ul T fu eae
4 ud | PRN jddns J 8 E ee sas mi austen 9003 0 teitlog ce mapeorq mS VT Jo owen
$5"
SOTU AA, ynog AON Ul SOYVT JO Veep TAMA Mosacy
“XIGNUdd V
DATUM kanoi' a ae hee
LONGITUDINAL SECTION
LAKE ‘GEORGE
DRAINACE PLAINS
PHOTO-LITHOGRAPHED AT THE GOVT. PRINTING OFFICE,
SYDNEY, NEW SOUTH WALES,
e
= : e
we 8 : re
: 4 of
¥ ¥ 58
: |
‘A Bi ghd ge
SONA ‘ob.
t: :
er O z
347: -
Bae ae
ARAT UM, en08 FEET.
CROSS SECTION
TOP OF BREDALBANE PLAINS
J
5n8-86(c)
a
<
& € * es : 3
hs i 2 zs
aT a Sa Eee
E= =e Pe & > se
on | FIRST BREDALBANE PLAIN 33 SECOND BREDALBANE. PLAIN oun winnie ines 5 a2
=o
BS 3 3 g : 23 2B
#22 3 3 a 2 ze Sra
' ‘
{ ! iN = ee
: : : : |
:
x e |
ee | : |
ta oe md |
. i
Sept a & :
! ee. wan
'
beet |
¢ ! : 3
; : : : : feet eae : Cr ee :
s : $ £ x 3 2k 3 ee : 2
” -
| : ; . | | MILES MILES i0 MULES it MILES
ime 2 MLES 3 MLES 4 MiLES 3 MILES @ MiES 7 YES 8
@ GOULBURN
iY
We Ze
: Wn, nif
Paw nly
ane Jims a "
<
in,
™ s
me ite tig E
: ik by
Pe
3 f vu
wt Wed ony
Gia Sie 8
We ne
a 4
goa,"
:
eli
:
Ce
<SS
ARK <)) one J,
men 08S At,
oy,
%
rl
fay ih
Qh
QA Ey
SSE ae”
AX Oo Is
LAKE GEORGE SCHEME
IRRIGATION,» WATER SUPPLY
SE
ins, 3 BETHUNGRA @
_
TOWNS AND GOLDFIELDS
(si 5p8-86)2)
ay ; SSN
io ip Shi Why 7
sill acs ia
sali pea eho iy a
TO
Mile €7 66 t bass
fund
i |
or
Notes upon the History of Floods in the
River Darling.
By H. C. Russert, B.A., F.R.S., &c.
[Read before the Royal Society of N.S. W., 3 November, 1886.]
For some time past I have been collecting notes about floods in
the Darling, and although there are many persons who remember
them for twenty, or even thirty, years, ] have found great diffi-
culty, in fact insuperable difficulty, in getting such an account of
them as to height and continuance as we require. Nevertheless,
the facts collected appeared to me to be of sufficient interest to
submit them for your consideration. It is only another instance
of the difficulty of arriving at historical facts twenty years after
their occurrence. No record of the state of the river at Bourke
seems to have been kept prior to 1871, when the Engineer-in-
Chief for Harbours and Rivers established a gauge there: and for
the few facts I have about floods in that river between 1835 and
1871 I am indebted to gentlemen whose names will appear later
on, Mr. M‘Intosh’s history from 1861 to 1879 is a valuable con-
tribution, and without it we should have no record for many of
the years. But valuable as the records really are, I found it difti-
cult to translate them into river measures so that I could put
them into the diagram of the Darling floods. The heights of those
of 1864, 1870, and 9 are given with reference to known floods,
but only these, and I trust my readers bn remember this when
consulting the diagram and subsequent pag
or convenient “reference it appeared Pant to put the substance
of this history into a diagram which should show all the recorded
oods. Those actually — measured are shown in Black: those
recorded without measures by a shaded surface
serious difficulty affects all the records, and that is the
question of “summer level,” which is simply a point chosen for
i convenience ; gene rally it means that the zero used is four
feet below that height of the water at which steamers can travel,
that is four feet of water on the bars or Barres places. ‘But
these points have not been, so far as Iam aware, connected with
the sea level until the gauges were put up vat Bourke, Alb
pang places by Mr. McKinney, engineer for the Water Conserva-
Jommission. From him I learn that the zero of the new”
na at Albury, 481-63 feet above the sea, and the zero of the
: a :
156 HISTORY OF FLOODS IN THE RIVER DARLING.
old gauge, is 8 feet above the zero of the new gauge. In the
diagram summer level is the zero, and in all cases the “records by
the old gauges are use
The diagram enables us to form some idea of the period for
which the river is navigable each year, taking the past ten years,
for which we have measures, and bearing in ‘mind that when the
water is 4 feet above summer level the river is navigable, it
appears that during
1886 it was navigable for...... 6 months
do do 3 ¥6
1884 do do 2 eo
1883 do do Ff #8
1882 do do 4 re
1881 do do a Ee
1880 do do 9 -
1879 do do 10 ¥y
1878 do do 8 %
1877 do do 4 $9
10 years. LOGAL ccilicesiains 57 months.
but this is not a statement exactly i in accordance with experience,
for the river must remain navigable for a sufficient time to allow
k
oh interval i short floods had passed down the river, in eac
which she moved forward a little. These floods are shown
in the atest as five of the eight little floods in the interval.
If, then, we leave out of consideration the little floods, there were
forty months in ten years during which it was navigab e, an
during this period the river was practically not navigable for
three years at a stretch, May, 1883, to June, 1886; but a refer
ence to the diagram will show that during the previous bes
more favourable, and, I think I shall be able to show you pre —
reed that the probabilities are that during the next ten years the —
er will be in a better condition than during the past, although é.
dey seasons nie always play a conspicuous part in the history ot ~
the river Da
With reference to the diagram, I must explain that prior
excepting in a few places; but that since that period it
When first plotted this diagram was made so that the yall :
followed each other in one line ; but this was ae an
became necessary to arrange it in som e way. So
year periods, six years, and various others that have wil si
gested ; but titan that the only one which gave any indication Of —
rranged —
being the right one was nineteen years, and it is therefore a
a SE aa
to
1870 it does not rest upon actual measures of the river hei per’
HISTORY OF FLOODS IN THE RIVER DARLING. 157
so; and it happens that we are in the last year but one of the
cycle. You will see presently whether this is probably right or
not. JI am aware that very different views are held in reference
which people can well afford to differ, only it would not be a diffi-
cycle had been at all general amongst our squatters, many ruinous
losses would have been avoided.
north of us. The drought of 1884—5 has directly over it that of
1865-6 and 1846 certainly, and probably 1847.
he floods of 1863 and 1864 seem to be exceptions, but we
know little or nothing of 1844~5 ; there were sudden heavy floods
The drought of 1881 is found in 1862 and 1843. The flood of
1880 appeared in 1861, and probably 1842, for that was generally
a wet year, although we have no report from the Darling. And
_ the great flood of 1879 is found in 1860 and 1841. So also the
good seasons of 1871-72-73 and 1874 follow in due course nine-
teen years after the good seasons of 1852-53-54 and 1855, but of
the corresponding years 1833-34-35-36 we do not know very much.
1833 seems to have been rather a dry year, but it is said that more
snow fell in one day of May, 1833, than during the whole winter
of 1832. And 1834 began with a big flood in the Hunter River in
to 15 feet deep in Maneroo; this storm began on July 25th, and
158° HISTORY OF FLOODS IN THE RIVER DARLING.
i with some intermission for three weeks ; 1835 seems tohave _
a dry year, and 1836 a wet one. In Ju ly, 1836, all tribu- —
Se of the Murray were in high flood ; at Bathurst in the
ning of July, snow lay afoot thick on the ground, and enough
rain had fallen to last three months; and the severity of this
winter in the interior was unprece edent ed, and is said by Mr.
Bonney to have been very wet on the western nid of the range ;
é
there were considerable floods in the Darling. The great rain
storm on the Darling in January, 1885, had its exact prototype
in January, 1866, long known as the great January rain, which —
made a rise in the river at Wilcannia of 18 feet, and that of 1885
did 28 feet. Unfortunately we cannot trace this great rain storm
back through pos years, but we know that both of them travelled —
across country om Wilcannia to the coast, passing over Lake’ 3
George ; and it is al suggestive that the only record of January, —
1847, along the whole storm-track was from a solitary observer —
with a rain-gauge at Naas Valley, not far from Lake George, and —
he says :—“ January 5, 1847, was remarkable for the number of
thunderstorms which passed over at 10 am. A smart shower
began at 1 p.m.; another smart shower, with ge and thunder
lightning ; and all the afternoon to 9 p.m. we had a series of —
storms in which 1-40 in. rain fell,” so that he acta experien ae
a storm similar to those of January, 1866 and 1885, whether it
doubt that it did. 1870 again seems to stand alone. It is very
much to be regretted that proper records of these rivers were not.
kept from the first ; we should now be, if they had, in a m
better position than we are to ps sa the: navigation of the Darling, —
and the question necessarily connected with that—the periodicity et
the seasons. am _ sure that much more be added to
what I have said, for there are many who remember a river
floods since the stations were first taken up there, and I hope they
will give me any information _ can that will help to illucidate
this subject. I cannot close this paper without recording MY —
obligations to those who have ne so much trouble to give me
vere and whose names are mentioned in what gone”
ore.
ie kd hc
Lit, but all the
3 to 5 feet et d it, but a€
to deep, he tried vainly to g raliged to male
_ country was so wet and boggy that he was ob “
for high land. He speakes of the river rising several
HISTORY OF FLOODS IN THE RIVER DARLING. "159
in June and July, and on July 15 the river was at its highest,
laying the Arscinsg country under water. n July 25 he saw
a on suddenly in the Castlereagh. There can be
no doubt, pes ang that the Darling was also in flood.
1829.—On Februar ary 2, 1829, Sturt discovered the —— near
asthe The water was too § salt to rink, and the r he
Brownr rina to Yam becoona a,
In December, 1839, some friends of M. Piesse, who had been
with Sturt, went on to ie Darling near Wentw orth, and
found it dry i in many place
1840—41.—River did not run “a ‘Yambecoona until 1841.
1844.—Sturt found the Lower Darling at its lowest ebb, 29 Sep-
tember ; the river suddenly rose more than 5 feet, and by
October lst had risen more than bank hig
1845.—August 1845, M. Piesse: Darling had less water than in
1844, in N. ovember the same part was dr
1846.—M. Piesse : I continued on the Darling during November,
December and part of January, 1846; the river was d
all the time, in many places } mile dry The arling a chain
of water-holes from Pooncarie to Wentworth.
January, 1846, B. Dickinson: Darling very low, crossable
anywhere on horseback.
E. Morley, J.P., occupied Euston station, then the furthest
out station. This and two following seasons very dry.
1848.—1848 was a very wet year at Sydney, Port Macquarie, and
Port Stephens. No record at Brisbane.
1849.—B. Dickenson : We had a terrible drought in 1849, lasting
all the year 1849, all 1850, and all 1851.
1850.—E. Morley, J. P.: Early part of this year Messrs. Mackinlay
M‘Callum, and Morley went up the Darling looking for new
course of the river for 60 miles above Menindie was only
a dead of waterholes, in some places miles apart, and good
feed in the river be
B. Dickinson : Drought all the year, no grass, no aoenork
cattle bogged in the water-holes.
160 HISTORY OF FLOODS IN THE RIVER DARLING.
1851.—B. Dickinson: Drought all year. E. Morley, J.P.: Dry 3
year. 5
1852.—A. Ferguson: We had heavy rain in June, 1852, and a
good flood in the Castlereagh, the first for eleven years.
B. Dickinson : There was a good deal of rain in 1852 on the
Darling, and the river was continually running a good stream
until 1855, when I left.
E. Morley, J.P.: Splendid rain all through Riverina in 1852,
1858. Se a 1858, Mr. Suttor says the country appeared to be
ng from d rought.
1859. Jens, 1859, Mr. Suttor says, two steamers passed up.
one reached Brewarri ina ; so that there must have boul
then a good “flood i in the Darling.
1859-60.—Seasons good, end 1858 to end of 1860. Mr. Suttor.
1861.—Mr. M‘Intosh : A floodinthe river and after that a drought.
1862,—Mr, Hatton, Louth : River dry for miles; only time it was
as bad as early part o
1862.—In ade river got very low, steamers stuck above
Wentworth.
The river gradually dried up.
1863.—February, 1863. October, 1863, the Darling rose 38 feet
at Cultowa —Mr. Suttor; March, 1863, the Darling came
down in great flood.—J. S. M‘Intosh.
1864.—Mr. Suttor, 1864: The highest flood on record, reached 42
feet at Cultow
Mr. Qui ii Widens, says the 1864 flood there was about
2 feet 6 pas higher than the present one, October 6, 1886.
Mr. Suttor : Seasons good, 1863 and 1864.
Greatest flood on record ; Mr. T. Cadell says the water ex-
0
for 7 weeks, high all peer ne another flood in September
nearly as high as that in hi
(Tolarno Manager) Reid’s Late: was sane with water at this
time, for the first time within the wledge of the white
man ; the flood of 1870 did not ne it
Mrs. E. J. Spark: The flood in September _ year was nearly |
as high as that in March; at Bourke horses had to swim
mile in order to get over it, The king of rh eon told Me ,
E. J. Spark that he had never heard of such a’ high
before. The reason of the great flood in March was, the rain d
was general, and all the water from the tributaries met in t
Darling
cial Bank now s level
Mr. Hatton, feng "1864 flood 45 feet above summer 1¢
Thomas J ohnson, captain of the “Jolly Miller,” steamer, poor
1864 flood was wt : “egneietpeen: in Bourke where Commer —
Ree eee he ne OE ee
m7 sia roe sa aoa eA egies i
HISTORY OF FLOODS IN THE RIVER DARLING. 161
Mr. Conder: The river fell very little while I was there in
August and September. Mr, Bloxham says: In two years
I have seen four large floods in the Darling, each one left
from } inch to 1 inch of mud as a deposit.
1865.—In September, 1865, Mrs. Forde says the Darling was dry
about Menindie, with grass growing in the bed from Septem-
ber, 1865, to May, 1866,
Mr. Suttor: From 1865 to part of 1869 seasons got worse, the
drought being fearful.
866.—Heavy r. ain storm in January, 1866, like that of 1885.
—J. G. M‘Intosh.
Mr. Suttor: The river rose 18 feet at Cultowa from local rains.
Mrs. Forde: River dry all the year to May.
1867.—River rose in February, 1867, to a high flood.—J. G.
M‘Intosh.
Mrs. Tall , Wilcannia: The river here was dry for some
months in latter part of 1867.
J. G. M‘Intosh : Flood in February, 1867 ; nearly as high as
that of 1870, for I had nearly as much trouble to ride in to
Bourke in 1867 as in 1870.
1868.—J. G. M‘Intosh: Darling very low in 1868.
Mr. Quin, Wilcannia, had on two occasions known two yea’
clip of wool sent away together, viz., those of 1868 and 1369
and the present and past seasons’ ¢ clips.
oe ee The ——e broke up in March, er with good
t it became very dry again to Apri
1869. aaa Tally, Wilcannia: In ‘1869 he hasan one-third of
the stock perished from the drought.
John eb Louth, went up the Darling with stock in 1869,
used to camp in the river bed ; one night a flood came down
oe saa, and next morning they had to cross 8 feet of
}. “C. M‘ntosh : The Darling was a “banker” in winter of
69.
18
1870.—Tolarno: 1870 flood was not high enough to fill Reid’s
Lake. (See 1864 and 1870.)
Mr. Quin, Wilcannia, remembered the floods of 1870 to 1873;
the first was the highest.
Mr. Tully alse scemien the floods of 1870 to 1873, that
of 1870 was about 1 foot higher here — the present flood
(1886), September, which was 37 feet 6 inches.
Mr. Hatten: The 1870 flood at Louth was 43 feet ; —
summer level.
1871.—January, heavy rains in New England in 1871.
1872.—J. G. M‘Intosh : Very gtd rain, and floods in the Darling.
1873.—J. G. M‘Intosh: Very heavy rains, and floods in the
Darling.
162 HISTORY OF FLOODS IN THE RIVER DARLING.
1874.—J. G. M‘Intosh: Floods in the Darling, iene and
; March ; steamers came up to Brewarrina 1 October.
Rain began 26th January, 1874, and made sary a big flood
in the Castlereagh that it was feared Coonamble would
washed away; but the water broke over into the Merri
away.
1875.—J. G. M‘ntosh : Freshes in the Darli ing.
1876. “Saul G. M‘Intosh: Steamers running to Brewarrina until
September
1877. —e G. M‘Intosh: Floods in the Darling in early part of this
year.
J.J. Ha ydon, Wilcannia : River lower in middle of 1877
. in end of 1885 ; 18 miles above pa river dry for
e, and in other places it had ceased running.
1878. — Wilco _— states that steamer ‘ Paiste Royal’ :
rst to put in an appearance since the rise in the
river on coke afternoon, and she went on to Bourke, 13th
March, 1878.
GK Intosh : Fresh in the Dariing, March,
1879.—Reid’s Lake filled again, December 2, 1879 le 1870);
thence to 1885 it has not seer filled. :
rom this year onwards there are complete records of the
state of the Darling at Bourke in the Rain and River Results. —
n the pages which follow I have collected together all the avail.
bio: facts relating to the Darling River floods. I believe there
are others in possession of many ‘old residents upon that river, and
I hope this attempt to record the Darling floods will induce any
who can do so to aid me by sending anything they can remember —
upon = subject to me.
n Sturt, as we all know, discovered the Darling on tho :
2nd ates 1829, and found it very low and as “ salt as brine.
His short account of the discovery is oe and forms one—
of the links in our chain this evenin
Sturt, Vol. : p. 85.
“February 2, 1829.—The tracks of the natives assured m
water was at hand, but in what direction it was pel to
m 7/0 to licans:
_ water, evidently very deep, "and — covered with pelie
and other wild fowl. Our surprise and delight may be i
The banks were too steep to allow of our watering the cattle ;
HISTORY OF FLOODS IN THE RIVER DARLING. 163
the men eagerly descended to quench their thirst. Nor shall I
ever forget the cry of amazement that followed their doing so, or
the looks of terror sa ee ee which they out
to inform me that water was so s to be unfit to drink.
low its ordinary level, and its current was scarcely perceptible.
Mr. Hume, with his usual perseverence, saan after walkin
some distance, found a reef of rocks in the river, and on these
very bed of the river, with a considerable stream gushing out.
They were, however, brine springs, and I collected a quantity of
salt from the brink of them
And there the matter ended for os six and a half years.
There was a great salt river in the west, and nothing more was
heard of it until Sir Thomas Mitchell was sent out with a party
fully equipped to follow down the mysterious river to the sea ;
ut the time was badly chosen—in fact could not have been
worse, for the river was too low for navigation even by — and
he was obliged to turn back. is own account of it say
Expedition into Eastern Australia,
“June Ist, 1835. Embarked in our boats at Fort Bourke, and
proceeded down the river, but were stopped by rocks, or rather
hard clay ledge. After getting the beat over this found the river
so full of rocks for a mile that we could not navigate it even in a
small boat, so returned to camp same day. Then took to our
horses next day, and explored the river for some miles. It was
not so rocky lower down. In places it was too salt to drink, and
in others quite fresh, and wi one place we found a spring of ‘fresh
water running out of the si
At page 226 he says, “ No , fresh water anywhere, except in the
Darling.”
But Sir Thomas was not to be put off without oes effort,
and in 1836 he travelled on to the lower portion where it joins
the Murray, only to find it dry enough to walk over.
Sturt ss eno it again, strange to say, only to find it almost
topped ru ing, and the third time when he came on to it in
1843 it had ately ceased to flow, and was only a chain of
ponds.
Sturt, 1844, Expedition, Vol. 1, p. sist
164 HISTORY OF FLOODS IN THE RIVER DARLING.
am led to infer from the grassy nature of its bed that it seldo
contains water for any length of time ; if it did, the grass we
and its muddy waters were carrying everything before
b .
On 24th February, 1882, a similar sudden rise in th
at Pooncarie took place, and in four days the water rose 14 feet
and by the records we know that the rise began at Bourke on
5th, or nineteen days before. I mention this to indicate
probable period between the rise at Wilcannia and Bourke in
1844 flood
When at Wilcannia, on the return from his north-west ex
tion on 24th December, 1845, vol. ii, p. 117, Sturt says: ®
Darling at this time had ceased to flow, and formed ae
ponds, and the l:.goons and creeks in the neighbour ood
quite dry.” (P. 119.) “The Darling had less water in 1b than
the previous year before the flood.”
across it only knee deep.” (Sturt mentions a flood which came®
there suddenly on 28th September.) “In August, 4
iesse says, “TI ran the river down from Laidley’s Ponds..
y *
found the bed of the Darling dry for 30 miles above its jv
with the Murray.” In November, 1845, the back water
Murray had flowed 22 miles up the Darling.
It is interesting to look back at these early attempts to
the Darling riddle, and note the uniform misfortune that
them all, as if owing to some fatality the driest years were
taken to explore the Darling. Sturt went in February,
IIISTORY OF FLOODS IN THE RIVER DARLING. 165
August, 1844, and December, 1845 ; M. gpd in Pons oee Novem-
water-holes, or little better, saving one fresh, noted : Sturt. Nor
is it surprising that settlers were slow in taking up country which
1
had been seen at its worst. In , however, a station w
taken up 20 miles below Brewarrina,—again, you see, in one of the
worst droughts ever known, and by a strange fatality, the next
attempt was at the Wentworth end, in the great drought 1849-50,
It is not to be wondered at, vic that from both the report comes
that the river was dried up to a chain of water-holes. Mr. Dicken-
son tells us that the river ran during 1852, 1853, 1854, and ‘1855,
until he left. There is, however, a little contradiction about this
period, but I think his statement is correct. 1860 was a very wet
year all over the Colony, and as far north as Brisbane, and the few
records we have for New England in that year show heavy rains.
So that I have no doubt there were floods in the Darling then,
and also in 1861 for similar reasons. At Armidale that year the
rainfall was 25 per cent. in excess of the average ; in 1862 the
rainfall was very small, and in 1863 the rainfall at Armidale was
the greatest on record there, so that there can be no doubt ahout
the state of the river then. In 1864, however, the rainfall at
Armidale was not so ere ; so that the great flood of — year
must have been due, in great measure, to Ques nsland rain:
A small work, called § ‘Ten Years in the pasncieg,” sae “Tn
the areal of 1864 the Darling rose sometimes 3 feet in 24
stood high above the Darling, where, the blacks said, no flood had
ever reached, but we had to leave it and go to a sand-bank, where
we were prisoners for seven weeks, before we could return to our
hous
ne 1864 flood Mr. John Kelley kept the house in Bourke known
as “Tattersall’s,” and had to make an embankment round it 3
feet high to keep out the water, and in the end was obliged to
repair the leaks in the embankment with bags of flour, there being
no more earth dry enough for the purpose.
J, G, M‘Intosh’s Recollections of the Darling River.
“My experience goes back to 1861, when I first came to Went-
worth. The river was pretty low then, but there had spe been a
flood. In 1862 the river commenced to get very low, an can
166 HISTORY OF FLOODS IN THE RIVER DARLING.
up to look after. It is from this fact that I have such a know. ©
ledge of how the river was then. From the time that I went up —
till about February, 1863, the river kept getting lower, until
became perfectly dry, and as there used to be teams coming to me —
for loading, I used to get all the news of the state of the riven |
All the way to Bourke it was only a chain of water-holes.
*«T remember Mr. Scott, of Parra, a station only 3 miles above
where I was camped, saying to me, in his broad-Scotch, ‘Eh,
mon, McIntosh, when I first came on the river I saw young gum —
suckers growing in the bed of the river, but that is a long time —
since, and I have seen nothing like what it is now since then.”
“ As far as I can tell, Mr. Scott arrived on the Darling about
the year 1839 or 1840.
“In March, 1863, the Darling came down very heavy, owing to
Queensland rains, and from that time until September, 1864, the
river was nearly always a ‘banker.’ After this it commenced to
subside.
“In April, 1864, we had our last rains for that year, and from
that out until January, 1866, not more than half an inch of raim
fell on any part of the Darling from Bourke to Wentworth. I
was travelling the river very often then. 3
“During the winter of 1865 the river was extremely low, the
billabongs being nearly dry. There were white frosts the whole
of the winter, and the cold was so severe that it killed the fish M
the river—at least, that was the prevalent idea.
“ Although there had been no rain for such a long time, still
to come to the front, which became very bare in places, es
where the flood-waters had gone over. .
* About November, 1865, the river was again very low, and
Dunlop, 80 miles below Bourke, I could jump over it. At
the Queensland rains sent it up, and then on the top
came our own local rains. This was the time of such disaster
the Macquarie River from the floods there. :
“The flood in the Macquarie in 1867 was far more «sas
pes the 1864 flood in that river, but was not so high by se
in the Darling, as the other rivers did not come down wi
HISTORY OF FLOODS IN THE RIVER DARLING, ~ 167
“There was a man with his family on the Bell River washed
right off his house in this year. I remember well reading about
it. The man was saved, with one son and daughter, who swam to
a tree, but the mother and all the younger branches of the family
were drowned. If my memory serves me right, there was a
“After the flood in 1867 the Darling subsided very much, and in
1868 it was very low. All the bars below Bourke were so dry that a
uttaburra, an ana-branch of the Warrego, a thing I have not
heard of having been done since. ;
“About January, 1869, a few showers commenced, and in March
id April, about Bourke, we had some fine rains, with a splendid
_ Winter, the river being a ‘banker.’ In February, 1870, we had
the commencement of the great wet season.
. “Ttis asingular thing that I happened to be in Bourke the three
great floods. More correctly speaking, I got there just as the
1864 flood subsided. I know the mark well that used to be shown
afterwards, both in Ross & Co.’s store and Sly’s public-house.
“se *
. .+Yrode in from West Bourke when the flood was at its eae
In 1867. I was living only 60 miles away; and a great job
ide j But i
Weeks, when I thought it was time to get away. I believe that if
- the Warrego had come down in 1870 equal to what it did in 1864,
along with the other tributaries, the flood would have been as
64.
‘Steat as it was in 18
“I remained in New South Wales, about Bourke, until August,
1870. I then went to live at Charleville, in Queens After
such a wet winter, imagine my astonishment when I got
| to Cunnamulla, just a little way up the Warregp, to find gta
» there having been no rain since February. In ‘
ney es (1870) it set in very wet, and continued so until the
cember.
“After I got to Burenda, 60 miles above Charleville, about the
nd of 1870, it, rained constantly from September to December,
168 HISTORY OF FLOODS IN THE RIVER DARLING.
and I know the Warrego was flooded the whole of that time’ SO
there must have been a fair fresh in the Darling that year up to
Christmas.
“Jn 1871 there were no January or February rains in Queens-
land. It was very dry all the winter, there being only one sight
shower about Charleville in July.
“Out on the Paroo, Bulloo,and Cooper’s Creek it was very dry. To
give an idea of the mildness of the season, in June, on the Bullo, I~
got dishfuls of tomatoes as ripe as they would be in their proper —
season ; and we all know how sensitive they are to cold or wet.
“‘T started out in May, 1871, from Charleville to take the census, —
and travelled right out to Cooper’s Creek. All the = T was
out there was not a shower ; ; so, unless there were hea
from New England and the Macquarie aekateys J don’t think the
Paring a ‘be very high.
“In e had glorious rains in Queensland ; all the rivers
were flooded. i lieee were good rains also about Bourke ; so that —
there must have been a good fresh in the Darling in Fe ruatye”
and March of that yea
“In this year (187 2) I ran down the Warrego, and hit the a
Darling in May. It was pretty low w shee I got on to it Wee
: C as Sins
gh SS ES aah ata aa heii Te Re ln a len er ik So Sie 4, = aE ee a el ad
o that when I got to the iackiant in Augat it was ‘ba
bank.’ When I got to hry Some on my return, in Nove a
1872, the river was low. Abou the latter end of that stl ne :
started up the Darling. About rn lst of December there was 2
24-hours’ rain, and there were several showers this month up to
Christmas week. On the Culgoa it rained very heavily, and the
river came down a ‘banker.’ “When I a ane to the Warreg?
the Darling before the pes of 1872. In 1873 cn were glorious
rains again in Queensland, and also so about Bourke during the
early part of the year, which sent the river up again.
changed my route to my sorro ere
from March to panera: Birthday. et left ~ Warrego at Erin”
gonia and came t Warrawenna, on the I tra
ulgoa.
up to Colless’s subliobonte, where I found a 8 alight fresh int
—s but nothing to speak of. When within 6 meg 5 ee
p-m., without the least warning. It came down so smartly om
to get up and see that the sheep had dry camp. It
raining all night. I pushed on in the morning to get sor
HISTORY OF FLOODS IN THE RIVER DARLING. 169
river, in case afresh should come down. I got across the pontoon
all right and camped on the reserve. Next morning there was
such a fog as I have not seen in the salt-bush country before or
since. It cleared up (7 to 8 inches: rain fell) about 11 o'clock,
when I thought we were going to have some fine weather ; but on
the 27th May, 1873, wet weather wie in, and during my thirty-
three years in the colony I never have seen, before or since, so
much rain in such a short time. The local rain alone put the
Marra Creek a ‘banker,’ and the Barwon was fully 10 feet deep.
I can safely say that for twenty-one days it rained incessantly,
more or less; as all that time we never had a dry blanket, and
many is the night I piled up salt-bush, not to get a dry place to
lay on, but one “to stand on 0
“There were heavy rains up to August. At what they call the
Bogan Gates there was a terrific thunderstorm in the early part o
July, 1873, so that there is no doubt the Darling was a ‘banker’
those months.
“In the early part of January, 1874, I left Melbourne. I
to Hay about the middle of mon nth. Wi thout the least
warning rain set in while we were at lunch. I had ridden 30
miles that morning, and it did not look the least like rain, It
rained for about twenty-four hours. I then started through back
country for Bourke. Found on passing Cobar that the rain had
been terrific about the time I had been in Hay. I had to ride
through 30 or 40 miles of water going to Bourke, the water
having had no time either to evaporate or drain away. I found
the Darling rising very rapidly. There were splendid rains also
in Queensland up to the end of February. The winter of 1874
was very dry ; no rains except a shower or two in August and
September ; but nothing to speak of. The river was pretty low
all the winter, althou gh 3 steamers were able to come up to Beemery
for wool as late as the end of September or some time in mh
a few showers ; but the Hier sik ine kept running more or
less all through the summer, as well as the Barwon, and these
kept a nice fresh in the river. We had some very nice rains
through the winter Show ne and there were nice freshes
came down, but nothing to speak o
“There was a nice fresh in the river the early part of 1876, and
and the steamers were able to run up to Brev a well into
the early part of SN gpeie After this the river commenced to
, and got very low
« In 1877 there were raitis about Walgett and other places. In
March the Barwon was well over its “bank, and all the other
tributaries came down heavily until May. In July river fell
170 HISTORY OF FLOODS IN THE RIVER DARLING. -
pretty low again and kept so, when our real dry times set in ; only. ee
slight showers up to the end of the e year. a
‘Tn 1878 the season had broken about Coonamble and Dubbo;
but it did not do much good to the Darling. All the Queensland
tributaries quite dry, and no rise to speak of in the Barwon, which —
I walked across 60 miles above Walgett in May. Things kept
getting drier until end of year, when I took 24,000 sheep belong- .
ing to the Bishop of Newcastle on fa the road for grass ; we had —
plenty of water on the Birie Rive a
“ Six days before Christmas, 1878, T had to go from Coonamble
to Brenda, on the Culgoa, within 7 miles of the Quee P
Brenda until two days before Christmas, and I rode the 160 miles —
in the two days, and well I know that all the creeks were dry, and
the Barwon only just running. ie
“Tn 1879 I got back to Brenda on the Culgoa in April. The é
creeks were rising very rapidly, and in June there was a great >
rise. The avling rose very steadily all through shearing, and ag
kept rising until all the tributaries St ; bankers,’ and kept well
up until November. I had to travel down to Wilcannia from a
Goodooga, and had to strike right out on to the Warrego, thence ia
on to the ‘Paroo, and run it down to get there
**In 1880 the Darling was no great height with the winter, when
there was a good rise. All through shearing the Quee
waters came down a — height, and kept the river well up_
until the end of the yea :
Tn the Appendix will “é found notes of the — 1858 to 1870,
and river measures for 1870, kindly given to me by Mr. Suttor,
which cover part of the same period as Mr. MIntosh’s history.
Recollections of the Darling River.
Mr. Basil gee ae on oe under date aes November Ts
a chain of water-holes from Walgett to Yambecoona, and it
not run until 1841. In 1846, again, the river got very low, ane
could easily be crossed on orseback in many ss Again, ¥
I left that district, ver that time many other stations }
taken up below w ours.”
.
ater OF FLOODS IN THE RIVER DARLING, 171
| Mr. ELM. MKinlay, under date November 19, 1885,says:—“On
Black Thursday, February 6, 1851, I left Melbourne on @ journey
to the Darling, and travelled nearly as far up as After
forming the station we had to camp with our horses in sis bed of
the river, as there was not a bite of grass to be had away from it.
The bed of the river was then, and had been for dni quite
dry, with the exception of small water-holes at considerable dis-
uneasy about the condition of the coun ntry. Ata station
ceil 150 miles from Wentworth, on the 8.E. bank of the river,
I saw a spring of cool, clear water running out of a small hollow
sapling that had been inserted into the bank.”
. D. F. Mackay, under date November 21, 1885, says :—“ In
June, 1865, I travelled down the Darling from Brewarrina to
within 50 miles of the pana of the Darling and the Murray.
The country was a perfect desert, and we had to feed the cattle in
the bed of the river, a there was not a vestige of grass on the
plains. The bec e river was dry for miles in many places—
simply a chain of w. rai -holes, some of which were quite salt,
especially near Bourke.”
r. J. F. Haydon, under date November 21, 1885, says:—“ The
river Anicendiinte above this town (Wilcannia Yhas stopped running
in several places, and is lower than it has been since the middle
of 1876. As, however, a flood cannot reach here for almost two
months if rain were to fall now in New England, it is the gene
opinion that the water will be lower in the Middle Darling than
it has ever been seen, and unless heavy rains fall at its source not
later than February there is a prospect of the water supply being
insufficient for the stock on the frontages. In 1876, at a point
18 miles above this, the bed of the river was perfectly dry for a”
quarter of a mile, and in other places the water had ceased running.
It is almost in the same state now, and must be worse before a
flood come.”
E. Morely, Esq., J.P., Claremont.
Agone of the early pioneers of the Darling, I would like to add
my mite to the data you are accumulating, and from which I trust
you may in time be able to furnish valuable hints to the dwellers
in these dry regions.
“In the year 1846 I took up the station known as Euston. It-
continued to be the outside station on the Murray until the laté
John Mackinlay, some eight months afterwards, occupied country —
lower down. So far as I can distinctly recall the first three
Seasons there, they were dry, and the rainfall probably between
7 and 10 inches.
P
172 HISTORY OF FLOODS IN THE RIVER DARLING.
“Tn the early part of 1850 Messrs. Mackinlay, M‘Cullum, and
myself went up the Darling beyond settlement in search of new
country. After a thorough exploration we decided on the country
around Menindie, Parmamaroo, and T’dindionalogie, the latter
falling to me by lot. The whole course of the river to a point
about 60 miles above Menindie was then extremely dry. The
river was in fact a chain of water-holes, in some places miles apart;
but there was good feed for the horses in the river bed. The
seasons continued dry until 1852, when splendid rains fell all
through Riverina. After 1853 I did not again see the Darling.
During the early part of 1852 I remember the blacks coming in to
report a fresh coming down the river. We had to wait over aday
before the water reached my station, and a most interesting sight
it was to watch the living waters filling up each hole, and then
rising suddenly and silently to a little wall of water between 2 and
3.feet high, and pass onwards. During my fifteen years on the
Lower Murray I can recall only two good seasons, in the others
the rainfall may have ranged from 5 to 15 inches. I sold out im
1861.”
Wm. Camper, 26 May, 1886.
There are many places in this river which are fordable, especially
at sand-banks. The river is dry about 45 miles above Wentworth,
and also in places about Pooncarie and Menindie. The Darling
cannot run dry at Wentworth, as it is backed up by the Murray.
y
of getting into a deep hole. -
“There is plenty of water in the Murray, in many places over x
run off so rapidly into the Murray at the junction that a rise of
feet-at Wilcannia scarcely makes any impression on the Da
ao except that the current runs at double its ordinary
aE See ON Sei rt eae er eee
HISTORY OF FLOODS IN THE RIVER DARLING, 173
“During last month I have had opportunities of seeing the
G
river is very shallow at the sand banks, in no instance did I see it
Mr. W. H. Suttor, of Cangoura, says, under date March 11th,
1886: “I went to the Darling in 1857, and in May and June the
river was bank-high; this was about 1 00 miles above Wilcannia.”
rs. A. F. L. Cole, under date 3 January, 1887, says: “I lived
at Tapio Station, 15 miles up the river from Wentworth, and re-
member that before 1848 the river was a chain of water holes,
with small streams running between ; but in February, 1848, the
water came down the river like a wall 10 to 12 feet high, much to
our surprise, as we had no warning that a flood was coming.
ood carried evieything beinee | it; but the following year, 1849,
it was again a chain of water holes, so that we could cross it at
many places. In the winter of 1852 there was a great flood in the
Murray, and its waters flowed up the Darling as far as Pooncarie,
but in October and November the Darling water came down with
a strong current, and being backed up by “the Murray water, the
river rose over the banks, sending water out back to the greatest
tance I ever saw it, excepting in the great flood of May and
June, 1864, the highest flood ever known. So much water got
into the lakes and hollows on the east side of the Darling in 1864
that the face of the country was quite altered for years after it.”
aa sasiacale bigs otes at Cultowa Station—1858 to 1870.
First steamers up the Darlin oir were the “Albury” and
“Gemini,” in January, 1859, the latter going as far as Walgett.
Geidabeoks Station then just occupi
Seasons from end of 1858 to end of 1860.
Drought, 1861 to 1863.
Seasons good, 1863 and 1864. From 1865 they peered got
worse until 1868 and part of 1869. They culminated in the most
disastrous known since the settlement of the colonies, an
immense number of sheep and cattle perishing from sheer starva-
cae in New South ese — and Queensland. Sheep on
too poor and week to ame of
aeir being shepherded, var had to to be turned loose. y died
fenced paddocks in Victoria, where country was thickly stocked ;
174 HISTORY OF FLOODS IN THE RIVER DARLING.
in some cases nearly all died. Losses during drought, one to two
thirds ; estimated loss by starvation in whole colonies, 1,000,000
and over. ;
Great drought broke up March, 1869, raining March and April,
producing good winter feed.
ut no more rain coming, the summer of 1869 and 1870 was a
terrible one at Cultowa, there being no rain from March and April,
3 inches and just running into the lagoons). The water-holes at
Martilli, Oonondoo, and Wongalara during that time were seldom
empty, and then only for a very short time; but from early
1869 to April, 1870, the lakes and water-holes continued empty.
e highest floods since the Darling was settled were October,
1863, and March-April, 1864, the former reaching within 16
inches of the high river bank at Old Cultowa, or nearly 38 feet
above summer level; while the latter (known as the “Great
Flood”) rose 3 feet in the old house, or 42 feet above summer
level. Towns of Walgett and Bourke flooded, and others on the
tributaries of the Darling ; but since the great flood of 1864 until
that of 1870 there has only been one flood high enough to run
out in the billabongs, and that was in May and June, 1867; but
it only partially filled the lakes, and fell again rather suddenly.
The greatest rainfall occurred here in the months of February and
November, two great falls in the former and one in the -atter
(November, 1858, the other years I forget) filling large water-holes
in the billabongs, and leaving sheets of water in places on the plains.
There was a tremendous fall of rain on some parts of the river
and back country (known ever since as the “January Rain”) m
January, 1866, which rose the river 18 feet at Menindie, a thing
unknown from local rains before, and large lakes in the back
country, not connected with the river, were filled and lasted three
years ; but here small water-holes were not filled, although rain
fell during greater part of three days.
y é a
Summer temperature very high, averaging 100 degrees n the
shade for weeks (and twice it rose to 100 degrees at sunset) 5
extreme, 110 in coolest part of house. Autumn, winter, and early
spring generally delightful, with occasional frosts in coldest part
of winter (July or early in August
gust). P
Summer of 1869-1870. Country fearfully dry, most tryms-
March and April rains of 1869 not doing more than provide the
parched and naked
winter feed. Reflection of sun’s rays from :
earth, together with clouds of blowing sand and dust, accompanied
by hot, scorching winds, most intolerable ; blown sand covering:
up fences about draughting yards. Hot winds and boisterous g™
unusually prevale
nt, sometimes continuing three or four days
SSS Ste See ee etter St PE Fo TSE Sar oe OE ay ee nae ot ae
HISTORY OF FLOODS IN THE RIVER DARLING. 175
rn ioe darkening the at here with see of dust, Late
ing objects a short distance off from being see pum
dry * oon every day to try and keep things in in garden growing.
Notwithstanding great dryness and absence of rain here to
Murtee during past summer (1869-70), the seasdén in almost pidge
other part of New South Wales magnificent ; even so close
Nelyambo and Walloo there were good falls of rain ms o or t et
times which quite missed rape whilst at Billilla and Cubentian and
Tintinalogy there were fine
River Observations made at Cultowa, New South Wales, during
the month of March, 1870.
_—
Date eietdanit Remarks.
level.
ft. in.
}
2”
6
feast reese ere River began to rise about 7 ft. (See Note below.)
}
)
10
q
d
14
»
)
3
19
)
t
»
3 16 2} Runin most deplorable state for want of rain ;
this summer should be such a splendid one bea i
else, fine rains both up and down the river, and all =
miss the country from here to M River
Heb have about th instant from heavy rains at em
and Dunlop.
17 4 Some ere showers last night and this morning, rising
30 18 6
19 6
176
River Observations made at Cultowa, New South Wales, during
HISTORY OF FLOODS IN THE RIVER DARLING.
the month of April, 1870
River
Date. eae Remarks.
level
ft. in. —
2 | w eC
S 1 2 3 ng er and lightning ; river just up to butt of
bush ded gum-tree on opposite side, just below i
are: Sonia
3 22 1 | Nice light showers last night. B.
4 22 10 | Have had splendid rain at ‘Calcuarack, Nelyambo, and
alloo,
5 23 6 | Shower in evening; heavy rain from Wintanbilla to |
Bourke. '
6 24 4 .
7 25 0
8 25 8
9 3 | River just over the road at Martilli, Billabong, and .
Warunda,
10 26 1¢ | River fist over top of chopped stump, near blacks’ camp. :
11 2. 8
12 | 98 1 j
13 28 8 .
14 29 3 | The mailman Noten river falling above Bourke, but rising E
again at Walget 4
15 29 10 | The ae tobe report great floods in the Burdekin, and other |
n — — ;
16 30 3 ie just running into o la agoon, near woolshed ; papers .
report diaahvoes flood ; Haron wkesbury and Hunter in ec
ood, and
17 30 9 | Water rising fast artilli Bil Ila bong, above woolshed. |
18 31 3 | River og little hollow just beyond blacks’ camp, yester- |
day at ‘
19 31 8 seh phen 5 in. ; renee’ Wongalara to-day, through a
a. a
20 32 0 First iene from Wentworth to Bourke—eight steaming
: ays—the ‘‘ Maranoa
21 32 5 | Steamer, at a aie arrived this morning; flood-water at
Qonondo
2 32 10 | Splendid rain hos night, showers this morning.
23 33 2 | Glorious showers ay.
24 | 33 6 Water reached Wangs to-day, a week after crossing
artilli bar.
25 33° 9 | Wongalara era wong <i esR joined.
26 33 11 | Occasional show
27 34 1 beitt
28 34 3 aes Sissy fast in Coombimbi and Wongalara ; num
n these lakes,
29 34 6 Searely a any dacke this flood ; a have been great
umbers,
30 34 8 | No pa this week.
HISTORY OF FLOODS IN. THE RIVER DARLING. 177
River Observations made at Cultowa, New South Wales, during
the 70.
month of May, 18
oc etnd
Date Sommer Remarks.
level.
ft. in.
1 34 10
4 35 0
3 35 2
: = . Steamer ‘* Maranoa” returned from Bourke to-day.
6 35 7 | The mailman coe mie river fallen at Bourke 3ft. Cone
tradicted late
7 35 8
8 35 9 | River just PS alge gum-tree root at Old Cultowa.
9 35 10 | Thunder; no rain
10 35 11
11 36 0 has rain last night and to-day.
12 36 2 isterous gales last night.
13 36 2 Frequent hi = seg river stationary, just over gum-
Ol wa.
14 36 3 The pai ote soft to ride over.
15 36 3
16 36 2
17 36 1 | Tw pa flying | = eg The mailman seems to
ven pe Sis bs
18 36 1 Frequent st ght sh
19 36 0 | Heavy rain last ni ight, es thunder and high wind.
20 35 1 a ae occasionally ; rivers areallup. ‘Jupiter,’ lyr 0
has been four weeks up the river; perhaps she has
gone to Queensland.
21 35 11
22 35 11 | Showery in afternoo
23 35 11 | Steady rain last ni night.
24 35 11 | Showery last night ; country ae saturated ; too
boggy to work cattle or horses
25 36 0 :
26 36 0 | Some good pumpkins and other vegetables in garden.
27 36 1
28 36 1
29 36 2
30 3 | Steamer ‘‘ Be “ee. * from Bourke, he oe river rising fast,
and town of Bourke in danger of flood.
31 36 4 eavy aoa
178 HISTORY OF FLOODS IN THE RIVER DARLING.
River Observations made at Cultowa, New South Wales, during
the Month of June, 18
Remarks,
. Alls
1 | 36 6 | Heavy rain—large sheets of rain water in Bocarra, Yun-
— and other places, and country one vast quag-
2 | 36 7 iteeys rain at Bourke ; the townspeople asking capt
of *‘ Jupiter” to remain until another steamer came,
fearing bi big fi flood.
eZ, 86. 8
4 | 36 9
5 | 36 10
6 | 36 104 | Great floods in Murrumbidgee, Yass River, and all over
; colony, with loss of life.
36 11 | Light pap et er of big ms “rs in Paroo; Wentworth
e alarmed at Darling and Murrum-
Pipe being in a occkan anc ieee town.
38 04 | Flood water keeps hemming us
38 14 | River a cag me fork of tree - Old Cultowa.
37 (0
37 (1
id}: 37 62
11 37 3
12 | 37 33
13 | 37 4 reports river rising at Bourke.
14 | 37 44 Papers full of disastrous floods all over N. S. W ales.
16. (37-5 of rain, thunder ; great flood in Lachlan.
16 | 37 54 | Thick ma Hien oma
17 | 37 8 | Rain began last night ; raining all —
' 18 | 37 8} | Rain last aides showery to-day
19 | 37 9
20 | 37 9 ¢
1 a7. 2
= = oo last og water now all round us.
is too boggy to ride over.
24 | 37 92) Rain commenced at midnight till morning; no mailman
for three weeks.
25 | 37 92
26 | 37 104
27 | 37 114 | Regular wet day 5 began at 11 a.m. and continued until
at ni
29
30
HISTORY OF FLOODS IN THE RIVER DARLING. 179
River Observations made at Cultowa, New South Wales, during
he month of July, 1870
River
Date, Pa dat Remarks.
Level,
eae
ft. in.
1 | 38 2%
2 |38 3
3 | 38 4
4 | 38 44] River 2 hanker at Bourke ; but the Balonne is coming down
5 | 38 5} tions ah
; ~ a Bourke: hi fallen 2 or 3 inches; light showers last night.
8 | 38 5}
9 | 38 53
10 | 38 5%
11 | 38 5
12 | 38 44 | Light showers.
13 | 38 44 | Rain after midnight and showery aoe day.
14 | 38 32 Taaht rain.
15 | 38 3 | River hasfallen2 feet at B tat B ina,
but floods coming down the Rane ial Culgoa.
16 | 38 23 tt showers and more rain last night.
17 | 38 .14 | Show
18 | 38 0% Plenty oF wild ducks about, blacks got about 300 eggs.
19: | 37 12
20 | 37 11 | Some agen wei
21 | 37 10% | Flying sl
22 10 | Light ra
23 9 | Light ‘aiaviienk Beaker writes me that 2 inches more
would have flooded Bourke.
24 | 37 8}
20 ..\-0) 32
26 | 37 74 | Few drops of rain.
27 | 37 64 | Showery.
28 | 37 6 | Ihear river os reached its maximum at Wilcannia a
few days ag
29 | 37 5}
30 | 37 :«5
31 | 37 44 | Slight rain, distant thunder.
180 HISTORY OF FLOODS IN THE RIVER DARLING,
River Observations made at Cultowa, New South Wales, during
e month of August, 18
Remarks.
os
37 42 | Raining. ar je in — midnight, and rained steadily
from N. W.
37 44 | Thunder al Tube ni ight
Light showers. Strong west gale.
~ | Light showers.
37 «24 | News of river rising again at Bourke.
25 Violent thunder and rain storm.
NASR WONR OC ONAN
ee
~1
Sl teed Lend Seed 5
Thunder and rain storm last night, and this morning good
deal fell.
Boisterous W.N.W. gale.
2
z
+ | Wet day. : a
1} | Reports from Bourke of all the upper rivers being again in
ood.
37 14 | Reports of river rising slowly at Bourke.
Raining after dark.
37 14 | Raining this morning.
KSSBNSRks SESsa
5
HISTORY OF FLOODS IN THE RIVER DARLING. 181
River Observations made at Cultowa, New South Wales, during
the month of September, 1870.
River
sonatll Crenoshile Remarks.
level.
ft. in.
eee
2 | 37 2h
3 Rain last night ; drizzling showers to-day.
4 »
ra) 4 4
6 : Strong gales.
] Raining.
f
) | 37 3h
10 7 3} | Showery this evening.
] 7 3}
: ’
13 ( 4
; : Rivers falling all the way up.
melee 14
) f Light showers.
17 | 0% | High wind.
15 gen 3)
19 114 | News of another fresh at Walgett—5 feet in one night.
20 1 News of floods in Victoria carrying away railway bridge.
‘ 104
22 4 | Boistero
23 Strong ey all last night.
i
) 34
) }
: ) Mailman reports river sare at Bourke and Walgett again.
} 7 | Sprinkling rain, aftern
yet!
) Sa j
182 HISTORY OF FLOODS IN THE RIVER DARLING.
River Observations made at Cultowa, New South Wales, during
he month of October, 1870.
River
Date. — Remarks.
level
in.
1 A
2 ‘
3 7 | River beginning to rise again here.
Ee
5
6 ’
7 :
8 | | Boisterous windy weather
9 } | Thunderstorm last night. ” Only afew — of rain.
LO | Mailman re ng river falling at Bourk
1 104 |} Light show
2 104
3 104
4 104
5 B
16 |;
a ba
18 | 36 6 | Sprinkling rain this morning.
19 | 36 5 | Light rain fell last night. Thunderstorm with little rain,
20 136 4 tight i rain with thunder and lightning.
21 | 36 2
22 | 36 0
23 | 35 84 | A thorough wet da:
= - ra A thorough wet ight and showery day.
26 | 34 44 More rain to- day. River at Bourke said to be rising again.
27 | 34 14 | Heavy rain last night; showery to-day. Cannot go out
of house without walki ing in water or mud.
28 | 33 104 Showery morning.
29 | 33 74 | Rain during afternoon.
30 | 33 44
31 | 32 105
_
HISTORY OF FLOODS IN THE RIVER DARLING. 183
River Observations made at Cultowa, New South Wales, during
the month of November, 1870.
River
Date, nr Remarks.
level.
ft. 0
1 |-32° 44
ree PSL Oy
é : 45
4 ) gi
E ) 3h
6 ) ,
a ) 4
(
{
10 L
1 :
J | | Rain this morning.
] | | Heavy rain cacety lak night ; rise in river.
. 6h
) ) 7
) ) ;
7 ) 3
3 ) 114 | Light ame a p-m.
) 7 Sp rinkling
) ;
z
113
5 , | Thunderstorm, with light shower, this afternoon.
+ las 4
3 ai
) s Of
) Ee
184
HISTORY OF FLOODS IN THE RIVER DARLING.
River Observations made at Cultowa, New South Wales, during
the
month of December, 1870
Rive
Date. Pesta Remarks.
level
at Mosquitoes very bad this summer.
i tL 2h
Zz Ba ee
3 65
4 tL 84
o 103
6 Os
, g ;
} 4},
: Z
10
1 ; $ | Bourke mailman reports big flood coming.
3 04
y
5 | 38 34
5
bi
18 4
19
20 (4 | Strong south gale.
: 3 | Light cota: Sn rain
p2 ) to Moongur Sand-hill ; cannot go further for
23 | 36 10
24 | 36 104
25 | 36114
26 | 37 04
pis as 1k Mailman reports river at Bourke fallen 1 inch,
29 | 37 12
30 | 37 12
31 | 37
HISTORY OF FLOODS IN THE RIVER DARLING. 185
River Ooservations eed at Cultowa, New South Wales, during
month of January, 1871.
Rive
Date: | ganar: Remarks.
level.
ft. in.
1 | 37 22 | Flies and mosquitoes unbearable.
SeVieL: S
3 | 37
4.) 37 River within 14 inches of July flood (1870).
5 | 37
6 | 37
7 | 37 3 | Thunderstorm and few drops of rain.
8 | 37 2? | Thunderstorm and light showers.
2 137 °23
10 | 37° 24 gene reports river at lewd fallen 16 feet ; it has
fallen here about 1 in
HW jai Neve er experienced anything ike the mosquitoes before.
12 | 37 04 | Ducks plentiful.
13 | 36 104
14 84 pager se cise all — Blacks from up and down
r corrobbore
15 | 36 5
16 | 36 1
17 | 35 6
18 10
Betas 10
20 | 32 8 | News of another fresh in river at Bourke.
21 {31 4
29 10
28 6
24 | 27 O | Nearly all the blacks sick with chestand head complaints.
125 8
26 | 24 7
27 | 23 4
28 | 22 4 | Traveller ed aod no rise at Bourke in river when he left.
Sa = ; Thunder and sprinkling rain.
p » Hid ern No report. See 27th February.
186 HISTORY OF FLOODS IN THE RIVER DARLING,
River Observations made at Cultowa, mei oo Wales, during
the month of February, 1
Riv
Date. aha Remarks,
ft. in.
he Goren Raining.
2
3
Cel arotree Started for Wilcannia.
5
6
Y Se en eer Thunder and wind storm last night, with fae rain,
8 --» | Thunderstorm; steamer’s paddles coming by Wil-
: cannia disturbed the cattle at night.
2 | oe ane ae Returned to Cultowa from Wilcannia.
1]
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
es ee Sprinkling om steamer passed down to-day.
eee Sprinkling r
re eer Mailman reports heavy rain about Bourke, and river again
on the rise there,
24
25
26
fies Spee oP River has not got very low yet, as small freshes keep
coming down,
i i
HISTORY OF FLOODS IN THE RIVER DARLING. 187
River Observations made at Cultowa, New South Wales, during
the month of March, 1871.
River
Date. Pee Remarks.
level.
ft. in
Ss ater ai Thunderstorm and little r:
Bethe osueve There is pny, es feed Saree n feed on flooded flats.
ig dia eeeree The river is ri re gern and visitor reports rising
tenes
ee eeee
e beens
nena
ere
fast at Bete: when he lef
Great crops of fruit, figs, melons, and cucumbers,
A great deal of sickness about Wilcannia.
Steamer passed down this morning.
River falling again.
A few drops of rain. Feed beginning to get dry.
Thunderstorm with little rain.
Light drizzling rain.
noe hae ca a slight rise in river at Bourke, but mail-
rts it falling again
188 HISTORY OF FLOODS IN THE RIVER DARLING.
River Observations made at Cultowa, New South Wales, during
the month of April, 1871.
bo a
Date. tees Remarks.
level.
ft. in
| peal eer Steamer on her way up to Bourke called here to-day.
©
rf
i
¢
Cd
10
ponies Wet night and showery to-day.
eyes Steamer passed down to-day.
I Oo Ste Oo bo
pene Two steamers passed down to-day.
: s+ | Last entry of diary,
Now?! Sat J
HISTORY OF FLOODS IN THE RIVER DARLING. 189
Mr. Suttor’s hes? nal does not give the river heights for February,
March, a Mr. Trader, hie ite ph Station-master at
Bourke, replies oi m yy questions as follo
State of the Darling on November 12, 1885.
Was the river ever so low before, and if so when? Yes, the
river has been as low, and lower than it is at present, but cannot
get the dates. Mr. Bloxham has on two or three occasions seen
the river quite dry between Toorale and Bourke.
down below Bourke has the river ceased running? The
Telegraph Station-master at Louth reports, “ Can walk up bed of
river here for over 100 yards.” At Tilpa, 70 miles below Louth,
the Telegraph Station-master reports, “ River not stopped running
but at stony bars there is only small stream runnin t Bre-
warrina the selareye Station-master reports, “ River has almost
stopped running, except a little stream, which you can step across.’
Has the river actually stopped running, we. if you throw a
piece of wood in will it not move, or will it go down stream v
slowly, indicating that the water is finding its way slowly through
the rock bars ? e river has actually stopped running ; no cur-
rent whatever. Since the receipt of your note I have visited
several of the stony or rocky bars, and found the rocks from 12
to 18 inches above the level of the water. Now, at North Bourke
there is a sandy stretch, immediately below a rocky bar, 300 yards
long, quite dry.
When did the river stop running? About or between the 25th
and 27th October
Where does the present level come to on the river gauges? I
want to know obese FA . what depth below what you call
summer level does the ri stop running? The water is now
perpendicularly f feet belie the level of the new gauge, and the
river ceased running 2 feet below it. The river is said to be at
summer level shea “below the gauges.
Ts it true that the blacks on the river have been making canoe:
saying that a very big flood is coming? ‘There are very few blacks
about here, and those that are en know nil about big rivers, or
anything else, bar rum and to
October 30, 1885. The river is ie lower than for many years, and
just short of a chain of holes. Three miles down from here it is
absolutely dry right across, but the water has made a little gutter
is
water,
190 HISTORY OF FLOODS IN THE RIVER DARLING.
r. Alexander Ferguson went to reside on the Castlereagh in
1840, has lived there ever since, and says there was no flood there
like the one Oxley saw in 1818 until that of 1874. Oxley went
over the flat country in a boat for some 30 miles, the water being
from 3 to 5 feet deep. Mr. sitchen and two others in the 1874
flood rode on horseback for 10 miles through flood waters from 2
to 3 feet deep.
Rainfall Observations given aris to indicate ai Rainfall on the Darling
e early year:
Made ai Armidale, New South Wales, during the years 1859 to 1870.
Date. | Jan. | Feb. | Mar. | April. | May. | June. | July. | Aug. | Sept. | Oct. | Nov. | Dec.
; | mad
1859 37500 | 1°330 | 0°140 | 0°080 | 1210 | 2-090 | 0-140 | 0°585 | 3-350 | 0°320 | 3°450 | 2°400
1860 0" Y ne es Pads a4 230 | 2°630 | 17520
1861 7070 | 9°820 | 0°950 | 5 380 0" 570 4° 650 4-220 | 3°320 | 1°830 | 1°330 | 0°6 4°300
1962 | 2-200 | 3°870 | 2-580 | 0-320 | 0-760 | 2-120 | 0-440 | 0°740 | 1°690 | 0-280 | 0-270 | 1:900
1863 |10-810 | 6-450 | 4970 | 9-310 | 1°560 | 5-330 | 1-870 | 2-090 | 3°790 | 6360 | 3°870 } 2°930
1864 1°420 {11-010 | 7°150 | 1°260 | 1:320 | 4-630 | 4-750 | 8230 | 0°010 | 0-030 | 3°030 | 0°010
1865 1°370 | 2°620 | 0°600 | 3270 | 3-000 | 2°680 | 1°760 | 0°820 | 2°940 | 3°500 | 8-390 {11°370
1866 4600 | 4000 | 0°100 | 0°700 | 2°100 | 6200 | 4-000 | 1°200 } 0°500 | 3°800 | 9°200 3°200
1859 { 4°370 | 0°580 | 5970) _.. 0'890 6-090 | 0°030 } 3010 | 0°810 | 5°480 } 2°260 | 3°350
1 2°540 | 9°640 | 6°580 | 7°550 | 0-190 | 0-960 | 0-490 |12°390 | 4-180 | 3°350 | 3°690 | 3°140
1861 | 9°280 | 4580 | 8860 |10-380 | 2°870 | 6-380 | 1-900 |10-410 | 1°830 | 2-710 | 4-590 | 5-150
1862. | 4-250 | 2-610 | 6870 | 0°790 | 2-210 | 3-000 | 0510 | 0-000 | 2-710 | 0-450 | 0-990 | 3°880
1963 | 6480 /15°140 14-360 | 6-700 | 0-920 | 2-750 | 2-430 | 1-810 | 1-070 | 9°300 | 4-930 | 2-930
1864 | 4°470 | 9°330 | 1°540 | 0-130 | 2°630 | 3°020 | 3°040 | 5°120 | 0-980 | 1-340 | 2 2°340
1865 | 7°640 | 4-090 | 0°700 | 0°500 | 0°410 | 4-280 0°890 | 3°360 830
1866 .. | 6°940 | 0-810 | 3°090 | 3-320 | 8-620 | 1-970 | 4-480 | 0°700 | 3-930 | 1-360 | 9°500
6°850 |12°660 | 5-370 }15-280 | 8-970 | 4-140 | 0-720 | 0-770 | 0-920 | 0-250 | 2°340 | 2-770
1868 | 7°220 | 6740 | 0°600 | 1°700 | 1-150 | 4:260 | 5°510 | 0-700 | 1:870 | 3°640 | 2 0°500
1869 | 7-970 | 4-230 | 9-020 {12 0° 671 : 0-000 | 1-560 | 3°540 | 3°370 | 5530
1870 | 4920 | 3-060 |34-040 | 4610 | 2-810 | 3-110 | 6-130 | 1-940 | 0-740 | 4°790 | 8-490 | 4°420
1871 | 8°790 | 4-710 | 2-640 | 5-110 | 0-330 | 1:310 | 3-320 | 0-430 | 1-520 | 3°170 | 4-390 | 9°280
1872 | 8°370 | 6-850 | 7-890 | 0-320 | 0-260 | 2-260 | 3-900 | 0-910 | 1-310 | 1-460 | 6-250 | 8°940
Made at Burrundulla, New South Wales, during the years 1866 to 1870.
é . . 1
1866 { 3°630 | 1-760 { 0°900 | 0-240 { 3-060 | 1-160 | 1-940 { 2-080 | 0-140 { 2500 | 17420
1867 | 0°650 | 0-680 | 2-120 | 4-190 | 2-350 | 4-560 | 3-440 | 1-630 | 3-420 | 1:500 | 0-040 | 0°000
1868 | 3470 | 1-150 | 0-000 | 0-110 | 0°830 | 1-370 | 1-790 | 9-300 | 1°370 | 0-450 | 1-040 | 0°60
| 2-120 2°40 | 5-790 | 2°570 | 1-920 | 3-190 | 1-260 | 0-340 | 4°310 11
2°340 1-920
1870 | 3'390 | 1-740 | 6-290 | 9-190 | 2-640 | 3-010 | 1-650 | 4-420 | 1-920 | 3°810 | 3°670 | 3°730
HISTORY OF FLOODS IN THE RIVER DARLING.
Copies of all the River records at Bourke that can be found. In Mr. Suttor’s notes will be found the River heights at Cultowa, Wilcannia, for part of 1870 and 1871.
*Observations of the River Darling, made at Bourke, New South Wales, during the year 1872.
March,
April.
August.
———
/ November.
Date
eg 4 of
| tim
|
euer by
| float to
pass over on
300 yards,
taken ed
piss oer soe oe"
sturns,
nm 8
Height of taken iy | we
Height of Pit ony
: on
Giver eo th
Gauge.
. bo yards.
October.
IHeight of | taken b
Eevee Sante.
Gauge. over
‘ards.
ft. in. | min
et
BO Se
a eee
GL Si abet
Bae | Be ae eee
910 62
10 10 6}
ll 4 6
ll 9 6
12 0 a
eS Be
eddie 6
ee 83
ll 9
nae 7t
nes 6
2 4 62
No return
River River
on Gang
| L
ft. in
evade
ee
disabg OL acute al cake
auede hs: “Seeaeu = 1. oerale
Genaes us
Wiech cua kee
siees as
Hewes) ees Lc nee
ieee te eT hate
the 1 ae hte
ibiven 1 “Geeeew CE eee
delice: ho Cisen el eee
aoe Mere ee |
Secale 1° epiee 0 ee
eieise 40
PPCM ager re eee he
rail
HRS Giles ein ean me Fe
vores Seago ry Maen
Seehhee Pe eeeeeeee Py Seuaen
ee coh vac de
Seuss i.
eet 5
k
ak
poeta ele sieeue = N sinwesioy
iisexs staan
e7eeee of . eeeceen.. 5 s66n08
Sones Bones ale Better
evaie 8 0
TRAD
.
Tis Guinedund aad Not England tives af 1k es
~S
on on Oa ee ee
_
i ana a Te
QS Se De ™ Ste tS Ge eee
wm we we IN
sl
i.
HIATORY, OF. FLOODS, OY THR RIVER DARLING:
* Observations of the River Darling, made at Bourke, New South Wales, during the year 1873.
January. February. March. April, May. June. July. August, a September. October. | November. December.
Time Time Time Time Time Tim Time Time Time Time Time
Height of | taken by Height of | taken by | Height of| taken be ir of | taken Bf Height of | taken by | Height of taken = Height of | taken by Height of | taken by ran id Lad taken by Height of | taken by Height of | taken by | Height of pe hed
g eine morphol fe il Soe Svet Plight Shing bes over (on Gangh fp over eatiaes Soraya j}on Gauge Bons on Gauge pass ove over oa Geox pass over [on ( on oa pis pees Bi hal re tal Bee poss aol a Ea ass Ant
& — 00 yards. 300 yards. yards. 300 yards. 300 yards. ~~ | 300 yards. 300 yards. 390 yards. \~ yards. cS yards. | "~~ | 300 yards. : mee yards.
| in. | min. | ft. In. | min. | ft. in. |- mi ft. in. | min ft. in. min. Sin: min, in. min, in. mi ft. in. min. | ft. in. | min
aa ( é 44 | 28 § € cd € a3 9 1 ] +28 10 33 P= Gb} : 8 ‘eaial rf; 410 ) 8 ]
2 4 44 ot Sek € LEG ( 2 : E6 ] : 3 43 L 3 3 4 7 4 8 7 ]
3 6 44 : € 10-2 ¢ 1 £20) ] ] 44 3 10 , 10 ; 4 5 ) acid
4 i E 2 f 10 ( 0 ) ] 3 - 44 > oO E- 2 ; 4 2
5 8 i 4 i f ll 1 ] 10 44 ae BG ; 4 0 ) {
6 } E ; 0 10 i 01 ; L 9 43 ae 10 7 0 ) t
4 7 / 10 { 10 01 » § 3 > Zz ; 9 ) 4
4h : ) ; 9 : 010 } 6 ) 4 ; 7 ) 4
) 2 4 4 8 ) 3 ) 10 i 7 5 ) &
10 a 10 44 { 7 fi Be Sat 0 10 ; 4 ) 3
; a ; O 44 . 6 ; =. 6 } ' +2 0 ' oa 4 ) 3
12 =| toe ; ) , bat 6 4 3 3 Sees 1 ; 8 2 ) 2
} An : PG 64 See, i 6 44 4 3 y4 ; § 0 )
q 3 L 4 3 PU " ie 5 10 43 4 } 0 ; 2 11 ) )
4 am 4 64 7 » 4 ( po ; 4 ] 44 4 9 ; gq 9 ) ABE
: j “ 4| 34 4 ey > 0 ; 3 44 ee: oe 6 ; |} 4 7 ) 01
' = 4 § : Ne 5 : 4 3 0 44 r2 we 2 5 “ 7 ) 0 10
; Fe ae 5 4 ; 3 4, | 38 5 0 t 10 ; E 7 01
) a 3 > 0 f 5 0 : , 2 ) 43 s ae | 6 ; 5 7 ) 01
° ‘ yi ee ) ) 2
) 7, . ) . 7 1 a | 44 Eos 44 : L+6 P= 6 ) d
0 0 + a¢ : 0 3 6 43 ay: 43 ] en) = 6 2
) ’ 7 i 4 a ¢ } 10 ; 43 ] 44 2 3 0 ) a 5 ) 3
oe t 4.0 Pa 4 2 7 8 Se 43 > 4} 1 Bao ) ot - 3
7 aE ee 4 4 ; 6 3 45 ) 45 ee ll ) 3 ) 5 ;
wens ; eb 4 3 10 , 5 ) 4 43 Bey; 4 ) 2 ) ( } :
; Ae | 7 a4 + 3 9 ; - 3 4 45 ear » 9 ) 1 ) 6 62
r 3 t 4 ] { 3.8 , PS 5 1 4 > 43 Be ee ) 0 ) 6 10 62
7 ») 4 L oe) 3.6 ; 3 3 4 : 0 54 ie 20 ) il ’ 74
eS a eas eens nn es ak | » 5 ‘ 4 |, 6 4 9 54 Wes ) 10 ) 7 4 7k
Ue en Cee 8 ee . : 2.9 ( 3 4 { 2 7 10 4 4 54 6 » 0 ) 9 ) 7 4 ves
NS ee as ae oe 4 Sea 4 2.6 ey Seer re 1 5 A? Slee eae ] 54 ; ] 2 Seren J Sones 7 4 ;
June, 1873.—The observer says: :
July, 1873.—The to
eir dwellings.
around their
of Bour:
was partially in
*
3 = wet river continues to rise slowly,
undated, and many persons com
eave their houses,
rke being inundat
which, were =a with water, The greater portion of the inhabitants dug trenches
observations were made for the Department of Harbours and Rivers, iss: by Mr, J. Moloney.
We are apprehensive | * the town of Bou
led to 1
and raised dams
HISTORY OF FLOODS IN THE RIVER DARLING. 193
* Observations of the River Darling, made at Bourke, New South Wales, during the year 1874.
January. February. March. April. May. June, July. August. September. _ October. November. December.
Time Time Time Time Time Time Time Time Time Time Time
Height of | taken by | Height of — bs Height of| taken by | Height of | taken by | Height of i y Height of | taken by spe oi of | taken by Height of | taken by | Height of} taken by | Height of taken by | Height of | taken by | Height of ge ag
= sacrenes. pass over atence ae pass pha Pg fining yall Pig dont ei Baye e pg Foy Poco ogee eae ver ee Gay Renata ogame aoe ase cae cm pad Ping Stake Being ae Pen pik
a 00 yards. yards. 300 yards, B00 yards. OS Son panda: we Bee yuria.| wee Sera a bon yarda! 300 yards 300 yards. 300 yards, pass yards,
ft. in. | min. in. min. in, min. ft. iz mi ft. in. min, ; By min.
1 tr } ass 3? EB } ee Vie F- 1) ( ) if tL 9 )
2 [2 ) pre 3 ae i 7 a ; 15 6
3 pos ) ae 3? 6 t sf } bare 15 5 0 {
7 Pe ) faa 43 0 : 10 ¢ q : 15 } {
5 [3 ) ) 0 45 ) 6 7 105-5 : 5 15 ]
Si 7 4 PE 2 é » O : hes ‘ 15 P
y ‘es 5 6 . ) 4 : 15 )
8 ) 4 ) 10 ll : 12 oe)
) fe ) 1 3 } ) 12 pe
0; 611 ) 3 8 54 ) ) 12 10
9 ) 7 piu ) die ) (
ys ate | ) 10 8 - 3 ) 12 1 {
1 ) ae: 4 7 1] ) 10 lid ‘ {
7 4 ) 6 0 } Gee ) 114 5 {
y| 6 6 ) 9 9 44 = ) ll; y 4 {
3 ) 0 6 4 Pipes: | eee 4 fi4 Paice isceres 10 9 .
rt eo 2 ' 4 4h 6 { 9 ( No returns,
3 3 10 } 4 } 1 44 Gt 10 9 0 ;
>} 10 10 5 b pal 44 4 3 1 9 7
a ee 6 Bey | 44 { a] 7t f 7
13.2 7 6 t 2 44 0 ) 7 ] 5
2; 14 4 7 6 54+ cy 7 9 4 7k 10 ;
1 15 6 5 7 SS } d t 4 74 :
L | 22 O 4 7 ae 6 5 9 6 4
)| 26 6 3 ’ 8 5 | 6 6 9 7
2S rg Soe ‘ 1 54 4 4 Bea F 6 1) 7
oe O 32 11 54 1 } 3 Bey 54 2 ;
3/28 3 9 t ) 9 ; 2 20 1 5 4 :
»| 28 6 wives e ) 6 ' ] 22 0 54 | 2 i
0 | 28 8 ne ) 3 5 0 23 0 44 : 10 :
Eee se 11 Agel IR cage eames Poe J (| 41] \| 24 0 43 4 74% J
* These observations were made for the Department of Harbours and Rivers, Sydney, by Mr. J. Moloney.
hot too. The ‘isemmaanalll over a hundred in the shade for nearly three months in the year.
February.—W eather a atmosphere cool, the hot winds of December last gone. or yarey and the beginning of February
arch, tier eee fine in early part of the month, and raining the latter Aveoges Local Rigs not much affect the rising of the river here. — - § Btenthborie ia July. ia ree
July.—Very little rain in —— ood of Bour ke. The Barwon, Namoi, and Bogan are high ; eel hegre in those localities, which cause the river to rise here. There was 8 ineh g, in Novem
7 ine bit and in December § inches, So there must have been maeteey! rise in the Darling at the end of 1874, L.—H. C.R.
Che of the River Darling,
during the
made at Bourke, New South Wales, —
year 1876.
| Feb. Moe apt May. |June. ‘Toly. Aug. Sept. Oct. Nov. | Dec.
ft. in.| ft. in.! ft. in.! ft. in
Boon ee 17 6 \27 0
, 4 Sie
3 vel 5
{ ee te ae
aa ‘ 23 6
i Fe ’ i
f. (28 0
) ; .. [30 6
) 82 6
; oe t; 33 0
3: mes .
1“ sick 0 6 Od eo
aa ee eos eA ie | a ee ®
7 No record. ws he ee
a ae we ie
ee Tes
if Of. }7 ©
13 0
se t
fees
oh ee OTE
ge ee ee
, *) 4. AS
ttl. Mi e160
ee a eee
bt SRG ales. We ii eay Gees: fice
+ i eibieiadieis takin trom the deity hts of the river published in the Argus.
"+ River falling slowly. Navigation closed to peg. ci
196 HISTORY OF FLOODS IN THE RIVER DARLING.
Observations of tne River Darling made at Bourke, New South Wales,
uring the year 1877.
Date. | Jan. | Feb. | Mar. | April.
May.
June.
July. | Aug.
Sept.
Oct.
Noy.
Dec.
=
5
oe
=
=a
nw
. . ei .
“S000 coceco coos’
— io)
—-
a
. ~ *
“eaon’ oo
w
a
=)
.
up
. S . .
eo coco &' @ ao
4
Summer ‘i
level.
Very low.-
(
Very ow.
\
ft. in.
Very low.
Low.
Very low,
* These observations taken from Ee | Gail
t Sinn sh epee rein Ameer
¢ Risen 2
§ These pt sit:
ronan x Becwares
pi ate bed ou river published in the A7g¥é,
HISTORY OF FLOODS IN THE RIVER DARLING. 197
* Observations of the eae Darling, made at Bourke, New South Wales,
uring the year 1878.
Date. | Jan. | Feb. | Mar. | April.| May. | June.| July. | Aug. | Sept. | Oct. | Nov. | Dec.
ft. in.jft. in.|ft. in.|ft. in. ft. in./ft. in./ft. in./ft. in.jft. in.
: 12 0} 4 0 ( ( . |rising] 8 0 jf. v. f
; 13 0| 310 Tee a Nae Fes (ee
3 Pe = ie ba os
t s 5 es Bae falling 1S
} 5 17 6|3 0 _. |22 0113 0/10 0
5 rl 18 0/2 6 ps 12 ¢|9 0
7 - 1S cOsb ges ms 14 6 6
S : pe 28 gee ae 14 6/6 0
) ik eel 2.8 3 * MeO ss
a ae ee e ey
t of Bs 60) 2-0 : rising 14 0/2 0
13 i ms ee Be . ji4 0/2 0
14 oe ag OE ee pode tee Wd a
Pie Ian | Tce ee oe Stil Oo
16 S i ol a. jf = * falling) f 2 [14 6] s.l
es - vs SO. o [15
ss alg ie fa i apse pas ee a es
es » 9 0 é si me fs
si 9 0 . S.L. 16 07] 8%
is * ! (2 18 ia
ak 8 0 oe : af
4 v.low| .. se - 4 6 |rising 20 O eG
’ we ‘ Ms = rig 8 ae ‘ @
, eck toe A Babel. os ie 4 O}19 O| .
b : ,ad..4 6.9 bee Fen 19° OF Ss
Soph ACG ee eee Be + ADOT
3 gs Wt 271s Garces Gee ee Be .. {falling
) er eee st Ae 30 hey es ee eae Gee
) A me se Card Way a se Gee ' 1921.5
L os cl een Wes aby AD oat Oc Ode ew 7 Utes
ge ee 4 ee e +3 Liichaal tn the Asnue
=) =
* These o
+ River pena pe roost
t Risen to Summer le Ras aria:
198 IUISTORY OF FLOODS IN THE RIVER DARLING.
Observations of the River Pte omy made at Bourke, New South Wales,
ring the year 1879
Date. | Jan. | Feb. | Mar. | April.) May tiie: July.} Aug. | Sep. | Oct.. | Nov. | Dec.
ft. i i i in i in in.} ft. in in i
3 d i]
f é 2 t » H [ 4
: € 4 3 cf 4 ee
L ¢ ) € 4 ae. {
( i ) 28 ¢ 1 BT
10 |27 ¢
i] , a ¢
3 ) ) 1 1
) 10 3 ) 1
) 10 ) {
11 4
4 12 1 1 { 1
7 12 i ( { |
12 ( 1 4 {
12 ) f ( ¢ (
ar a 2 1 ) aa ie ¢ § ( r
13 4 ) 4 f §
13°23 {30 § oa ¢ 1
) 15 { { Bi
) 16 4 4 4
17 6 4 f ) )
18 4 § {
5 19 ci 1¢ ( d )
L 19 4 { ( 4 1
19 § t r J 4
20 0 3 { C 3 4 4
; 20 3 16 0/32 3 128 1 ( } 4
; 20 { t , ) ;
) 21 0 |18 6 |32 ag, BT 0\9 31
) | (22 0 120 pia € 4 (36 5 ) 3
/ 2% 0; . f 3 eee
HISTORY OF FLOODS IN THE RIVER DARLING.
199
Observations of the River em. made at Bourke, New South Wales,
during the year 1880.
88
Date. | Jan. | Feb. | Mar. | April.) May. | June.| July.| Aug. | Sept.| Oct. | Nov. | Dec.
ft. in.| ft. in.| f. in.| ft. in.) ft. in.| ft. in ft. in.| ft. in.| ft. in.
2» 13 2l4 ola 6hl9 6lis 4h17 6 : le alee
| | 8'0|3°'6 s'0 e0’0 j12" 9 bso 9 4/1 9
3 6 [2 8/8 of 6 18 6 |13 4/12 0 9 0/1 0
2i0|2i0 |11 4117 6 |14 0|7 0 10 0/8 L.
> | 80} 1t0 f12"'o hee 115" 6 | 5 6 ios
3 4/3 6]13 6 {15 6/14 4|4 6 a ae
| | g's lts’'o la" 46 te 6 | 42 aL fl 4
4''0 20° 6 \t7 0 hs 8 \20 6 | 4 0| + Summerlevel.{|1 0 {11 2
4 6|293 10 |19 0 [13 8 |24 6/3 0 | 180 9 |} 3
5 0/20 0 |i9 6 14 6 i125 0| 210 | 20 110 0 2
5 6l17 6 17 015 6\24 0/2 0 | 23/9 6 es
1 |6 olts 6he offs 6 | 6|1 6 2618 8ila
6 2(15 4 |15 10 |14 0 |93 2] 5.1 | 3.6|8 0
; «6/5 i016 oft7 64 oi o| .. | 4 s|7 9
> Jas! 7. he’s he oho 6 l 5 017 6
200 HISTORY OF FLOODS IN THE RIVER DARLING,
Observations of the River Darling, made at Bourke, New South Wales,
during the year 1881.
Date. | Jan. | Feb. | Mar. |April [stay June. | July. | Aug. | Sept.| Oct. | Nov. | Dec.
ft. in.) ft. in.! ft. in.! ft. in ft. in
oC tee ee a a
4 ee Gta eS, g
5 LS OLe ULL L S
; nt? O11 218 6 E
. oe -- a ia)
) “a LT-St6 Ole 6
Po a L6.716 €1% 6 Pe et
> y ry re y 3
wit @lah tt. 9 3 9\|8
; ke Obes ice hy Summer level. dase 2
. ee oe &
sybe> mal
) sues 20
tees 19
nae, re ees Co es
; (1 ols 8| | | 3.1.
s [Ig ols 7) 2 | @ Hs
) rea
Pus ele eg
: Pr } | os. 1.
HISTORY OF FLOODS IN THE RIVER DARLING. 201
Observations of the — made at Bourke, New South Wales,
uring
the year 1882.
Date. | Jan. | Feb. | Mar. | April.) May. | June. | July. | Aug. | Sep. | Oct. | Nov. | Dec.
#t. in.| ft. in.| ft. in ft. in.| ft. in.| ft. in ft. in.| ft. in.
2 f ) [260] 4° 9 ‘ a1 |2 0 6 3
s.1. (25° 6|3 0 aw) 5 9
9 0\24 6/1 9 a.1.|8 0 5 0
110 21 6 || 0 6|3 6 : 46
) “0 17 0 B |o 9/4 0 z 40
70 fs 6 Sie 10/4 8 |g |4 0
7 19 "6 [11 9 z : ld ad | ee 5 43
J l20 4 (11 0 Wn 13/4 0| level. “et
210/10 4 2 : 13/3 0 46
) | p20 93 c " 13/2 6 5 0
} 23° 0/8 3/2 10/2 0 5 4
o'6| 76 || 0 6\|1 6 a1\6 6
; \\25 6|7 0 re a ae ‘7 'o|1"'6
| lo6"“o 6 0 fe 7 9\|9 0
| pe Te [ “slo 9] s1 7 oll 0
L y at Me ) . =
202
HISTORY OF FLOODS IN THE RIVER DARLING.
Observations of the River Dealings made at Bourke, New South Wales,
during the year 1883.
Date. | Jan. | Feb. | Mar. Apri aay June.| July. | Aug. | Sept. } Oct. | Nov. } Dec.
ft. in.| ft. in.| ft. in.! £. oe ft. in.| ft. in.) £t. in
2 lie s|e 6 Ws o hoo é eo] ! 20
| fs O17 418 0]8 0 is \2 8
13°4|8 0|14 0} 6 0 19 3 2 2°3
139 8 0 150 46 2°3 By a 16
ys 8] 7 64116. 0 18-0 PcG i: ae |o 6
bot 617 ony eli ¢ 06 é iG
10 4 60 7 9 : 2 0 4 ‘16
5 (6 6/5 Gis 9 : 1 6)2 3
69/5 O19 4/|3 [1@|! = 3 6\3 4||=
a Se IOS. = = oe 2 5
: aa m8 ms io ‘a ‘ ay ‘ 6 re
prec tite 8 sige ee! =
§ (6 O19 909 Of) % B 1 6}4 6]
5 0 106 16 4 ae 3 6
» |5 olt1 4 hs 6 s1|2
ie a rs y J ie ie ticks
HISTORY OF FLOODS IN THE RIVER DARLING. 203
Observations of the River Darling, made at Bourke, New South Wales,
during the year 1884.
Date, | Jan. | Feb. | Mar. | Api. soy Fane, | Jay | Aug. | Sep. | Oct. [xox Dec.
ft. in. ft. in. ft. in.| ft. in.
5 amas Ae a ry
y a3 | | Gk
é ro | | “3 0
1 9 | ay
Mh ae | 6 0
7 o i 4
iS | | 8 o|l<3
& | ; 2
| | : ran ee
5 10 0 :
12 wa "
13 =) | 10 8it\|a
J ai m
= 10 0 ;
a4 = Summerlevel. <j -- - Summer level.
2 = 9 6
: 8 id
8 0
2i/5 0| $ | eee 0
at a | Sl Ea
5 9| 8 ete Oe te
Se wm 4 6 i
7-9 — 24
56 20 é
8 0 ne 20
ws 2% ee
6 6 ee 1:6
) es ok a
) i ‘ 1:
Bo : ) : sk
204 HISTORY OF FLOODS IN THE RIVER DARLING.
Observations of the River Darling made at Bourke, New South Wales,
during the year 1835.
Date. | Jan. | Feb. | Mar. Lari May. | June.| July.| Aug. | Sept. | Oct. | Nov. | Dec.
ft. in. ft. in.) ft. in.
4a Bolan
4 => . 626
3 a a
t ee Sk: PSG
) ioe A a
5 ie S61 S26
3 a 30/3 6
) a ak s
10 ve 5 014 0
ee 6 6/3 9
v: E 8 0/3 3
og as 8 4/3 o]} Summer level.
» |18}}7 612 6
oe nm ra oe
aS €@ 6/1 6
8. 1. 6 010 6
8. 1. 5 ol sl
: 26 ae.
f 4 0 +
3 ee 6 4 ee
) ae at ae
y Ge 6 0 re
Woe Was Pe
205
HISTORY OF FLOODS IN THE RIVER DARLING,
, made at Bourke, New South Wales,
the year 1886.
during t
Observations of the River Darlin
Dec.
0
26
MAAOHO MGONHHD AMtNot CHOSSD SC.
a
SRS
re
‘RARSSS BAREIS ABSRAR RE
Oct. | Noy.
Hao OMDOOSD PAPA ,OMin saa aa owrn
8
8 BSARSH AASRSS HEEAZA AAAARA
roe
12 02 Det Ar 16 OO be Poona Nooo Pi — fds
tr
o>
Lal
Sed Sd Sod
rc
bist SSSSSS SSerss EESSRe BAss_
Aug. | Sept.
roenoys
‘a eal
_ le © Chae ge ; Rete rs je mej eee os
‘S2RARR SASSER AAB8R8 SSSseB BS
Hoo COMOSND SOVonm OO RODD I ARH AWS
R
Rs HNSRES RARSSS BRBRRR ReBeas
June.| July.
(—a—)
tee e
oo
ewcoove LPMOARO ,PBIG O00 Oo
ft. in.! ft. in.| ft. in.| ft. in.| ft. in.| ft. in ft. in.| ft. in.
"omnes Qaeec8 AASBRR RRA
\
3
“MOL JOAN
# &
OAoa
oooo
~
April.| May.
*MOT JOATYT
Mar.
“MOT TOANT
Feb.
‘MOT TOATT
A,
CO geOMm ..
oa -&
HoYaaa
=
Jan.
ft. in.| ft. in.| ft. in
SC AMON HHONSM SCOBAAAR
: inl : ma oe : a
Oo AtHA ANNnoOn wAoooso
.
.
Date
es 45 RNAS
206 — HISTORY OF FLOODS IN THE RIVER DARLING.
Reminiscences in the interior of New South Wales, from ihe
n of 1864 to Christmas 1874, by Wm. J. Conder, then
Licensed Surveyor
Towarps the end of April, 1864, I started from the Lachlan
K
River at Gunderbooka, with a view to pastoral settlement on it
by some ‘Melbourne speculators.
The Lachlan was then dry, except a few waterholes here and
there. The supply of water in the back country very uncertain ;
but with the assistance of an aboriginal, a native of that part of the
Colony, sufficient for the use of my party was procured. We had to
travel from water to water guided by the blackfellow in a very
circuitous course. The water was found in almost every instance
in small clay pans from 6 inches to a foot in depth, and not much
better than a puddle as to quality and quantity. There was good
rough feed for the horses. From Mount Mavebby. about 60 miles
from the start, it was found necessary to return for supplies. I
rode back in one day and found the river in a flooded state, but
not overflowing its banks to any great extent. I was unable to
place two or three years before and had encountered great hard-
ships for want of water ; they had no stock on the place except
one or two saddle horses. They rendered me ever possible
assistance and the most generous hospitality. With Mr. Peate I
rode about for So ape mapa from my party exploring the
count: On these trips w some excellent grazing country
slightly undulating, but nate aeons at that time. After this
we got into mulga forest country and saw no more mallee and
porcupine grass ; the herbage was very luxuriant but the water
abou e clay d reduced it in quantity, and
mixed it acca mud so as to be unusable. I left the camp at a
small watercourse some 80 miles from the Darling, and rode on
ahead to the river which was then in a very high flood ; it was
imipoedible to travel the usual road along its banks. I struck the
river at Gunderbooka, and in going from thence to Nulta Nulta
on the opposite bank, just above the junction of the Warrego, I
got into serious difficulties by attempting to cross what appeared,
HISTORY OF FLOODS IN THE RIVER DARLING. 207
judging from the timber, to be a wide expanse of shallow water,
suddenly it deepened, and my horse after swimming for a few
rit 9S away. I was determined to get through as my destina-
tion was only some 5 miles further on. swam on until [
found shallow water again, and walked the remainder of the
journey minus boots, which impeded my swimming to such an
extent that I had to take advantage of a convenient tree to pull
them off and leave them there. Soon aebaasin I went back to
the camp and brought it into the Darling, where we stayed some
six weeks or two months surveying and exploring some 80 miles
There was little or no perceptible fali in the river water to the
time we left about the end of September, 1864. I wanted to see
a marked tree on its bank near Ciover Creek, below Gunderbooka,
but could not get within a mile of it. At about this time the
tribe of aboriginals usually occupying the back country, which
scarcity of water in their usual haunts. This I found was their
usual custom in the summer months and exceptionally dry seasons.
There was some sort of agreement or understanding between them
and the river tribe, as to certain localities on the river frontage,
which they could inhabit on these occasions without molestation.
I think the provisions were very vague and depended on the
Up to this time I had not been out on the Warrego or Paroo.
That the Darling waters were 70 miles wide may have been a fact
in a sense ; that is, the country is intersected by ana branches,
lakes, and ‘swamps, all filled with the flood waters, but it was not
a continuous sheet of water for anything like that distance. The
mails which were carried on horseback at that time are reported
to have been conveyed from Oxley’s Tableland, some 25 miles
from Bourke, into the town by boats. Probably this report should
ris sp nhipt aa grano.” There were large sheets of flood water
the Bogan, as much as 50 or 60 miles auive its confluence,
for T recollect that one of my horses broke away there, and whilst
riding after him in 12 or 18 inches of water he kept me dodging
about, and I felt my watch jerked out of my pocket, and saw it
fall in the muddy water, but before I could pull up I lost the
exact spot and was unable to recover the watch.
Very little, if any, rain fell from the end of April, when I left
the Lachlan, until the middle of October when I returned there.
In the summer of 1866 I was surveying in the pastoral district
of Bligh, which was then in such a state for want of feed and
water that it was almost impossible to move about at all. For
208 HISTORY OF FLOODS IN THE RIVER DARLING.
Beanbah, at Nebea, and a few other places. At Coonamble a
natural bar at the confluence of Mogmoodine Creek with the river |
dams up a large and permanent supply of water in the creek, and
has the appearance of a large ornamental lake. I do not thi
this has ever been known to be dry, but I have seen it very much
reduced in size and very muddy. The large waterhole at
Gungalgina on the Nedgera Creek I have seen dry. In 186
there were some welcome thunderstorms, but they were very
limited in extent. I remember one which started the Castlereagh
for)
R
°
oe
=
®
Eh
a
Qo
ro)
a
3
oa
SG
pS]
=]
ai
par)
5
5
a
®
4
e.
5
=)
5
ta
re e De
position of the hand-rails could only be known by the ripple, the
water being several inches above them. This river passes throu
t there was no great extent of water outside
ts banks. I followed it from Cobbora to Denison Town at the
highest of the fiood.
The largest. flood I ever witnessed was in the Castlereagh in
January, 1874, about 12 miles below Coonabarabran, The water
rose with wonderful rapidity, I believe fully 30 feet, still it was
in most places confined within its banks. I tried to swim across,
HISTORY OF FLOODS IN THE RIVER DARLING. 209
but did not succeed in doing so, the big waves hurled me about
anywhere, and I was glad to take advantage of an eddy to get
out again almost exhausted. The floods in this river produce
great changes, filling up large deep waterholes, which have been
used for years for ‘sheep washing , and as favourite resorts for
course prior to the flood. I should think this original channel
had been filled up long before the discovery of this continent. In
my experience of that t part of the colony watered b che Lower
Macquarie, Castlereagh, and Namoi Rivers, and their tributaries,
extending from 1864 to 1875, I found it constantly subject to
great extremes, devastating floods, disastrous droughts, or clothed
with vegetation of such luxuriance as ave never met with in
any other part of the colony. The amount of water which runs
away somewhere in the Darling, Macquzrie, and Castlereagh
Rivers, if some practicable means ‘could be discovered for storing
it and using it for purposes of irrigation, would, I think,
ample to feriilize and make an immense tract of country produc-
tive to an unprecedented extent.
Discussion,
Mr. Mann remarked that the theory of the cycle of nineteen years,
as stated by Mr. Russell, would be greatly modified by the number
of cattle in the flood district. The beds of rivers have been filled
up and made sandbeds by cattle tracks. Cattle on their way to
water invariably make tracks; after heavy rains these tracks
become water-courses, and eventually a gully is formed. Immense
gorges have thus been cut, and if this is carried on to any great
extent it must affect the flooding, as the water is not kept alto-
gether within the original banks of the river but is carried far
over the “neath country. Settlers have reached their land we
boats. The next year the river on which they sailed has
filled up with sand, and the following year even the vessels aie
been covered up.
Mr. Cnartes Moore said that the fact of finding grass at the
bottom of a recent river-bed is not an indication that water has
not boas there for some time. Fifteen months ago he P sae
210 HISTORY OF FLOODS IN THE RIVER DARLING.
a splendid collection of plants, not only annuals, but perennials of
a tribe ; they existed there, although there was no appear-
ance of them on the surface. He proposed to read a paper on
the existence of these plants at a future date. How they existed
was beyond his apprehension, because they have had this drought
for several years ; the roots are still alive in the ground. Imme-
diately the flood ceases the plants spring up ; the water does not
remain long enough to kill the roots, and as soon as the water
clears off the grass and plants grow again
Mr. Russext, in reply to Mr. Donkin, said that the present
flood in the river Darling would probably be sufficient for naviga-
tion to the end of the year, because the country had been well soaked
cient to keep up the navigation for months. For instance, the
February, 1882 rain was general over the Darling watershed, and
took two months to drain off, although there was little or no rain
during the two months.
[Diagram. ]
SS oe.
46
A5
1844
9
RIVER DARLING FLOODS.
fe
50
Oza
ee eos aa) geen me 7: oe
j =i eee ia 190 :
tT 100 L ue _—_+-__—__;— eon PES Nc Gigs axe} 8
| 4a st EE mee er 4 So sav] - .
| pny eae See OP ss
ans noe war} Ry
' Nor Se ee Se AVN Wi
i AYN CSRS Hecis LSS eee adv udv Dd
in fy a mS
Ls ¥N [== Gee ee aaa aad =
a4 2 Nve YS. fen!
at Yr ona Extra ~
ie EERE — Ax a sox} &
«sf AON Ino 10. RY
bs <ul Hl ae H das a8 | &
AHA poy
4 mit env ee +e var £
AR fl tH yor nor noe &
Hh mar 5 AVR ee S
a AA vi quay} 8
! adv
i HI aav ean eed IV Kt g
| | i aaa aa4 S
t eae Bison: : a en
| Nvf —) 5a eS
ees oad ee peepee oe AON! Ry
[ AON ES as
| § 190 |] 00 amsf-%
| 448 " ae —_ oavl
| onv may Int ry
| tar cd nae %
nor
+ _ AYW
AVN wav
AVN adv VW 3
‘adv’ auvw : &
hart aaa
= wa NVE) =
Nye oad
= oma AON : iS
AON AON pts RS
“a ee Aanxs \
aus ony NS
env wav ow aor 3
se qnor nor a
ate nae KYW]
AVN nv wav >
-il vant avn] -
avn = hte aga ~
aaa a £
¢ =
oma AON
i AON 100
100 REE _— das
aqas apa -_ e 9nv
env Ne wae nor
me aa eee noe
Noe CO oe AYN
AVY ge, ANRC vei seat
sabe SS Wav avr
paws UVW gaa
19a Pisses Melange = f
pate Nvft JAG
saa oma AGK
poe AON | 208
—_ Das ae eee aas
as = N anv
ony Cc nay ree) nor
ae "ur nor
ie wa nor fAviv
AVIV a ] aav
udv adv aVW
has] uv atx
gaa aaa xvi
Nye 7G a oad
= {acs 9
doo ‘ or aa
aae a ae OAV
pny ag bss
il ns “ar
— wae — nat AYW
AYN _— Wav
meee. tee hess
aAVH i kt
| aga NVec
CEE oe NV¢£ ad
oma ae AON
ian AON 190
100 feed (aus
= = =_
aor lar Nor
nar "ar AVW
AYW AVN wd¥
wav udv YN
av | avn aud
qua | | aad | Nve
NVf I et - pad
oad cag AON
s0N AON pseeners te Y ats
es 10 } ams
das das oe anv ul
aie Sav tne Oo
ans tar noe :
Nor une q AVN °
AVW Ave wav 9
av wiv Ped S
ete poe | qi 24
rit ve: . | nve ew
nve ay 4 ond =
“aaa poe AON rs
AON I950 Or
a = ony x9.
ony re)! — i J 1o8¢ we
cn “i = Jxor] ig
pins ; Nnf tw
nor xvE fav o=
peste nies af AV [>
py peste uvH a>
uv = ao
wii aaa ve 9%
uve a oa z
AON ental 7 ‘boo 7
100 yi aas ©
438 ony °
aie ony ane =
ane ‘rar noe .
noc iil KYW
AVN pode Wd¥
adv 3
from reese EL a ata
aaa aad — ve
: mae ' jag
+ oad
0X ; 1AON } —4"
1D0 | | _| 190 ae pas
aa | aus pnv
ony z Snv “eas? tar
nar Ae tne nor
Nos nor AVA
AYR I AVIV adv
wav sp Udv.
aVvW H avn
mm ai, ie
ave ——— EL @
pada AON
AON AON ; 1D0
100 0 gas
aas das oav|
ony Sav ane
ane tor Henna a ii
noe —— oe iain
re — ws i AY
adv i cod av wav
RIVA avn avn
aaa aya aga
ft nye
Ga Jad iM Od
coe ere AON
100 1 = Gers we 100 _—
das as dias gad qas
pay LO Saas anv ~ pay
ror Te: nr 5 | tar
nar a nor 00° | | nar
XYN AVI | pele
adv adv he
NV avin avn
oxi aaa —
NXve Nvr Nve
Dad ad | Dad
| AON AON | | at AON
‘ais 100 | | 100
aa8 Picts das
onv J av = env
‘ine tac tne
noe Nar a
oes AVK | AVI
udv adv | | wav
1a oe avn IV
pees ste aaa aaa
Nve Nvr
ord oad
cameras AON AON
190 100 190
pn aas das
pnv t pnv ony
‘lar bai bored
noc Not none
AVA AVA AVA
aav hosed ach
rake gaa qa
f
a Om a
AON —— f AON AON
ID0 Be eae aso aeaecacd =
yes Se sei aac aas
ony ony — env
nar tar Bron tor
nor Nor nner
tae KVN AYN
oa wav wdv
be avn aK
‘ons YS aaa]. wal
Nve £
a Cad oad
ane ON aes: AON
‘00 LW ts 190
ats aan Pe bok Rees aus
onv eee Dav — rai
or Te) 1n¢ R. inf
Kar se) wided pa
AVN 08 ~ AV IN AV
‘ny Ndv udv
bow hiVIN avin ~~
aga bina sl
ssiomaionbdieaieaeat wale NVC i) NVC I
ee: aad 2a oza +
AON pate —
= 190 i00 i} 190 Se
S28 das = Yy
pnv © ony ti OOV
ane Te) tor Te) ane
Nae co Nar i RCL Nit
Avy p AVN AES | AYN
mesrarecee
cae f adv er! | Mt Ly:
ate f av RK ee = iwi AE SPIT
Sa ae a ae ac pee r qua | _—___ — noe
rst uve | | Ut eae
S we 3 bs s _ 3 es y & S 2
Notes on the Sweet Principle of Smilax Glycyphylla.
By Epwarp H. Rennie, M.A., D.Se., Professor of Chemistry
in the University of Adelaide.
[Read before the Royal Society of N.S.W., 2 November, 1886.]
Tue Australian sarsaparilla (Smilax Glycyphylla), a climbing plant
which grows abundantly on the shores o ackson, is familiar
to many inhabitants of the Colony,on account of the peculiar taste
of its leaves, somewhat resembling that of liquorice. An infusion
of the leaves, supposed to have some efficacy as a blood-purifier,
is frequently sold under the name of sarsaparilla. Some time ago,
a partial description of a crystalline substance extracted from the
leaves was published by Dr. C. R. Alder Wright, and the author,
in the Journal of the Chemical Society of London. During the
past eight or nine months the examination of this substance has
been resumed by the writer.
Some 75 to 80 lbs. of the leaves and stems were macerated with
alcohol, the alcohol distilled off, and the syrupy residue repeatedly
extracted with ether. On distilling off the ether a crystalline
substance remained, which was purified by several crystallizations
from hot water, and finally by treatment with acetate of lead,
filtering off the precipitate which formed, and passing sulphuretted
hydrogen through the warm filtrate. On filtering off the sulphide
of leadfrom the still warm liquid, a colour] luti btained
which on cooling deposited a mass of slender, perfectly white
needles. The substance so prepared is very sparingly soluble in
dilute sulphuric acid, a copious white crystalline precipitate is
formed ; and when this is filtered off, the filtrate reduces Fehling’s
solution readily.
When crystallized from aqueous ether, it contains 3 molecules
of water of crystallization; when crystallized from water, 44 mole-
cules. Analysis of the anhydrous substance leads to the formula
C,H,,0, The substance above allu to as precipitated on
boiling with dilute sulphuric acid has the composition C,;H,,0;,
and in fact appears to be identical with phloretin, a substance
212 NOTES ON THE SWEET PRINCIPLE OF SMILAX GLYCYPHYLLA.
obtained from phlorizin (extracted from the root-bark of the apple-
tree) by similar treatment. On boiling with strong caustic potash,
it splits up into phloroglucol and phloretic acid. Both of these
lately been recognized as a decomposition product of several s0-
called glucosides.
viously, the sweet principle extracted as above from Smilax
the present undetermined ; but I am endeavouring to obtain a
supply of phlorizin, in order to attempt the determination of this
por
Nahe yea ca ict eens ahaa ain cat SE he ete OS era oc pe AR pit iy 0 inte Re
aS et ls ee eee
sol eciosateat gate gence
ae ee er Woe ees
Notes on the Theory of Dissociation of Gases.
By R. Taretrat, B.A., Professor of Physics in the University
of Sydney.
[Read before the Royal Society of N.S.W., 1 December, 1886.]
gases are essentially discontinuous —_ be considered as
Ma
propose to adopt the following method of discussing the matter.
eae a molecular theory of any kind, whether of the
ortex atom, or of the ordinary kinetic type, the temperature
fica be identified as the mean value of the molecular kinetic
energy of translation. If the mean mass of a molecule remains
constant as is generally assumed, then the velocity must increase,
as the temperature rises—since ot v’ increases. But the pressure
perature rises as the pressure remains constant, we have to satisfy
the condition of increasing kinetic energy, pes constant loss of
momentum per unit area of containing surface. If the mean mass
remains constant then the number of (merece with the sides of
the vessel must vary inversely as the mean velocity of the
molecules ; in other words, the mean free path must increase,
and we have the phenomenon of expansion. Since in most
gases the expansion is the same per degree of temperature, the
increase of the mean free path must be the same. In gases
which expand abnormally, therefore, either the increase of mean
free path must be in excess of the normal, or the number of
molecules in the field must increase. But this increase in’ the
cate and hence a change of potential energy, while an inerenoed
free path would occur together with a rise in velocity, if mass be
214 NOYES ON THE THEORY OF DISSOCIATION OF GASES.
dissociation @ priori. It is with respect to the proof of this
theory that I desire first of all to speak. Berthelot’s theory of an
indefinite boiling point marches straight through every dynamical
proposition connected with the theory of gases, and overturns
amongst other things the fundamentally important law of
Adagadro.
The theory of dissociation assumes the decomposition of the
molecules of a gas, whether this change is capable of chemical
observation or not. As an example of a substance giving rise by
two compartments by a diaphragm of porous earthenware placed
at C. The part A C is connected with a continually working air
as steam is introduced into C B, and by a suitable
A arrangement is kept at a constant pressure
whatever the temperature. Let the temperature
acca Be on A a
amount of gas coming through. But the amount
of gas coming through will be proportional to the amount
dissociated in C B.
We require, therefore, to make a series of experiments at
different temperatures in which the quantity of hydrogen or
oxygen diffused through the plate per unit time is measured ry
the ordinary processes of gas analysis,
rom other experiments—simple in theory—but difficult in
NOTES ON THE THEORY OF DISSOCIATION OF GASES. 215
practice, the co-efficient of expansion of steam is to be measured
at these "usin and the excess fatto the normal value of
t
compared with the amount of Sieuiitigctiess at each temperature.
the two variables are plotted together, the curve would be a
straight line if the hypothesis of dissociation is correct, and this
would moreover require to pass through the origin of co-ordina
To settle the question of the origin, a sepa arate ig tates: would
ave to made at some selected temperature. Wes have
to compare the — from dissociated steam, with the diffusion
oxygen or hydrogen under similar conditions. We
therefore, require ee separate experiments to place the theory
0: for a gas, which
however, where the supposed change is simply molecular, we are
unable to apply any analytical process, and so far the theory must
for them remain a simple hypothesis. The oe given for-
mule for nitrogen tetroxide and acetic acid are N, Pn: A
respectively ; but the vapour densities of these panes do
conform to this statement, for the former at high, and for the latter
at low temperatures. This is explained by supposing a Ang cia-
tion takes place. According to the view of Clausius and
Williamson, and of chemists generally—and those liaaniink with
the vortex atom theory in particular—a g gas is not a simple thing
consisting entirely of molecules of one sort. Vapour density
processes g give usthe mean molecular weights, that is they will
re as ma
more simple on the other, than the average molecules. Clifford,
ong ago, pointed out that our diffusion experiments only point
to a similarity between molecule and molecule within certain limits
and we may add that caak experiments would not tell us whether
a gas was dissociated or not a the products of dissociation
to be chemically indistinguisha Now although in the case of
steam and ammonium chloride pean we have a proof based
measured the oo of heat absorbed per degree of temperature
at different temperatures for acetic acid vapour, and nitrogen
216 NOTES ON THE THEORY OF DISSOCIATION OF GASES.
tetroxide. This most valuable research is published in “ Annales
de Chemie et de Physique,” for 1883, and with it the remainder
of what I have to say will deal.
perature. In other words, the internal increase of energy must on
the theory be very great; and this ought to be chemically
discoverable. But the dissociation theory mere y assumes a
dynamically. ‘
There is another point in connection with this matter which
seems to me to be of interest, and that is the fact that Regnault
discovered that the temperature co-efficient of the specific heats of
gases depends on their chemical nature. Thus simple gases, and
compound gases formed from their elements without condensation
have no temperature co-eflicients at all, as far as the specific heats
But with gases formed like steam wi mdensation of
one-third the original volume, Regnault found temperature
cients—not large—compared with the co-efficients found by
vapour the co-efficients are, of course, functions of the
mperature where dissociation goes i to a
m. d then diminish when measured over a temperature
racing one definite chemical . t did
NOTES ON THE THEORY OF DISSOCIATION OF GASES. 217
expression of the dissociation taking place, we ought to extend
similar reasoning to the cases examined by Regnault. In other
words, we cught to admit that gases formed with condensation may
undergo a measurable dissociation, though it may not be appreci-
take the case of a gas like nitrous oxide, for instance, Regnault’s
ear as ee oe by Berthelot and Orgier, point either
small dissociation into the elements oxygen and nitrogen, or
ate a resolution of NO, molecules into N 2 molecules—or both
dissociable gases examined by Berthelot and Orgier, ‘and gases
whose dissociation like that of hydrogen or oxygen is too small
to be appreciable.
Mr. . RussEvt, in proposing a vote of thanks to Professor
Threlfall, said: That the Professor had taken up a subject which
is of the utmost importance to all scientific men, quite as much to
)
to take a view other than that favoured by neem ‘Threlfall as to
the rate of expansion of the gases referred to. We know very
little of the condition of the gases we find 3 nature. It had
occurred to him as feasible that gases are subject to such variations
of their component parts as are known in regard to matter; as
sulphur which possesses different conditions according to the state
in which it is at the time-being
Professor THRELFALL, in reply, stated that he yeeros that the
more correct way to proceed would be first to obtain reliable
information as to gases, and afterwards apply the knowledge thus
gained to solids and not vice vers
[One Diagram. ]
- "Diagram to accompany Notes on the Thecry of Dissociation of Gases
By Professor Threffall
Read before Royal Society of N.SW. Dec*l"1886
100 -
90
a y
ef
7
70
60
90
for theAcenc Acta Curves the Teroerature Stale 1s siijyoost7 10 be
increased by 100° The Heat absorbed bermeen 120 and 230 "ts
dbvided to (00 parts: 2s 1s the chatige van0ur~ Tens.
4 5
For the Nirogen Terroxide the atnottt Of Heat absorbed b1weel
127° &/98 1s dviled i010 0 parts, — 28 18 te USSOClROI 2S
50 given by Naumatn ani SOrer.
- 20 3
iO
O — |
90 100 He) 120 130 I¢0 — 150
10 20 ae 40 50 60 70 80
(on 2 87)
Results of the Observations of Comets Fabry,
Barnard, and Brooks (No. 1), 1886, at Windsor,
New South Wales.
By Joun Tessvrt, F.R.A.S., &e.
[Read before the Royxl Society of N.S.W., 1 December, 1886.]
I HAVE much pleasure in communicating to the Royal Society the
results of my observations of the comets above mentioned. My
Grubb equatorial refractor of 8 inches aperture, not being adapted
for the work of observation at the time of the appearance of these
comets, I was obliged to have recourse to the Cooke 43-inch equa-
torial. Owing to ‘the limited aperture of this erahaee: I was
unable to follow them for any great length of tim
Comet Fasry.
This comet was discovered by M. Fabry, a student at the Paris
Observatory, on the Ist day of December, 1885. It was des-
cribed on that date as a faint telescopic object, with a nucleus. A
notification of the discovery was received at Windsor from the
Melbourne Observatory, our central station for astronomical tele-
uator. hen a su
obtained for the calculation of the orbit, it became evident that
appear in the west, took people generally by surprise. The comet
was first observed at Windsor on May 2, and subsequently on May
3, 4, 6, 7, 8, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 20, 21, 22, 23, 26, 30, 31, and June
1, 5, # On the first ve dates the measures were obits tain ned with an
excellent position and distance filar micrometer r properly oriented.
In this way transits of the comet and comparison stars were
220 RESULTS OF OBSERVATIONS OF COMETS FABRY, BARNARD,
observed across a single position thread of the micrometer, while
differences of declination were obtained by means of the distance
of York, the makers of the telescope itself. It is similar in its
construction to that designed by Mr. Graham, and employed by
stretched across the opposite angles of the square. These were so
placed by the makers at my suggestion. One of these threads,
invariably adopted as the declination thread, serves as a rea
means for orienting the micrometer. The adjustment is effected
equator shall travel accurately along the thread during its a
ae or the field of view. This adjustment is “made at
titude, so that the star’s path may not be sensibly affected
by Reso and it is always verified at the time of the comet
observations. It was found, however, that, o owing to errors in the
form of the square, the differential right ascensions of objects were
all the differential right ascensions, but no sensible error arises
in the results for differential declination. I may add, from my
own experience, that when a square bar-micrometer is treated in
the way I have described, its results are superior to those derived
from the ordinary ring. The differential measures of the comet
are corrected where necessary for proper motion, and also for
refraction, when it is likely to be sensible. The resulting places
of the comet, uncorrected for parallax, are exhibited in one of the
accompanying tables.
Comet Barnarp.
Two days after the discovery of Fabry’s comet Mr. Barnard, of
Nashville, U.S., detected another faint comet near the Equator.
After a few positions were obtained, it was found that this comet
would also approach the earth so as to become visible, without a
nounced Fabry’s comet to the Australian Observatories also
brought news of this second discovery. Ample time was, there-
fore, ‘afforded for the preparations for observation. On May 30th
e comet came sufficiently south to be picked up in the bright
AND BROOKS (NO. 1), 1886, AT WINDSOR, N.S.W. 221
band of sky along the western horizon. The observations on that
evening at Windsor are, however, not available, as the readings
of the equatorial circles were not sufficiently satisfactory to enable
me to identify the star of comparison, which was a very small one.
Notwithstanding the frequently clouded state of the sky, compari-
sons were obtained with the e square bar-micrometer on May 31,
June 3, 10, 11, 13, 27, 29, and July 1. The results are given at
the close of the paper.
Comet Brooxs (No. 1).
his comet was discovered by Brooks os ise New York, on
April 27th. It was detected at Windsor on July 3rd, with ‘the
aid of a telegram from the Government pte a at Melbourne.
It — observed with seca difficulty on July 3, 4, 11, 12,
and 21, by means of the square bar-micrometer already described.
The results of the Windsor suaaiiak are also given at the close
of this paper.
Tue Repvction or THE Star Puaces, &c.
In the determination of the mean places of the comparison stars
I have availed myself of every authority in my Observatory
library. In those cases where the stars are found in Stone’s Cape
Catalogue for 1880 the precessions have been deduced from that
and the date of the comet observations. In a the
precessions have been determined for the mean epoch by means of
Peter’s elements. Proper motion has been applied to the
place of the Fabry star (No. 10) only. In some few cases the
comparison stars could not be identified, so that they will have to
be observed in the meridian in order to render the comet places
available. The reduction of the star places, and the calculation of
the ~agamgang brat? have been effected in duplicate by different
forms, so as to avoid both systematic and accidental errors ; and,
I may add, that i in the whole work of saietina I have been ably
assisted by Miss M. Arnold, a pupil teacher attached to the local
Public school. er merits as a quick and accurate computer
have an well tested.
222
RESULTS OF OBSERVATIONS OF COMETS FABRY, BARNARD,
Resulting Places of Fabry’s Comet, 1886.
ne 4) Concluded Apparent | Parallax _| Reductions of
Windsor Comet—Star. E| Places of Comet. Factors | Star Places.
Date. Mean =
a Ts ke | A xrp| 3) RA. | N.P.D. |Log.P La: R.N. | N.P.D.
wz)
1 howe Pi 76. a hn. m. Ss ibaa 3 mn | >
May 3 57 17 | +0 57-22| + 6 523] 3/4 23 5-13] 88 30 48°38 87366 9 —0°56| +122
i 3 41 1| +2 33°42| + 7 188 10/4 47 20°29) 94 11 15-3 8-7179 | abe —0°56) +13°6
ip 3 47 26. | +3 50715 | +12 414 | $7131 | 96887 | —0°55| +15°0
ee 3 25 49 | +0 24:53) + 5 50°1 [10/5 49 50°82 |107 53 47-9 8°6695 | 9-5682 | —0°50| +17°9
Fe 3 45 20 | +0 38°'79| + 8 44°6| 3/5 50 5-08 /107 56 42-4 8-6943 | 9-5881 | —0°50| +179
. 345 20|—1 0-48] + 2 28-4 3|5 50 5°28 107 66 33-1 8°6948 | 9°5881L | —0 49| +18°0
a 9 31 | —0 42°57| + 6 4:1] 3/5 50 23°19 /108 0 13:8 8°7201 | 9°6130 | —0°49; +18°0
3 9 31 |—2 9°34| — 4 12°7| 3/5 50 23°10 108 0 13-1 8°7201 | 9-6130 | —0-49| +181
2 24 —1 9°12} + 3 21°1|10/6 7 27-30|111 17 47-9 8-7303 | 9°5814 | —0°46} +1971
Be 5 50 | —0-41:49 | + § 25°3|10/6 7 54-93 111 22 52-1: 8°7601 | 9°6356 | —0°46| +19°1
rf y 53 +6 44°15 | —12 10-1 |10)6 22 48°76 /114 3 8-18-7537) 9°5789| —0°47] +19°8
” p 53 +2 939/+ 0 1'2/10 Seu vaek ee —0°44| +20°
4 7 19 45 | +8 43°44| + 0 45°0 [10/6 47 49°90|118 6 20-0 8-7184| 9-4 33) +21°
1 7 19 45 | —1 11°24 | —17 8°4|10|6 47 50°04 /118 6 19°1'8°7184 | 9°42 35 4
. je, +3 4:18] + 5 33-2] 6/6 58 20°79|119 38 39°8, 86868 | 9- "34! 4
” [oo —4 20°79 | +16 32°9| 6) 6 58 20°42 {119 38 40°, 8°6863 | 9-3 +28 | +
” 3 1 +3 29°30} + 9 87] 5/6 58 45°91 /119 42 15-3) 8-76: sot "B4| +21"
e 3 197 | +1 49°91 | + 7 57°1| 5/6 58 45°85 119 42 19° 18-7626 | 9-480 — 33 | + 0
> 345 33} +0 7:76| +18 33°6| 6/7 7 48°12 129 56 49°5 8°6573 | 9-2205 | 0°28 +22°4
# 3 45 38 | —1 35°86} + 8 82] 617 7 47-91 120 56 49-8) 8°6573 | 9°2205 | —0°27 | +22°5
* 3 45 88 | —4 44°92 | +14 53°1| 617 7 47°67 (120 56 48°5| 86573 | 92205 | —0°25 | +22°6
” 43 45 | —1 14°47| + 5 59°7|14/7 8 9-30/120 59 41-3) 8°7448 | 9-3989 | —0'27 | +22°5
s 7 217 |—0 3°66 | —11 48-4 |12) 7 36 27°05 /122 4 22-9' 86844 | 9-2236 | —0°25 | +22°9
¥ 7 217 | —2 43°04) + 5 6'0}12/7 16 27°16|122 4 92-7/8-6844 | 92236 | —0°23 | +22°9
» 3 39 —2 12°06 | + 9 14°4| 2)7 16 59°04 |122 8 31-18-7945 | 9°5138 | 0°23 +229 |
“ 7 51 41 | —5 30°46 | —10 14°1| 7|7 24 24°67 [123 8 13-3, 8°7541 | 9-3549 | —0°18 | +23°3
”» 7 51 41 | —7 7°39 | — 5 43-2] 7}7 24 24°43 |123 8 5:4! 87541 | 9°3549 | —0°17 | +23°4
en 3 53 +3 30°49| — 5 16°0:|10|7 57 56°75 |126 87 23-5) 8°6635 | 88496 | —0°12) +23°9
s 5 53 +0 2:24) — 6 56°0}10)7 57 56°95 |126 37 27-6) 86635 | 8-8496 | —0°09 | +24°0
” 7 692 | +4 4461| + 2 32-9] 7/8 2 11-71 |127 0 59-98-6919 | 8-9260 | —0-12| +23°9
” 7 6 22 | +4 16°31 | +16 34°9| 7/8 2 11°50/127 0 58°3| 8-6919 | 8-9260 | —O°11| +23°8
c 7 6 22 | —4 37-48| + 3 201] 7/8 2 11°54/127 0 58-3| 8-6919| $-9260 | —0°04| +2471
9 +1 49°33 | + 1 33:4] 818 6 16-10|127 22 53-68-7860 | 9°2807 | —0°08 | +24°0
is 3 9.50 | —2 24-37 | —12 263| 818 6 16-29 /127 22 50-9, 8-7360 | 9-2307 | —0°05 | +24°1
+ 3 31 23 | +5 14°46| +19 22°8| 418 9 41-21|127 40 42°83! 8-188 | 8-3937 | —0° 23°8
” a a +1 0°74) + 5 23°6| 4/8 9 41°39 /127 40 40-7/ 86188 | 83937 | —0°06 | +24°0
” 3 +1 4°84] + 5 47-4] 618 9 45-49 |127 4-5| 86905 | 88498 | —0°06 | +24°0
5 3 48 38 | —2 23°16 | —10 47-7 | 6|8 19 43°54 |128 30 44-5, 88276 | 9 4202 | 0°01) +24°
> 3 23 +2 32°33 | —13 22°2 10/8 30 31°65 129 21 2:4) $8176 | 9°3250 | —0°03 | +23°8
3 3 23 27 | +0 32-00 rye 1G peer 8°8176 | 9°3250 | —0°01 | +23°3
* 3 8 0 | +1 54:88] — 3 18-8 |10/8 32 55-75 {129 31 48°7| 88910 | 9-2308 | —0°02 | +23°8
i 3 3 0 | —0 16°30} —13 36-7 }10]8 32 56°06 |129 31 49-9) 8-8010 | 9:2303 | —0* 23:
June ; 48 +2 2°02| — 3 18-4 |12/8 35 14°37 |129 42 8-0) 8-7873 | 9°1507 | —0°02 | +22°7
5 7 48 7 | —0 54°02 | — 9 47-7 [1218 35 14-22 |129 42 11-28-7873 | 9°1507| 0°00) +23°3
» 5|7 85 27 |—3 52 27| —13 48-8 |10|8 43 50-07 /130 20 4-6) $-7846 | 9°0893 | +0°03 | +23°6
» 5 | 7 35 27 | —4 37-91 | —13 32:1 |10/8 43 50°04 |130 20 4°6/8-7 90898 | +0°04 | +23°6
” 7 417}+0 2°91) + 3 31:7 {10}8 47 45°22 |130 37 24°83) 8-°7477 | 88294} 0°00! +23°3
» 7 |9 54 54 | +0 16°34| + 4 26-0] 7/8 47 58-65 |130 38 19°18: 9°6451| 0°00) +23°3
’ 3 m
VERSLSSSSSERNNVNEEL
Comp, Star.
bo
ow
AND BROOKS (NO. 1), 1886, AT WINDSOR, N.5.W. 2
Resulting Places of Barnard’s Comet, 1886.
2} Concluded Apparent Parallax | Reductions of |4
ie) ee. E|_ Places of Comet. | Factors. | Star Places. 2
Date, | Mean 5 | “i
nt ae la NP.D.|§| RA. | N.P.D. tag. Bog. R.A. po. E
a
1886. | h. m.s. mos |’ ” hom. 5, |°
May 31 | 6 26 47 |+ 2 32-28 '— 0 39°0 | : 4 Bd 55:20:18 12 36.5 e714! 971241—
4 81 | 6 26 47 |—3 0-82 |+ 14 47-7 | 3] 4 54 545 gu8 12 12 30-0) 87814) 977124 —
June 3 | 6 29 1|— 3 23-85 |—18 38°8 | 4! 5 32 1208122 22 56-0| 8-8172
yy 10 | 7 56 83 |+ 1 5836/4210 50 | 8) we... | eee ee $8863] 9-6501|—
eg ea ee eer eee been eee 8°8882) 96598) —
3) 11 | 7 20 58 |+ 8 25°96 '+ 0 19°8 | 8) 6 55 3-00135 19 33-0] 8-8970| 9°5401|—
3 IL | 7 20 58 |— 0 48-95 |+15 1°7 | 8| 6 55 270.135 19 32-2] $-8970| 9°5401|—
3, 13 | 6 38 26 |— 0 26°67 |+15 53°3 |10| 7 11 1°95,186 55 12-3) 8-802] 9-3063/—
» 13 | 7 22 26 |+ 0 11-12 /+ 1269/5) ...... Coa ea 8°9086| 9°5002|—
o> 13 | 7 22 26 |— 2 55°55 |+ 8 30°7 | 5) 7 11 16°68,136 56 30-7} 8-9086 9°5002)—
» 27 | 9 18 96 |+ 6 52°15 |—17 5:7 | 3 8 30 7-66142 9 10-6 8-9362| 9°7297|—
»» 27 | 9 18 26 |+ 6 19°51 |—10 368 | 3) 8 30 7611142 9 19-4] 8-9362) 9°7207|—
3» 29 | 7 54 11 |+ 0 47-95 |— 0 59°8 | 2) 8 37 48°91|142 30 23-4] 8-9596, 9-4694|—
July 1 | 7 54 54 |+ 8 29°61 |+ 10 44°5 8 45 11°54:142 50 7-4) 89631) 9-4704|—
o 7 54 54 /+ 9°90 |+ 13 93 8 45 11 — 50 89 1 9°4704| —
Resulting Places of Brooks’ Comet (No. 1), 1886.
DAIANA Te ote
| %| Concluded Apparent | Parallax | Reductions of |#
a Windsor | ~ Comet —Star. 2) Places of Comet. Factors. Star Places, s
- =)
e. | AR.A. |AN.P.DJ °| B.A. N.P.D. |Log.” nog. 2) R.A. |N.P.D.IE
| 4 P P 8
| i Be betahes Lee ne Wy ieee at + 8. wf
July 3 32 41 |— 0 17°38 '— 13 2°0| 6 8 8 18°95] 98 17 5671 s 7389 46|— O°08|\+ 11°6
5S rot ee ras Te 20 SL kegs OP emees sii re i 0°06)+ 11°55
re SE SP see See 1 01 Pep Seca rad ps O05|+ 117
seis kf 5 56 = a fee 8S ae Ge Pe ee S7 74 096)+ O°08)+ 11°5
#5 oe 55 56 |— 3 46°98 |— 2 53°1)| 3] 8 58 0-79 100 1B 41° 4 piers or 008 + 0°09/+ 11°5
Pea § 55 56 |\— 4 13°12 |+ 11 38-4} 3)-8 58 0°54/100 13 3571 wb bones eee + 009)+ 11°55
i 55 56 |— 5 21°24 |— 4 22) 318 58 2-84iy - 87°9) 8°7433 096)+ O6°09/+ 11°5
» 12 566 17 |\+ 0 O15 i+ 6 43 10) 9 3 24-23/100 23 44°3) 8 7431 ; bees + 0091+ 114
wee: 8 44 29 |+ 0 43°03 hs 14 33°7 10) 9 8°7365, 9°6933/+ 0°23)+ 10°6
44 43° 601 0 57°9
Remarks on the Observations of Fabry’s Comet.
1886.
May 2.—Comet blurred in consequence of its proximity to the
horizon
3.—Nucleus small and starlike; good observations.
4.—Nucleus still small, but not so bright.
6.—Comet well seen without a telescope: tail=4° or 5°.
Comparisons rather difficult towards the close.
7.—In consequence of the low magnifying power of the
square bar eye-piece the nucleus was distinct in a red ae:
8, 10, sie and 12.—Nucleus small and well seen ; good obser-
vatio
13. sere still visible in moonlight to the unassisted eye.
The nucleus was not so small, but was pretty well observed.
During the 10th comparison, 10h. 49m. sidereal time, the
—_ dei had been directly approaching a star of the
224 RESULTS OF OBSERVATIONS OF COMETS FABRY, BARNARD,
th , became coincident with the latter, and was
ienduaes. quite invisible. In this comparison the star was
observed for the comet. During the superposition the star
appeared somewhat fainter. By occasional glimpses it was
mate apparent place of the star of the 9th mag. was R.
7h. 16m. 35s., N.P.D. = 122° 5’ 23”,
14.—Comet just visible without a telescope.
20,—Pretty distinct condensation. The moon rose towards the
close of the comparisons, and the comet was therefore faint.
ve condensation still admitted of fair observation.
22,—Subsequently to the comparisons the comet was super-
~ posed on a star of the 10th magnitude. During the super-
position the star which had been noticed to be white became
reddish.
23.—Central soak jpeg ill-defined.
26.—Sky hazy and comet faint.
30.—Comet much fainter, with slight condensation.
31.—Condensation still visible.
June 1.—Small condensation, which was pretty well observed.
5.—Comet rar l’in diameter, with some condensation.
7.—Owing to the moon’s presence the comet was excessively
faint and difficult of observation.
Remarks on the Observations of Barnard’s Comet:
May 31 and June 3.—Comet plainly visible to the unassisted eye.
June 10.—During the 7th comparison the comet approached so close
to a star of the 10th mag. as to be almost coincident with _
it. The star appeared somewhat fainter during the appulse.
11.—Slight condensation.
13. During the 7th comparison with star No. 8 the comet
was almost blended with star No. 9, and was therefore
almost invisible. In the 4th comparison the comet and
this star were observed as one object. The comet was
excessively faint at the last comparison.
27 fave 2 omet excessively faint, and observations very
eee tor
B uly 1. iat of the last degree of faintness, and observations
very unsatisfactory.
Remarks on the Observations of Brooks’ Comet (No. 1).
July 3 and 4.—Comet 1}’ in. diameter, with slight condensation.
11, 12, and 21.—Comet hardly distinguishable.
LS ee oe Ae Pe Sey ee ee eee at eee
SIE CAL a a hel ee Ret ET SS ln ae ae
——
= eed
: AND BROOKS (NO. 1), 1886, AT WINDSOR, N.S.W. 225
Adopted Mean Places for 1886-0 of the Stars compared with Fabry’s Comet.
No. R.A. N.P.D. Authorities.
hm. s. LTS 4f
22 8:47 | 88 23 44°3| Lalande, No. 8414.
44 47°43 | 94 3 42°9| Lalande, No. er
6 24 99 14 0 Anonymous =
49 26°79 | 107 47 39°9 eae on 1228: iy Cade; No. 4420.
51 6°25 | 107 53 51-7 | Arg-Oeltzen, a 0, 4450.
ci 52 32°93 | 108 4 7-7 an . "No ; Arg-Oeltzen, No. 4471.
6 8 36°88 |111 14 77 rg-Oeltzen, Nod 4812,
8 | 616 5°08 | 114 14.58-4 | Cordoba Zone 102, No. 115.
“9 | 6 20 39 114 3 0 | Anonymous = 8} ma
10 | 6 44 684/118 13°6 | Arg-Oel , No. 5723; Yarnall, No. 2748; Cordoba Zone
118, No. 14 ; Stone, No. 3217.
11 | 6 49 1°63 | 118 23 5:9) Wash. Mural Cir., Zone 98, ;. Arg I
in
5863 ; Cape
739 ; aa No. 2791; Co rdoba Zone 118, No. 30;
Stone, No,
12 | 6 55 16°95 | 119 32 44-7 | Wash. dural Cir. “Zone 91, No. 54; Wash. Merid. Cir.
Zone No i Ang-Oeltzen, No. 6027; Yarnall,
No. 2830; ug fon
13 |.7 2 41°49 | 119 21 45°6) Arg- ‘Odtene No. 62 a
14 | 6 56 56°27 | 119 33 59°9 | Wash. Mu ca age , Zone 91, No. 55; Wash. Merid. Cir., Zone
155, No. 4
15| 7 7 40°64 | 120 37 53-5) Wash. Movia “Cir. Zon No. 63; Arg-Oeltzen, No,
6399 ; Cape Ca t. 1850, So 1181; ond Radcliffe Cat. “hes
775; Yarnall, No. 2909 : xelles Obs., 1874, No. 3
1876, No. 325. Stone, Mes 347
16 | 79 24°04 | 120 53 19-1 te ego tee Zone 165, No. 66; Cape Cat. 1850, No.
1186 ;
17 | 7 12 32°84 | 120 41 32-8] Wash. Bora Cir, Zone 165, No. 68; Wash. Mural Cir.,
Zone 101, No. ; Arg-Oeltzen, No. 6553 ; Yarnall, 4
2946 ; Bruxell i te 1874, No. 382; Stone, No. 354
18 | 7 16 30°96 | 122 15 48-4 arnall, } vi Fs Bests , No. 35
19 | 7 19 11°33 | 121 58 53°8 | Cape Cat. 1850, No. 1232 ; Stone, No. 3619.
20 | 7 29 55°31 | 123 13 4-1! Yarnall, No. 3083; Stone, No. oc A
21 | 7 31 31°99 | 123 8 25-2| Yarnall, No. 3097 ; Stone, No.
22 | 7 54 26°38 | 126 42 15°6 i. Meria. Cir., sone 171, No 8; Yarnall, No. 3262 ;
tone,
23 | 7 57 54°80 | 126 483 59°6| Wash. Merid. Cir. .» Zone 171, No. 19; Cape Cat. 1850, No.
1386; Yarnall, No. 3274; Malb Obs., 1877, No. 1225
: Stone, No. 4076.
24 | 7 57 27°22 | 126 58 3:1} Stone, No.
= 2/8 6 + Be 126 57 14-1 | Cape Cat. 1850, No. json oa Ne No. 4176.
26 | 8 4 26°85 | 127 20 56-2) Wash. Mural Cir., . 17; Yarnall, No. 33063
: Stone, a a
- 27). 8 8 40-71 | 127 34 53:1 a No. 4907.
2e tS 22--¢-71.| 128 41. 81 ash. reap Transit, Zone 223, No. 5; Stone, No. 4354.
29 | 8 27 59°35 | 129 34 O08 ne,
30 | 8 29 58 129 20 0 Anonym = 73m
31 | 8 31 0°89 | 129 34 43-7 pe Cat. 1f 1850, No. 1513; Stone, No. 4482.
32 | 8 33 12°37 | 129 45 2-7 Stone i
33 | 8 36 8°24 | 129 51 3571 Cape Cat. acm No. 1534; Melb. Obs., 1880, No. 147;
Stone, No. 4539.
34 | 8 47 42°31 | 130 33 20°38 ~~ a kg 1589; Melb. Obs., 1880, No. 152+
me, No. 471
85 | 8 48 27°91 | 130 3313-1 | Stone, No. 4715.
Remarks :—Star, No. 14.—The minutes of declination of this star are misprinted 30’ fo
31’ in the Wash. Mural Circle Zone, 91. Star, No. 15.--The Radcliffe R.A. = ps stat bat
been re: Star, No. 17.—This star = 7 mag. ; it had a companion of the 8 mag. south
of it. e R.A. in Wash. Merid. Circle Zone, 165, is rejected. —
226 RESULTS OF OBSERVATIONS OF COMETS FABRY, BARNARD, &c.
Adopted Mean Places for 1886°0 = the Stars compared with Barnard’s
omet,
No. R.A. N.P.D, | Authorities.
°
jas ae te ddas
1 | 4 52 23°74 | 113 13 5°5
4 57 56°18
Arg-Oeltzen, No. 352:
2 112 57 32°8\ Radcliffe Cat. 1845, . 1400 ; mp hoe Nos. 3600
and 1; Cape Cat. 1850, No. 73 5; 2nd Radcliffe Cat. No.
ge Greenw. 7 Yr. Cat. 1864, i” 641; Cordoba Zone,
2, No. 70; Stone,
3 | 5 35 36°90 | 122 41.22°3 Cape Cat. 1850, No. 367; Yarnall, No. 2362 ; Stone, 2550.
| 6 44 40 138412 0
1643.2 134 20 0 Anon nymous =8 mag.
3 46 38°16 | 135 18 56°7 | Stone, No. og
3. 55 52°70 | 135 4 13°3| Stone, No. 335:
3 | 7 11 29°65 | 136 39 1°1| Cape Cat. 1850, No. pias Stone, 3527.
ered. 136 55 0 —— =8} m
1 14 13°24 | 186 47 32-9] Stone,
S 23 16°34 | 142 25 56°6| Cape Cat. 1850, No. 1482 ; Stone, 437 ~
12 23 48°91 | 142 19 36°5 | Cape Cat. 1850, No. 1485 ; Stone, 4379.
1 37 1°68 | 142 31 31 bn shee 1850, No. 1540; Melb. Cat. 1870, No. 430; Stone,
14 | 8 36 42°68 | 142 39 3:4 ony Cat. 1850, No. 1538; Stone, No. 4549.
15 | 8 37 2°19 | 142 36 40°1| Cape Cat. 1850, No. 1541; Stone, No. 4556.
Adopted Mean Places for 1886°0 of the Stars compared with Brooks’
Come ;
t (No. 1)
No. R.A. | NPD. Authorities.
hm. s. oF a oe
1! 8 8 36°41 | 98 30 46°5| Lalande, No. 16182.
2/ 8 15 57 9817 0 A y 74 mag
38} 820 0 98 34 0 Anonymous=7 mag.
4) 8 58 48 100 12 0 | Anonymous=9
5| 9 1 47°68 16 23°0| Lalande, No. 18013.
6| 9 2 18°57 | 1 1 45°2| Lalande, No. 18030.
7 | 9 3 23°99 | 100 17 28-6} Lalande, No. 18069.
8 | 944 0°50 | 101 15 13°6| Lalande ; No. 19282; Lamont, 599.
Remark : ——_ Fas Tal: ad , No. 18069, “i. . 3 hI i +2 :. rigl ¢ . 9
Mr. Russet said he had great ona in proposing a vote of
th to Mr. Tebbutt for his paper on his observations of these
recent comets. All of them had been frequently observed at the .
Sydney Observato tory, and a more extended series of observations
to
astronomers on such matters should be placed together and com-
and accordingly his notes had been forwarded to England
for yubdiedtions some time since,
bo
bo
~~
Notes on some Rocks and Minerals from New
Guinea, &c.
By A. Liversiner, F.R.S., Professor of Chemistry in the
University of Sydney.
[Read before the Royal Society of N.S.W., Ist December, 1886.]
PRELIMINARY NOTICE.
THE specimens mentioned as having been obtained from the Fly
River were collected by Signor D’Albertis, and those from Yule
Island, Gulf of Papua, by the late Captain Onslow
o information upon this point has been forthcoming ;
note,
The fossils were mainly of a Mesozoic sharkte including
ELE pectens, ammonites, carcharodon teeth, coral, &c., and
o have been derived from Cretaceous rocks.
einer D’Albertis states that all the specimens which are not
otherwise noted are from “~ ated River, in about Lat. 5° 30'S.,
some 250 miles in the interi
the microscope most of the e grains present on
n are fairly complete hexagonal mani So
friable that it can be rubbed down between the fingers.
ears also have arr been used in fireplaces. They were
foun m
yr heavy, ae oe ‘compact ST pebbles, containing
minute disseminated particles of iron pyrites; the sp. gr. is
2 2599, The ican of pyrites is very small ; these were found
928 NOTES ON SOME ROCKS AND MINERALS FROM NEW GUINEA, &c.
to contain minute traces of gold, but only by operating upon large
quantities.
Some of the pebbles of quartzite were black, others only black
in the interior ; the former had probably not been burnt in the
aig fireplaces.
nt.—In the form of light brown pebbles, somewhat like
Pine ‘foil the Woolwich beds ; others, containing more impurity,
and some resembling Egyptian j jasper
One flint pebble “pears the imperfect cast of a pecten, and in
others are markings somewhat the en eg in appearance. One
perforated by a tube about 2 inches long, containing a sabe
core of light porous siliceous matter about ?” in diameter.
In one case the flint has a sp. gr. of 2-586, and in another 2°570.
bien tea —A pebble containing rolled fragments of white
quartz, pale brown felspar, l crystals, and black
asper or basalt, destained together by a black ferru ginous paste.
Basalt.—In the form of a pebble of porphyritic structure, and
containing large crystals of augite. Another specimen, in the
form of an almost spherical pebble, broke with a sub-conchoidal
fracture, and showed weathering for about 1” from outer surface.
The specific gravity was low, ‘being only 3. 678.
Porphyry.—Small pebble of a red colour, an intimate mixture
of red orthoclase felspar and quartz, a little hornblende and mica
present. The exterior of the stone is quite black, and probably
like most of the others, was taken by Signor D’ Albertis from a
fireplace
Tron Pyrites.—In dark liver-coloured masses, showing radiate
structure when broken open (Marcasite) ; in nee very like
that from the Lias clay. Rapidly oxidizes to sulphate
‘as scr on assaying to yield minute traces of ¢ ld.
e form of nodules with a concentric seiner
Some ab are hollow ‘ris others have a loose nucleus or kernel in
side, and in flat cake like masses, of fair quality as an ore of iron.
Also as bright red and yellow ochres—one specimen was in a
calabash, and ‘the other wrapped in ti-tree — ready
for use as pigments and personal adornmem
ere are also specimens of ferruginous oe clays of red,
brown, iy and grey colours, from the banks of the Katau and
Fly Rivers
Limestone.—Compact, somewhat crystalline, no fossils, weathered
Ohitside - evidently from the sea shore, since one piece has an
oyster shell attached.
A fragme ae = hers oes aragonite, but blackened and saturated
with tarry ma
One rah apa mass was found to be hollow like a geode, and
the cavity lined with inten quartz crys stals,
Amongst the calcareous st bl le up of rolled
Roane
NOTES ON SOME ROCKS AND MINERALS FROM NEW GUINEA, &c. 229
masses of corals cemented with calcareous matter ; in other cases
made up of silt and volcanic ashes, also cemented together by
calcium carbonate.
Also white and grey wry cael ei apeateet oe containing
fossil corals. One piece of limestone eathe oO a pecu uliar
spathulate form, and might fs pees ce, been he te for a
native spoon.
There are several specimens of a yellow figs ia sig lime-
stone containing fragments of various fossils, orals, wit
weathered, somewhat like dysodile ; exhibits a woody structure,
gives a brown streak or powder, ‘breaks with a well marked
- conchoidal fracture yielding a black lustroussurface. Burns with
difficulty without flame, emits but little smell, and leaves a dark
grey ash, very bulky and resembling a wood ash.
It is not ag but flies off in powder before the knife.
Fossil —Many specimens were found in the natives’ fire-
places, some “of es presenting very curious and fantastic shapes ;
the woody structure is well preserved, on the outside they are
brown but black and porous within. The black portion when
crushed and ignited on platinum foil glows feebly, a leaves a
white ash, but can har rdly said to burn. is mineralised
wood, for it consists mainly of silica, is probably disad by the
natives merely to line their fireplaces just as peg use the rocks
and pebbles, dy not for any value it possesses as a
Pune (from the Katau River).—In the form oe a rolled mass
of a light grey colour, very similar in appearance to the common
white pumice of New Zealand and other Pacific sources.
Most of the stone implements, adzes and club heads, many of
the latter being in the form of rings, stars, crescents, &c., are made
of hard igneous crystalline rocks; some are apparently from
modern lavas, but others of older basalts, diorites, and porphyries ; .
but it was sem to determine the rock with c certainty in many
cases, count of the glaze-like eke polish which they
ecieieik ee which Signor D’Albertis did not wish removed ;
and to obtain fresh fractures was, of course, out of the question
without sie destroying their value as ethnological specimens.
The egg-shaped stones are fashioned out of a variegated Jime
stone, and the sharpening stones or hone is a grey felsitic rock,
The following specimens were collected by the late Captain
Onslow, R.N., in August, 1875 :—
Yue Isianp.
The specimens from Yule Island consist simply of quartz
pebbles. Some pieces of white, more or less crystalline limestone,
230 NOTES ON SOME ROCKS AND MINERALS FROM NEW GUINEA, &C.
apparently from a coral reef; and others of a grey colour, one of
which, evidently coral reef debris, enclosed rolled white q uartz
and other pebbles.
DarNLEY ISLAND.
With the above are a few specimens from Darnley Island.
car.
fragment of a buff coloured tufaceous rock, containing a consider-
able amount of carbonate of lime in the form of recognisable
fragments, but most of it disseminated in fine grains mixed with
iron oxide
On treating a fragment of the rock with hydrochloric acid, it
dissolves in great part, and leaves a grey c ae residue w
under the microscope, has the appearance o volcanic ash ;
a of green augite, brown and sclourtees: crystals, being
abundan
Baxter River (New Gurxea).
Rolled nodules of white vein quartz, with a pebble of grey
coloured chalcedonic quartz ; of a basalt and of a dark grey felsitic
rock ; another specimen is a pebble of a dark coloured very tough
diabase rock.
Concretions of impure red hematite, like those occurring in the
Wianamatta shale, and like them probably derived from a shale,
Various specimens of alluvial deposits obtained from the river
banks, passing from loose grey and black soils to stiff and
tenacious red clays. One of these is laminated like a shale and
contains mica scales; it is probably the source of the ironstone
concretions.
The scales of mica sont indicate the presence of older
crystalline rocks in the in
Obtained from 35 miles ne ‘the river. Some of the soils are
very full of vegetable matter, and should be very fertile.
Bole.—Of a red colour, also variegated red and white ; adheres
to the tongue, and scales off in fragment ts with a conchoidal frac-
ture ; gives shining streak, and is subtranslucent. Falls to pieces —
when placed in water with a slight crackling sound, and emits a
rapid cic of minute air bubbles.
Chrysolite.—Small pale green rolled pebbles, fairly transparent;
all external crystalline form worn off. Collected by the Rev. G.
eee in Sam
Aragonite.—In the form of stalactites from Tanna.
Sulphur, sulphates, and similar voleanic minerals, are common
in Tanna and some of the other islands.
As a whole, the variety of minerals at present obtained from New
Guinea and the islands is very limited.
BE Re Oe ea he: ley ee ee eee
Poe ag = ee ok Ne ee et ead
231
Notes on some New South Wales Silver and
other Minerals.
By A. Liversiper, F.R.S., Professor of Chemistry and Miner-
alogy in the University of Sydney.
[Read before the Royal Society of N.S.W., 1st December, 1886.]
f “
Most of the silver minerals placed before you and mentioned in
the following notes were collected by Mr. J. M. Smith, a member
of this society, and many of the assays were also made by him.
Native Silver.—The specimen of native silver placed before you
is from the Umberumberka ine, about 14 miles from
Silverton, and was obtained at a depth of about 240 feet, where
the vein is about 4 feet wide. It is in the form of thin scales,
and is associated with galena and siderite, the layers or scales of
various depths in the different mines. The loose masses found on
the surface have usually a dirty green or: brownish colour, and are
wn by the miners as “slugs” ; on cutting them or driving into
them with a pick they present the usual characteristics of masses
of silver chloride, being very tough and horn-like, and yielding a
smooth shining surface, and, if the knife be wet, a metallic silver
surface. They sometimes weigh many pounds, but are usually
much less.
One specimen which was examined yielded the following result
to Mr. Smith :-—
Sample from 212 feet level, Broken Hill Mine, Barrier Range :—
Chloride of silver... ss nine ae
Bromide of silver... ie pT id
8-14
100-00
The vein stuff is sometimes earthy, at others it consists, largely
of chlorite, and in other instances it contains bluish chalcedonic
translucent quartz ; at times it is mainly ferruginous.
232 SOME NEW SOUTH WALES SILVER AND OTHER MINERALS.
porphyrytic structure, and the silver chloride was mixed with
rey copper sulphide (redruthite), and was associated with
small crystallised red garnets ; at the 212 feet level cuprite and
quartz were also present in addition to the copper sulphide and
other minerals.
Large quantities of cerussite, i.¢., lead carbonate, and galena
seem to be present throughout most of the veins, so that smelting
should ke easy.
one another in incipient branching forms, with a horn-like
translucency, and of a greenish shade.
n some cases where the silver chloride is crystallised on a velvet
black or brown hematite, the effect is very fine and the appearance
yellow crystals which appear to be minute imperfect hexagonal
prisms of silver iodide, but I have not yet contirmed the presence
of iodine.
In one vein at the Broken Hill the vein stuff is a white earthy
mineral resembling kaolin, and the vein is known as the Kaolin
vein in consequence. The greenish crystals and plates of silver
pecimens are shown you from the following mines, in addition
to those from the Broken Hill Mines :-—Christmas Mine, Lubra
Mine, War Dance and Gipsy Girl Mine, Thackeringa, North
May Bell Mine, Silverton, Day Dream, Hen and Chickens Mine
where the silver chloride occurs with azurite or blue copper
carbonate.
Selected specimens, of course, assay very high, one piece of the
vein from the Lubra yielded 8,493 ounces of silver per ton, and a
. yield of 16,000 ounces has been obtained from surface slugs.
Lodargyrite.—Silver iodide, the probable presence of this has
been already mentioned.
Cerussite.—Lead carbonate occurs in association with t
silver chloride, galena, &c., in the Silverton Mines, sometimes
fairly crystallised. The cerussite appears to be free, or almost free
from silver, the latter having been deposited on its surface merely.
SOME NEW SOUTH WALES SILVER AND OTHER MINERALS. 233
Anglesite a sulphate).—Occurs under much the same
circumstances as the cerussite, and at times the crystals, although
usually ssi, are brilliant and well formed.
Fahlerz, occurs at South Wiseman’s Creek Mine in the Bathurst
Silver
England, at the latter mine a few small crystals have been met
ith. Similar antimonial and arsenical silver ores were worked
at Boorook and other places near Tenterfield.
At Webb’s Mine the ee occurs with galena, copper
sulphides, green fluor-spar,
Manganese.—A. mineral which looks like Semper occurs at
the Broken Hill Mine, and was met with at a depth of 6ft. in
cutting a trench on the outcrop of the lode. Tei is smooth, black,
and shining in mammillated stalactitic form, and upon its ‘surface
erystals of silver chloride have been rent in hice cases. The
smelting the silver ores ; on en he found it “98 contain 19-00
per cent. lead, probably present as carbona cent.
silica ; 37°88 per cent. manganese (enetalze); ‘prokatly pr cab
as dioxide ; 3-02 per cent. alumina; 2-97 per cent. iro
Another specimen which he also partially analysed, from the South
—_ Hill Mine, about } mile south of the outcrop whence
the previous one was found, yielded 6°20 per cent. silica ; 23°85
per cent. iron; 21° er cent. manganese, probably ‘present
as dioxide; 14:00 per cent. lead, probably present as carbonate.
ge both contain lime, &e., but the other elements have not been
estim
Cassiterite —Some large well developed crystals of bro
tinstone in quartz, about 14 inch in diameter, from. J sepa
Mine on the Upper Murray.
Zincite.—Red oxide of zinc, mistaken by local minersfor calamine,
from the Vegetable Creek, New Englan
T 2.—Fairly well crystallised topaz from Scrubby Gully,
New England, from 4 inch to 1} inches long.
Beryl.—A_ rolled “fragment of about } “inch x $ inch, not of
very good colour, and muc
Garnets.— Common red, crystallised in chlorite, from New
England.
Diamonds.—In twin eee of imperfect three-faced octohedra,
united by a plane parallel to a face of the octohedron. Sent by
Mr. C. 8. Wilkinson; beatiie from the Sydney Diamond Mining
Company, near Inverell. A collection of minerals accompanying
the diamonds in the Bengonoway Diamond Mine, is also exhibited.
Although these are somewhat the same as occur at Bingera there
are well marked and characteristic differences.
bo
eo
Or
On the Composition of some Pumice and Lava
from the Pacific.
By A. Liversiper, F.R.S., Professor of Chemistry in the
University of Sydney.
[Read before the Royal Society of N.S.W., 1 December, 1886.]
Bonn.
Pumice.—Masses of pumice are frequently cast upon the beach
along the coast of New South Wales, and at times are also
found in the harbours, and they are not unfrequently picked up
within the Sydney harbour.
€ source of this pumice is, of course, a foreign one, and
doubtless it is derived from more than one of the volcanic centres
in the Pacific, but which of them does not as yet appear to be
very clear.
It is stated to be more abundant after an easterly gale, and is
found more often on the north side of the inlets along the coast
than in other situations ; in size the pieces vary from quite small
fragments to pieces 9 or 12 inches through.
Some of the specimens are black and others are white, or rather
of a dirty white or grey colour.
Thinking that the chemical composition might throw some light
on their source, analyses were made of a specimen of each variety
with the following results :—
Black pwmice.—Bondi beach.
Chemical composition :
Moisture: ... 147
Silica 3°630
Tron sesquioxide ... pe ise ro ~. $838
Tron monoxide ... sey ue Fe ... traces
an monoxide ae
en ¢ 4°205
esia . none
ny 4°252
Potash : 3°809
100°566
Sp. gr. 2°307 at 15°C. in powder.
236 COMPOSITION OF SOME PUMICE AND LAVA FROM THE PACIFIC.
White pwmice.—Bondi beach, much waterworn.
Chemical composition :
Moisture ... res a wee oe a 1s
Silica me eee 2. ries tee 68°149
Alumin: oe oe Ms 16°493
Tron venuioxide cae ah ae <a 200
Iron monoxide ... ae ve es --» hone
Mangane : eo PER
Lime 4:005
Magnesia none
re a es ee ae POSS Sal
Potash’. =, cee wy a re Paes ei! 8]
99°447
Sp. gr. 2107 at 18°C. in powder.
I have not been able to analyse any of the specimens of pumice
from the islands, so that no direct olay scans can hed de
mens. Although the Bondi specimens were collected some years
before the Krakatoa er uption of 1883, they may possibly have been
drifted across from previous eruptions in that district.
It would be very interesting to trace the limits of the distribu-
tion of drift pumice along the Australian coast, and I trust that
some one will undertake this dut ty.
vd. sas wl oe from the island of Tanna, very
vesioulay and almost a pumice in structure (See Rocks from New
Britain and ee Trolend, A. Liversidge, F.R.S., Journ., Roy.
Society, N.S.W., 188 2) 5 and in specific gravity it is just over 1°0,
since it slowly sinks in water, but the powder has about the usual
density of rocks.
It also contains small white glassy crystals of felspar. This
specimen was collected by the late Commodore Goodenough.
Chemical composition :
lg ips ra "201
Sili su ais aay eh Me 57°041
Alene re ik is --- 19°512
Tron sesquioxide ... see aie aie -» 5°499
ee monoxide eee ca bes bis, de
: ssiaggeeaty monoxide ... ‘ 2-053
me ie 8°157
Magnesia . none
Soda oy : ihe 2°831
Potash . ‘ ‘ wet 2°37
100°383
Sp. gr. 2°720 at 212°C. in powder.
—-
fi ; : ny See ates
kB ae a iS She yy a ek ae
Asie
ra
2 z Spire gee GG
Se aS RN tae Le SORTS ee eRe SIEGES eee ak Pen Be nen eR
COMPOSITION OF SOME PUMICE AND LAVA FROM THE PACIFIC, 237
Lava.—From Port Resolution, Island of Tanna. This
black vesicular rock, with a pitchy or resinous lustre on the fr het
fractured surfaces. The weathered surfaces are brown, and in the
interior of some of the vesicles scattered through the lava are
white glassy crystals of sae
= a eet ;
Sita moisture avs eee!
ve as bin 53°312
Alotin po ies oes Bie coe OE
Tron pct is ie sis .-. 17°339
Iron monoxide... ann sc 20S
Magnesia ... “T27
Lime ie or ey As om s. 9°058
Manganese monoxide ... ot gue w. «17443
§ , oa Be ns ish 3°417
Potash .~ seh wie a ik «- 3°347
. gr. 2°686 at 15°C. 99°791
The proportion of iron to this rock is unusually large
Lava.—From the island of Tanna. This is a black scoriaceous
and vesicular lava; the freshly fractured surfaces are highly
lustrous, like the former lava it contains isolated small glassy
crystals of felspar.
Chemical composition :
Moisture ... wet iis se bie bets EEL
Silica aia avs sie er me +. 56°755
Alumina a na den «-. 21°096
Tron sesquioxide . ms ne bu a. O21
Tron mo nc ; eS BA ac «+ 3021
angane eat a0e i ea ... traces
a tecaidias ren ve ie es its : sy
Lime inh 9-014
Potash... ots wit a ibe eh OZ
2°66 at 15°C. 100-724
Thus ii is a He hehe difference in the composition of
th wo lav;
ne Comparative Table.
White pumice, Bondi. Black pumice, Bondi,
becom at 100°C... 1818 “147
Sili ... 68°149 63°630
Akai mina ae -. ~16°493 17994
Iron sesquioxide iki ati: 5°838
Iron monoxide a ae traces
M ese monoxide... “256 “691
- 4005 4°205
esia .. ‘ . none none
Soda... oii ‘ae ee SSSE 4°252
Potash ei nate poe. LOUD 3°809
99.447 100-566
238 COMPOSITION OF SOME PUMICE AND LAVA FROM THE PACIFIC.
Chocolate Lava, Port Lava,
Krakatoa, 1883. lava, Tanna. Resolu- Tanna, Sco-
3. i iaceor
i 2.
Loss on iputtion: 3, 2°17 2°74 ZI *201 *139 “241
*Silica re ee i
umina ... Or . : 21°096
Tron sesquioxide... 5°82 \ 4°47 28 5°499 17°339 4°52)
ide es 5 _ 2:002 3°02
Tron monoxii : {oun See S74 2 1
Manganese ... but ‘23 = trace _— trace 2°053 1443 traces
ime... fe ws 400 3°34» 2°71 8°157 9°058 9-014
Magnesia... ee 166 1°20 “81 none ‘727 ~~ traces
Soda ... a wow GRE BOS mond Dip RE 3°417 2-804
Potash ah se LS a1 3°41 2°375 3°347 3272
*Titanic acid ws = 08 ee 38 S30 is
99°35 99°44 100°71 100°383 99-791 100°724
eens
Sp. gr. das bes oes is ae it 3, 2°686 2°666
No. 1 by Sauer, No. 2 by Renard, No. 3 by K. Oebbeke. Journ. Chem.
Soc. 1884, p. 974-5.
Discussion.
Mr. G. A. Liuoyp, M.L.A., said it was a niatter of very great
importance that such subjects should be studied and brought more
prominently before the public. When gold was discovered in
alifornia in 1850, the export of that metal was very great, and
so it continued for several years ; but after a time the out-put of
gold decreased, and silver took its place. In travelling through
could augment our commercial rity, we should achieve some-
and
elsewhere would be well received,
63 tae
sk a er ME
Se ape ee ee een te
COMPOSITION OF SOME PUMICE AND LAVA FROM THE PACIFIC. 239
Mr. C. S. Winxryson said we were indebted to Professor
Liversidge for the information imparted respecting the geology of
ew Guinea, ring the Australian Geographical Society’s
expedition up the Strickland River, the Cretaceous formation was
found almost along its whole length ; and on ascending one ra
it seemed as if the country were almost flat and undulating,
in that direction. Professor Liversidge’s observations now prove
this to be the case, and form a very important contribution to our
knowledge of that. part of New Guinea.
pinpinatt2
“hades Seles eet: §
' en
Notes upon Floods in Lake George.
By H. C. Russert, B.A., F.R.S., &e.
[Read before the Royal Society, N.S.W., 1 December, 1886.]
Tue history of floods in our rivers and ari if it could be.
accurately written, would form one of the mo st important chapters
the laws which contr ges in seasons that have such
prominent effects upon a country like this, almost wholly devoted
to pastoral pursuits is, ever, impossible now to find the
materials for such a ory, and the few facts which have
before you; in order to make the record permanent, and if
possible draw from the recesses of memories still active, important
testimony upon the question under discussion. So far as I have
anything like a theory, which would place limits of time, and
extent to the floods which have from time to time covered up tens
of thousands of acres of the richest pasture land for years, and
I have not therefore to detain you by discussing any theory fret
has already been given to the worl nd before giving my o
view upon the subject, I should like to call your attention to the
fact that the floods in a lake which has no outlet produce very
different effects from those we see in rivers, In the latter case
the water speedily returns to its level and leaves a record for the
season in which it took place. But in the lake a similar flood
ces an accumulation of water which takes many years to
evaporate, and to a certain extent masks the effects of subsequent
rains, such at least is the case in Lake George, which has no
outlet except evaporation. My object in collecting these facts
soften out the curves, and the particular floods cannot be seen so
well, and in some cases not at all, and then the history of the
rising and falling of the. lake is too incomplete.
Only a small ridge divides the catchment of the lake from that
of the Hawkesbury River, and we know from rain observations
242 NOTES UPON FLOODS IN LAKE GEORGE.
made at Goulburn on the Hawkesbury side of the lake, and at
Gungahleen on the other side, that the bes rainfall on the two
catchments there is about the same. So that ver y heavy floods in
the river coincide in time with very heavy peel in the lake. I
mention this because from it we may reasonably infer the state
of Lake George from the state of the Hawkesbury during the years
1816, 1817, and 1818, In the autumn of 1816 there were vai
great floods in the Hawkesbury, while the three preceding
had been very dry, and there seems to be no doubt that in 1816 the
lake suddenly rose, as shown in the diagram, for when found in
1818 it was ‘‘ full of water.”
have been working now for many years trying to elucidate
the sort of mystery that seemed to hang about Lake George, and
lake and other matters, on February 18th, 1885, I erected the lake
register described in my anniversary address to the Royal Society,
May, 1885, and took the 0 line of its printed sheet as datum line,
there being at the time no other available ; the recording pencil was
made to mark at the zero, so that the water level on February, 1885,
is the zero of the lake register. But it was known that careful
levels had been taken of the base line at the other side of the lake,
and that Mr. Chisholm, Mr. Kenny, and others had frequently noted
the condition of the lake and measured the depth of the water ;
and it was obviously very desirable to connect all these measures,
and also the still sie ones on the original surveys of the land
round the lake. These go back to 1828 and are invaluable as
Peak data jfconees much that is unreliable. I began by
ing in twelve ¢ places, some distance apart, the difference in
Seccl ginal “the 1874 flood line and the then height of the
ei all together it would be necessary to do four things. First, to
take a line of levels from the top of the terminal stone of the base
line to the water, which would connect the base line datum with
the lake register datum. Next to take sounding of the lake over
the same ground that Mr. Chisholm had gone before, and to
the deepest place. This would connect Mr. Chi sholm’s sounding
with the lake register datum, and i all notes in which the
depth of the lake was given ; and thirdly, to find the fall per mile
at each end of the mee so that the surveys and references
to the size of the lake might be — into statements
of the height or rather depth of the water, and thus connect
them with all the others ; and lastly, to find the present length of
NOTES UPON FLOODS IN LAKE GEORGE. 243
lake, oe the first few days of January, 1887, Mr. Glover
rried these measures for me, and reports as follows:
= Jan abies “Oth, 1887, I have taken the levels from the top of the
south terminal of the base line near Mr. Powell’s house to the
water, and find fe difference is 59°84 feet. I have taken the sound-
ings over the e places that Mr. Chisholm sounded, and find
the deepest sane is 8 feet 2 inches, the other particulars of sound-
ing will be found on the plan of the lake. I find that at the south
end of the lake the rise in 60 chains is 10°28 feet, that is, from
10-28 feet in 60 chains; but this rate is not maintained in the
water, for there I found that from the edge of the water toa
distance of 1 mile in the fall was only 4 fee
At the north end of the lake the change of level is not so rapid
ee from the water (present edge) 1 mile towards the high-water
ark there is a rise of 7°07 feet, and in 1 mile the other way ;
that j is, into the water are is a fall of only 1°80 feet. I carried
the levels also from the water up over the first gravel ridge into
the wet lagoon, i.e., the gravel ridge that Mr. Beit cut through in
order to drain the lagoon. I found the top of the gravel Tidge
- 32°90 feet above the water, and the bed of the lagoon is 16-08 feet
above the water, and therefore 16-82 feet below the gravel ridge.
I have sounded the la ke over the lines on Mr. Chisholm’s rough
makes it 21 feet, and the deepest place is in the middle of the
lake 9 feet 1 inch.”
» “T find the railway marked tree at the end of the water at the
south end is 62, and at the north end 32, the lake is therefore
—_ 15 miles lon “if
““T may mention that from the present water to high-water mark
at the south end is 73 chains, and at the north end 100 chains.”
The details of these levels will be found on the map and on the
section of the lake.
It will be seen in the section that the lake was sounded for 1 mile
at each end, and for a short distance in the middle, Sas it has
een assumed that the bottom is fairly idtahin’ in slo
the levels Mr. Glover started from the ene of the
on the south terminal stone of the base line, but the base line
levels were to the mark under the cap, 1.e., 0 75 feet below Mr.
Glover’s point. e may now see how w these connections come ont,
Base Terminal above Bottom of Lake.
Top of base terminal to as "a Pobre £ 1887 ... 59°84
Depth of water in deepest part, 9 inch 9°08
Difference from — of stone com to seta
of lake é “OZ
Cap of pier — ee O98
Base Line terminal mark above bottom of lake ... 68°17
244
Aga
‘sil 4 Spot lake water by section of lake below
inal..
5 49
Depth of water then by sounding oa ro tid
Bottom of lake to top of south terminal of base ... 68
1874 Flood Level below South Terminal of Base.
t. in.
Base terminal above water, 9th January, 1887 Pa OO te
Lake register datum above January, 1887, level ... 2 11
Lake register datum below base terminal... ee
Lake register datum below 1874 flood cP ni Seas 3 He |
1874 flood water below base terminal, south end ... 44 3
Depth of water in 1874 Flood. ;
. in.
By Mr. Chisholm’s soundings ... Fei 0 2s. Cae 0
Again,
Base terminal above bottom of lake .., Hi Ro GS AZ
1874 flood below base terminal i vii iis ded
Depth of water in 1874 flood ... edd ap ae 23 ll
Again,
South terminal of base by survey pd 2.074 )
June, 1878, railway level made oa in lake Fei: 2, 22H §
Difference Se
ft. in,
In June, 1878, the water was below base terminal. 49 0
Bottom of lake is below base terminal 68 2
Depth of water in June, 1878, by survey ag 2
Railway surveyor made the water 5 ft. 6 in. below
1874 level in June, 1878 5 6
Depth of water in 1874.. ro “ine ae ses Po 8
NOTES UPON FLOODS IN LAKE GEORGE.
Depth of water in June, 1878.
Depth of water in 1874 flood—-Mr. Chisholm i ae,
Railway surveyor measured the difference betwee
eg 4 flood and water i in June, sie and made it
in.
6
ee 0
Depth of water in 1874 flood—Mr. Chisholm 24 6
January, 1878, water 4 ft. 7 in. below 1874 flood ;
evaporation half-year 10 in., to June, 1878 5 5
above sea.
NOTES UPON FLOODS IN LAKE GEORGE. 245
In June, 1878, as will be seer the three measures agree wi
2 inches, which is : satisfactory. But if we take the depth of the lake
in 1874 flood from the levelling it comes 23 ft. ll in., or 7 in. less
than Mr. Chisholm makes it. A difference which cannot be con-
sidered large when the level of the water varies so much under
the action of wind.
In February, 1885, I determined the fall from 1874 flood as
stated above, and made it t. llih. Since then to J anuary,
1887, the lake has fallen 2 ft. 11 in., or in all 14 ft. 10 in., and I
have used Mr. Glover’s determination of the difference hetweeri
the bottom of the lake and the base line terminal, because
these levels and soundings were carefully taken about the same
date. Now Mr. Glover found the deepest water 9 ft. Lin., which
added to 14 ft. 10 in., makes 23 ft. 11 in., as the depth of the lake
found in this way. In 1874 flood Mr, Chisholm made it 24 ft. 6 in.
5
at a difference in the depth of the lake found by measures quite
unconnected.
These values of the depth of water in the lake, depending upon
different persons and measures and methods, show a satisfactory
agreement, and make it evident that the connecting links of the
different
or the prese
urpose ; and it will be seen in reading through the statements
collected from various sources that many apparently loose state-
deep, showing a fall of 15 ft. 6 in. in five years, which is much
more rapid than any recent measures have shown; but on the
other hand in 1826, ’27, and ’28 dro con was very severe, and
evaporates out of the lake that it was not dry in 1832, as stated
in my work on the climate, upon the authority of Mr. Styles, and
H
246 NOTES UPON FLOODS IN LAKE GEORGE.
that in 1823 the lake was as high as it was in 1874, for it is
stated on good authority that the trees extended some distance
into the water, and on the margin were some that had been
recently killed, and oe not lost their bark, — further in were
others that looked as if they had been dead for
description that serves exactly for 1874, Priore ‘that when I
went along the western shore in January, 1885, looking -
indications of recently killed trees I could see none, except
and there, perhaps one in a mile ; a tree just on the edge of the
1874 flo od line, or a little above - it, that was dead or half dead
evidently from the action of the flood waters on its roots. ‘These
saw on landing on the west side looked then as if they had been
dead for years. It is obvious then that the 1874 flood was, but
little if at all, higher than the previous one, and we know
certainly that there was no flood between 1823 and 187 4, that at
all approached these. This view is at variance with that ‘of some
killed in 1871; but the evidence is conclusive that there have
been dead trees round the lake ever since it was discovered, they
are constantly mentioned by the surveyors who went at various
times to = lake ; by Sir Thomas Mitchell in 1828, 1836, and by
many ot and as mentioned above there were in 1823 dead
trees that Fae looked old, and some standing in the water that
had not even lost their ba ar r. Glover also at my request in
1885 made a careful aneinintinns of the dead trees to see if they
could be divided into two lots, one of which had been killed more
_ recently than the others, but he could not do so, they all seemed
to have been killed at the same time. The question as to the
lasting qualities of the wood comes in here, the wood is apparently
not of a durable kind; but the water seems to preserve it in @
remarkable way. As the following statement will show :—When
at the lake in November, 1886, Mr. Glever showed me a stake
4 ft. long, that he had pulled out of the water so - it might
not stake his boat, he had seen the top of: it appear the water
up, and waited until he could pull it out of the — 1 =@
low as at present since 187 0, and cc pre cannot have been
NOTES UPON FLOODS IN LAKE GEORGE. 247
In the —— abstract of the history of lake levels I have
endeavoured to ¢ - —_— as concisely as ible. It will be
n in the dings m wn from these that the rise in 1816 is
shaded, this was done rs a iaationte that itis assumed from the floods
many cases, for instance, in 1832 Su urveyor Hoddle See
some land at the south end of the lake, and in his plan shows the
then water-line very clearly. Three years later, that is in 1835,
he went there again, and in his plan shows the lake margi 6
chains within the previous one. Now where the inclination is
10-28 in 60 chains, it is 1 foot in 6 chains, and therefore 1835
was 1 foot lower than 1832.
1816.—Very heavy floods occurred in the Hawkesbury in 1816
after : drought of three years’ continuance. It was very wet
, and a still higher flood swept the Hawkesbury in
March this year. In 1818 it was rather dry, but 1819 brought
two great floods in February. There were more floods in
March again in June, 1820, one of the greatest floods ever
n the Hu nter this year.
1818. me ‘1818, the blacks told Dr. Thr osby’s exploring party
when near Lake George that there was a great body of water
in it.
1820. Ai hes seen by the Governor in October, 1820, Lake
George was a splendid sheet of water.
1821.—Mr. J. R. Styles saw the lake from Governor’s Hill, it was
a magnificent sheet of water reaching nearly to the town of
Collector.
1823.—From what the blacks told him, Mr. H. Hall thought Lake
rge was at its highest flood in J une, 1823.
1824. — Messrs ‘Ho ee oe Hume’s Overland Journal estimates the
lake as 20 miles
1824. i H. Hall (Olieeate) there were some dead trees in the
margin of the lake this year that had not then lost their
bark, while there were other trees farther into the lake that
looked as if they had been dead for years ; level of water
probably about same as 1823. As the water in 1874
certainly went as high up as any of the dead trees, and
actually killed a few more, it would seem to be more than
likely that the water was as high in 1823 as in 1874.
1825. —There was no rise this yearin Lake Bathurst, probably
1828. "The lake was ete in August, 1828, by Mr. Dixson,
Government —— and found to be 15 miles long, which
is its actual length. b; y railway marked trees now, January,
248 NOTES UPON FLOODS IN LAKE GEORGE.
1887, so that in 1828 it was at same level as January, 1887.
Ir. Dixson’s survey shows that og Sir Thomas Mitchell
said the lake was 17 miles long, he was only guessing at it,
and the 7. surveys show that the extreme length in 1874
flood was 16 miles.
1832. sucbTodillo’s surveyed margin of the lake in August, 1832,
seems to be exactly the same as that of January, 1887;
water was therefore 9 ft. deep, in deepest part of the lake.
1834.—Mr. John King says, “in 1834 there was a road along the
western side of Laks George from Bungendore to Collector,”
at present time, January, 1887, this old road is just uncovered
and wheel tracks that must have been made before 1870,
when the lake rose and covered them, look quite sharply cut,
as if made a few days since, the lake is now 9 ft. deep, and
must have been 8 or 9 feet deep in 1834.
1835.—Hoddle again surveyed the margin of the lake in 1835,
makes it at the south end 6 chains within the 1832 line ; but
6 chains by Mr. Glover’s levelling is shown to be e val. to a
fall of 1 foot, so that Lake George i in 1835 was 1 foot lower
than in 1832, or 8 feet dee
1835.—Mr. F. Cooper (Climate). This year the water was nearly
up to the standing timber.
1836.—Sir Thomas Mitchell’s statement that the lake was a grassy
meadow this year must be taken to apply only " the parts
then dry. For Hoddle’s survey shows us that n 1835, it
was only 1 foot lower than in 1832, and it was ches as high
as in January, 1887, so that i : 1836 it must have been 7 or
8 feet deep in the deepest par
1837. ioe bt (Climate) says on lake was rapidly drying up
this
1838 and 71839, —Mr. A. Chisholm there can be no doubt that in
these years Lake George was dry. Mr. W. Davis says
(Climate) the lake was dry enough in 1839 to drive a team
across the middle of it. But in October this year there were
considerable floods, which filled Tarrago lagoon, and must
ave put water into the lake. (See Mr. Kenny’ s letter as to
two swamps.) Mr. John King (1838 and 1839) : The whole
surface of the lake bed was dry and firm
1840.—Goulburn Herald.—The depth of the lake in 1840 did
not exceed 3 or 4 feet, this rise was probably due to the
ood in October, 1839.
1842 massage Sag tacky The lake was dry this year, excepting
goons. nny says the water was 3 feet deep in 1842.
1843.—Mr. hisses Ohta says the lake was partly dry this year.
1845.—Mr. H. Hall (Climate). This year I drove more than
once from Geary’s Gap to Kenny’s oe i.e., the centre of
the lake, without going through any wa
El
fA NT a En eS eee eo to Cee eee ye pa at ea a
5 cae eed Sk pe i Ege pak yet
NOTES UPON FLOODS IN LAKE GEORGE. 949
1846 and 1847.—Mr. Kenny says Lake George dried up com-
pletely i in these years, and remained dry until 1850. Mr. F.
ee hae also says (Climate) Lake George was perfectly dry in
1848 849.
1850. na a Kenny says there was a — shallow water in the
lake in 1850, about one-sixth o area was
1852.—Mr. Kenny says in the arto ‘aa spring of 1852 Lake
mig filled up to seven-eighths of its size in 1876, and was
1 feet deep in deepest pa
1855 to 1864.—Mr. M. M. Carter says from 1855 to 1864 the
northern part of the lake was dry, and used as a cattle run,
and I had 10 acres of wheat on it, where now, 1876, the
water is 15 feet deep.
1855.—Mr. Dyce,—“ During 1855 the lake extended from Curren-
dooly Point to Kenny’s Point.” This would make it from 4 to
5 feet dee
1860.—I are no direct record of the height of Lake George in
1860, but the year was the wettest ever known in Sydn ey,
and very wet about Lake George, 40°32 in Goulburn where
the average is 25 inches. The lake, ee er, does not seem
to have risen much by the survey next yea
1861.—J. B. Thompson’s survey, 3lst May, 1861 shows that the
waterline then was 600 feet from high-water mark, on the
west side the lake falls about 20 feet from high-water mark,
600 feet ys nace: would make the depth in 1861 in deepest
part 4 ft. 6
In J sana 1885, Mr. Glover levelled and sounded on the
west side about Douglas house where the lake gauge is, and
found that in 100 feet from 1874 level to then le vel there
was a fall of 12 feet ; 40 feet into the water a fall of 2 feet,
in the next 140 feet another 2 feet, and in the next 320 feet
about 4 feet, making in ap a fall of 20 feet i in 600 feet.
1863.—The lake margin b rvey was 24 miles within the
January, 1887, line ak eed iakin Mr. Glover’s
inclination of the of lake 4-5 feet, below the January,
in. deep.
1864.—The Goulburn Herald says that in 1864 Lake George
filled up by the heavy rains, and was in 1865 17 feet deep.
1865 to 1868.—Lake George pomdees falling.
1868. ore A. Chisholm says in December, 1868, Lake George
as about 10 miles long. This would be about 7 feet deep, by
on Glover’s section of the lake.
1869. ae early levelling on the base line shows that the lake
as then 6 fee t deep.
187 ra —Mr. Chisholm states that in January, 1870, he rode on dry
land across the lake from Jones’ point, and 30th June, 1877,
i 250 _NOTES UPON FLOODS IN LAKE GEORGE.
sounded in the same place and found 14 feet of water ; and
in the deepest part of the lake found 21 feet water, so "that .
lake ~ have been 7 feet deep in January, 1870.
Mr. Kenny says in April, 1870, the lake was 7 feet deep.
In rai Hg 1870, levels were taken at the base line whi
show that the lake was then 15 feet 8 inches deep.
1871.—-In August, 1871, the levels taken at the base line showed
that the water was 19 feet deep.
ee ea highest point in the flood in Lake George was reached a
t lst November, 1874. Mr. Chisholm states that from —
heat 1870, to Ist November, 1874, the lake rose 17 feet a
6 inches, and that in January, 1870, the water in Cooper's —
Bay was 7 feet deep, and therefore 24 feet 6 inches deep at —
greatest flood. It will be seen in 1885 note that my )
measures make the depth of the lake then 23 feet 10 inches
a difference which is vag accounted for, unless: the method of —
sounding was differen
.1876.—Writing on 3rd aly, 1876, Mr. Chisholm says, “Judging —
from the experience of the last three or four years, the —
evaporation has equalled the sosthes of cee carried into —
the lake. There are large gum trees, green a few years since,
now standing in the water dead, evidently killed by the rise —
of the water. From this I should infer that the lake is
higher now than it has been for at least 100 as. because
these large trees must have taken that time to > ;
During 1876 winter the lake has been ata steondiehalld we
~ a had v very moderate rains and nothing approaching 4
Again, on 30th April, 1876, the lake had fallen 2 feet 9 inches —
ow its highest point. i
In January, 187 é; og base line levels make Lake George
21 feet 6 inches ’ s
-1877.—On 30th April, iene , Mr. Chisholm again measured the
lake and found it 3 feet. 11 inches below highest flood. On
rail tt he sounded Cooper’s Bay, and the deepest water
was
2,225 feet above sea level.
(1883, —In March, 1883, Mr. Glover visited Lake George and =
made a mark on the rocks, at Cooper’s, at the height of the
water. Again visiting the place in January, 1887, he found
the mark 5 feet above the water, which would make the lake
then 14 feet deep,
NOTES UPON FLOODS IN LAKE GEORGE. 251°
1885.—18th February, 1885, lake register started, lake level
found to be 11 ft. 11 in. below 1874 flood, and the lake 12
feet deep, at deepest place.
1886.—Lake register shows a fall to 31st December, of 19 inches.
Lake 10 feet 5 inches dee eep.
1887.—9th January, 1887, lake 9 feet deep, by Mr. Glover's
sounding, having fallen by register 1 feet 5 inches.
Particulars of these recent measures will be found in an
earlier page.
For the valuable map of Lake George which accompanies this
paper I am indebted to the Surveyor-General, and to Mr. Furber,
for the very great trouble he has taken to search out every
available particular about the lake to be found in old surveys.
is carefully made to scale, and wherever possible it
shows the —— from the old surveys, points in the history ;
which are very great importance because of their accuracy,
more than 20 miles long, with a depth at least double of our
greatest record. The proof of this is to be found in the ge
thrown up by it, the extent of flat land at both ends, and the
unmistakable relics of great floods.
The section of part of the base line showing the various water
levels and dates has been made from all the available data, and
is convenient for Laem showing the relation between the water
at various On and a point, “which is the southern terminal
of the ine. I bishin. in the absence of complete sounding of
the lake, ion obliged to assume that the deepest point found by
Mr. Glover is the — of the lake; but there can be little
doubt that this is so, and in any case the real datum is the base
terminal, Mr. cers levelling and sounding are shown in the
section of the lake, but it must be borne in mind that the
sounding extended 1 mile into each end of the lake, and about 1
e in the middle. The lake bed is, however, so even in its
inclination that the section may be taken as correct.
. Licensed-Surveyor T. Russell says, “In August, 1871, I-
went with Mr. Surveyor Betts frequently about Lake George in a
about the lake with a view of finding the deepest part of it ;
the central parts varied in depth from 16 to 19 feet; 19 feet was
the deepest place we could find after sounding it nearly all over.
I was surprised at this, for I had the impression that it was much
This work shows the necessity for complete soundings of the
252 NOTES UPON FLOODS IN LAKE GEORGE.
lake ; but I have not time now to wait for them, the section also
should be carried north and south to the possible limits of the lake
which for the same reason must wait completion
The letters, &c., which follow contain many valuable statements, :
and throw light on several points. One of the early difficulties in
collecting data was that the statements were often quite contra-
road over the lake whilst there were swamps on either side of it
3 or 4 feet deep.
Mr. Kenny, 18th August, says : Lake might be dry across from
int 1 mile N.W. of Ke enny’s Point to Geary’s Gap, while
eck would still be a considerable sheet of water towards Collector
about 4 feet deep and another towards Bungendore of the same
depth, neither of which might be seen owing to Fat Hen and
other plants growing on the dry part. This may account for
some of the statements making it appear that the lake bed could
be crossed here dry shod, whilst others asserted that it was not dry.
Mr. Mowle’s letter explains the muddy waterhole so often
mentioned ; it was a waterhole at the end of the swamp at the
Collector end of the lake, and was used by shepherds and teamsters.
In November, 1881, Mr. 8. Ranger began to observe the rate of
fall in the water of Lake George, “and found that in twenty-two
weeks it had fallen 22 inches. ‘Probably this was a very dry time,
as this rate is seldom reached now; about 20 inches in a year is the
usual rate of fall. Mr. Ranger also says that in March, 1884, he
tried with a level and found that the lake had fallen 11 feet 8
inches below the highest mark.
Mr. J. Matthews, t under date Lake George Base Line, 22nd April,
1870, the men have been three weeks removing logs from under and
on top of bridge. The creek rose 2 feet higher than i in previous rains.
Again, 28th April: We have had the highest flood known for
twenty yea It rose 2 feet into Mr. Osborne’s house (old
Civiupdaclas washed away the base line, bridge, and put 2 feet
of water on to the lower part of the base line.
Again, 14th May, 1870, the lake is now 6 feet above its ordinary — :
leve :
Probably water in Butmaroo Creek in diagram was considered —
at ordinary level, for it is 6 feet below the bridge. He
says the Worth end of the line is under water. Now by the :
diagram that would make the water 6 inches over the bridge ab —
"ent Creek. As Mr. Matthews’ statements would not a =
NOTES UPON FLOODS IN LAKE GEORGE. 253
Extract from the Report of the Commissioner of Enquiry) John
Thomas Bigge) into the condition of New South Wales.
_
a
=
ct
°
=}
q
9
=)
>
5
£
8
>
@
&
|
#
o
“
7
°
Pre
¥.
a eputy Surveyor General, who visited the lake
(Bathurst) in 1818, is of opinion that it had much increased in
sizein the interval”; 1819 wet, three floods in Hawkesbury this year.
strongly tinged with ochreous clay of the shores, “On approaching
the N.E. shore of Lake George the swampy meadows are of
greater extent, and reach to the margin of the lake, where they are
separated by rocky projections of sandstone. The extent of the
lake from N. to 8. is nearly 18 miles and its main breadth is from
5 to 7 miles. Dead trees were observed in it to a considerable
distance from its present shores and the person who had discovered
it in the month of August preceding, that is 1818, seemed im-
pressed with the belief that the expans2 of water had considerably
increased.”
The water itself had been represented to be salt, but it was
found by experiment to be remarkably soft though turbid. The
lake is bounded on the west by a table chain of rocky hills
elevated from 800 to 1,500 feet above its level, and it was from
one of these that Mr. Oxley thought he descried a mountainous
chain to the W. and N.W. of Bateman’s Bay, on the eastern
coast of New South Wales, distant about 40 miles.
age 8. He mentions that on the journey from Bathurst to
Lake Bathurst he passed many swampy places.
Page 9. The elevation of the country in the Western side of the
Blue Mountains is strongly marked by the rapidity and fullness
of the streams of water and their abundance in every direction.
ae
| vey, 3lst May, 1861,
6
marked edge of the lake
500 to 600 feet from
23 VR edge of timber on west
SS) , side along the road from
Gundaroo to Collector.
ROAD
. F. Mann’s plan,
29th March, 1856, shows
Ne f Cooper's 45 acres, block
ae 24,
254 NOTES UPON FLOODS IN LAKE GEORGE.
Mr. Arnheim’s survey, 2nd March, 1863, shows edge of lake
water, then about 300 to 400 feet from Ondyong Point, and
curving thence northwards 40 chains } mile at its extreme north
a
Oy SW. Gazetteer.—Editor’s address is dated March, 1866.
Article on Lake George was probably written in 1865, and it
refers to the rains of last year filling up the lake, that no doubt
was the wet year. 1864; he says it is now (1865) higher than
ever, and 17 feet deep in places.
Hoddle’s survey, 10th July, 1835.—Water 10 chains from
high-water mark ; his high-water mark is- above the dead trees,
1 mile north of Butmaroo Creek.
in
plied rapidly and became too fat to eat. I believe they have
remained ever since in the lake, and I think the fish were put in
are still there, but are now very difficult to catch. Still one or
more fishermen make a living by catching them.
If the fish were put into the lake on or before 1848, the lake
cannot have been quite dry since as it is stated to have been.”
Mr. A. Chisholm, of Winderradeen, under date 2nd January,
1878, says: “The following few facts about Lake George may be
interesting to you, and are worth recording. You may rely upon
them as being correct :—
L,
The highest water mark known was attained in the winter a
of 1874 (say about 1st November, 1874)
bo
9 inches during the winter and spring of 1876.
3. At the end of the summer of 1877 it had fallen 3 feet :
11 inches below the 1874 level. During the pipet
1877 (say up to lst November) it
; gained 6 inches,
ginning this present summer at 3 feet 5 inches below
highest mark.
4, During this summer so far it has fallen 14 inches, making
the present level 4 feet 7 inches below highest mark on
lst January, 1874. ee
. In January, 1870, I rode across the northern bay of the”
lake just heading the water. On 30th June, 1877,
sounded across the same line as near as 1 cou guess
and found 14 feet of water. The level was thet
ot
. At the end of the summer of 1876 (30th April) it had fallen
It gained
NOTES UPON FLOODS IN LAKE GEORGE. 955
3 feet 6 inches below 1874 mark ; so that from January,
1870, to end of the winter in 1874, the lake must have
risen 17 feet 6 inches.
. On the same date (30th June, 1877,) I sounded all over
Cooper’s Bay and along Cooper's shore, and could find
no greater depth than 21 feet. his proves that
previous to 1870 the depth generally over that part of
the lake could have been ;
“The (see Mr. Kenny’s letter) lake may be deep further south
along the Currendooley san but from what I can learn I don’t
think there is much differe
“T am inclined to think “that most of what has been said about
the lake in past years has been simply guesswork and tradition.
These are facts verified by actual measurement.”
Mr. A. Chisholm, of Winderradeen, under date 19th June,
1878, says: “Surveyors are at present engaged in making a trial
survey fora railway line to Maneroo. Mr. Mountain, the one
who has charge of the portion from Bredalbane to Bungendore,
has got as far as Lake George, and he tells me that the present
level. of the water is, or was on 10th June, 2,225 feet above the
sea. This he has ascertained by actual levelling from Bredalbane
platform. On the same date the lake had fallen 5 feet 6 inches
below the highest mark of 1874.
re Kenny, of Kenny’s Point, cen under date, 3rd
August, 1876: “Any information I can give about the lake, I
fear will not be very valuable for eibrolaptast purposes, but such
as it is I have much pleasure in placing it at your service. The
present dimensions of the lake may be fairly estimated as
follows :—Length 20 miles, average breadth 7 miles, average depth
20 feet (deepest part would be then 22 feet, see diagram 1
therefore Mr. Kenny’s average of depts is 2 feet less than deepest.
I state this for comparison). In 1826-7 the length and breadth
covered with water, at which stage it arrived in 1837. With
slight fluctuations it are eamne in this — until 1840-41, when it
the depth very svifling. There was little increase in this until
1852, during the winter and 8 of which year the lake became
filled to fully seven-eighths of its present area, but the depth did
not — an average of 9 feet (11 feet in deepest) ; 3 since then it
256 NOTES UPON FLOODS IN LAKE GEORGE,
has not been dry, though it fluctuated very much, two-thirds dry
1858-59 and 1860. 1861 to 1866 slightly increasing until it
attained about half its present area. 1866-67-68 drying until it
was not more than 2 feet in average depth (4 feet deepest), and
one-third of its present area, increasing slightly until April, 1870,
when the average depth was about 5 feet (7 feet at deepest), and
the area about 15 miles by 6. From that time, viz., April, 1870,
it continued to increase rapidly—that is for Lake George—until _
August, 1874, when it attained about 6 inches higher than its
present level, with but very little less than its present area. It
then began to recede, and between that time and April of 1875
it had evaporated to the extent of 2 feet 9 inches in depth; but
by October in the same year the water had increased to a height of
2 feet 6 inches higher, or above any mark attained since the country
was inhabited by white men ; or, to speak more accurately, since the
lake was known to them. It is now down more than 3 feet from
authentic.”
Mr. J. F. nny, of Kenny’s Point, says, under date 18th
August, 1876: “I do not think there is any disparity between my
statement and that of Sir T. Mitchell, viz., that the lake was in
October, 1836 ‘a grassy meadow.’ As the lake receded, a herb,
known familiarly as Fat-hen, and other salsolaceous herbs of @
creeping habit sprung up, the former in some places attaining ®
height of 6 feet, which to a casual observer on a level with the
ae
ta")
e.
pB
<a
joe
@
Ss
te
2
=
Qu
2
5
|
so
jo]
os
5
a
fo)
“
mM
ad
i)
ca)
ce
oe
eer)
4
i)
=
oO
4
2.
=
3
2
=
®
5
z
®
5
oe
=]
<.
S)
8
a
2.
~
ad
is)
«A
©
es]
>
®
Ss
2
mt
©
°
rs)
re
—
=H
properly be called a grassy meadow until about two years —
previously to the time when it began to fill in 1852, at which time
only could it have been said to be fairly grassed over. Mr. Styles
d a property at Gundaroo, and it is probable that visiting that
place from his Bungonia property, he crossed the lake from
Kenny’s Point and received the impression that it was wholly
dry. ere can be no doubt the survey in 1828 was correct, a
as my statement of the length and breadth is only an estimate, 20
conclusion can be drawn from any disparity between that and the
Pasar
NOTES UPON FLOODS IN LAKE GEORGE. 257
be wrong in my estimate. In conclusion I may
state that indisputable evidence exists to show that the lake ages
ago covered at least twice its present area, without being perhaps
more than double its present depth, and with a continuance of wet
seasons there is nothing to prevent it Foot doing so again
would be difficult to find clearer and more interesting evidence
than is shown by the lake and its vicinity, that this has for count
less ages been a land of flood and droughts
Mr. John King, Mairburn, Metung, "Victoria, 16th March, 1885,
bush were spent first at one end and then at the other of the lake,
between the years 1834 and 1841. To be brief I will first notice
the remarks I find in your book. ‘The old woman who saw it
covered with trees must have meant some logs washed on to the
surface, as I never saw a stump or root in what might be called
the bed of the lake.’ As to the chain of ponds I always wondered
at its singular level surface and absence of anything like a hole or
md ; there were of course holes at the very edge of the lake at
the end of Bungendore soa ‘As also at several other creeks but
_ lake proper had no hoies.
ir Thomas Mitchell speaks of a grassy plain in 1836, but the
grass only grew at the north en and exten ded onlya ut 3 miles
of Fat-hen extending all over the
strip of grass along the western side ogg half-a-mile wide, which
was probably what Sir T. Mitchell sa
*‘ Bungey’s Hut or Muddy Water ‘iia surely mean one of the
holes close to the edge of the lake. I never saw anything that
could be so described in the lake itself.
“Mr. C. Thomas’s statement that ‘the = was grow full in
1840, the depth not exceeding 3 or 4 feet’ must also be a mistake
in the sense that all the lake was s partly fall, There nn haves
ies a strip of water on the east side, as that side was always the
last part of the lake to be dried up. pets! it was the lowest
ground or the subsoil was more retentiv
“T first visited Lake George with a father, late Admiral P. P.
King, in 1834, and the water on the eastern side seemed to be
about 4 miles wide, the depth we could ak te certain. The south
western side was dry enough to it of viii passing from
The water ly receded from te oe 1838-39 when the
whole surface of the lake bed was firm; no si
waterholes or swamps, as I have cade it from end to end
repeatedly. The lofty dead gums standing on the edges of
lake, and on a few projecting points, rapa the idea that the
lake had been low enough, long enough, to allow the trees to grow
258 NOTES UPON FLOODS IN LAKE GEORGE.
on the banks, but the entire absence of tree, stump, or root, in the
bed of the lake conveyed the idea that it was never dry long enough
to admit the growth of timber. As it required several dry seasons
to exhaust Lake George, I cannot suppose that the subsoil was at
all porous, indeed quite the opposite, as it was a long time drying
it up, and apparently by evaporation. I do not think the state
of Lake George will determine the rainfall of surrounding country
as compared with years passed by. In former times both timber
and grass helped to retain the rain as it fell on the ground, and
there might be a good average of rainfall during the year without
its swelling the creeks or reaching the lake, but in years when the
rain fell heavily and had no time to soak in the lake might be
considerable smaller without more than an average rainfall.
I am told Bungendore Creek is thus altered and now runs a strong
stream, at times, towards the lake. Between 1834 and 1841 I
never knew even a flood pass Bungendore township at least 3
miles from the lake.
“In the Bega country, near Twofold Bay, deep rivers became
sanded up by the washing from the hills and gullies of the soil,
the cattle tracks having first become small drains, the absence of
grass also baring the ground. I have not visited Lake George for
the last twenty years, but I am told that the surrounding country
is much altered, trees dead; but whether this alteration will raise or
lower water in Lake George remains to be seen, but this difference
should be taken into account when the present years are com
pared with the past.”
Mr. 8. M. Mowle, under date 7th May, 1885, says: “I have
had much pleasure in reading your account of Lake George, 4
un
we used to call, ‘the marked tree line.’ Sir Terence Murray
was always anxious to have water in this lagoon, and he cut @ race
for this purpose from the chain of waterholes which pass the ‘Z
NOTES UPON FLOODS IN LAKE GEORGE. 259
cottage he built, now occupied by Mr. Beit. The only water at
the northern end of the lake, was a waterhole at the termination
of the swamp, called ‘Agamatong,’ but familiarly known by
teamsters and shepherds as the ‘muddy waterhole.’ Dead trees
of large size stood on the side of the lake. We went up the
range at Geary’s Gap, at about 12 miles south, towards
Bungendore. This road is now not used, I was at this place in
January last, but just before the 7 inches of rain fell, so I could
not ascertain whether that effected the lake. It is a matter of
speculation whether the lake will ever dry up again. It was
pretty full in about 1828, when, I think, Sir Terence Murray
first went there, and it was certainly dry in 1838. It filled in
1852, when I had left the district, and has continued nearly full
since. Cod and perch were both sent to the pond at Mr. Beit’s
cottage, by Sir Terence, but the latter did not increase. They
were caught by draining a pond in the Queanbeyan River, and
were transported in a water cart. I have over and over again
seen the cattle miles off on the level plain of the lake bed, as if
they were walking in the air. Mr. John King, whom I knew
very well, lived at ‘ Agamatong’ a cottage named after the water
holes as above. I forgot to say that the race I have spoken of
was always a dry one, and that the lagoon did not fill ; we had no
rain in those days. I saw the Murrumbidgee in 1838 a chain of
ponds above the junction of the Colter, below this little stream it
ran fairly.”
Mr. Alexander Dyce, of Gundaroo, under date Ist June, 1884,
says: “From 1838 until 1842 the lake was used as grazing plain
by numerous stock-owners. Messrs. Packer, Dyce, and Guise,
had herds of cattle there. The springs of 1842 and 1843 were
wet, accompanied with heavy falls of snow, which had the effect
as Mr. Kenny says of covering a small portion of the lake on the
eastern or deepest part. From 1843 until 1850 the lake water
diminished, and in 1851 I walked across the bed of the lake
from Geary’s Gap to Kenny’s Point, and this year there was not
a single drop of water on the lake, even the (see Mr. Mowle’s
letter) muddy waterhole was dry, which was seldom the case
r. Kenny’s account of 1852 is quite correct. 1853 gradually
‘ake is a very quick growing tree, and does not appear to live after
the land around becomes submerged.”
se ll a A a
£ the dead +
5
y places. From
at about the same ame.”
[Three diagrams. }
AW
LOX
Be oS
wy
$
LAGOON
4
AY,
’
} = Se as
SRE: .
eS 5 ‘
B74
ae = H GIDGE ‘
5 : fa? ; eee to ka
; ' Vi ae > ~¥2,
COUNTY Bowness s Zo,
‘ ys x
De ~
\
‘N
VR
\F
&
/&
/
-
ee ey oe
fj ait S cy
| 8
! *
wR, ,
=. RA EE ace bel Op,
a VERN EM 5g
ST ee STE IRS ag ae
x SSR Ie oh
<a A a! beh ihgedile 2S
SSO QUIZES
ce ee Ss
Jar Tey FEES
o ai Sz: ho By) . oss
cv Chashotng ~~. Bh Sint: to
\ }
gu Mis 6.
¢ \ RN ae i
Pg, i had ah 7
March 1 ig MS
2 fez i ee
ae... ‘ i - :
+ . ° ‘4 oe , ; | !
\ i
\ i
} t
mm !
i
t ,
a t BE ag One
i s Biers
4
4 a
, Pi nc
‘
t
'
!
I
= me N .6 \ Sf
& TE Zz fe. I A WV ee o
ha to Ge Fe
! fe BY | : %
AST
.
yy
"
=
260m
ee
rep
Le -
Lie "45
Ue? 8 (227
Melby 6. MAR
TALE RETR CINTENMTN NE
Wy FS MAR ESSN
27 SRN CS
ay Wi
GROSE'S HILL T.S.
GEARY $ GAP T.S.
wo F ane
i a
a
‘
"
« Ste
: Me!
NM NW WW
SOW
i SA?
tt SSN
} S
Ty
Ss
t!
~
Cy)
i} Ke
J
(inet. A
~ ee oie en ee ora A
PURRORUMBA T.S.
vacate PoE i v2
s ix)
fers iL 2%" Feby 1876
AS 8
be" Fs Ae Al 4) BS «
a} die ) A OSBORNE T.S. 2236
rane oy d pay
m ' ' iW
© SCHOFIELDT.S.|2509 Aprrox. \ Hs
»
tt v
4
; m ‘
SMALLEY T.S. 2852 APPRODRCE ® Ore, % r escent
eh |
aN ‘ SL eilaushamptsieio
Se CAUGE ON JETTY
z 5p se
a So Ai 3
SS) -
= \
RR tS i ges ie
e \ 1869 we pots
BW shamey evar oo
rik, x aN
fee, eNO ys .
FROM VARIOUS SURVEYS aed
: \ z 7 mi:
ec
ASU ae:
|
S.Engt of Ola Bass)
of Base Lime
Scale of Chams
oi 20 i 40 60 $0 160 240
TURALLO T.$.3032
°
| © BWMNAT 21 ft: evel of Lake 28 JSany 1:76 .
22 i
h 4 330 400 480 7$).avove § Level
Cc RE
mM °
| UIBUNEENDIOR
Compiled in the Surveyor Generals Office , 37.
5h 13-87
inn
os
Diagram torlM Russells paper on Floods rvLake George
- fay (31
ond aa rs s
a: — ~ 4s E
| |
yh qas
be — Bar aac cae, ony
seed tar
| tar love: ce
—_ AVA
, = 3 sr
UN
| avin sits
s eu ~
| Oma oud
. AON dhe ie Mee oN a AON
1 100 See See. 100
a8 das
envy eee eeiemes al rt
g i a q a
Be: ~ Vee
oa e =) eae ci. BAN ©
| wav oe udV¥
| — | aes RE 3
| qua teen [
- uve Nye |
| oad oad
AON AON
100 100 |
aus das rea
60 > ony ~ q onv
tor ‘ tar —
. | nar nar
vn AVA
ae 2 EE a pee se addV
a aVN avn
i aad ck
ees 0" | nvr nve
yaad oad
AON AON
| 190 190
aus das =
} ony pnv Te,
tar se fey
Q nor eT nat
0 | AVA AVN
ae 5 adv wav
uv uvn
| aad wad
f uve Nve
oad Oud
AON AON
100 100
das as
( pny ore nv
ine te ror
nae ob nor
kVA ea AVN pas |
advV adv
uv avn
aga aad
Nve
Om oad
AON AON
100 oe 100 a
a8 aas e
pny i pny
nar eT Tar ¢ \
N Noe a 3 nar
AVN oh AVK
adv dav
avn Uv
qa aud
Nve Nv
vad oad
AON AON
100 190
4a8 aus
nv pny
tor
noe nar ms
AVA AVA
adv; eee adv —
avn avn
aaa aad
| ve nvr
oad oad
3
18¢
B
1880
1879
SYDNEY, NEW SOUTH WALES.
PHOTO-LI THOGRAPHED AT THE GOVT. PRINTING OFFICE,
|
1875
14
FLOODS IN LAKE GEORGE .
0)
69
( 5h13— 87 )
noe = Noe t¢
AVA AVK
"adv nl wav EE
uvn avn
aad aaa
Nve Nve
oad Daa
AON L AON
100 100
aas aas
pay pov
tar tor
nor . noc
AV AVA
adv — adv
avn avn
ama aga
Nve Nve
oad oma
AON AON
Loo R Faye)
das a das
Dav QO SOV
tar tar a
nar NOt ><
AV KV QU
UVR avn
aad ice |
nve nvr
ona oad
AON AON
100 100
das aas
pov Ss pay Z
oO tor tor
© noe Nac
AYN AVK
nit udv adv
auvW avn
aad el
Nve re
ond oud
AON AON
100 100
aus das
ony | oav
re tar aac
= Noe noe
UW) AVA AVA
~~ maaan uav adv
avn avn
aaa aad
| Nve uve
| oad oad
| Hil] AON AON
| 100 190
: | das aas
f SOV oanv
© tor ro tor >!
7) nor nae
We AVI AVI
RTE:
udv adv pata
Be ae uvW avn
2 aad aad
nve Nve
oma oad
AON AON
a 100
agas das
SAV * sav
tar Ry Tar |
re noe we nat sand
W KV oe) AVN ©
adv wav =a
avn uv
aaa aad
ve Nye
oud ora
AON AON
100 L100
aus das
et pnv Pav
ey tar bl Tar ry
CO nar Noe oe
mamma AVA AVW
adv udv
aIVN uvVA
aaa aaa
nve Nve
mass Vad oud
ie AON RE ae ee or ee ee eee
100 190 eet es sine ai
a een Gamers aas 2248S EES Es 4
PATE cece az ony 2A Sa ees er
ie) RNG Hr -r we Sees tar ied ss Rees
—_ a Sf 1O a —_j—_-__]
ro ~~ Sess gee @ noe ha? Zo he RS
i ees AVA UW) Ses aot ae
Wav adv — adn SSeS
Peis ate UvVN uv eee
[eet SN a aad aad fs) IGapiec ee tener ie: (aarti
Nye f ai
ond oad
we "| AON AON Hee 3 ie ance aoc
190 100
das das ners RES aes cia
oor ae ee 5 pay e) ‘BE 2IeR
a Be OS L ie tar iD
Nac nae ree =
a AVIN AVIA ped POS Bie
ie eee | adv adv
as pa Se = —— anes ieee
camer PR uv avn
ef EE ei sve ie eee ers
eee aad aaa aes Eee See
Nve ve
2 S Ss) ® 8 w BS) SS) WS S
WR R N Ss at) 8 SR XR ~ ~~
20
15
/0
Top of Pillar at SouthEnd of Lake George Bas eLine
used as BM. to commect Hhevarcoaus haghts
or the Water of Lake George ‘i
Vertical Section
Shewing Height ot Lake George
1832 to 1887
:
: ;
ri 3
& v
s 3
$ §
8
| §
a |
l
: ! |
;
_ |
: | =
R 1 3874 Nov". Highest Water. Chisholm
$ Bigge Oct?’. 1820'_-20- |
3 Betts Jony. 1876.°) 1877 June. Chishoim / ess
! : 47-1877 il. Chisholm : | |
5 Chisholm Jany. 1871-5, u87. fug. Busse — ) .
= , 38 - 222542. above Seu Level. Mountain.
— H.C.R-Qimate” 186444. 7 . | : ) :
pte 1810 Sept. Russa } | | :
Russell Jany. 1886 | 4p 1883 March. Clover i ;
D- —7 ay , 8 | ! ' ! !
. Matthens Way 1870 _-9- Oe aN HER. Climate | | ' !
| is | if | |
| z | | | ' | .
. Hoddtie Ang. 1832 &. 41887 Jany . Russell, & 185% Kenny \ ! |
Hoddle me : | |
4 1870 Jany. Chisholm \ ; | ‘ . lL
es ~] c) 6 ~
% 2 Matthews 1869. Thompsm 1856-">" -1867 aro Chisholm 3 : 3 Q 3 : 5 z § :
© as < ee rrsicinne ~ ~ "
] Kenny 1842 =a 575 ay. PIULS OWL . | | ; ) :
i 4 : 1
Datiam Line ltt. below small peg 6¢tt. East of Pula End of Baseline i ° x ‘ - a @
~ : . : e 3} = = a we
oF a q 1838, 1839, 1847, 1848 Lake quite dry. 3 g 2 s Sy S & § a
Bottown of Latece
3 feet blow Datum Line
( 10 Chains to the inch , horizontal.
Scale
10 Feet to the uch, vertical, and horizontal for pillars
a Jarry, 1887.
PHOTO-LITHOGRAPHED AT THE GOVT. PRINTING OFFICE,
SYDNEY, NEW SOUTH WALES.
Pooled pe ey Li) t3 ig
Y | Tree:
SEE PION +yraet LAKE OEOISCE at AB
Nee 6 BRL os ens Se, tT ie
|_7OP OF STONE PIER
HorRIZONTAL ScALE 2INcHES TO /miLE — VERTICAL SCALE I6FEET 70 [INCH . : TOP OF CRAVEL RIOCE
= a SE ee eee : ee
} -) Poe —__— ny erm See a arte SE :
| | : . coor gl
aint ALUM. | fs) a fo fee ee OE a> i
- | ~ NR | s bt
‘ nig il in ciel a in WATERLEVEL JAN! 1887. | eee re “ 4 Hi
gx ye we ores esi ee ee eh meee wiger tosee sei a ee a a ee ae i icine one eee ae? i BS
bie. rae Fy ae ? few ws ae
3 f Ree atk nes ease ae pas a ; =
| oes seg Man EES ee ree gris oe i a EN. ‘
| ee = esc
' po ss > 2 Ss -&
3 sPSeESLERaeSe SROs See SEG RTE SSEye ge RSS
See SS ESTE RTE LS SSS LETTE Tag Ne SSF sss FHS ST PSs sg
| |
LI | |
'
THE GOVT. PRINTING OFFICE,
SYONEY, NEW SOUTH WALES.
261
;
-
The Strength and Elasticity of Ironbark Timber
as applied to Works of Construction.
By W. H. Warren, A.M.LC.E., Professor of Engineering,
University of Sydney.
[Read before the Royal Society of N.S.W., Ist December, 1886.]
tory of the University of Sydney by means of the testing
following :—
1. Experiments on the transverse strength and stiffness of
beams of Colonial timber 2 in. wide by 2 in. deep when tested on
supports 4 ft. apart, made at the Sydney Mint, by Col. Ward and
Mr. Trickett, in 1861.
2. An experiment made by Mr. John Whitton, Engineer-in-
Chief for Railways, on a beam of ironbark 12 in. by 12 in., when
tested on supports 26 ft. apart.
3 An experiment made on a similar piece of ironbark 12} in.
by 12} in., when tested on supports 28 ft. 6 in. apart, by the
Railway Bridges Inquiry Commission.
. Sorhe experiments made by Mr. Thomas Laslett, Timber
Inspector to the Admiralty, in 1875, and recorded by D. K. Clark
in his “ Rules, Tables, and Data for Mechanical Engineers.”
The experiments made at the Sydney Mint, in 1861, furnish
exact data on the strength of simple beams of small scantling, and
when these are compared with the experiments made b: rn
transverse strength of ironbark beams of small scantling give
the Mint experiments; but his experiments on the tensile
_yesistance of ironbark appear to have been inaccurate. This
i erred
matter will be again ref to.
262 THE STRENGTH AND ELASTICITY OF IRONBARK TIMBER
and perm ect
resistances of the materials to direct tensile and compressive —
the grain will be developed as well as the resistances above
referred to. J
The data obtained by the various experimenters on transverse r
strength and stiffness will be first considered. ES
5
vanish at this layer which is therefore called the neutral layer. ©
And the intensity of stress on any layer above or below this _
the layer in question to the stress developed along it, and the sum
of all such products is the moment of resistance of the whole
ection
Let J = moment of inertia of the section with reference to an
axis passing through its centre of gravity.
Let y = distance from the neutral layer to the extreme fibre.
modulus of rupture, then moment of resistance
(Mt. R) = fo. For rectangular sections, such as those experi- |
mented upon J = +1, 6 d*. Where 6 = breadth of the beam, and
ad = depth.
it: as b a
a pete rend Dek a
Now since in the record of the experiments made at the Sydney
Mint a co-etticient denoted by $ is used, which is calculated from
_ the formula § — ar and since in Molesworth’s Pocket-book
this co-efficient is also used for calculating the strength of timber
AS APPLIED TO WORKS OF CONSTRUCTION. 263
beams it may be as well to show the relationship between it and
the modulus of rupture thus—the moment of flexure produced b
‘a central load Won a beam resting upon supports / apart ==
a = Mt R=iab@t
. poe
f= ita “ss
The modulus of rupture is therefore six times as great as this
co-efficient. e breaking central weight can therefore be
calculated from the following formula ;-—
, eg oe 8 ee
"2 ae hae Bone ey
e mean values of f for ironbark timber used in the Mint
experiments are as follows:—
I. ironbark from Berrima, Eucalyptus leucoxylon
f = 18,30
18,: ;
White ironbark from Berrima, Eucalyptus crebra
17,136 ib. ;
Ironbark from Albury, Lucalyptus — siderophloia
3,734 tb.
i)
$
ae 39,
In the experiments made by Mr. J. Whitton /£ = 13,953 hb.
In the experiments made by the Railway Bridges Inquiry
Commission # = 12,222 th, :
n experiments made by the Author on specimens 34 in. by 1} in.
and 3 in. by 2 in., tested in University machine on supports, 4 ft.
apart, the mean value of £ = 15,000 ib :
The specimens tested by the Author were cut from the remains
ransverse Stiffness.—The stiffness of a beam or its resistance
to deflection may be investigated in the following manner :—
et + = radius of curvature.
t Jf = moment of flexure.
Let J = moment of inertia.
264 THE STRENGTH AND ELASTICITY OF IRONBARK TIMBER
Let = oe of elasticity.
Let v = deflect:
M
Then it can be act that —- = #7 = 3 = nearly.
Jf ¢ is the circular measure te the slope at a distance x from the
origin, since 7 = tan ¢ = d ae
Po M
dw #I
i + = al ae
ar
Fis a constant, and if the beam is of uniform section J will
also be a constant, an we may write
i= Sf Maz; vagy ff Maw
In the case of a beam supported at each end and loaded in the
centre as in the experiment. Assume the origin at the left hand
support, then we have I = ~ w, if x is taken to left of centre’
;
of beam, and If = = (7-), when # is taken to right of centre
of beam. 4
Therefore we nae by integrating ne 3° Ya) the qual
i W x
for Sees =eT futeas SET (2) x C
When x = 4 then 7 = 0.
Wis
16HI
fei = TET (#—Z)
W hg Pz
= lf ae a a
rat (* z) ¢= a7 (S- T) xe
When z = 0, v = 0, oe ee
Wo fe Pp; pci a
0 es Ose ~~) which is equal to a maximum
Noeea =~
we
v= SET = @ maximum when z = o
AS APPLIED TO WORKS OF CONSTRUCTION. 265
‘ For rectangular sections we have by substituting for J its va_ue,
VizZ., ay bd’. F 3 We
. © = papa — Sreatest slope.
3
v= ins = greatest deflection.
The modulus of elasticity derived from the experiments made
at the Mint may be found from the formula Z =
vbd*
average of ten experiments gave a deflection of 1:2 inches
with a weight applied at the centre of 1,437 bb.
. Bae
: a ee See ie
£ x 12x 2
In the experiments made on transverse elasticity by the
Railway Bridges Inquiry Commission, the deflections were taken
ing a graduated staff fixed
5
same as with the larger experiments made by the Railway Bridges
quiry Commission, viz, # = 2,715,813 Ib., which may be taken
as a mean result in calculating the deflection of large beams from
the formula above referred to.
The diagram of the Railway Bridges Inquiry Commission, fig.
11, and those obtained by the author, one of which is shown (See
fig. 3), shows that the deflections are nearly proportional to th
loads producing them.
wv
wl
S* p55 od
266 THE STRENGTH AND ELASTICITY OF IRONBARK TIMBER
Where S = the tensile resistance, and JW, J, b, d, have the values
given in the formuia for transverse stress already referred to.
It has been shown that
6W1
ae 4bé
aoe gees pea
CUiago: SS ee
Now / in the author’s experiments = 15,000
“. S = 865°8 lb., but the experimental result was
S = 20,000 ib. per square inch.
In the experiments made by Mr. Laslett
18,994°5
1°7325—
f= 18,995 “= = 10,963
It appears therefore that if the specimens which gave this high
value for the modulus of rupture had been prepared by turning in
a lathe, and if they had been tested in such a manner that onl
tensile resistances could be developed the result would have
exceeded 20,000 Ibs. per square inch. Hence it appears that Mr.
Laslett’s results for tensile strength are unreliable, and moreover
the formula cannot be applied to timber since the tensile
resistance is greater not less than the modulus of rupture.
the joint, rather than in the body of the timber. The resistance
developed in the joint, due to tensile stress, will be the shearing
resistance along grain, and the resistance to pressure on the
bearing area of the bolts.
Tensile Elasticity—May be found by measuring the strain
produced by a given stress, thus if #H = modulus of tensile
elasticity. = intensity stress per square inch ; = length
along which the elongations are measured; and 7 the elongation
produced by an intensity of stress ? then
Pct a) See seam aa A fi Re
The author has found from specimens shown in figs. 1 and 2
that the modulus varies with the load. In the round specimen
shown in fig. 2, the elongation produce with 13,333 Ib. per square
inch was ‘04 on a length of 10 inches, so that
E = 13883 x 10 _ 3.333 900m.
TOO
The elongations and loads producing them are shown for
Specimen prepared, asin fig. 1. See fig. 4,
De
AS APPLIED TO WORKS OF CONSTRUCTION. 267
Compression.—The testing of specimens in compression in the
University machine is comparatively a simple matter, as it is not
necessary to make any provision for fixing the ends in clips, or to
reduce the section as in the case of tensile specimens.
The following tests were made :—
resist-
é ; Area of Section | Ultimate
No. Size of specimen. Ann pPPsquare inch.
Peas vin: Se. +04 thy 1°89: in: 3°67 square in, 8,719
Sy. .. x 100.,,..% 189 4.| 32l Ss 9,034
be Sa EOS su 5 ee 3°16 9,168
2+ O38 10, OPO RH Pea o 10,000
5 | 8°35 2805, “Ree as 2°7 5 9,074
rupture was not affected by the size of the specimen, the average
of the above results gives 9,199 lb. per square inca.
Compressive Elasticity.—As in tensile elasticity the author has
found that the modulus of elasticity is not constant, but decreases
as the load increases. The modulus of compressive elasticity is a
factor in Rankine’s formula for pile driving. Referring to figs. 5
and 6, which show the compressions and loads producing them it
is seen for a load of 1,869 lb. per square inch, see fig. 6, the
compression produced was 0-00175 inches, from which £ ct
25,630,000 Ib., while with a load of 4,979 lb. per square inch,
producing a compression of 0-016 inches, E= 7,468,500. The
author has not yet made experiments on the resistance to shearing
along the grain, or across the grain.
Although timber is being superseded in permanent works of
construction by the use of iron and steel, there are many cases 1n
which iron is entirely unsuitable, and where timber is the only
hat
appears, therefore, that timber will always be used to a consider-
able extent in works of construction. Timber in yielding gives
more warning than iron, so that an accident can generally I
foreseen and prevented. The chief objections to the use of timher
in this colony is its liability to decay from dry rot, and to the
attacks of the white ant. Where timber is used in marine works
it is liable to the attacks of the teredo.
In the Wagga Wagga timber viaduct, which was thoroughly
inspected by the Railway Bridges Inquiry Commission, it appears
that, owing to the difficulty of obtaining ironbark timber for the
268 THE STRENGTH AND ELASTICITY OF IRONBARK TIMBER
whole structure in the short space of time allowed for its orectita :
other kinds of timber were used for the piers, ne as stringybark, —
ash, messmate, apple, box, spotted and white gu which a large ~
proportion had to be cut when the sap was up, Sielend of during ©
the winter months. In consequence of this dry rot soon appeared —
‘in many of the piles, and this decay, together with the cavity or
pipe in some of them, reduced considerably their sectional area. —
There is considerable uncertainty in the time which a timber ~
viaduct may be supposed to last in this colony. i
The following experiments have been made in a to compare a
the relative merits of two forms of timber viaducts as used in New
South Wales and Victoria. In New South Wales fort spans of 29 ft.
6 in. and 26 ft. respectively, four compound beams are used on piers
formed with round piles which are ron Seen aces see plate 12.
In Victoria and in Tasmania for span a strutted
timber beam is used on timber trestle sae see sieti e 14. Two
model compound beams were constructed em one-eighth the
size of those used in the actual viaduct, see fig. Two mod
account of the difficulty in making small scale er the
strength however cannot be much affected by the alteration
The ate of timber used in model compound beam are as—
follows
© baie sie . 444in. x yin. x Ib inw =
ead Aicnioines te RO oe OE 5
4 half-corbels... 74,, x 14, x14, =
199 cubic inches
45 ”
34 ”
Total quantity of timber = 278
The quantities used in strutted beam are :—
Zheams... ... 444in. x 2 in. x Ofin. = 132°75
ts... be i ee eh eS z
l straining piece 26 ,, x 2 , x 14,, = 66°00
Total quantity of timber 254-00 ;
e ironwork in the models is about the same in each, although
in the Victorian viaducts there is considerably more ironwork than
in the New South Wales viaducts.
models were tested horizontally in the machine, the load
end of projecting nen ene (representing effect of weights of
adjacent spans) w s applied by means of a hanging wel
attached to a eines passing over a pulley. This bine amen is deno
by w, in the following tables of experiments, while the weight
applied i in the centre of model is denoted by W.
AS APPLIED TO WORKS OF CONSTRUCTION. 269
‘The following table shows the loads and deflections :—
Central Central Central Central
WwW Deflection Deflection Deflection Deflection
3 When w = QO, w= 28, w = 50, When 1 = 28,
bolts tight. bolts tight. bolts tight, bolts slack.
ib. inches. inches. inches.
100 “09 “04 0°04 0°05
200 0-15 0:10 0°07 013
300 20 O15 0°15 0°21
0°28 0°20 0°20 0°27
500 0°35 0°29 0°28 0°34
600 0:40 0°35 0°35 0°41
700 0-47 0°40 0°40
$00 0°50 0°46 0°47
The deflections given in the first three columns show that the
compound beam as constructed in model is partially continuous.
The following table shows the effect produced with the corbels
and overhanging cantilevers removed :—
~ | Central Deflection, | Central Defiection,
: bolts tight. holts slack.
100 06 “06
200 0°12 014
300 0718 0°21
400 0:2 0°30
500 | 0°33 0°37
600 0°41 0°44
700 | 0°48 0°52
800 | 0°56 0°60
900 0°62 0°68
1,000 | 0°70
e top beam and transomes were removed, see fig. 8 and the
experiments made as indicated in following table :—
| Central Central Central
Ww. Deflection Deflection Deflection
| w= 0. w= 14. w= 28.
Tb. inches. inches. inches,
0°10 0°06 0-06
100 Os 0°16 0-14
150 0°26 24
200 0°42 0°32 0°28
250 0°44 0°40 0°36
300 0.50 0°46 0°44
350 0-58 0°56
400 0°66 0-64 0°62
270 THE STRENGTH AND ELASTICITY OF IRONBARK TIMBER
The compound beam is thus seen to be about 3:5 times as
as one of the two single beams of which it is composed.
The following table shows the deflections and loads prodi
them, when the two beams were bolted together without
transomes (see fig. 9) :—
W. Central Deflection Central Defiection
z | w = O or 28, bolts tight. w = 28, slack bolts.
tb.
100 0°04 0:07
200 0-10 0-16 4
300 0-16 0°24 a
400 0°23 0°30 a
500 0°28 0°38
600 0°34 044
700 0°41 0°50
800 0°46 0°56
900 0°52 | 0°62
1,000 0°59
“ 0-66
allowed to remain throughout the experiment. As the deflection
of the beam increased the ends a a, fig. 7, were driven tightly
beam gradually broke down with 2,100 Ib. applied in the centre,
deflections and loads producing them are given in th
following table :—
op ot fo
Central
W. Deflection. Ww. | Women | W. pole
Lee
Tb. inches. Tb. inches. tb. inches.
100 0°06 800 0-46 1,500 0-92
200 0°12 900 0-52 1,600 1°00
300 0°16 1,000 0°59 1,700 1°07
400 0°22 1,100 0°66 1,800 117
500 0:26 1,200 0°72 1,900 1°26
600 0°32 1,300 0-78 2,000 1°34
700 0°39 1,400 0°86 2,100 i
i ie heel
Another compound beam was then built and tested, with tw?
concentrated weights each 5 ft. from the centre of beam, so that
the distance between two weights was 10 ft. The beam broke
down with a total load of 3,200 Ib., or 1,600 Ib. at each point
The seven distributed and central loads is found in the
AS APPLIED TO WORKS OF CONSTRUCTION. 271
following manner :—The maximum moment of flexure due to the
two cone penttabed en is 1600 x 17°125 = 27,398°4
Wt. Wx 44°35
Bieta 3
= 27,398°4,
954 the equivalent distributed load, or 2,477
= the equivalent einem load. The mean central breaking load
may therefore be taken as ——— = 2,288 Ibs.
And the nee central load for the full sized beam 29 ft. 6 in.
span will be 64 x 2,288 = 70 tons nearly, which agrees with
the result given in the report of the Railway Bridges Inquiry
Commission
a Toads and deflections produced are shown in the following
ble
: ral ral : Central
W. Sewieot W. Gamscuan W. ennai W. Deflection.
ib. inches. ib. inches. Tb. inches. tb. inches,
100 | 0°05 900 0°39 1,700 0°79 2,500 1°38
200 0:08 1,000 0°43 1,800 *84 2,600 1°50
300 0°10 1,100 0°50 1,900 0°89 2,700 1°59
400 0-13 1,200 0°53 2: 0:97 2,800 1.87
500 0°17 1,300 0°59 2,100 1-04 2,900 1°97
600 | 0°25 1,400 0°63 2,200 1:09 3,000 2°05
700 0°30 1,500 0°71 2,300 118 3, 100 2-29
800 0°35 1,600 0-76 2,400 Ae 2s 3,200 eeitis
The compound beam is therefore, ne tem three times as strong as
one of the simple beams of whicl 0s'
By observing the behaviour of a beam while the above tests
were in progress, or even by inspecting the fractured model, it is
seen that the beam is deficient in horizontal shearing resistance.
It can be proved that the distribution of shearing stress on any
‘Section of a solid rectangular beam is represented | graphically by
parabola represents the total shearing stress on any section per
unit of breadth, so that if F = the total shearing stress at any
section ; and « = the central ordinate of oe hk = depth
of beam, and 6 = breadth of beam
-P =—azhv
.972 THE STRENGTH AND ELASTICITY OF IRONBARK TIMBER
- » therefore equals the intensity of longitudinal shearing s
at the neutral axis of the beam. If we take the case of
beams bolted together without transomes, this longitudinal s
_will have to be resisted by the bolts, otherwise the two beams
not act as a solid beam of the same depth; there will also
me
ion]
ef
°o
Bu
°
co
m
et
i
a\)
4
_
=|
om ad
o
iS
ie)
=
a
B
be]
a
of
ad
oO
ay
=
8
rae
fo)
=)
“—~
4
9d
=
ie)
=
E
ae
considered the neutral layer), the sectional area o
being determined with reference to the longitudinal shearing §
longitudinal stress is determined, and it is then only necessary
know the resistance of the material to shearing stress, both 2a
and across the grain.
The following experiments were made on a strutted beam, §
fig, 10, the load was applied in the centre, and a weight of 50
was connected with the extremity of the cantilevers to rep
the effect of the weight of adjacent spans, in the manner al
eseribed three sets of experiments were made ; first, with a ce
weight, which was increased to the breaking point which occu
with 2,850 lb. The beam failed immediately over the poi
64.
_ The following tables show loads and deflections :—
: _ | Delotta, Ww. Beri
|
{
Tb. inches. tb. inches.
. 100 0-05 1,300 | 0-47
A 200 0°10 1,500 0°52
300 0-12 1,7 | 0°59
500 0-17 1,900 0°67
- 700 0-24 2,100 | 0°75
900 - 0°32 2,300 0°82
1,100 0-41 2 500 0°S7
; 2,800
~The broken timber was then replaced with sound timber,
the load applied at the points.« a, in order to test the stu
é
AS APPLIED TO WORKS OF CONSTRUCTION. 273
experiment was only continued up to a load of 1,000 Ib. on each
strut. The loads and deflections are given in following table :—
Central Central
v. | poentl, w. pent
Tb. Tb.
100 0:00 1,500 0-16
500 0°05 2,000 0°20
1,000 0-11
The load was then applied at points situated 10 in. apart, each
5 in. on either side of the centre, the beam broke in the same
place as before, immediately over points @ a, with a total load of
4,800 Ibs., or 2,400 Ibs. at each of the two points of application.
The loads and deflections are given in the following table :—
. Central
hed Donel: | W. Deflection.
Tb. inches. Tb. inches.
100 0°05 2,000 0:26
200 0:06 2,400 0:28
400 0:08 2,800 0°30
600 O11 3,200 0°32
800 0:15 3,600 0°34
1,000 0°20 4,000 0°38
1,200 0°22 4,400 0°41
1,400 0:23 4,800
1,600 0°24
1 ,800 0:25 |
In the course of the experiment it was observed that as the
deflection of the beam increased the piers moved horizontally an
A ing pieces at 6 b had to be removed and replaced by others
transomes are
the longitudinal and transverse resistances of the wedges or
mes according to the timber used.
_ In conclusion, the author desires to thank Mr. C. Goodchap, the
Commissioner for Railways, and Mr. Cowdery, Engineer-in-Chief
974 THE STRENGTH AND ELASTICITY OF IRONBARK TIMBER
for Existing Lines, for their kindness in allowing him to have the :
remains of the large beam tested by the Railway Bridges Inqui: yo
‘Commission, and for sending to the University the specimens cut
for testing. 4
Discussion. a
Mr. J. A. M‘Donatp, A.M.1.C.E., said:—Hearing that Professor”
Warren in his paper on the strength of Colonial timbers intended —
touching on the question of compound beams, he thought it might
be of interest to many members of this Society if he introduced a—
practical and to some extent graphical method of calculating th
strength of these beams.
The beam shown on plate 15 is 29 ft. centres of bearings,
and is composed of three logs, each 12 in. x 12in, bolted and
=
ction.
The breaking strength of a solid beam 3 feet deep, 12 inches
wide, and 29 feet centres, would be 170 tons with a centre load,
or 340 tons with a distributed load, taking the modulus ¢
rupture of ironbark at 12,7 s. ; 4
_ The total breaking strength of three beams cach 12 inches x
12 inches and 29 feet centres, laid on top of one another witho ub
bolts or keys, would be 57 tons with a centre load, or 114 tol
with a distributed load, or one-third the strength of the 80
beam. It will be seen, therefore, that the strength of the com
pound beam can vary between one and three depending entirely
the provision made to take the horizontal shear.
e amount of horizontal shearing stress on the keys
m
curves 4 BC and D # F; the sum of these two is, of co
the total mean vertical shear which we will call S. hen 4°
= maximum horizontal shear at the neutral axis of the be
Lay off G H = 4 S, and construct a parabola with height = G
and base = total depth of beam. The horizontal shearing §
at any point on the vertical section is then given by scaling
iength of the ordinate at that point, as K L for the compe
shown. On plate 15 these parabolas have been plotted #
tical shear, the safe stress bein n
Pid g taken at 4:5 tons per square
By the above arrangement of keys and bolts it will be
AS APPLIED TO WORKS OF CONSTRUCTION. 275
that the maximum shearing stresses are fully pr a Bie and it
only remains now to show that the beam is not weakened by
cutting ‘ide for the keys. The curve MQ Prieta to scale
the bending moments on the beam, due to an evenly distributed
load of 340 tons; the curve Jf P represents the moments of
resistance, whieh have been calculated for the reduced section of
mo
curve of bending moments, showing that the section left after
cutting the key holes is ample for the stress that comes upon it,
and that the beam as compounded of three sages beams is
via in strength to a solid beam of equal scantli
. not so late, he would have liked to ‘sais a few remarks
w the before the meeting, but he must content himself by
thiiecey Prutenior Warren for his most valuable and interesting
paper, containing as it does data, which every engineer in this colony
has felt the need of and been unable to obtain with accuracy. The
tests have evidently been most carefully made, and the results are
proportionately valuable. he members will look forward with
interest to the further paper on this subject which Professor
Mr. Cas. Moore said that the remarks of Professor Warren
opened out an interesting discussion, inasmuch as our nore are
mie valuable in accor rdance with the way in which they
obtained. Timber in this country is cut all ‘the year round, whisk
isa ans mistake. If an oak tree be cut down when in P
the chances are ae rH twelve months time fungus or dry-rot will
be found to exist i The timbers of the Exhibition of 1862
— selected by Sir William Macarthur and himself. They took
re that the wood was collected only at the proper time. Some
of t this aaa could now be seen in the ate Museum. Some
ironbark stated that he had tried five kinds, and had found the
white ironbark of Illawarra to be the strongest.
r. TrEvor Jones, C.E., said that engineering in this colony
has been a from the want of = cae there being no
lack of theorie The a _ Professo or Warren were
Petit to Professor Warren, who reduced et to 13,000.
Bite sure that all the engineers in the colony would desire the
paper to appear in a published form in its entirety.
[Six diagrams. ]
Plate 1.
IRON BARK
Niele - ifm
<n as
:
2 Res
1
!
a i
i
oS Pass Es
oe
terre tS faa.
|
i)
|
.
THE GOVT. PRINTING OFFICE,
SYONEY, NEW SOUTH WALES.
Fig 7
\ bates
te
Fig 8
Fig
Fig 10
20
Se ee
sie fre es
:
‘y
j
i
H
!
'
hee ee | ; a ewes
\Vepour cose = tans dala Heer tenon : ae Gee
|
Me 0oor Leee
-
-——- --9.%
rm
(SG Te 13-8C.)
Fig, ll.
Diagram of Breaking Experiment
centres, loaded in centre _.._-_-_-
*
, Span 266 clear or 296
fs
a
lronbark beam 124 «124
Horizontal Scale _ 2 Tons to One Inch
_3 Inches to One Foot
Vertical
we we ee ee ee = - “Ren
asm eenecors cer er eee ce= “He "
er ate
'
‘
'
1
2
of
*
755
wee es «OTS 06S
830 90S 8840 WSS 1130 206 wee GSS Who wo
et
18
aE
a 8
ra
iF
ai
Hh
5
ia
centre .
NOTE
(Sig SA 13-86. )
Plate 12.
____._. WAGGA WAGGA VIADUCT®
From Drawing supplied by the Engineer for +
Existing Lines.
PHOTO-LITHOGRAPHED AT THE GOVT. PRINTING OFFICE,
SYDNEY, NEW SOUTH WALES.
Oriyinal Trestle N° 39 Row of Piles
ma, Balt Boar nN
H
x oO a
Flex | | 0} olgo! 2
rie is'| 0 4 0
Spikes |— 6x #'| 160} — | | | 47am] ©
Total 6 “ 10
tte ate
16-8x18-6
b>
eed \
Fee ek = Oy ole
LD
~ Local Timber.
lronbark.
Timber in One Span.
F777 IIIT % pee. ran
LL LL LEE Z LAA z 2 y,
bos Si ones if
if :
Wy YY yy, WZ, A) yy Vy
TT, Wie
Wp ftp Hy f
Yi Up yyuf yl fs yyy ty
4 Hj OH s J
Sy gaia of top surface of concrete at every fifth trestle is at
— line
vel of top surface of concrete at the four oe trestles is
at Pas cea surface of the botiom timber bracin
(Sig5h 13-86.)
Pate 13.
Diagram of Experiments made at the Government Yard,
Clyde, for testing the strength of Timber Girders.
Compound Girder
Similar to those of Wagga Viaducts
a6 wk so = varying Dum 66t0WS
ne SEES SES SS iL is ag 15 I i [es Ree & ae i)
is i - :..m pe o9 .e a. 4 & [ PE ff _ . ae oe = + bt ;
ne aia Rs SS A NE yg T 7. ee ea Lt ae r]
a
© eae
cae
(heen Wont
i [ i . a :
re ern SES een SSE cotta tes pie eens = enn a vi eo a
‘
->i
ene i, Test of Compound Beam, 26 @ long.
eee i “
ee See é - ee
shel ' ' : — r Remarks.
Inches
a “198 -
Test of Compound Beam, 29 6 long. aan
(With 10ft. Corbels,) (Distance between Beams, 6.) fe
g ‘559 | 180 | 264 | 270 | 204
Lead in| Distamce | Deflec- | Deflec- | es F P F
' Mo. of |Loadin cf 820| ,, ,,| 797 | 276 | 357 | 392 | 294 | Slack Bolts
Exp. between | tion at Mae | ee ee nt | «Devotion of Corbeln 29 ae se ae) se ee ee
ad = 100-102 | 6-42| ., ., | 762 eS er
inches Inches | Inches | Inches | inches | Inches mis 6421, , = = fons = Es No Transoms.
3234 1 1 » % 5 : » nn
al - 4547 oe 10 0 Fig — 200 | 312 fone 109-111} 830; ,, ., | 484 | “148 | °232 228 ia a
Be ios 4244 $30 Ss | 720 | 204 | a76 | 300 | 208 112-114| 993! ;,| 578 | 186 | 260 | 210| 270) ,
o” | (804 89-41 | 7-92 a 680 | 174 | 252 | 288 | 204 115-117| 923| |. ,.| 820 372 | 512 | -427 | Slack Bolts,
x | 928 43.61 | 867 | 6 0° | 815 | “192 | 261 | 216 | -108
e | 716 6184 | 810 | 6 o | 787 | “174 | 235 | 204 | “102
at 66-57 | 75 | Go| 759 |° “16 | 186 | 184
692 i
eee
: ;
|
} PHOTO-LITHOGRAPHED AT THE GOVT. PRINTING OFFICE, f
j SYDNEY, NEW SOUTH WALES. }
Plate |4..
VICTTOIRIAN IRATLWAYS
GIPPSLAND RAILWAY ig
DETAILS OF THE 30FT OPENINGS 0 ss THE. BRIOGES = Sp a AND LATROBE RiVERS
5CAL a
Rg
al
4
5 Ff | G
r ¥ T 7 % ¥ H eae | 7 T ij i t H pr nag q y B 3 He H §
J an a ae BEGG “SG0CDc 2 eReeeE Behe: Pe
ok H i : i i i DOWELS, PS | i i : H i fe y Hi i it \ 4 il it (Boe al i i i
ft Oa BE es 2 i 2 a a eeeeraee ee LoL ie te et eer a a ee a ee a ee
4 ie ' VE T H ie iy ¥ ¥ y ~ bal t H oy
nf 4 f| iF : =) os 8 | ; : Ea Braus oF cdkey snseneetal Waoer sg0ey we out es \. «sh ban on ----- “eat r a a : “tees ness
i | ol ia ovidirsleid int | = @ 8 iw rt |
* sO vv ‘tad 7 jee ee ee ry
b ao.rs $c10m",
fh, PLATES SxS
aaa
" pede
ae ee =
: |
a
aocrs # oat
pares Shoah
| %
: eee
' af
ee ag oe ie ; = eae " es
Mee Sees” Pe 4 od - at palette ies BRENIG ELE
3 | ie Tee. = 5 he
a1 fe 2? glee loners 1d : les? og]
| ‘ig eo a nx ee
‘ j as Bs —— or
ome |
| i ne
' a Oqwess G’=F |
; QVER\ ALL OVER BEAMS 5
eaee £
iN
OVER CAPS
| ets
—fels
Ef
}
|
|
ee ee ea od ==
2
7
Lh
4
Li
o's fan J ] ‘
i acre; (ees
SS Sei eaae a
“no,
PHOTO-LITHOGRAPHED AT THE GOVT. PRINTING OFFICE,
BR
: . SYDNEY, NEW SOUTH WALES. |
i
‘e
COMPOUND BEAM ae
Scale of limber work ——
—— do « moments Oe
- shear ats at sa Saat as
borves BVT NSS ee
(54g 54/3-SE.) PHOTO RAPHED AT THE GC\T. PRINTING OFFICE
SYDNEY , NEW SOUTH WALES.
pike r, aes
ie eee ZZ ae 2 Bi ee ee See
279
PROCEEDINGS
OF THE
ROYAL SOCIETY OF NEW SOUTH WALES,
WEDNESDAY, 5 MAY, 1886.
ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING.
Professor Liverstpce, F.R.S., President, in the Chair.
The minutes of the preceding meeting were read and confirmed.
The following Financial Statement for the eleven months name
31st. March, 1886, was presented by the Honorary Treasurer
GENERAL ACCOUNT.
RECEIPTS s. d S 8d,
One Guinea... ere vc - 300 6 OO
To subscriptions Two fon ineas ... Si ee oa 16 0} 622.13 0
Arr ae |
», Parliamentary Graiit 0 on nsubseriptions foccived 3 mJI885 ... 318 3 0
freight and charges re 3 sy ee 25° 0
s» commission on cheques jaar rae Pen . ‘i Uo. 0
Total receipts woe ie we £943 9 0
», balance in Bank on Ist May, 1885... ie He wee LY Gitar’
280 : PROCEEDINGS.
EXPENDITURE. £ 8.
advertisements . oe wie ayy 6
», Assistant Secretary, salary 1 1l ‘months eer wu eee / e
tuity .. ’ eo ‘
i ” books and periodica cals . .. 3810 1b
»» engraving and lith thographing illustrations for Journal... 13 6
», freight and charges, pecking, &e. 34 15 11
»> furnit eo effects 15 6
re abdlizever, to 31st March : $ ) 0&
»» interest on mo: vite si, “ i ive a
2” i books a ov ve : iw 0
;, insurance on books and furniture 3 14
»» medals for awa: 50 2
»» postage and duty stamps 41 5
»» petty cash ee - 15 15
»» printing 21 4
” alee ci city, w water, and se 27 12
»» refreshments = stheilamee: at General Meetings... . a
»> repairs bese ing . ai
,, station et a ee » 5
siindieiee, including law charges ww ws ee Cd
Total’expenditure ... ... +. £91619 8
$, balance in Bank on 31st March, 1886 aes.
> — ee |
£960 11 }
See ami”
. ggg HUNT, Honorary Treasurer.
Audited— . WEBB, Assistant Secretary.
W. C. W. Bartets,
2B. CK.
Sydney, 22nd April, 1886.
BUILDING FUND ACCOUNT.
REcEIPTS. Lee
To entrance fees te 50 8
ya i ‘ions — a ao: 10
»» Parliamentary Grant : 32 - a
” rent of hall Sea 62 ine
Total receipts os wwe .. £180 18
»» balance in Bank on Ist May, 1885. ae ow
£200 17 :
Sire! aa ‘*
By alterations an ee
y eet as Seal oo thet tare h, 1 sie ri ~<a
oo aod ie i £200 17
Te HN ent
w. C. W. Barrens, a
PLN. ECK.
Sydney, 22nd April, 1886.
PROCEEDINGS. 281
CLARKE MEMORIAL FUND.
> & ©
a amount of fund on Ist May, 1885 = ts ww” Sas
interest accrued to 3lst March, 1886... sere ae es 510 7
£247 7 1
aed.
= fixed deposit in Union Bank . oes ie we . 1613 4
» balance due from Oriental Bank ote ons oe yet 2 29
oor Bs re
: ROBERT HUNT, Honorary Treasurer.
Audited— W. H. WEBB, Assistant Secre cretary.
W. C. W. BarreEts,
P.. W. K.
Sydney, 22nd April, 1886.
PROFESSOR SMITH MEMORIAL FUND.
>. e.
To eighty-five subscriptions (limited to £1 1s.) “we one 88 9 6
£ 8. d.
By deposit at call at Union Bank.. ou - was: 9 4s
ag HUNT, Honorary Treasurer,
Audited— . H. WEBB, Assistant Secretary.
W.C. W. Barrets,
Sydney, 29nd ‘April, 1886,
Messrs. W. A. Dixon and 8S. MacDonnell were a Seru-
tineers for the election of officers and members of Counci
ballot was then taken and the following — were duly
elected officers and members of Council “si the current year :
HONORARY PRESIDEN
HIS EXCELLENCY THE RIGHT a Tone CARRINGTON,
G.C.M.G.,. &c., &c.
CHRISTOPHER on Roxaserins: C.M.G.
VICE-PRESIDENTS:
H. C. RUSSELL, B.A., F.R.AS., &.
Dz. ADOLPH LEIBIUS, M.A., F.C.S.
HONORARY TREASURER:
ROBERT HUNT, F.G.S., &e.
A oremeontr ota SECRET.
PROFESSOR DEE, ERS. FCS, FGS, he:
F. B. ENCDON. MS,
How, C. K. MACKELLAR, MLC. {3 . “ASHBURTON THOMPSON,
.» Brux.
CHARLES MOORE, F.L.S. ©. 8. WILKINSON, F.G.S., F.LS.
Pp, R. PEDLEY. H. G. A. WRIGHT, M.R.C.S.E. 7&C.
282 _ PROCEEDINGS, a
4
The following gentlemen were duly elected ordinary members of
the Society :— a
Bowman, Arthur, Sydney.
Dunn, Edward Casey, Ashfield.
eo Rigg, Thomas 8. J., B.A., Sydney. :
~The certificates of two new candidates were read for the second —
time, and of seven for the first time. ;
f the Committeemen of the different Sections of —
the Society were announced, viz. :— “a
_ Microscopical Section.—Chairman: P. R. Pedley. Secretary:
F. B. Kyngdon. Committee: Dr. Morris, . Ae
Wright, M.R.C.S.E., T. Whitelegge, and T. F. Wiesener——
Medical Section —Chairman : Sir Alfred Roberts. Secretaries: —
Dr. Ashburton Thompson, Dr. A. McCormick. Com —
mittee: Hon. Dr. Mackellar, M.L.C., Dr. Thomas Evans,
_ Dr. Knaggs, Dr. Chambers, Prof. Anderson Stuart, M.D,
Dr. F, N. Manning. ‘
Five hundred and ninety-four donations of books, periodicals,
-+, and seven charts, were laid upon the table, and duly
acknowledged. :
A circular was read from the secretary of the Elizabeth Thomp- —
son Science Fund, Boston, U.S. America, inviting applications
for grants of money in aid of scientific work. The circular was
afterwards affixed to the notice board in the hall.
e CHAIRMAN announced that the Council intended to hold 4
resume the duties of an honorary secretary once more.
position of honorary secretary, and in the new office as one of the “9
Sir Atrrep Roserts, in rising to propose a vote of thanks
the late president, said Hat Before ms: he ten president leaves the
PROCEEDINGS. 283
Professor LiversinGx, in rising to acknowledge the apie: -
just tendered him, said that as he had occupied so much of the
time already he would not detain them with along reply. He ex-
pressed his sense of the gratifying terms in which the vote of
thanks had been proposed, and “erg for the impressive way
in which it had been d by the meetin the
honorary secretaries he would be happy to continue to do his
se to promote the interests 5 the Societ
r, C. RoLLEsTon, on taking the presidential chair, said—T
ions doit I would have felt Bethel pleased if the choice of the
Society had fallen upon some one better able than I am to dis-
charge the duties of the high position to which you have elected
me to: night. I will endeavour, to the best of my ability, to do
ha : :
The chaatiig was then adjourned till the first Wednesday in
une.
About forty members were present.
WEDNESDAY, 2 JUNE, 1886.
C. Rotieston, C.M.G., President, in the Chair.
The minutes of the last meeting were read and confirmed
The following gentlemen were duly elected ordinary RE of
the Society :—
David, T. W. Edgeworth, B.A., F.G.S.
Quaife, William Francis, Bits, "MB, Ch.M.
The certificates of seven new candidates were read for the
second time, and of four for the first time.
One hundred and thirteen donations of books, periodicals, «&e.,
were laid upon the table.
Mr. Charles Moore, F.L.S., in the absence of the author, read
ae explained that the specimen was brought from New Guinea
“Nelson,” and forwarded with other plants to Baron
von Mueller for classification. The er was a report on the
same by Baron von Mueller, who, in forwarding this description,
had begged that it might be brought before the Royal Society,
and published with its proceedings. One species of the Ardisia
was found in M r and the Molucca Islands, another in
New South Wales and 5 ser armel while a third (the specimen
under notice) w in New Guin This last was a solitary
instance of the plant being found so aries north. He believed that
at one time the continent ustralia and New Guinea were
Tt was not at all likely that gum seeds would be carried
284 PROCEEDINGS.
by currents. Other proofs of the unity of the two places might
be found in the statement that marsupials, red cedar,
eats we are the same in both, although our wood is betiaed
probably because it grows in a southern part, as it was a fact
that = farther northwards we proceed the deeper the timber
becom Sir Joseph Hooper is of opinion that the cedar used
for PPENE cigar boxes is identical with our own cedar.
paper by the Rev. Gzorce Prarr on “A comparison of the
hight gather up the pa ‘wd unwritten neal
countries. Tt was necessary that something be done at once.
The study is both interesting and important, the dialects of
Polynesia being almost infinite in variety, while at the same time
<a extremely difficult to trace the original words in some
uropeans.or natives of other islands, it spreads like wildfire —
through the villages, and children of the succeeding generation,
and man
sieouea He would suggest that a ee of the ‘Polynesian
languages be prepared, and that the work be commenced by ™
Royal Society. Mr. Gill also stated that Mr. wALE fred Wallace
race, and that some idea of the migrations of the natives wou
be obtained, ‘si the suggestion as to the polyglott be carried out: 3
es Moore stated that a few years ago he had taken
great Pn s interest in obtaining the native names bo
the Clarence and Richmond River district. He found that
names varied considerably in the districts, and that names
iven for even the minutest ts. e names of identical
on the Richmond and Clarence were totally different, althou
been informed that the languages were somewhat §
He regretted that the languages of these ar —_—
as the natives of the coast are fast vanishin
manian aborigines was now ao and he stata 1 that.
language had never been wri
Hon. Dr. Creed, M.L.C., alluded to the efforts made by.’
Rev. W. Ridley, some years ago, in recording many W words of
PROCEEDINGS. 285
languages of New South Wales. It was true that nearly all the
coast tribes were extinct, except on the Clarence and a few other
places, but away west of the Darling and west of Queensland
there were large numbers of natives yet existing who still speak
the dialects in all their purity. Amongst these natives a number
i i a reliable
ected
with the telegraphs of the interior were, many of them, intelligent
men, who could render valuable assistance in the work, as they
had often a considerable amount of leisure, and t a beginn ing
would be made towards a polyglott. If we silowsil the languages
of our aborigines to die out, we will be removing one of the
sources of comparative philolo
v. J. P. Sunderland sie of Mr. ey enthusiasm in the
study st the Polynesian dialects, and s that many Samoan
words were found amongst the Malage ese. He was able to
corroborate the remark mei y Mr. Moore as to the names of
plants varying even in districts only a few miles apart. An
_ interesting fact respecting native botany was that the names of
even the smallest plants and flowers appeared to be known to
nearly every native. The migrations of natives were ascertained
in many instances, where the languages had undergone such
changes that the ‘cckeibidasta were unable to converse with each
other.
aper by T. L. Bancrort, M.B., Edin., F.L.8., of Brisbane—
“ Preliminary notes on some new Poisonous Plants discovered on
_the Johnstone River, North Queensland, was communicated and
read by Professor T. P. Anderson Stuart, M.D., Edin
pinsican Stuart suggested that the application of Austral
Flora to practical medicine should be taken up by the poles)
profession, and if this were done he had no doubt that the large
field for study in this direction would result in a considerable
addition to our therapeutical knowledge.
A metallic meteorite or siderite from the Diamantina District,
Queensland, exhibited by C. 5. Wi1LKinson, F.G.S., cain:
Geologist, was described by Professor Liversi idge.
Professor LiversipGe, F.R.S., exhibited and described a collec- °
tion of New South Wales silver ores (38 bai Bir in all) which
had been collected, and in certain cases assayed by Mr. J. McGarvie
Smith, from various mines at Silverton.
A model showing the geometry of one form of serpentine
progression was exhibited and described by Lawrence HarGrave,
About thirty members were present.
286 PROCEEDINGS.
WEDNESDAY, 7 JULY, 1886,
H. C. Russert, B.A., F.R.A.S., hoch in the Chair.
The minutes of the last meeting were read and confirmed. 3
The following gentlemen were duly elected weainaty members
of the Society :—
Brown, David, ee hk Darling River.
Grut, Percival de Jers
Heydon, L. ¥F., M.L. ‘< Sydney,
MacFarlane, Edward, Bou rke.
Morgan, Dr. Edw ard, Mount Victoria.
Provis, John, Sydney.
Smith, Walter comes A.M.I.C.E., Sydne
The certificates of four n w candidates were aed for the second
time, and of seven for the first time.
One hundred and seventy-two donations of books, periodicals,
&c., were laid upon the table.
The CHATRMAN sctuasitcd that the Sanitary Section had been
a and that the following Committeemen had b
elected
ston Section. —Chairman: Sir Alfred Roberts. Secre-
R. E. Roth, M.R.GS.E. Committee: Dr.
Aan buvet Thompson, W. A. Dixon, F.CS, » ee
sieve Dr. Fairfax Ross, Dr. F. H. Quaife, J. B.
Henson, C.E.
A paper by otis Ferpivanp von Mvetier, K.C.M.G.,
.R.S., &e.—“ Further additions to the Census of the Genera of
os hitherto known as Indigenous to Australia” was taken as
rea
a. ik feel read a paper by Mr. H. F. Mapsen—“ Notes on
the process of polishing and figuring 18-inch Glass Specula by
hand, and experiments with Flat. Surfaces.”
Some remarks were made by Mr. H. A. Lenehan and the
Chairman.
Forty-three diagrams and twenty-five coloured lithographic
plates representing * views of the Straits of Sunda, — the neigh:
bourhood of the eruption of Krakatao, were exhibited ant :
described by Mr. H. C. Russenx, B.A., F.R.A.S.
_ About twenty-five members were present.
WEDNESDAY, 4 AUGUST, 1886.
C. Rotieston, C.M.G., President, in the Chair.
The minutes of the last meeting were read and confirmed.
The Cuairman announced with regret the death of the io
_ Rev. Peter MacPherson, M.A., who had been a life member @
the Society for eight years, and who had contributed so
papers. a
oats ethene seo ae Deli
PROCEEDINGS. - | 287
The following gentlemen were duly elected ordinary members
of the Society :—
Edmunds, Perey James, Sydney.
Holmes, Spencer ern Allandale, Hunter River.
Quayle, Edwin, Glebe Poin
Threlfall, Richard, B.A. (Cantab, ), Professor of Physics,
Sydney Universi ty.
The certificates of seven ris candidates were read for the second
time, and of five for the first time.
The CHairMan announced that the Council proposed to hold a
Conversazione in the a Hall of the University, on the 6th
October next.
Sixty-one donations of Soke and periodicals were laid upon the
le.
The following letter was read from Dr. L. G. De Koninek, so
Liége, acknowledging the award of the Clarke Memorial Medal
Professor Liv ersidge, . boom of th
Roy ciety of New South Wales.
Monsieur ~ hee re be iége, 1 1886.
I have the hono * to acuewioiee the receipt *. i clarke rs
conferred byt the Society on me in recognition of my 1
scientific rches, especially those which have oe for Se object ~
study of the ‘carboniferous f of Belgium, and the palaeozoic fossils of
ountry.
more than flattered in receiving that distinction, and a
ame associated with those eminent naturalists upon whom this
is, moreover, a precious souvenir of one who so kindly supplied me
my labours
“oon a the homage of my most distinguished sentiments.
ece e€
. Dr. L. G. pe KONINCK.
Mr. 8. Hersert Cox, F.C.S., PGS. read a paper on “The
Tin Deposits of New South Wales.’
fter some remarks upon the same by Professor ge erg
the PresipENT, on behalf of the Society, presente ‘ox witl
the Society’s medal, which had been awarded to him for
valuable paper
On the motion of the Rev. R. Collie, F.LS., a paper by the
late Rev. Peter MacPuerson, M.A., “On the ‘Aboriginal names
= Rivers in Australia, philologically ideal ” was taken a
ead,
pale discussion =o the snbject of the paper took place, in which
the following ote emen took part, viz.:—Rev. Robert Collie,
Sir Roberts, Messrs. J. F Mea Th. De: Biers an
J. —— Jones.
288 PROCEEDINGS.
Mr. H. C. Russert exhibited a number of photographs of the c
River Darling taken before the rise and at its present state of
flood.
About thirty members were present.
WEDNESDAY, 1 SEPTEMBER, 1886.
C. Rotieston, C.M.G., President, in the —
The minutes of the last meeting were read and ¢ d.
The ua teres — were “duly elected rec members
of the Societ
Barker, William Mandeville, Sydney. |
Blacket, Arthur, Sydney. ;
Collingwood, David, M.D, (Lond.), F.R.C.S., Eng., Summer
Hill. :
MacDonald, John Alexander, M.I.M.E., A.M.1L.C.E., Sydney.
Newmarch, "Bernard James, L.R.C.P. (Lond. ), iy ROSE,
Bow
Sager, Edmund E., Sydney.
Worrall, or M. D. (Queen’s Univ., Irel.), Sydney.
The certifica tes of five new candidates were read a second time,
and of six for the first tim
One hundred and iventy: one donations of books and periodi-
éals were laid upon the table.
Mr. Frepericx B. Grpps, C.E., read a paper on “Our Lakes
and their uses,” a
A discussion followed in which the following gentlemen took a
part, viz.:—Messrs. H. C. Russell, J. F. Man n, T. Whitelegge,
. 8. Wilkinson, Dr. Thomas Dixon, and the Cha irman. a
Dr. Lerstus, M.A., F.C.S., exhibited and described some 7
beautiful specimens o of gold in calcite, from the Uralla district,
the lime having been dissolved in acid, the gold was left as
network of the finest ramifying filaments. 3
The following letter in connection with the above was ae on —
The qua
from Barraba and about three miles east of the main road, close to a a
—— “aan known as ‘‘ Tea-tree Creek,” in the Peel and a Uralla mining
ct.
were taken from a aaa of — 45 feet. The reef is well defined an ant -
g out stone showing gold feaiy. A battery is in course ‘of €
read. week, Cy
‘A, ARMSTRONG.
To Dr. —— M.A., F,C.S., Royal Mint, Sydney.
Re upon the specimens were made by Mr. ©, §, Wilkinson
and Pistons Liversidge.
About thirty members were present.
PROCERDINGS. 289
WEDNESDAY, 6 OCTOBER, 1886.
A Conversazione was held in the Great Hall of the University,
under the management of the following committee :—
topher Rolleston, C.M.G., President; H. C. Russell, F.R.S.,
Vice-President ; Robert Hunt, F.G.5., “Treasurer ; A. Liversidge,
F.R.S8., Hon. Secretary; F. B. Kyng gdon, Hon re
Charles Moore, F.L.8., P. R. Pedley ; . Ashburton Thompson,
N
The hall and approaches were decorated with palms, ferns, and
rare tie plants by Mr. C. Moore, F.L.8., Director of the Botanic
Garden
Mr. F. Morley presided at the organ.
The number of guests present was between 900 and 1,000.
The following is a list of the articles exhibited :—
Fairfax, Jas. R.—Collection of coins.
Salmon, W.—Collection of Australian diamonds.
Elkington and Co.—Copies of celebrated art treasures in electro-
ware, shields, aig vases, &c.
Paling, W. H.—Bronzed coloured bust ‘“ Kurde Woman,” by
Emile Guillemin, Exhibited in the Salon of 1884, Paris.
Walker, P. B.—1. Japanese pictures. 2. Japanese work.
um.
rff, H. E., Registrar.—Books from University Library.
Sinclair, Sutherland.—1. Old books. 2. Fac-simile copy of Death
Warrant of King Charles I.
Minister for Mines. — Geological maps.
Philip, Dr. Alex.—Oil painting, ** Departure of New South Wales
Contingent,” by H. J. C. Mitchell.
ae Atlas Co.—Series of views of Australia, by various
artis’
Amateur Photipraphts Society.—Series of views near Sydney.
lfe, hima , C.E.—1], Album of American photographs. 2. Old
Deffell, . H.—1. One quarto volume of Cary’s new map of
England and Wales of 1794. 2. A view of London about
the: ear 1560
Sinclair, Sutherland.—1. Stereoscope and views of New York,
it Hudson. 2, Four revolving albums of Scottish
nery.
Heseall, H. C., F.R.S.E.—Photos. of the Flood in the River
Dar
Wilkinson, C. 8., F.G.S.—Photos. of interior of Jenolan Caves.
Cox, Hon. G. H, M.L.C.—1. Ten photographic views of Mount
a 2. Eight photographic views of Mulgoa, on the
n Riv
Fackooe i ee H. tea, (unframed).
290 PROCEEDINGS.
Selfe, Norman.—1. Old prints of London Churches. 2. Copy of
a ete Londini.” 3. Old prints of Hampton Court
— . Old Remter Dish. 5. Leaden bust of Sir Isaac
. Wovens
Wright, Dr. —Original letter from Lord Nelson, conveying the
account of the Battle of the Nile.
Dowling, auaee —Old map of Sydney.
Adams, P. Totnes —Shields taken from trees
‘lly "marked by Surveyors, some in
Sinclair, Subhiontad —Figures of animals cut by Esquimaux, in
bone.
Cox, Dr.—1. Two carved shells from New Caledonia. Collec-
tion of cloths from the 8. Sea Islands, collected on “i three
voyages of Captain Cook.
Wilkinson, C. 8., Government Geologist.—1. Boomerangs from
Bourke, NSW. 2. Carapace of tortoise from Ma dagascar.
Kava Bowl from Solomon Islands. 4. Warrior’s club,
Santa Cruz.
Amateur Photographic Society.— Views of New South Wales.
Cox, 8S. Herbert.—The Diamonds of New South Wales, sliusteated :
lantern views.
Hewett, T. E.—Experiments with polarised light.
Has well, W. A., M.A., B.Sc.—Wax models of the development of
—1l. The serpula (a marine annelid worm). 2. The fresh-
water crayfish. 3. The chick.
Ha <r, L.—Flying machines, the motion of ~ ae ke.,
the su su
Katz, Dr. o =-Pare cultivation - micro-organisms, bacteria, &e.,
in Sydney water and ensi
Wilkinson, Dr. W. C.—Pure es of micro-organisms,
bacteria, &c., in solid media, Koch’s method.
Haswell, W. A., M. A., B.Se. —Series of specimens illustrating the
marine zoology of Port Jackson.
Brazier, John, F.L.S.—Five specimens of recent trigonias. ae
Collie, Rev. Robt., F.LS.—l. Rare ferns mounted on cards and
in album. 2. Specimen of tin ore from N. England.
3 oe
mosses of N. 8. Wales collected by.
Rigs, a Be 7. iZeunmcine of ash and scoria, from recent voleani¢
ruption in
Cox, ri Herbert, F.G.8—Block of Alunite, and some slant
manufactured from the stone.
ays = notte Silurian and carboniferous fossils. 2. Gems
Berrima.
PROCEEDINGS, 291
Minister of Mines.—Collection of minerals and fossils from N. 8.
es.
Ratte, Felix.—Crystallized god from N. Caledoni
Australian Museum.—l. Sad dle-shaped bare of siderite from
Sandhurst. 2. Tribachyocrinus corrugatas from the carboni-
ferous sandstone of Illawarra,
Liversidge, rise F.R.S.E.—1. Gold ore, from Mount Lyall,
ne asman 2. Gold ore, &c., from Fairfield, N.S. W.
Collection of N. S. W. silver minera
Haswell, W. A., M.A., B.Se.—1. Cambridge rocking microtome
section cutting machine. 2. Revolving table, for exhibiting
series of sections (new
Marano, Dr. V. =-Pnenmatic cabinet, for the mechanical treat-
ment of ph
Weisener, T. F.—1. ficroscopes in process of eee gure.
Board of Technical ehcation, eis Tri-unial lantern and slides
(Mr. Ramsay, operator . Polariscope lantern arid slides
to illustrate a eeaba effects of polarised light (Mr.
Hewett, operato:
Amateur Photoptapine Society.—Lantern slides, views near
Sydney.
Sihery, H. & Co. —Telephones and v arious electrical apparatus.
Rothe, Dr. R.—1. I of breath,
weight, cee ke. 2. Improved chairs and desks.
jak.
2. Flat glasses for measuring minute films of air or silver
(made by aan itor).
Hoff, Dr. Aug.—Hoff’s apparatus for a. the larynx.
Russell, H. C., Government Astronomer.—l. A n w clock, made
after the model of the Post Office clock. *9. Photos. of
instruments in the Observatory. 3. A new samen
1 st
behaviour of sand in an in ia-rubber_
292 PROCEEDINGS,
Selfe, “sci C.E.—Steam engine indicator for giving continuous
di
Gvcenies Paadoadic F.R.S.—Portable assay balance, improved
by Mr. J. M. Smith, of Sydney.
Technological Museum lent an oe collection of exhibits.
Etchings of objects of art, 1st se
‘Tl Tesora di san Marco'i in Vénisia” 1 vol.
“The art of the old English potter,” 1 vol.
“ Ornaments of domestic aninieey : apne = 1 vol.
“ Ladies’ old-fashioned shoes,” 1 ¥
ypore en Ge Oe
The following is a list of Prof. “Threlfall’s exhibits and demon-
strations -——
d.. An experiment for a rough ~ of the resistance
The method depends on an nuance of the induction
ce.
The sheory is complicated, but a statement will be
up near the apparatus.
The mare is still being experimented o
Il A galvanometer, designed in the Caveudiah Laboratory,
ambridge, for measuring induction co-efficients. The
peculiarities ar are—
(a) Sensitiveness is got by an astatic arrangemen
(6) The — arts are arranged, so that the “ moment
inertia” may be easily found.
(c) Relieve of winding is small.
(d) Co-efficient of self-induction is very small.
(e) Adjustments are provided for slanae the coils readily
in the magnetic meridian, and measuring the torsion
co-efficient of the suspending fibre. :
Lie A kathetometer, designed by Prof. Poynting, < Bir-
mingham, and manufactured by the “C pes a
Scientific messes Company.” the
improvements a
(a) as = does a: support any of the weight of the
ing
() The taldsees always moves parallel to itself because it is
pressed at four points on a truly cylindrical surface.
(c) The oo of the telescope moves for focussing, 40
eye piece ; this enables the line of oelineation
to be ae aintained in space with great ac curacy. a
(d) The — = — directly by means of a microscope aM
(e) The 3 aPingemenks for levelling are very perfect.
PROCEEDINGS, 293
IV. Two reading microscopes, constiaetes from a design by
cm igh by the “Cambridge Scientitic Instru-
=
<a 9
7 S
—a
sgaibiiand, designed by Professor Threlfall and H.
Darwin, whereby it can be easily converted into
a kathetometer microscope.
A dividing engine, ce the “Société Genevoise pour la con-
struction d’Instruments de Physique.”
VI. Prof. Threlfall’s bande! of Caldw all's automatic microtome.
(This machine is a copy of the first instrument of the
kind ever made, and described in “ Balfour and Foster’s
Embryology,” — )
VII. Apparatus to illustrate Professor Threlfall’s method of
mounting series of sections on india-rubber films
(Zoologisches noon ia 1883
VIII. Series to illustrate a method proposed by Prof. Threlfall
or mounting sections without coverslip.
IX. Two “explosion gauges” used by Prof. Threlfall in his
investigation on the direction of propagation of Pee
effects in water. (Philosophical Magazine, Mare
1886).
X. Sundry toys, ¢g., vacuum tubes, Diamond Leyden jar.
Holtz machine, &e.
XI. Machine for crinding and goign seen and prisms.
This machine is based on Nasmyth’s model, and was
designed anid constructed by James Oak, F.R.A.S. It
has already turned out a large number of mirrors,
Dr. H. ae Ellis ‘ental a collection of pure culture apparatus,
as used in a biological research laboratory.
The undermentioned gentlemen same microscopes :—W. A.
Haswell, M.A., B.Sc., H. J. Bolding, T. F. Wiesener, T. Gaunt
& Co, F. B. Kyngdo nyt. Whitclegge, P. R. Podiey, H. 0.
Walker, L. H. Delarue, Dr. Morris, Dr. Wright, Thos. S. J. Rigg,
Dr. Ellis, Dr. W. C. Wilki Last, Rev. Hb: ae, Ges,
Hodgkinson, Dr. Mackellar, Professor Liversidge, F.R.S., and
the two instruments belonging to the Society.
4
WEDNESDAY, 3 NOVEMBER, 1886.
C. Rorxeston, C.M.G., President, in the Chair.
The minutes of the last meeting were read and confirmed.
The following gentlemen were duly elected ordinary members
Graham, James, M.A., M.B., C.M., Prince Alfred Hospital,
Sydney.
294 _ PROCEEDINGS.
Hozier, Charles H. 8., F.R.C.S.1, Lic. K. and Q. Coll. Phys,
(Irel.), Windsor, N.S. W. zp
Marshall, George A., M.B., Sydney.
Martin, Thomas M., L.R.C.P., L.R.C.S., (Edin.), Sydney. ;
Scott, Walter, M.A, (Oxon.), Professor of Classics, Sydney
University. :
The certificates of six new candidates were read for the second
time, and of four for the first time ;
Building Fund on condition that the balance necessary to clear off
the present debt of £800 be subscribed by the members before —
the end of the year.
On the motion of the Hon. G. A. Lloyd, M.L.A., seconded
by Dr. Leibius, M.A., the best thanks of the 8 ciety were accorded
to Mr. Fairfax for his kind and liberal offer.
Kighty-nine donations of books and periodicals were laid upon
the table.
Mr. H. C. Russe, B.A., F.R.S., read a paper—“ Notes on the
History of the Floods in the River Darling.” :
Conservation Commission in that district,
Professor Liversidge laid upon the table an abstract of a pepe
by Professor E. H. Rexniz, M.A., D.Sc, of the Adelaide —
University, “Notes on the sweet principle of Smilax Glycyphylla,
and moved that it be taken as read. He stated that although the
paper had been published in England, it was desirable that an
abstract of the same should be published in the Colonies.
Professor Livrrsipcr drew attention to the following corres
pondence respecting the alleged effects of lightning pati th
”
that he did so on account of the great difficulty which always
existed in correcting an erroneous statement of the kind. If a
marvellous account of some rfectly simple phenomenon ‘e
ge
PROCEEDINGS. 295
matter would be quoted for many years in popular books on
so-called science as one of the wonders of electricity :—
Bank of New Zealand, Auckland, 6th September, 1886.
Dear Sir,
Referring to our conversation about the coins which had been taken
from a tin cash-box found in the house of Mr. Hazzard at Wairoa after the
volcanic eruption and destruction of the house by fire, the owner of the
coins will not part with them on any terms, as attaches a sentimental
i in sas e has, however,
f inspection. The owner tells
ginalky four half-crowns ne the expla het
was me aL or ioe of eta ‘colour, but when the two cr me of ti the
on the ou ace of the third
a
.B
n
Ss
i)
S
=
i)
=]
5
mn
er
2
=
=
te
o
ihe
BE
33
®
i—a
>
~
fire, an d c
sufficient naar to satisfy yourself by examination, be good enough to
return the coins to m
Yours very truly,
A. Liversidge, Esq., Sydney. D. L. MURDOCH.
The University, Sydney, 27 September, 1886.
My dear Sir
I am much obliged to you for the opportunity of examining the coins
from the ag which had been found in soa ‘aan d’s house at Wairoa
after the eo, and destruction of the h
had been stuck together “with sbi pik ze e advent her cr to
i en
are at once removed by strong ammonia solution, % ch would not be the
case with gold, and a pure white silver re ei is left. On arte two half-
m in t
e
effects exactly : the outer portions of the half-crowns were
blackened, but ey: ~ central parts, where the air had less access, presented a
ink i
ted
which the coins have pic been ce
I return the coi a sealed packet pena W. ith thanks and kind
Tam, ae very truly,
D. L. Murdoch, Esq. . LIVERSIDGE.
296 PROCEEDINGS.
~~
Professor Liversipcg, F.R.S., read a aa “Notes on Minerals,”
_ illustrated by a large collection of specim
Some remarks were made by Mr. C. 8. FWitkdieon.
Mr. H. C. on B.A., F.R.S., read a paper “On a new
- Filar Micromet
About thirty eee were present.
WEDNESDAY, 1 DECEMBER, 1886.
C. Rotueston, C.M.G., President, in the Chair.
The minutes of the last meeting were read and confirmed.
The Searle A gentlemen were duly elected ordinary members
of the ety :
even: Robert S., L.R.C.P., Edin., M.R.C.S., Eng., Sydney.
Carey, John R., St. Leonards,
nc W.-H, L.R.C. P., Lond. M.R.C.S., Eng., Sydney.
ea
and the following as corresponding member, viz.,
Professor Jules Marcou, F.G.S., Cambridge, Mass., US.
America,
The certificates of four staf — were read for the second
time, and of two for the firs
Tt was resolved that ‘isan Ww. C. W. Bartels and H. 0.
Walker be appointed Auditors for the current year.
One hundred and ninety-five donations of books and periodicals,
ae charts, and six portfolios of geological maps, were laid upon
the ta :
Tesbliite THRELFALL, B.A. oe ), read a paper—“ Notes of 4
the Theory of Dissociation of Gase a
oh Russell made some ait: to which Professor Threlfall ;
n. Secretary in the area of the author read a paper —
by Mr. Jout Tespurt, F.R.A.S., &c., “Results of the Obsete
— fact ae Fabry, Barnard, "oad Brooks (No. 1), 1886, _ :
Some remarks were made by Mr. Russell.
. Professor Liversipar, F.R.S., read the following an e
Notes on some Rocks and Minerals from New “an
Polynesian Islands.” 2, “Notes on some N.S.W. “si ver
PROCEEDINGS. 297
other Minerals.” 3. ‘On the composition of Pumice from the
acific.”
ena were made by the Hon. G. A. Lloyd and Mr, C. 8.
Wilkinso
Professor GW anu A.M.LC.E., read a paper “ On the fee.
and ioe of Tron-bark Timber as applied to works of co
stru a
a discussion (owing to the lateness of the hour) followed,
in which Messrs. C. Moore, J. Trevor Jones, and J. A. MacDonald,
took part.
Mr. H. C. aed B. A., F.R.S., read a paper—“ Notes upon
Floods in Lake Geor
About thirty iar were present,
ADDITIONS
TO THE
LIBRARY OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF NEW SOUTH WALES,
DONATIONS—1886.
(The names of the Donors are in Jtalies.)
TRANSACTIONS, JOURNALS, Reports, &c.
ABERDEEN :—The Aberdeen University Calendar for the academical year
1886-87. The University.
ADE
Central E Board of Health (South Australia)—
Acts ae to Public Health, V.R. No. 22, 1873; No. 56, 1876 ;
84.
Extract from the rs and R 28 lations published in the Govern
ment Gazette, 2 aes
How to prevent the week of “Searlet Fever.
R ae Closets.
Typhoid F The Central — ae i
Report of the Progress and Condition of the Botani and
Government Plantations during 1 Pies onan cor
The Forest "Vlora of South Australia, by —— F.L.S. Part
overn
Report of the Board of Governors of the accu Library, peer and
ery of South Australia for 1 oard.
Transactions and Proc eedings and Report “or ? the Royal Society a soseery
Australia. Vol. VIII, 1884-85. The Soc
ae :—Verslagen en a ae ae der Koninklijke Akademie van
tenscha
Finsinek van AeA en ink e Akademie van se Aveteaschapyen, 1 1884.
Bind Academy.
Bijdragen tot de Di Afi cote reer
ijdragen ot de Dierkunde Aflevering Société Hoya aa Zoologie.
AUCKLAND :—Report of the Auckland Institute and Museum for 1884-85.
The Institute.
BALLAAKA _ 1 of Mines for the
rt ;—Annual Report of the School o The year 1885 of ‘Mines.
300 ADDITIONS TO LIBRARY.
ssypa nny fae th
Johns Hopkins Uni iversity—
xa erican Chemical Journal. Vol. Be No.
Vil, po
American Journal of Mathers Vol. SE Tae, 3 = :
I, 55
9
pe
American J on of Philology. Vol. wv No. " Whole No. 20.
Vi, » oe
No. 4.. Whole No.
Historical and Political Studies ‘(Third Series). Parts 2 . 3, 4, 5,
6 - A 10
(Fourth ). Part
Proceedings ¢ a the Trustees i the John F. Slater Fond he the
Educa of Freedm
Studies So the Biological baboratoy. Vol. a No. 3.
I, Nos. 3 and 5.
The ‘Maryland Historica ‘Society. Annual om of the Officers
ommittees for 1884-1
Diivunity Circulars, Vol. V, Nos, 45, 46, and 47.
The aohns te University.
Baravia :—Koninklijke Natuurkundige V ae in Nederlandsch-Indié
Nat carktiidly Tijdschrift. “Deel. (Berie achtst.) Deel.
VI, 1 1886. Society.
ERGEN :
Bergens Museums. Aarsberetning for 1885.
7 til Myzostomernes Anatomi og Histologt af Fridtjof Nansen,
1885. The Museum.
Berry :—Koniglich Sie rae Akademie der Abeer tin zu Berlin.
Sitzungsberichte. Nos. 1to 22. 7 Jan. to 15 April, 1
The Academy.
Berwe :—Geographische Gesellschaft von Bern. Jahresbericht Vol. vil,
1884-1885, The Society.
BomBay at History Society of Bombay. Journal. af: I, Nos. 1,
}
he Societys
Boston (Mass,
American ieelaiy of Arts and Sciences— |
Procee: ee (New Series.) Vol. XII, Whole Series, Vol. xxi, :
my XII,
‘The Academy, |
Boston Society of Natural Histo tory—
Mem Vol. I. Parts 2, 3, 4. |
Il. :
:
Lie ” I 3°
Occasional Papers. No. 1. 1869.
Proceedings. Vol. XIV.
, XV.
1-4,
” ” XVIII. Te and 2.
».¢ 4.
mA: i
BREMEN :— idiraienckeal h
Band IX. Heft 3 tlicher Veewa zu Bremen,
ADDITIONS TO LIBRARY, 301
BrIsBAN
Acclimatisation Society of Queensland—
eth Report eae = Council for the year 1885. The Society.
Cotoial Secretary, Quee
el By-laws ander The Health Act of 1884—Common Lodging
The of 1884. The Colonial Secretary.
Gengeaphicl Sacisty of Australasia be pnages Branch)—
Proceedings. Vol. I. First Session,
art 1. Sec ual faa a
Report of the Second Dadinaey Meeting, March, 1
5 he Society.
Royal primes “ larg AE
Not Great poe of Rats in the North and North-
‘We extern bb og Country of Queensland in 1869 and 1870; by
Notes on Suseaand Ants ; ; by Henry A a
Proceedings. Vol. 2, Parts 1 and 2, The Society.
BRIsTOL : oe ah Naturalists’ Society—
a and Annual Report for the year ending 30 April,
Pisscolings. (New Series.) Vol. V, Part 1, 1885-6.
The Society.
BrvussE
seas Royal mises jee Se de oe ga a
etin. Tom “ ~ be 1884-1885.
1885-1886. The Museum.
Société sté Royale Malacologique ‘de ear
e XX... (ihe = ) ens Ae 1885.
rece Verbal Tome XIV (1 Aug. to 885).
V (9 Jan. to 4 yay, 1886),
Status. (Second Edition. ) 1886. The Society.
Bucuarest :—Institutul a geet al Rominiei—
nnales. Tom
Seevioiali Meteorlogit i in Europa—Note de Calétoria de Inginerat
t. C. H The Institute.
Acad ley = Sciences, Arts et Belles-Lettres de Caen—
The Academy.
C
“Asiatic 8 Society of Bengal—
Journal. Vol. LIV. PartI. Nos. 3and4, 1889.
99 $s » Il. No.3. 1885.
¥ LV. ae © Nos. land 2. 1886.
1 and 2.
a
Proceedings, Nos. 9and I 10, Nov _-Dee., 1885. :
Oo Fy Ful -Saly; 1886. The Society.
Geol ical Survey of oth
moirs (Paluontologia Indica) :—
es X. Vol. 7 Parts 7 and §
: Supplement i.
2 (and Addendum to Part 1).
ALY; is oe Wh
Records. Vol. XIX. "Parts ie 2, 3,
The Su iperintendent of Ae Bonopical Survey of India.
” By 73 ”? ”
>? ” 37 ” 2? >
‘a
#8
H
302 ADDITIONS TO LIBRARY.
ALCUTTA—continued.
Scientific Hernlts a the Second Yarkand Missio
Memoir of the Life and Work of Rintieaked Stolicake, PRD 3
V. Ball, M.A., F.R.S., F.G.S. 1886.
The Government of India,
CAMBORNE :——Mining Association and Institute of Cornwall—
Transactions, Vol. I. Partsland2. 18 8
The Acsociaalill
CAMBRIDGE :
Cambridge ticeabiiced Society—
ceedings. Vol. V. Part 5. The Society.
Cambridge Univesity Library—
Thirty-second Annual Report. The Library.
ee (Mass.) :—Museum of Comparative Zoology at Harvard Col-
‘kan ual Report of the Curator a 1885-86
Bulletin. Vol. ie Nos. 3, 4, 5, 6, and Index.
No. 1.
Memoirs. Nos. 2 and 4
XIV. Pat ae The Museum.
CAPE Tows : :—South African Philosophical rene
Transacti Vol. IT, Part 2. 1883-86. Phe Society.
ISTIANIA :
~ Memoirs of the nba. ger a Atlantic Expedition, 1876-78. Vol.
XV. Crust O. Sars
The Editorial Committee.
Sociéte des Science
For orhandlinger i i i Videnskabs-Selakabet i i Christiania. 1885.
The Society.
CINncINNATI :—Cincinnati Society of cng History—
Journal. Vol. VIII. ‘Nos. 1, 3, 4 .
1, 2,3. The Society.
CoPENTIAGEN : — Soviets té Royale des Antiquaires du, Nord—
Mém ires Sipe le Série),
Tilleng Aarboger for Nordisk Oldkyndighed og Historie
Aar; pay 1885. The Society.
CorpoBa :—Academia Nacional de Ciencias — é
Boletin. Tomo VII. Ent trega 3. ae
885. The Academy.
Disoy :—Académie des Sciences, Arts, et slice. Testtees de Dijon—
Mé émoires. Tome VIII (Serie 3). 1883-1884. The Academy.
General: Direction der Koniglichen Sammlungen fiir Kunst und Wissen-
Archiv far Litteraturgeschichte. Band XII, Heft2, 3,4. 18884
il...,, 1,23. 100s
Mittheilungen aus dem Keeniglichen Mineralos isch- Geologischen —
und Preehistorischen hea ag in Dresden. Dyas Ill. Heft6.
Nachtrage zu den renal in den Phos’ eer 2 von
Biiddenstedt u.a. ; von Dr, H B. Geini —-
Ueber Urnenfunde in ine Uabigan bel eaten r. J. V. Deich-
Verzeichniss der Neuen Werke der Konigl. tfentlichen Bibliothek
_ ma Dresden. 1883 and 1884, vee
Zeitschrift fir Museologie und gg AE wen fiir
wandte Wissenschaften, No. 6, 1 sag :
: a sider he Director-General.
Helmstedt,
Vv.
ADDITIONS TO LIBRARY. 303
DreEsDEN—continued.
K. — a a Statistische Bureau des Ministeriums d rr maatecinlee one
tschrift. Jahrgang XXX. Heft 3, 4. "
5 SER DOR ee 4 1885, and Beilage.
The Bur
Vereins vo Seo zu Dresden—
Jahre Ban
a i inn CXT,
ecseichnin: nt n Fors moonnschtitias “oat und Volks-
kunde Mittel- pri a 7 Paul Emil Rich
The Society.
Dus
er5 cee Society —
Scientific Proceedings. (New Ser.)~ Vol. IV. Parts7, 8,9. 1885.
gee, A i, 2. 1886.
Scientific Transactions, (Ser. IL. ‘ Prema: 1 6 Nos. 7, 8, 9 10.
The Society,
=e Geological or of Ireland—
VI. Sab Ser.) a he peso on ismthoy
ne ( )
the Boaiap.
Royal 0 4
ray “polite Literature and Antiquities. Vol. IT. (Ser.
i ) and 6
Proceedings gtr eae "Vol. IV. oa St) Pare oo;
ransactio re aad Parts 14 to 20.
Todd pera Series. gee Part 1 "The Academy.
Eprinpuren :—
tanical soni of Edinburgh—
Transa s and Procee —— Vol. ONL Part 2 : =
“5 "The Society.
Edinburgh University—
The Edinburgh University Calendar. 1886-87.
The University.
Royal Observato
Astronomical Ob Observations gon at the Royal Observatory, Edin-
r 4 18
Mierometrical M Measures of jcc Spectra under a sre ;
y C. vai Sonal F.R.S.E. 1884.
Scottish Gongraniienl Society—
The re — lag hy Magazine.
4to 10 inclusive. 1885,
yy Ek No os. 1 to6 inclusive, and 8 to 11 crane
The Society.
FLORENCE Wines Africana hee ream Fiorentina)—
Bullettino, Vol. I. Fase. 4 2
Ly 3 . a The Society.
Societa Entomologica Italiana—
Bullettino, — XVII. Trimestre 1,2,and3. Jan.-Sep. 1886.
Societh Ltalvana di Antropol ai Btnologia-— ee
ieta taliana di Antropologia e 0. ‘
Archivio, Vol. XVI. Pree 1 and 2. The Society.
FRANKFURT, ne :—Senckenbergische cr ge a Gesellschaft—
Abhandlungen. Band XIV. f 1886.
rich W. Kobel
Reiseerinnerungen aus Algerien und Tunis; von Dr. Ma ieaiey.
Z
304 ADDITIONS TO LIBRARY.
a LS. :—Geographische Verein zu Freiburg, LS.—
Fuhrer fiir die neueste und schonste Erzgebirgsbahn Freiberg-
it K The Society.
Klostergrab m
GuNEva Institut acy Sancta
Bulle me XXVII. 1885. The Institute.
GENOA : Museo Cire di Storia ieee di Genova—
Vol. XXI. wn Vol, II. 1885. The Museum,
Giascow one Univer:
The Glasgow iveaity 7 Calendar for the year 1886-87.
The University.
GérTINGEN Pe peg me eae der Wissenschaften—
‘Nachrich Nos. 1-13. 1885. The Society.
co Musee “eyler r—
rchives (New Series II). Vol. II. Part 3. wr
Citelogns de la Tabbed; dressé par C, Ekam
nd 2 The Directors or he » ane.
: Société ie ie, 8 des balan.
Archives. Tome XIV. Liv. land 2. 1879.
On, 80.
” i 3) 4,5
” ete es yy Band 3: 1884.
” ” XX. > 1 and pa 1885.
rea 2 XX. ” 4 and 5. ae
XXI.
List alphabétique de la correspondance de Christiaan ve! ens qui
ra publiée par La Société Hollandaise des Sciences 4 Harlem.
The Society.
HAMBURG : Pha oll eager an ae : apes
ttheilungen. Heft 2,
Naturhistorisches Museum zu Reabons
Bericht des Direktor Professor Dr. ‘Pacenstecher,
The Director of g lle
The Society.
Hanover :—Gesellich me 7 ee
Jaresberichte,
9 ene 2 The Society.
: Hssonineno >—Natwhistrieh -medicinischer Vereins zu Heide pn
ift zur Feier des Funfhundertjahrigen Bestehe: pe
es Ap dar, Pw ia von dem Se eel
schen Verein zu Heidel 1886.
Verhandtongen N N.F.. Band II. o eft ae 1878-1880.
” I ‘ Sof
a The Society.
He aie? :—Société des Sciences de Finlande—
cta Societatis wap Fennice. Tomus XIV. =ttet 39, i
- Bidrag till Kinnedom af Finlands Natur och Folk. "Philte -
884. 40, 41, tanks
Ofversigt af Finska Vetenskaps Societetens ® Foshandl soca pan
I. 1883-1 mes Society.
Honan :—Chief Secretary we
Instructions, Regulations malty Model By-laws for the Guidance :
Aisin Local Boards of Health, and others. 1986. 1886.
*Wibere on the Drainage and Sewerage of the City of Hobart.
The Public Health 188i V.R . 18. :
Act, 1885, - R., No The Chief Seereary.
st Society of Tasmania—
IO” Abetract ings, 13 April, 16 Max, $ June, ine So
wees. 10 Ang., 13 Sept., ti Oct., 22 Nov.
ADDITIONS TO LIBRARY. 305
HoncKone eat carck — Researches made at the oe Observa-
tory in bservatory.
n the year
Iowa Crty (Iowa) : jer suiied Service—
Report for 1883. The Director of the Weather Service.
JENA setiatenns sch-Naturwissenschaftliche Gesellschaft—
Je La a chrift. Band XIX. N.F. Band XII. Heft 1, 2,
1885.6.
Sitmngsberieht, Heft land 2. 1885. The Society.
Kontespere I. Pr. -—Ké inigliche tome ékonomische Gesellschaft—
Schriften, “Tabiegs ng XXVI. 1885. The ee
LAUsANNE Société Vaudoise rap Scien age yas
Bulletin. Vol. aay “ia + No. 93.
94, The Society.
Lrrps Less sehenasinata and Literany Soc
Sixty-sixth — Report of the OM 1885-6.
cae Society.
LeEIezie : ae re Sichsieche Gesellschaft der Wissenscha
richte iiber die Verhandlungen. Math.-phys. ives 1876-
1884.
Heft \ 2,3. 1885.
oa 3,4. 1886. The Society.
Lizce —Société Géologique de Belgique—
Annales de la Société Géclogique de Belgique. Tome oe Peo
1885. Society.
Société me ong des ae “8 bar
Mém (Série 2.) XI. 1885. The Society.
LILLE : s—Socite Cealogiqu du ten.
Annal I. 1884-1885. The Society.
Lonpon : —Anthropaogie gen oe of Great Britain and Ireland—
Journal. Vol. X s.3 and 4
e6. The Society.
oer es Society o f London
Quarterly Journal. abe XU Nos. 165-168. 1886. ;
Lat o of ft Reese st Nov., The Society.
Institution of Naval fee ag ze
nsactions. Vol. XXVII. 1886. _. The Institution.
Tron and Steel Institute— : : js
urnal. No. 2, 1885. No. 1, 1886. The Institute,
Linnean Society—
Journal. wees Aha XX. Nos. 140, 1 ;
eae G8 B 3s 142 to 447 inclusive.
” ures sy 100, W1.
did Zoology 2? ”
110 to 115 inclusive.
> ao IG, 2
is List of Members. Session 1384-1883.
1885-1 886.
Meteo eteorological ‘Office—
Hourly Readin 1883. Part 3. Official No. 63.
i here of the International Polar Expeditions. 1882-83.
Fort
Report of the Metecrelozioal Council to the — Society for the
year ending 31 March, 1885. Official No.
The ae, isstear Reports of the prt Office—
to Decem r, 1885, 65.
The Society.
: inar gt tie
Secuneg to Team "1986. Official Ni
306 ADDITIONS TO LIBRARY.
Lonpon—continue
M base Office
os Weather St hd Series)—
1877.
1878. 5.
Weekly Weather Report (New es)—
Nos By to 52 finclsive) and Appendices.
, eal 9
; ” The Meteorological Office.
% IL
Mineralogical Society—
List of Members. February, 1886.
Mineralogical Magazine and J ournal of the Mineralogical ® We :
Vol. VI. Nos. 31 and 32. 1886. The E
Pharmaceutical Society _ Great Britain— ::
Journal and Transactions. Vol. XVI. Parts ee ;
: | Sang 196. ;
The Calendar of the ’ Pharmaceutical Society of ciated pen 1886.
The Society
vg soltigh of rg Se ape ft Museum)— :
Parts 3 1886. : ;
at Part te m8 86. The Society.
9)
Quekett Mictoseopical Clu es E
Journal (Series 2). Vol. II. Nos. 14, 15, 16. 1886. : |
The Club.
i Agric yoo Society of England— ;
sg 7 a " eries), Vol. XXII. Parts 1 and 2. Nos. 43 ig
The Society :
Royal sant pieton x Great Britain and Socom
Journal (New Series). Vol. XVIII. Parts 1-4. 1886. :
The Society.
Ke org ee Society— F 4
ont tices. V LV .1to9. 1886. ‘ a
y Notices ol. XLVI. Nos. 1 to The Society. 7
7
Royal Colonial Institute :
Catalogue of the Library. 1886. ; :
Proceedings. Vol. XVII. °1885- The Insti
ede Ss ob
os. 1 toll. 1886.
re Piatocical Soeieti=s
i 4
oceedings 2. 1885. ay a
gs. Vil. : veel 11 ard 1 The Sociely>
. 1886. i
ransactions (New Series). Vol. II. Part Il ‘The Society.
ge seager gi of Great Britain— 4
of Members, &c. 1885.
Pas 7 . 1886. > . ;
edings. rae XI. Part II. No. 79. The Institutions
Royal beseech Society—
Meteorological Record. Vol. V. Nos. uy. 3 19, 20. 1885.
Vv 1886.
eG bd
Quarterly doursal. Vol. XI. No. 56,
” ” ” XII. Nos. 57, 38, 3, 6. 1800 soci
Royal Mi ag
Journal (Sere). ol. V. Part
6a. Index and List of Fello
a Vb aw 16. 1688 het
ADDITIONS TO LIBRARY. 307
Dr Royal eee
Royal Soc
ist of Duplicate = pc in the Library for exchange.
List of Fellows. 30 Nov
Philosophical Transactions. Pol. 176. Parts land2, 1885.
Piscsodings Vol. XXXIX. Nos. 239-241.
XL. »> 242-244. The Society.
Royal United Service Institutio:
Journal. 1, XXIX, No. 132, a? “9 Index.
XXX. 133-1 The Institution,
Zoological — 2 London—
Pro 1885.
5 i> L "2.3. 1886. (Coloured Plates).
The Society.
MANCHESTER :—Manchester ae ical Socie
Transactions. Vol. XVIII. Parts 2-90, 1884-85-86
The Society.
Manchester Mee and Philosophical Society—
Memoirs 84.
Proceedings. VOL XXIII. 1883-84.
3 XXIV. 1884-85. The Society.
orem :—The Universi slg eee
Sixty Inaugural Dissertations, &c. The University.
MELBOURNE Beg nee ong oo a
Report (Tenth).
Hea) Ith Lectures for the Pocpia ao Series.) 1886.
vega ed Effects of Close Confinement and Overwork ; by W. H.
Order of ‘St. —_ of Jerusalem in England. (Specimen Card
of Members
Pamphlets pabliskod - the Society, Lectures, &c. Nos. 1-21
nelu 1883-18
Séniteary ngs oe Hints on your Health. (Wall oo Fab 2.)
Chief Reishi ee:
Ace — in Mine
Girenter re Hydatid Disease. :
Di sage and Croup.—Symptoms and Management in the absence
Medical Aid.
Disifeting — ber.—Description Fajen im : we oe
** Factori d Shops Act, 1885.” tions under section 7.
ebro &e., for the Use of Local Boards of Health, and
others.
Memorandum and Plan of pl vere for Filtering and Purifying
Water for a Consum
Plan and —— of a Taceorsy Hospital for Contagious
ah mall- and How to stop it from Spreading,
vention “of S ow to stop it fro: me
Regulations for She Pwentient of the Sp read of Contagious
1 Jul .
Small-pox in n Vi precy
Treatment of the Apparently Drowned.
308 ADDITIONS TO LIBRARY.
URNE—continued,
Chief ribo Victoria—continued.
aphele Fever: Its Cause and Pr eopieete yee? Instructions for
anagement in the absence rot Me
What rm do in case of toes Sn te. The Chief Secretary.
Field Naturalists’ Club of V:
Annual Report (Sixth), 1285-6, : and List = ae &e.
The Victoria Naturalist Vol. II. No.
o is 12: The Club.
en cone Botan
Descriptive ui, on Papuan Plants. Vol. Il. Part 8." By
Baron Ferd. von Mueller, K.C.M.G., F.R.S., &c. ;
The Government eases
Government Sta
Agricultural 5 Statistics for en maior ear 1 March, 1886.
Return of the Area under cro Ps foe the
produce of Hops, Tobacco me Vines during the season 1885.
Annual Report (Seventh) in aealebiae with Friendly Societion 2
Australasian Statistics. Preliminary Return. Table 1. 1885.
Report for 1885.
Statistical Register of the Colony of Victoria, so Parts 1-5
nt The Gov Statist.
Mining De E
ee “Report ae nr tor Mines and Water Supply d
year i
Golaselds « ing Victoria. Reports of the Mining Registrars for
art June and 30 are mber, 1886. :
aie Statistics le Victoria or 1885,
Ro n Water Supply. First Progress Report,
1885, te, “ “Terigati ion in Western America,” by the Hon. A.
Deakin, M.P.
Further Progress Report. 9 July, 1885.
with ve : pendices, &c. 31 Angust, 1885.
Gaugings of bo Loddon fiver at Micdusweted :
Gau. ee e Mitta River at Tallangatta, and the Kiewa Biver
Pins of the V Ma urray River and tributarie
Tables Ponti: app roximate m tree arge of “pe aes, a
, Kiewa, Ovens, Go hos eee and Lo
‘Pabenvttionis i in “Cattle. Brogres Re
Leeee nas and Water Supply. —
ic Library— soe.
a. Plants of Australia. Part II. Lit rere 1
y Baron Ferd. von Mueller, K.C.M.G., F.R.S EY
tes The Hon. the Premier a Victoria.
bigs ne en jnstyead Association— se
ransactions and ings. . I. 1883-1885. ee
. Proceedings. Vol. I. 1 5e Association.
Merz :—Vereins fiir Erdkunde zu Metz— sae
Jahresbericht. Band VIII. 1885. The Society. —
Mrvweapouis :—Minnesota Academy of Natural Sciences— ee
Balletin. Vol. II. No. 5. 1885. ene The Academy.
Mopena :—Regia Accademia di Scienze, Lettere ed Arti in Modena—
~~ Memorie. (Série II an Tome I. 1883.
Opere presentate nel 1884-1885. The Academy.
ADDITIONS TO LIBRARY: 309:
MOoNTPELLIER :—Acadé mie des Sciences et caper — —_ er—
Mémoires de ‘A Section des Sciences.
1884, The y on
Monrreat :—Natural History Society of Montreal—
_ The Canadian Record of Science. Vol. Il. Nos. 1, 2, ae 1886: ;
Society.
Moscow sopeee ale rrys, ag Naturalistes—
Tom No. : BS ne ee and Beilage.
ee *TxI 1. pope: The Society. »
MULHOUSE -_-Soviété Industrielle de Mu bi
Bulletin. Tome LVI. January to Raptentien 1886.
The Society.
Bollettino Fane. t o
”
NAPLES a, saa d’Italiana
; dp 1885.
se 1-3 and 5-10. 1886.
The Society.
ae Reale di Napoli— :
conto dell’ Accademia delle Scienze Fisiche e Matematiche.
1883.
as
aD % € 1S 1885. ;
XXV. Fase. I, 2, 3. 1886. The Society.
Stazione Zanlogion 4 i Napoli :
Mittheil Band VI. Heft 4. 1886. The Station.
Newoasre-sroscT: tones of England Institute of Mining and
Mechanical Engine
Teaabinticn. “Vol. XXXV. Parts 1-4. 1886. :
The Institute.
NEw aa a (Conn. ) : Bait ceca pen hy of Arts and Sciences—
ansactions. | ea an 1866-71.
>» ’ 1870-73.
” TIL 4, land2. 1876-78.
Sis a ,, land2. 1877 and 1882
ygen Me » lLand2, 1880 and 1882
eae o ,, land2. 1884 and 1885
, he Academy.*
New Yor« :—-American Chemical Society—
Journal. Vol. Vil. one aee 10. inact
Wb co 4 and 6 mere 7. 1886. :
a The Society.
— ear ae Society of New York—
Journal. No. 1882.
39 2° - 1883.
T4886. The Society.
New York Academy of Sciences—
IL. Nos. 7 and 8
aman Vole:dat. A . 1884, ues
- Oo r, ‘ *
ae s ' The Academy.
New York — “4 ae
Journal, . No. . ;
IL. 1-7. 1886. The Society.
School of Mines-Columbia Colle
a of Mines Quarterly. Vol. VI. Nos. — 1886.
“Phe School of Mines.
310 ADDITIONS TO LIBRARY.
New Yorx—continu
ued. :
“Science.” Vol. [V. No. 92. November 7, 1884. ,
» Vil. ,, 154, 156, and 158 to 201 wie 1886,
itors.
ODESSA : ee hen ae = seep yas zu ‘sacaaeal
hriften. Band I Par and 2 5.
4 x i band 2. 1886, and Beilage.
The Society.
OrrawA :—Geological and Natural History Survey of Canada—
Catalogue of Canadian Plants. Part II. Gamopetale. By John
. F.LS., &e. 1884.
rane Vocabularies of the Indian Tribes of British- ee
ith Map. By W. Fraser Tolmie, L.F.P.S.G., and G.
1884.
Hew son, F.G.S.,
Contributions to Canin epeigge eg Vol. I. Part I. 1885.
By J. F. Whiteaves, F.G.S.
Descriptive Catalogue of a ‘Sickie of a Economie Minerals of
anad: he Geological Corps.
of Canada. By A. r Selwyn, L.L.D., F.
n iG. a Dawson, F.G. S.,
Report of Progress of the ane a Natural Syren Survey
of Canada, and accompanying Maps. 1882-8
Summary Report of the Operations of the C etal ail Natural
History Survey to 31 December, 1885.
The Director.
Descriptive Skete of the Physical Caictacke and oo rh pe
a
“Royal agentta of Canada—
eedings and Transactions, Vol. II. 1884.
OxforD :—Bodleian Library.
Donations to the Library in 1885. The Library.
mee Library (Oxford Taiviesity Museum)—
Catalogue of Books added to the ianeaiy during 1885.
The Society.
The Trustecs.
PALERMo :—Reale ea di “ey a Lettere e Belle Arti di Palermo.
Bollettino. AnnoII. Nos 1885. The Academy.
Parts :—Académie des eee: del ce er de Fra
Centenaire de M. Chevruel. 31 Aout, 1886. pues pronounces.
uu ! e.
mptes Rendus. Tome CII. Nos. 1 to 26.
~ » Cll. ,, 1to8and 10 to 19.
The Academy.
Ecole o Folytechniqu ique
Catalogue de la Bibliotheque, 1881.
gen 47.
» 7. .
i ’ 55. 1585.
Faculté des ial: de la Sorbonne— 505,
présentées a la Faculté _ Sciences de omer ire
E
2
4
<<
4
a
4
-
iy
ie
pit
507 to 523 inclusive, and 525 Faculty.
L’Observatoire de Paris— i
Annuel pour I’année. 1885, The Observatory
Société geome e Paris—
Belletsna, 4 i . ie
(Série 4). Tome IX. Fasc. 1. 1884 The Society-
ADDITIONS TO LIBRARY. 311
Paris—continued.
Société a’ bag ed de Paris—
Bullet ee 3). Tome VIII. Fasc. 4. 1885.
” IX ys yy SS. aE.
The Society.
Société de Biologie—
Comptes Rendus. (Série 8). TomeII. Nos. 43, 44.
” ” ” iil. ” 1-22, 24-
Société @ elgg gg ur l’Industrie Nationale—
Bullet (Sé aa ome XI. 1884 The Society.
27, 29-43.
The Society.
Société de a ographi
Bulletin. (Serie 7). Tome VI. Trimestre 1, 3, 4, 1885.
VIL. 1, 2, 1886.
Compte Renan; Nos. 16, a 18, 1883.
0, 1885.
Catalogs des Portraits des Voyageurs et de Géographes qui se
trouvent tn Pex mee ums de la Société de Géographie a la
date du 22 The Society
Société thateinatogiaie & are
Bul cram id 1835. :
” 23, 1886. The Society.
Société Prithpains : nape alogie—
Bulletin. Tome I to VIII, cae to 1885 inclusive.
IX. Nos 6,
The Society.
Société Ziiltikciue as France
Bulletin. Tome X. Part 46, 1885. :
» XI. 1886. The Society.
PENZANCE :—Royal Geotail Society 9 os hes :
Transactions. Vol. X. 1886. The Society.
spel nh A. ies ace Secretary, Western Australia.
ission appointed t tig the Sanitary
the Com
rt Caiiice of the 2 City of Perth and the T own of t Fedinmesie, 1885.
Report of the Select Seeger! of the Legislative Council appointed to
to consider the above re
Th ; a" V.R., No. 19.
oe oe The Colonial Secretary.
— Sciences—
eas, cien ic andeany:
American Entomological Society—
Semen Vol. XI, Nos. 1, 2, ew 4, 1884.
XII, ‘ The Society.
American Philoso hical Society
Proce Fe nm 1885.
XXIII, Nos. 121, 122, 1886. d
The Society,
Franklin Institu
Journal, VoL CXXI, Nos. 721 to 726, inclusive, 1886.
7 cl 1886.
. 2 2 CXXIL, Nos. ef to ri 32; in usive, The Institute
312 ADDITIONS TO LIBRARY.
PHILADELPAIA—continued.
ager cer ng Survey of Pennsylvan
— Division I, tp priccea Maps, Part 1, 1885.
yi ite Coal Fields, Parts 1 &2, 1884
885.
Til, Petroleum and Bituminous Coal Fields,
Pel:
re é Ty... dene initatn and Great Valley
Topographical Maps, Part 1, 1885.
Ny Contra oat South- Eastern Pennsylvania,
, 1885.
ee Vola. { 13, It eK; ke fet xe L, M, M?, M3, NY, O, 0°,
P. Vols, 1, I Ill, P2, P* EGR R, F, RY fT Ts
Va V4,2, "A Atm
Atlases, I°, P, — A 4 “as. oti caaitt Coal Field, Part 1) R*,
4, x
” AA, ‘Qian Middle Anthracite Field, Part 1). 44 vols.
The Board of Commissioners.
“Zoological ripe A of Philadelphia—
os port (Fourteenth) of the Board of apie 2 29 Pion
y:
Pisa:—Societa Toscana di Scienze Naturali.
Memorie, Vol. VII, 1886.
Processi Verbali, Vol. V, 15 November, 1885, pp. 1-40.
to a9 +? ot 10 January, 1886, 9° 42-56,
2 May, 1886,
i erates a EP ae |
FR
29 a9 > a3
19-8
” ” ” 9 i July, 1886, ” 95-118.
4
The Society.
PLYMoUTH : ok mouth Institution and Devon and Cornwall Natural
ocie
Annual Report and Transactions, Vol. IX, Part 2, 1885-86.
The Institution.
Porr Lovis :—Meteorological Society of Mauritius.
Mauritius Meteorological Results for 1884 and 1885. :
eee eg Para of the Indian Ocean for the month of ;
Tabular abana of the Dates at which and the e Localities where —
ice or Volcanic Dust was seen in the Indian Ocean in 1883-84. — -
by Charles Meldrum, F.R.S. The Society.
Prague :—Konigl: Biéhmische ir ger der Wissenschaften in Prag.
Abhandlungen, Folge VI. Band 12. 1883-1884.
ericht von Dr. F. J. Stn eae cog “Part 884.
gister zu den Schriften n Georg Wegner, 1784-1884.
reschichte von Tommols Kalouiek: "Heft 1 1884.
icht, 1883-1884.
itzungsberichte, 1882, 1883, 1
erzeichniss der Mitglieder, 1784-1884,
Rio pe Jango :~Observatoire Im e Rio de Jeriens
Revista do Observatorio, Anno [, Nes. * 2 4,6, 7%, 10,
HAMPTON :—Rockhampton Natural His Society.
Bea of Meeting held 15 April, 1886. ed
ADDITIONS TO LIBRARY. 313
Ro ME :—Accademia Pontificia de’ Nuovi Lincei.
Atti. Tomo XXXIX, Sessione, as 1885.
*J@, 1885-6. The Academy.
Biblioteca St nastiialé Gontrate Vitor Emanuele di are
Bollettino te ModerneStraniere Be org mele ‘Qowre
pubblic © Goverative « diel Regno d'Italia, N’ ea
6.
Ministero dei Lavori pubes (Biblioteca ed Archivio tecni ih
Gio del Lory Civile, Anno XXIV. (Serie 4). Vol. VI,
Nos. 1-8
Parte non Ufiiele, Disegni Tay. I
ae he Minincer a Public Instruction, Rome.
R. Comitato Geologico d’Tta
Bollettino, Vol. XVII, “Gna Ser.) Vol. VII, Nos. 1-8. 1886
The Committee.
Societa os Danie Italiana.
Bollettino. (Serie II.) Vol. XI, Fase. 1-11 inclusive, 1886.
The Society.
M :—Peabody Academy of Sci
pe and Mites Methods of pean Release, — = 5. Morse.
Memoirs of the Peabody Academy of Science, Vol. I
The Academy.
Saint Errenne :—Société de l’Industrie Minérale.
Bulletin. (2nd Série.) Tome de Liv. ey — 5 gloat
Comptes-Rendus, March, seit PatrePa Fah ota and December,
Comptes-Rendus, January August, and October, 1886.
Les Gréves et TAssassinat de M. Watrin, Extrait dn Discours
pro sutieaid par M. Castel, 16 Mai, 1886.
The Society.
Sr. PETERSBURG :—Académie Impériale des Sciences.
Bulletin, Tome XXX, No. 2, 1885. The Academy.
ea Géologiqu oe Tnstitat des Mines—(Minis ig - Domaines).
Bibliotheque Géologique de la one” Part 1,
Bulletin Tome IV, No. cat
Mémoires Tome il, No. re iii
Turkestan, by T. ck e. 1886. The Committec.
San FRANcIsco :—California Academy of Sciences,
List ae tevin teas in ihe Library, The Academy. |
SINGAPORE :—Royal Asiatic oan ears Branch).
oe omen Pe ty
Srurrearr :—Kénigliches Statistisches Landesamt.
Wiirttembergisch cnerernamtd Band I, Halfte 1 & 2, 1885.
IL. ” 2, 1885.
se U, 1, 1886.
a? is Sup ment Band 1886
The Minister of Foreign Affairs ‘at Stutigart. °
| Secale fur Vaterlandische Naturkunde in Wiirtt Jahreshefte.
Jahrgang, XLII, 1886. The Society.
314 ADDITIONS TO LIBRARY,
Sypyey :—Australian Museum—
Catalogue of the a in the 2a Museum, Part 1,
Echini, by say, LL.D., F.L.S 1885.
Hints for collestog Geological and stihl Specimens, by
F. Ratte
Report of tlie see 1885. The Trustees.
Free Public Library—
acsimiles of four old Charts relating to Australia eran
e Trustees.
’ Gov nt Printe
The. Statates ‘of 2 New South Wales (Public and Private) passed
uring the Session of 188 Seas The Government Printer.
ik Institute of New South W: ;
The Sydney Record, No. 10, Nopeomich 1886. The Institute.
Linnean Society of New Sou
th Wale
Catalogue of the Lilies, June, 1
eedings (Second Series), Vol. : Parts I, 2, 3, 1886.
The Society.
Mining Department—
Annual Report, 1884, 1885, (in ees tT :
The Under Secretar y for Mines
New pout Wales Board of Health—
ties Supervision Act,” 50° V.R., No. XVII, 30 Sept., 1886.
Report upon an Outbreak of ‘Typhoid Fever due to Polluted Milk
in the Municipal District of Leichha: rdt, by J. Ashburton
Pompei, M.D. (ras = &e, The Board.
New Sot Wales Minin
es and Objects Fo the Nex ew + Boal Wales Mining Institute.
The Institute.
Observato
List of Scientific vis ge Reports, &c., by H. C. Russell, B.A., 1885.
Results of Rain and River Observations in New South Wales, 1885.
The Government Astronomer.
University— ‘
Sydney University Calendar, 1886. The University. .
Swansea : inet Reports (11th and 12th) of the Public _— be
Tokio : ere Sit of Ja nae
Transactions Pa 1 and 2, 1886. The Society.
TORONTO :—
Canadian Institw
Proceedings (Third Peles ee. IIT. clap 3, 4, 1886.
IV. a, 1886.
The Institute.
TOULOUSE ;:—
Académie des Sciences, Inscriptions et Belles-Lettres de Toulouse.
Annuaire, Année XL, 1884-85,
Mé 8
moires (8 Série), Tome VI, Semestre 1, 2, 1884. The Academy.
Wid.) tnt
Trenton Natural Hi Society— Societ
Journal. Vol. I, i 5, Sucairy, 1886, The &
ADDITIONS TO LIBRARY. 31D
TRIEST
Souris: Observatorium der K. K. ee Pg Nautischen Akademie
Rapporto Annuale. Vol. I, per l’ann
The Academ
Societa pie ere ss ot ae Naturali in Trieste. Bollettino, Vol. IX,
Nos. 1 and 2, The Soc
VIENNA :—
Anthro pologische Gesellschaft—
Mittheflangela, Band XV. Heft 2, 3, 1885.
The Society.
oe mrcape: e der Wissenschaften—
Regi zu den Dad 86, bis 90. No. 11,
1885.
Sieangeeriht Band LXXXIX, Abth lg 3, Heft 3-5. 1884.
XC. 1 1-6. See
’ tes + a, a te
” oF Lhd bP d 3, 99 1- 5. 1884.
% sy ee Ck pat ay ek JESS.
” ” ” ” 2, 7 - 1885.
” ” ” > 3, D.
ieadnay.
"The
. K. Central- Anstalt fiir ce emg oo und Erdmagnetismus—
Band XXI. The Institute.
|
Ain FA
Py
=f
Sz
3S
oe re
SS 5
aD
rd
|
Bg FE
AE
ie}
rae
Fa
ee
.K.G ische —
Mittheilungen, Band XXVII. N.F. XVII. 1884. The Society.
K. Geologische Reichsanstalt—
Verhandlungen, No.
meet The ‘* Reichsanstalt.”
KK; Ritarhistorisches Hofmuse
Annalen, Band I. Sahconbarieht, ; Ne 1, fiir 1885.
” PEE SS ” 2, » 1886.
The Museum.
K. K. Zoologisch-botanische Gesellschaft—
Personen-Ort und Sach-Register. ote
d XXXIV
Verhandlungen,
> XXV. * Halbjake land 2. 1885.
The Society.
WASHINGTON : .
American Medical Association— :
Journal. Vol. VII, Nos. 9-23, 23 Aug. to 4 Dec., 1886 (incl.)
The Association.
Bureau of Ethnol
Third Annual 1 Report. acces The Bureau.
Chief of En rs (U.S.
Filey me ort ua! 2,
3, 4, 1885.
Tables of Geographic Po sitions, Azimuths, Distances, ke. U.S
Geographical cal Surveys west of Syceen meri oa Capt. G. M.
aoe _ i ? The Chief of Engineers.
Chief Protea Officer (War Department)—
the $8 Service, Nos. 16 an
Report mg Paper Sar ada The Chief Signal Officer.
Coiagtsetine of a le OT aE
Annual Report. 4 ag ote
3
The Comptroller.
316 ADDITIONS %O LIBRARY.
Wasi ala site ninth
Director of the
ual Sanuk. sae the fiscal year ended 30 June, 1886.
The Director.
Hydrographic Office—
North Atlantic Ocean. pat Charts. Jan. to Oct., 1886, inclusive,
We No. aE
3 wera gs Eastern sheet, No.
West Coast of oa America. Gulf of ons, No. 973. ~
San Lorenzo
Bay, No. 974. ss
West ceeae of Nicaragua, San Juan del Sur, No. 934.
Mexi Tenacatita and Navidad Bays, No. 936.
Light-List, No. 2. 1885. Corrections and Additions from 1 July, 4
Te85, to 24 April, 1886. No. '31. :
Notice to Mariners. In apie ar 1-369. 1885. "g
Nos 1886. t
Telegraphic Determinatio “et : ngitude in Mexico, Central
Am and West Coast + of South America, No. 76. 1883-84.
The use eof Oil to lessen the dangerous effect of heavy seas. N
The U.S. Hydrographic Office.
National Academy of Science
Mem Vol. III, Part ‘1. 1884. Ato.
pabadingh Vol. L Part 2. 1884. 8vo.
Reports for 1883, 1884. 8vo . The Academy.
Philosophical Society— z
Bulletin. Vol. — 1885. The Society.
Secretary of the Trea
Annual Report ton hes year 1885. (Vols. 1 and 2.)
1886. The Department.
Smithsonian pees
List of Gefie spondents. 1 July, } 885. No. 635.
List Ae Tostitations in the United States gee NE Publications.
Smithsonian Contributions to Knowledge. Vols. XXIV and ye
The Institution.
U.S. Coast and Geodetic Survey—
eport, 15. The Superintendent.
U.S. Geological Surv
Bulletin, Nos. 733 3 (inclusiv e). The Director.
WELLINGTON, N.Z. :
Colonial Wand
Annual Reports (20th and 2Ist) of the Colonial Museum and
bora’ , 1885-86.
Laboratory,
Detailed Catalogue and Guide to the Geological Exhibits—New
Zealand, Court, Indian and Colonial Exhibition, London, 1
Handbook of New Zealand, with maps and plates (Fourth Edition
PP RESID Mag eS ee Ae eae oar eng pee
iasionana tbe te Thos, Brow: |
ual of the New Zealand Col by © :
Parts 3 and 4, 186. oleoptera, by Capt ie pirector.
Colonial Secreta: aland—
The Public Health Act ‘Act, 1876. 40° V.R., No. 60. .
The Colonial Secretary:
New Zealand. Institute— ne )
w Series
Transactions and Proceedings. Vol. XVII. { The Institute
Vol. I. 1885. Demy
~
ADDITIONS TO LIBRARY. 817
WINNIPE
M vasitobal Historia os gooey? Po se
Annual Report for the yea
Transactions, Nos. 0: 21. * [ec The Society.
ZAGREB (AGRAM) :—
Soe ee “hippagie ogique
nik hrv. atskoun rie tags Druztva—
ws din: Sa
% 23, ol 1886. The Society.
MIscELLANEOUS.
, (Names of Donors are in italics.)
American Antiquarian and Oriental Journal. Vol. VIII, No. 1. January,
Publisher.
Anderson, W., M.1.C.E., and Geo. Hy. ere F.C.S8., A.M.LC.E. :—
e Pu rieaton of W: ater. Parts 1 and 2 ’ Sir Alfred Roberts.
ee Charles A., M.S
’ e Geolog By of Neeare + Gas j in Pennsylvania and New Yor
e Product and Tixhaustion of the Oil Regions of Penaivani and
ew York
Australian Magazine. Vol. I, No.1. July, 186. The Publishers.
Ausiralasian ge 2a Magazine. Vol. I, Nos. 2and 4. September and
Novem R. T. Iatton, F.ZS8.
Baculo, Dr. Barto ae :
Nuo ie Ricerche intone l'Apparato Ganglionare Intrinseco dei cuori
ici. The Author.
Bonaparte, Prince Roland :—
Les Récents Voyages des Néerlandais a la Nouvelle-Guin
— sur ies récents Voyages du Dr. H. ven Kate dans VAmerigue a du
Botanical Catalo, ogue. John Wheldon.
aite, James, M.D., Lond. :—
Batroapect of Medicine. Vols. I—XCII. 1840-85 inclusive
Chisholm Ross, M. “D. (Edin.)
Brazier, John, F.L.S., &e. : 6a
srs n ew ies of Onchi :
a er i of 2 ‘res Fresh Water Mollusca asia ne Coast
ove Triton Bay, New Guinea, collected by Baron ihe
a.
Castillo, Prof. Antonio y seg ——- Barce
Antropologia Mexicana. El Hombre del ‘Pelion: Noticia sobre el
Hallaree de un inka prahinsdeid en el Valle de Mexico.
Professor Mariano Barcena.
Colonial and Indian Exhibition, London, | 1886 :—
Official Catalogue of Exhibits in the New South Wales Court (Second
Edition). 8vo. Sydney,
The New South Wales Court Illustrated. rT Series, No. 1.)
e N.S. W. Commission.
Cowan, Frank :—
D wT 7 : A Charcoal faces The Author.
avid, T. Ww. Ed eworth, F.G.
es points of Basalt Eruption in New oe Wales. 1886.
Litton, F.Z.8.
pier —_— «“ Volta.” Copy of report from the Times 3 15 ne ee woo
318 ADDITIONS TO LIBRARY.
ma William, M.A. (Cantab.) :—
periments on the Gandosition of Coal. 1884.
Professor Liversidge, F.R.S,
Geological Society of Australasia :—
Catalogue of Works in the Library.
Ts.
m
Transactions. Vol. I, Partl. 1886. R. T. Litton, F.Z.S.
Giard, M. Alfred :-— :
Deux Epéces d’Entomophthora wegen eaeed la Flore Frangaise et
sence de la Forme Tarichium sur une Muscide.
Notice sur les Travaux ee de M. Alfred Giard. Mai, 1879.
Nouvelles remarques sur les Orthonectida.
Sur deux Synascidies ‘aaelion si ur les cdtes de France (Diazona
Hebridica Forbes et Goodsir et Distaplia Pose Della Valle).
a le — Kithniana (Rabenhorst) cause de Vinfection des eaux
e
Sur P adivory geile des Ascidies du genre Lithonephria
Sur les affinités du genre Polygordius avec les Annélides de la famille
Opheliidz (1).
Sur un curieux phénoméne de préfécondation, observé chez une Spionide.
Sur un type synthétique ae de (Anoplonereis Herrmanni) com-
nsal des Balanoglossu The Author
Griffiths, J. W., M.D., sad A. tax y, F.R.S., F.L.S.
The } Micrographic Daseonen ill Whlition). cial London, 1883.
W. H. H. Lane.
’ Groddeck, Herrn Dr. von, in Clausthal :—
Studien iiber a SIR Gangthonschiefer und Serie nee
Uebe: L700 von Quecksilbererzen am Avala-Berge bei
Belgra er
Ueber die Gesteine der Bindt i in Ober- Ungar mn.
3 Mount Bischoff in Tammy
hor.
—. ss,
‘of Lan 5 Man,
gin o: guages and the Antiquity of Speaking The ger
Hector, Dr. James, F.R.S. :
Recent Valse Eruptions, N.Z. Preliminary Report on, yoo Alor
Hennessy, Professor postbciin F.R.S. :
Note ton Sg i fons a Precession calculated on. the Hypothesis of the
i
On the Chacparetivs Temperature of the {Northern and Southern
Hemispheres of the Earth.
On the Figueie of the Planets,
On the Geometrical Construction of ~ Cell of the Honey Bee.
‘ the Physical Structure of the Eart The Aut
Historical Society of Australasia, S.
Constitution, &c. R, 1. Litton, F.Z5-
Hogg, Sig eabasa -» F.R.M.S
icroscope (New Tiitiens, & 8vo., London, 1883. v AH. Lane
Illustrated Sydney News, Vol. XXIII, 1-11, andS cial Christmas
malas ce ae The Proprietor’
ac’ bert L., F.G.S., F.R.G.S.
Handbook of Queensland Gealegs. The Aa
Jackson, M
Tableau Ay Divers Vitesses expriméesyen métres par ances: Author.
ADDITIONS TO LIBRARY. 319
Toadplnba, J. Py A.MEGCE. :
History of Floods in the Hawkesbury River. The Author.
ere of Restration of Inventions, New South W. — ae 16 pe
John Brazier, LS.
PGi, Ire Ante, No. 1, 1886. The Piushiaite
Martin, John
A ‘Manual of eS Pata Mounting (second ea Sage: gf ae a
don,
Medical Press a eer o.s. Vol. 93; n.s. Vol. 42, Nos. phe: ot.
Publishers.
Memorials, Scientific and Literary, of Andrew Cross, the Pletrcian
Spencer H, "Hlolines.
Microscopes, a ee of various makers (7). W. H. H. Lane.
Morse, Edwar
Ancient on Modern. Methods of Arrow—Release.
Man in the Tert The Author.
Palmer, me ibe MLA. ‘(Qneanatadiays —
Note e Australian Tribes. The Author.
Roth, H. ‘hing, E.R, —
Addenda and Index mal Parasites of the Sugar Can
Professor Stare! de Pendle on the Origin of the Sugar Cai
Sandberg, C. P., LC.E. :
On Rail J ibaa aa Steel Rails. The Author.
ete eg Es ee Be 8 Ue
na System of Sewerage for the District of North Coa
en eo ¥.G.8., FS.
Notes on the Bindi Phim , 1886. R. T. Litton, F.Z.8.
Sydney u orning Herald, 1 January to 31 ie Pe a (unbound).
mes Norton, M.L.C.
Sydney Quarterly Magazine, Vol. IIL., Nos. 9, 10, “Ls 12. 1886.
ydney Quarterly Magazine The Prop
Sydney Uni ity C tion. Chancellor’s Address 26 May 1886.
yaney University Commemora Deaton cee vORS.
— pasa Ralph, F.G.S., F.L.S. :
ions to the Flora of Extra Tropical South Australia, including
escription of Two New Species
oat of New Pi “of Mollusca of the Upper Eocene Beds at
List of f Australian Terebridz.
Miscellan arp ede lags to the Paleontology of the Older Tertiary
Roc ong of Aus
Post-Miocene Climate i in South Australia (being in part a rejoinder to
Mr. Poet Paper).
Supplemental Notes on the Palliobranchs of the Older Tertiary of
Australia and a Description of a New Species of agg, fp chonella.
The Lamellibranchs of the Older Tertiary of Australia (Part ey
Teale, T. a
Dangers to
M.A
uide to Sanitary Defec
Health. on Pictorial Guide ole, | if, i. D.,6
Tebbutt, John, F.R.A.S.,
Results of Meteorolo, ogi Observations ew stm ate Ot a
va of John Tebbutt,
yout 1884, and 1885. The Author.
The Publisher. No. 2, 1 November, 1886. Turner & Henderson,
Za
320 ADDITIONS TO LIBRARY.
Tritbner’s American, European, and Oriental Literary Record—
XI. Nos. 77-78,
ol. 18
(New ser.) ,, : 5 12, 188
ms eee es PSG” 1881.
fs Vo ne 5. i Ieee,
rr Fada ae she ego Oe | BBS:
ve a 3 ee 7-12. 1885.
VIL. Tritbner & Co,
Wedgwood J osiah, on the Clay of os cave: Frederick Ratha
‘angye
Whitelegge, Thom
List of the Prenirondiee Rhizopoda of New South Wales. Part 1
The pie
Winkel, R., in Got
Verzeichniss der © Mikroskope und Hilfsapparate. Dr. Katz, M.A.
Winkler, Clemens
Mit theilungen Uber he Serie The Author,
Woods, Rev. J. E. Ten F.G.S.,
Report upon the Geology and Mineralogy of the Northern Territory of
South Australia The Author,
PERIODICALS PURCHASED IN 1886,
American Monthly Microscopical Jou
American Journal of Science and Art "(Silliman),
Ana!
Annales des meng et Physique.
Annales des Min
Annals of N. chive History.
Art Journa
Astronomische Nachrichten.
Athenzum.
I ritish omen Journal.
British Pet phy.
( hemical sai
c
’s Botanica. gazine.
ingle ~ a Journal.
ngin
J nginee ring.
English Me chani
] oteoaieed Zeitsclit fiir Analytische Chemie.
Gardener’ P sape “ne
obese
J venta eieise Monthly.
Tudustri
Journal sil on oop of the Photographic Society.
oe
Jou. oO tom raed Physiology.
Journal of Botany. ef sisesied
Journal of the Chemical whi
Journal of the Society of Art:
Journal of the Society of Tetopriegh Engineers.
Knowledge.
Lancet.
London Medical Record
Medical Riese of New York.
ournal,
Mining J.
Nature,
ADDITIONS TO LIBRARY. 821
hs 8 Queries.
Obse
Pete s Mittheilu ungen.
Philadelphia Medical Times,
a Magazine, ©
rtfolio.
Paitectinck of the perme ast Association.
uarterly es of the Geo ae sean
m —
Soamnnac cea pplem
Telegraphic J saenal pai Ploctrical Review.
Books PURCHASED IN 1886.
pect aa me Register, Bei
stralian Handbook,
Biedermann, Technis he Chemisches Jahrbuch, 1884-8
Braithwai ace oe of Medicine. Vol. XCIII. he -June, 1886.
British pea Report, 1885.
Clinical cadets. ‘ianenehioni Vol. XTX.
Eneyclopedia Britannica. Vols, XX and XXI.
International Scientific Series—
Vol. LIV. e Mammalia, by Oscar Schmidt.
», LV. Comparative Literature, by H. M. Posnett.
» LVI. Earthquakes and ot ther Earth Movensaits, by John
ilne.
LVIL. Mic robes, Ferments and Moulds, by E. L. Trouessart.
Jahresbericht der Chemischen Technologie, 1885. N.F. Jahrg. XVI
(Dr. F
erd. Fischer).
omen Officer of the ig Government Board (London). Annual Reports.
th, 14th, and 1 1883-4, 1884-5, 1
Medion Chirargical Socie ety. Transactions. Vols. LXVIII, LXIX, 1885.
1
Nautical ‘Almanac , 1889.
New Sydenham Society’ 's Publications. Vol. CXV.
Notes and Queries. Gene —— to ag and 6th Series.
Obstetrical Society, Transa x cee
Official Year Book = the Seieutific vad ‘Learned Societies of Great Britain
and Ireland.
Paleonto hical Hie s Publications. Vol. XX XIX for 1885.
Pathological’ Societ ty. 2 Aebabe tions. Vol. XXXVI. 1885.
Ray Society’s Publications. 1885, i
Bu — ’s Larvee of British Bu ‘centhas and Moths. Vol. I.
Report of the Scientific Results of the Exploring Voyage of H.M.S.
“challenger 1873-76.
cel Ges ogy ee. % 4 ge. & ae XVI. -
oyal Geographical Societ . Supplementary Papers
Rotifera or Wh aera nick ules. Parts 1-6, by C. T. Hudson, LL.D.
Sei sr - H. Gosse, B.RS.
cience Gossir , 1870.
Smithsonian In: itution. Annual Reports, 1854 to 1860, 1862 to 1870,
1872 =17 Moret
$22 ADDITIONS TO LIBRARY.
ENGRAVINGS, &e.
Etched portrait of Dr. Charles Darwin, M. A., F.B.S., &e., by Flameng.
Etched portrait of Professor Huxley, F.R.S., ” by Flameng.
DoNATIONS TO THE SocteTy’s CABINETS, 1886.
Autograph au ee from Eminent Men (addressed to the late Bagi
Smith, C.M.G. L.C., &e.). ‘mith.
Grindstone used by. ea Aborigines for ng seeds for food worguaaas ;
blebone on the Lower Macquarie Ai. HE. —
Slides of Microscopic Objects (5). W. A. H. Las
Stage Micrometer ruled on glass to the 25,000th of an inch, by Fasoldt ot
New York. W. H. H. Las
EXCHANGES AND PRESENTATIONS
MaDE BY THE
ROYAL SOCIETY OF NEW SOUTH WALES,
1886.
The a gaan and Proceedings of the wii Society of N.S.W. for 1885
xix, has been distributed as follow
The pu uli sg ~~ ‘ae th
a the Smi heonian inate: he pre pte for French Soctouien aed Tnsttatins wee
orwarded ¢ Soeur the Ministere ~ Y — Publique des — Arts et des Cultes ;
Post in all other cases, not otherwise provided fo bee tranent! fitted by yy book
The Smithsonian Institution, Washington, U.S.A., and Messrs. Triibner & Co.,57, Ludgate
ae Vicdion, E.C., have kindly undertaken to receive and forward to Sydney all communi-
Press and parcels intended for the neva Society of iw South Wales.
Vv. olume, ntations to the Society-are acknowledged by letter, and in the Society’s Annual
* Excha:
di etlngwidiet te Ad " shecricienaees have been received from the Societies and Institutions
ARGENTINE REPUBLIC.
1. Cordoba.—*Academia Nacional de Ciencias.
AUST BLS.
2. Prague. £1722 512 hs Cen
3. Trieste. —*Societa Adriatica di Scienze Naturali.
4. Vienna,— Bet eee ne frit air chaft.
5. ” erliche Akademie der Wissenschaften
6. ” _ ‘kK. Central-Anstalt fiir Meteorologie und Erdmagnetis-
mus.
7. » 7 ha ae pets ee joo Gesellschaft.
8. » *K. K.G logische serpent
eae = K. Naturhistoriache Hofm
Mey K. Zoologisch-Bota sisthe, Cieselinenke
ll. ais *isterreiaebs Gesellschaft fiir Meteorologie.
BELGIUM.
12. Brussels.—*Académie Royale des Sciences, des Lettres, et des Beaux
3.
13. ” *Musée Royal d’Histoire Naturelle de Belgique.
14. ” - *Observatoire ae de Bruxelles.
15. ” *Société Royale Malacologique de Belgique.
16. Li .—*Société Géologique d vt I
que de Be gique.
17. ” *Société Royale des Scie
18. Liccmmahoery—stakitet Royale adn de Luxembourg.
19. Mons.—*Société des Sciences, des Arts et des Lettresdu Hainaut.
324 EXCHANGES AND PRESENTATIONS.
BRAZIL.
20. Rio de Janeiro.—*L’ Observatoire Impérial de Rio de Janeiro.
DENMARK. }
21. Copenhagen.—*Société Royale des Antiquaires du Nord.
FRANCE.
22. Bordeaux.—* Académie Nationale des Sciences, Belles-Lettres et Arts.
23. Caen.—* Académie Nationale des Sciences, Arts et Belles-Lettres.
24. Dijon.—* Académie des Sciences, Arts et Belles-Lettres.
25. Lille.—*Société Géologique du Nord.
26. Montpellier.— —*Académie des Sciences et Lettres.
27. Paris. —*Académie des Sciences de l'Institut de oe
eli, oe *Depdt des Cartes et Plans de la Marin
cA ae Ecole Nationale des Mines.
SOM Say Ecole Normale Supéri eure.
“ig resign *Ecole Polytechnique.
Nan ae Editor, pea io Mondes
E
<5 Sia eas ae a s Cours Soientfiques.
be oes aculté Médecine de Paz
Bogen) bs ors aculté > Sciences de la Sirbouie.
SOL oy Jar es ntes.
BOG * Musée d’ Histoire Natur elle.
8 Saas *Ministére Me l’Instruction Publique des Beaux Arts, et des
ulte
BOW yy Société Botanigue,
ALS *Société d’A
420 5 Cigar d avahiepeegls de Paris.
43. gs ciété de Biologie.
ma 5 "ogee de Chirurgie de Par
405. *Société d’En neouragement pote l’Industrie Nationale.
ee *Société de Géographie.
ee *Société Entomologique de France.
cae Seciété Géologique de France.
ee Société Météorologique de France
ae *Société Francaise de Minéralogie
a See *Société I hilotechniqu
om y Société de Physique
53. *Société Zoologique de France.
54. Saint Etienne,—*Société de l’ Industrie Minérale.
55. Toulouse.—*Académie des Sciences Inscriptions et Belles-Lettres.
GERMANY. fi
56. Bremen.—*Naturwissenschaftlicher Verein zu Bremen.
oh Berlin.—Deutsche Chemische Gesellschaft.
” *Koniglich Preussische Akademie der Wissenschaften.
9. Bonn,—*Naturhistorischer Verein der Preussischen Rheinlande und
Westphal in Bonn
60. Braunschweig.—*Verein fiir Naturwissenschaft zu Braunschweig-
EXCHANGES AND PRESENTATIONS, 325
61. “ees epages ae Polytechnikum zu or
62. Naturwissenschaftlicher Verein zu Carlsru
63. en ae pihonnds fur * path iors
64, Chemn itz. Wy 1 ry £1
65. Dresden.—*Das “hese i Bureau des Ministeriums des iii zu
Dre
66. 5 Cséivieal. Dinetion der edicts Sammlungen fiir Kunst
ind Wissenschaft zu Dre:
67. % *Kénigliches Misslogiadie tao
68. 3 *Offentliche Bibliothek.
69. e *Verein fiir Erdkunde zu Dresden.
70. Elberfeld.—*Nattirwissenschaftlicher Verein in Elberfeld.
71
- Frankfurt ee Naturforschende Gesellschaft in
|
- Freiberg — —Die Berg Akademie zu Freiber,
*Naturforschende Gesellschaft G ‘Freiberg.
. Gorlitz.— WSatartomchende Gesellschaft in Gorlitz.
: Gottingen. — *KGnigliche Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften in ar
76. Halle A.S.—*Die Ceti Deutsche Leopoldinisch—Carolinische
Aka e der Naturforcher zu Halle A.S. (Praed ia).
77. ore da —*Die Geo ite sche Gesellschaft in Hamburg
78. sen cee Museum der freien Stadt Ham mburg.
79. ” *Verein fiir ssesdaiiitadaste Unterhaltung in
93.
94.
a
ra
98.
Ha mbur iN
- Heidelberg.—*Naturhistorisch Medicinischer Verein Heidelberg.
Jena.—*Medicinisch Naturwissenschaftliche Gesellschaft.
: Konigsberg.—*Kénigliche Physikalisch-dkonomische Gesellschaft.
- Leipzig (Saxony).— *Koniglich Siichsische Gesellschaft der Wissen-
Marburg. ce Oe ee as tecare der gesammten Natur-
wissens eas n Marbur
ity.
Mulhouse.—*Industrial Society.
ee opment Akademie der Wissenschaften in
*Verein fiir Vaterlindische asackamdo’ in Wiirttemberg.
tin
- Stuttgart. catebniprihes See Landesa
3
GREAT BRITAIN AND THE COLONIES.
. cemented m and Midland Institute.
ingham Philosophical Society.
Bristol. —*Bristol ‘ eile Society.
Camborne.—* Mining Association and Institute of Cornwall.
oe. aco me Society.
c Fre sie ibrary.
” “tak
” University To.
326 EXCHANGES AND PRESENTATIONS.
99. Dudley.—Dudley and age Geological and Scientific Society and
Field Clu
100. Leeds. iia -nsroyeinpen. sar ae ety.
rf *Philosophi nical a Literary Society.
2, rn ollege.
. Live eT and ake Society.
. London.—*Agent-General (two ¢
, i * Anthropological Inst titate. of Great Britain and Ireland.
‘ *B oe Museu eae opies).
Chemical 5
Hind feed fod fond pod fered fol fol feed fod fod fed fh fe fed
ell seed [aed opel oe tee eoo ooo
aa hege. es
a beri ial Off » Do wning-street.
5 Editor, Cassell’s Eneye clopedia.
is Entomological Bouieey
‘ *Geological Society.
a Institute of ryt of pha Britain and Ireland.
y *Institution of Civil Engine
ra *Institution of Moca Aeohitaete.
¥ Library, — Kensington Museum.
yy ' * Linnean a0 tv
EL: pe *London tituti ion.
118. ‘. *Lords Comuiasioners - hs Admiralty.
#9: 33 *Lord Lindsay’s Observatory.
120. ee ag oe scabs Office.
121. s * ralogical Society.
122. y ] ue um ‘of ieowecaa Geology.
123. ss Patent Office L
124. i ng Recbecie shat ty of Great Brita
125. i *Physical Society, South or ington itacck:,
126. 3 *Quekett Microscopical Club
127. i *Royal Agricultural Society
128. = *Roya Asiatic Sesiety of Great ei sa a Treland.
129. = *Roval Astronomical Soe ety.
130. % *Royal College of Diyala.
131. 4 *Royal College of Surgeons.
132. = *Royal Colonial Institute.
133. a *Royal foe cis G88 ee
134. = *Royal Historical Society.
135; ns *Rova Tnuitcuon es Gk Britain.
136. = *Royal Meteorological Society
137. % *Royal Microscopical
13%. eS *Royal School of Mines.
139. - *Royal Society.
140. Ma toyal Society of Literatu
141. ee *Ro yal United Service Tnatitntion.
142. fs Society of Arts.
143. s Jniversity of London
144. War Office— (Intelligence Branch).
145. *Zool ogical Soci
146. Manchester. ae olo sooner
es *Literary and Philccopbical Society.
: *Owens College.
149. Middiesboro’ .—*Iron and Steel Institute.
150. Newcastle-upon- -Tyne.—* Natural ms Society of Northumber-
, Dur and Newcastle-upon-Tyne.
ASt. ” » man of England a Tasttute of arate nd
nical Eng
Bey ey re “Society of hibsedeal. Tesduist?y
EXCHANGES AND PRESENTATIONS. 327
. Oxford. spe oa Library.
3 Bodleian Library.
we trae iffe Library.
a *Radcliffe Observatory.
. Penzance.—*Royal Geological Society of Cornwall.
- Plymouth. ee mare and Devon and Cornwall Natural
History Soc fg
- Windsor.—The aaa s ti bra:
Ca Dp Horr.
. Cape Town.—*South-African Philosophical Society.
NION OF CAN
. Halifax (Nova Scotia).—*Nova ene ecient of Natural Science.
f imei (Canada West).—*Hamilton Association.
Mon
treal.—*Natural History Society of Montreal.
. Ottawa. By pe, land N: — eager! Survey of Canada.
is yal | Society of Can
‘Tee Ottawa Literary wu Scientific Society.
. Nosonto. —*Canadian Institute.
- Winnipeg—*Manitoba Historical and Scientific Society.
169. arse ee Society of Beng
170. eological Survey of iia
ries
171. Dublin.— gecthe Dublin Soc
172. » yal Geo ae Socity of Ireland.
173. _,, “Royal Trish Aca
_ Mausist ivs.
174. Port Louis. —Royal Society of Arts Arts and Sciences.
175. Société a’ Acntlipetation:
New Sour WALEs.
176. scene BP secre Club.
177. ian Museum
178. a ofwe Pu blic Libr
179. 4 *Linnean Society of deat South Wales.
180. a Mining Departm
181. me eid wa oa de
182. School of A
a ee Technoogial Museum.
184, me Union Clu
185. et *University.
New ZEALAND.
186. Auckland.—*Auckland Instit
187. Christchurch.—Philosophical matte of Gabi:
188. Dunedin.—-Otago Institute
189. Wellington.— -*Colonial Museum
190. rs *New Zealand: Institute.
191. Philosophical Society.
i
328 EXCHANGES AND PRESENTATIONS.
QUEENSLAND.
192. Brisbane.— ijeaaraptoal Se csteapa ’ se aie
193. » *Geo eal Soc a a (Queensland Branch)
194. 5 Pa he reo
195. 5 *Royal Society of poe es
COTLAND.
196. reeeaeste *Dun nae Observatory, Earl of Crawford and Balcarres.
97, *Unive
198. BAinburgh "Eaton, Miss: i; Britannica, Messrs. A. and C.
Black.
199, 5 *Edin om agente Jom
200. in *Roy Prac
201 . 7 Royal Otnerv ory.
202. 33 * Physical Society
203. Pi * oya Society
204 e ** Se ea Society.
208. *Univ
206. Glasgow.— seologia ai of Glasgow.
207,
SourH AUSTRALIA.
208. Adelaide.— S inlbadsian eatin
209. Z a Prin
210. - sObee
211. 4 *Royal | Socuey of South Australi
212. e Sibir = Museum dade "Art Gallery of South
213. 4 debiionieages
TASMANIA.
214. Hobart.—*Royal Society of Tasmania.
ORIA.
215. Ballarat.—*School of Mines = Industries.
216. ee Associat
217. Field Natural ists Club of Victoria.
Bot
218. iy *Government
219. me *Government Seatac:
220. sy *Mining D t
221. is #0 ato’
222, se *Public Lib: 3
223. 4 Registrar-Gen
224, ‘i ti do ioe of Victoria.
225. o *Univ 3
226. 9 iets soot "instibate of Surveyors.
HUNGARY.
227. Bistritz (in Siebenburgen).—*Direction der Gewerbeschule
298. tages (Agram).—*Société Archéologique.
EXCHANGES AND PRESENTATIONS, 329
ITALY.
eo rege? Santee i os dell’ Istituto di Bologna,
i Bolog
ee Peeks, —*Societa siege ogica ‘tt alian
232, ‘ *Societa Italiana di Ant oie e di Etnologia.
233. *Societa as iihens d'Italia em Fiorentina).
234. ating: —*Museo Civico di Storia Natural
235. en hoon Istituto Lombardo = Scion Lettere ed Arti.
236. ocieti Italiana di Scienze
237. Wouens: —*Académie Royale des eral ere et Arts de Modéne,
238. epee —*Societa Africana d’Italia :
239. *3ocie pe pies! fist (Accademia delle Scienze fisiche
240. *Stazione 1 Docks (Dr. Dohrn).
241. Palermo, —* Accademia peti di Scienze Lettere ed Arti.
242, Reale Istituto Tec
243. ees *Societi Toscana di sais oe ae
ry a. * Accademia Pontificia de’ Nuovi
245. *Biblioteca e ‘Anchaeis ers (hiner dei Lavori Pubblico).
246. Circolo Geographica d’Ita
247. 5 Osservatorio del As fonami Collegio Romano.
248. *R. Accademia dei
249, , *R. Comitato Geologic Taian
250. *Societa Geografica Italia
251. Sidhe. —F. Accademia a hate
252. a ee delle Scie
253. Reg rvatorio della Pa Universita.
254. Feniea: erat tui Veneto di Scienze, Lettere ed Arti.
JAPAN.
255. Yokohama.—*Asiatic Society of Japan.
JAVA.
256. Batavia.—*Kon. Natuurkundige Vereeniging in Nederl Indié.
NETHERLANDS.
257. Amsterdam.—* Académie Royale des Sciences.
” * Association Coloniale Néerlandaise.
259. *Société Royale de rH
at . Harlem.— ios vam de Musée Tey
ciété Hollandaise des ch dein
NORWAY.
262, Bergen.—*Museum.
263. Christiania.—*Kongelige Norske Fredericks -ehciaretg
see '#Videnskabs-Selskabet i Christiant
ROUMANIA.
265. Bucharest,—*Institutul Meteorologic al Rominiel.
330 EXCHANGES AND PRESENTATIONS.
RUSSIA.
266. Helsingfors.— —*Sociéte des Sciences de Finlande.
* 267. Moscow.— gatas Impériale — Naturalis
268. *Soc ee s Amis a Rasen iences Naturelles d’An-
oa ie et siltencersiiica & Moscow. (Section
PP bos nA
269. St. peters ees Impériale des Scien
270. *Comité Géologique—Institut zm Mines.
SPAIN.
271. Madrid.—Instituto geographico y Estadistico.
SWEDEN.
272. Stockholm.—*Kongliga Svenska Vetenskaps-Akademien.
273. % *Kongliga Universitetet.
SWITZERLAND.
274. Berne,—*Société de Géographie de Berne.
275. Geneva.—* Institut National Genévois.
276. Lausanne.—*Société Vaudoise des Sciences Naturelles.
277. Neuchatel.—*Société des Sciences Naturelles.
STRAITS SETTLEMENT.
278. Singapore.—*Royal Asiatic Society.
UNITED STATES OF AMERICA.
279. Albany.—*N ew York State Library, Albany.
283. Poston.—* American Aeldeny “i “Art s and Sciences.
284, a * Boston Society of Natural Histor
285. Buffalo.—* Buffalo Society of Natural Sons
286. — Bc Entomological Club.
287. of Comparative Zoology, Harvard College..
288. Chicago. —Acad nae a t cietees.
re Cincinnati.—*Cincinnati Society of cat, History.
90. Coldwater.—Michigan Library Associat
391. Davenport (Iowa).—*Academy of Wkural Sciences.
. Denver.—*Colorado Scientific Society.
293. Hoboken (N.J. ae Institute of feoscapmenin
294. Lows. City eybinn —* ri Weather Service
295. innes ota culaien of Sane Selenees.
296. Mewhaven (Guin) Godee Academy of Arts.
= New Yi ork,—* American Chemical Society.
SB
is merican Geographical Society.
a0. ” *Editors * § i
300. a *New York Academy of Science
301. ee *New York Microscopical Soci beity.
302. ” *School of Mines, Columbia College.
EXCHANGES AND PRESENTATIONS. 331
aa “cone Ei he of Natural Science.
n Entomological Society.
506. ‘ Sie tors Asan pies Society.
306. re *Franklin Ins
307. a *Second Ge a ie cal 1 Sur urvey of Pennsylvania,
*Zoological Society of Philadelphia.
309. Salem prea age Association for the Advancement of
Scie
310. 5 *Hssex Ta tit
311. *Peabody sanaee of Sciences,
312. St. tidus —* Academy of Science.
313. San icra ae 20> Academy of Sciences.
314 California State Mining Bureau.
316. Washington.—+ riven Medical Association.
316. of Education gc of the Interio~).
317. 2» eBarea of Ethnol
318. ” reau of Navigation | (Navy oe ior
319, 5 *Chiot of Engineers (War Dep ent).
320. 2 *Chief Sigoal Otticer ike ‘Depart ent).
321. ” *Commissioner of Agric
322. » *Director of the Lt peraniiy Department).
323, » * Hydrographic
324, » * National j ere te of Scien
225. ” *Office of Indian Affairs FPreguastimeli of the Interior).
326, » *Ordnance Department.
327. ” *Philosophical Society.
328. »” *Secretary ( Nery Depa a the Interior).
329. ” *Secretary (Navy D ent).
330. 2 *Secreta: my ‘aieastil ‘Department
331. ” *Smithsonian Instituti oo
332, ” *Surgeon-General (U. S. Army).
333. is *U. 8. Coast and Geokese 8 Survey (Treasury Depart-
ent).
334. ” #*U. s. "Geclogs ical Survey.
335, » *U.S. N: sional Sona (Department of the Interior).
e ” U.S. Pat
337. ” *War f heacocbtoren
oe of Publications sent to Great Brit «- 82
India ut the Colonies Ce
» : America ba ? : A
, ‘ hg sk ae oe ee
i ‘ Rditors of Periodicals. «=. 5B
Total =... . 337
A a oan} : bi:
FB. KYN@DON Hon. Secretaries
The raged 's House.
30 September, an os
SAU eth
PROCEEDINGS OF THE SECTIONS.
(IN ABSTRACT.)
(335:
PROCEEDINGS OF THE SECTIONS.
(IN ABSTRACT.)
MICROSOCOPICAL SECTION.
aie cnine Meeting, held 12th APRIL, 1886.
P. R. Peptey in the Chair.
Tr was decided to is the ima on the evenings of the second
Monday in each aoe Chairman: Mr. P. R. Pepiey. Seere-
tary: Mr. Fr. B. Kynepon. ” Contendttes* Dr. Morris, Dr.
Wricut, Mr. Warrsieoch and Mr, WEISENER.
10 MAY, 1886.
Mr. Peptey in the Chair.
The following were exhibited :—
A photograph of the late R. B. Tolles, the celebrated objective
maker of Boston, U.S. (Dr. Wright.
(De Morr and Lealand’s new hom. objective N. A. 1:5=161°.
r. M s.)
Swift’s best challenge Binocular Microscope. Laid Macdonnell. ‘
Powell and Lealand’s 4 1 hom. objective N.A. 1:29= 116% (Mr.
Macdonnell.)
Winkel’s Students’ Microscope and jj; hom. objective N.A. 1:25
=110°. (Dr. Katz.)
Double-stained slides of Bacillus of ces Glanders,
&e., and Jordan’s staining fluids. (Dr.
A Coralline from Port nat ckson. (Mr. mE )
ing, rich in pond life. (Mr. ee a
paper was read ey heli ea on the Maize-blight, illus-
trated by several prepar:
Mr, WHITELEGGE pistes a method of readily mounting
living fresh-water gee such as Rhizopods, by means of a
weak solution of osmic aci
Dr. Wricut presented a copy to the Society of Chase and
Diabirchaw’ s Catalogue of the Diatomacez.
14 JUNE, 1886.
Mr. MacponnveEtt in the Chair.
The following were ex xhibited :—
Several students’ microscopes by London makers. (Mr.
Weisener.)
336 PROCEEDINGS OF THE SECTIONS.
A series of slides from the Technical College. (Mr. Ramsay.)
A diatom from Cook’s River, Himantidium. (Mr. Macdonnell.)
Slides of Hydroid Zoophytes with tentacles expanded ; also,
diatoms from Bondi.
Mr. WuiTELEGGE explained his method of mounting Zoophytes
with their tentacles expanded by means of the addition of a
minute quantity of chloroform.
12 JULY, 1886.
Mr. Pepuey in the Chair.
The following were exhibited :—
. din. objective by Green (for many years with Tolles), having an
angle of 54°, and fitted with a conical front. (D right.)
<x slide of Bacillus of Tubercle. (Dr. Wright.)
“Two new Monocular microscopes by a London maker. (Mr.
Weisener.
The peristome of a moss, also the circulation in the “chara.”
(Mr. Whitelegae €.)
9 AUGUST, 1886.
. Mr. Pepuey in the Chair.
‘The following were exhibited :—
“A copy of * Cro okshank’s Bacteriology.” (Dr
A beautiful Radiolaria from Port Jackson. (Me. pie
fo nae rotifer, Votomata Parasita, from a fresh-water
po , y-
A slide of diatoms from Lake Wendouree (Vic.) (Mr. Sharp.)
ANE presented to the Society a Micrometer, by
Fasolt, of New York, ruled to the 25-000 inch.
I3 SEPTEMBER, 1886.
Mr. Peptey in the Chair.
-. The following were exhibited :—
Brown and Sharp’s Co. ee for cover glass measure
ment- (Mr. W. H. H. Lane.
« Voleanic dust from Tarawera. (Mr. Rigg.)
Nachet’s $s Microscopes. (Messrs. Gaunt.)
_ Spencer's 1 inch objective 40°; Spencer's } hom. objective N. A ;
135 with gold-plated fronts to resist acids. * (Dr. Wright.)
Dr. Morris brought Tolles’ 1 hom. objective N.A. 1-52 to com-
pare with Spencer's on a difficult slide of A, Pellucida. The —
thane of both these - glasses was of unusual “excellence), =
as near as could =
Se se = 9 E prese:
883 edition of the Wis geighis Dictionary.
ted to the Society a copy of ge a
ate
PROCEEDINGS OF THE SECTIONS. 337
10 OCTOBER, 1886.
Mr. Peptey in the Chair.
The icllowinig were exhibited :—
A slide of many diatoms symetrically arranged. (Mr. White-
legge.
oh areally finished a microscope manufactured by
the exhibitor. (Mr. Wei
A series of slides of Foratinstele and diatoms obtained from
Port Jackson, mounted by a gentleman in London. (Mr,
ew oe
r. W. H. H. Lane presented to the coor a * of “ Hogg
on “te Witwer, and five slides to the Cabin
Dr. Morris claimed the priority in the use 9 oil of Cassia
mounting medium, and questioned the statement in the J ential of
the R.M.S. (London) for August, 1886, page 717.
8 NOVEMBER, 1886.
The following were exhibited :-—
A fine gathering of the rare rotifer, Asplanchna Ebbesbornit,
a laree Amoeba from the Waterloo marshes, also a re
pihetiig of Volvo. (Mr. Whitelegge.)
13 DECEMBER, 1886.
Dr. pee: in the Chair.
The following were exhibite
Several slides from Hinton “ London) of those diatoms described
by Dr. Royston Pigott in the ‘“E. Mechanic,” also a slide of
Streptococcus of vaceinie, taken from a ay vaccine pustule.
(Dr. Wright.
Slides of several Polyzoa from Queenscliff (Vic.) (Mr. White-
legge.)
SECTION L—SANITARY pas
TUESDAY, 22nd JUNE, 188!
* preliminary meeting 0 of members of Royal Society of
New South Wales was held for the purpose of resuscitating the
sanitary section
There were present Sir ALFRED Roserts, Mr. Gupps, C.E., :
J. B. Henson, om Mr. W. A. Drxoy, F.CS., F.LO., Me R.
Hunt, Mr. F. Kynepon, Dr. MacLauriy, Dr. Qua rece
Goons, Dr. Ecler Dr. Farrrax Ross, Dr. (CARRUTHERS, an
_ Mr. Revver E. Rorn, M.R.C.S., England.
Sir Atrrep Rosperts was voted to the chair
The following gentlemen were elected
Chairman: Sir ALFRED Ropers. Secretary : Dr.
Ron, M.R.C.S., England, Dr. AsapurTon THOMPSON, Mr. _
Dixos, F.C.8., F.LC., Mr. F. B. Kynevoy, Dr. Farr oss,
r. J. B, HeEnsow, C. E, Dr. QUAIFE.
Mr.
338 PROCEEDINGS OF THE SECTIONS.
It was agreed that the scope of the section should be that of
the proposed “Bill of Public Health,” as introduced by the Hon.
C. K. Mackettar, M C., and that the day of meeting
: -D., M.L.C.
should be the second Tuesday in the month, at 8 p.m.
TUESDAY, 13th JULY, 1896.
Ropert Hunt, Esq., in the Chair.
The rules formed by the Committee were read and adopted.
Dr. F. H. Quatre presented to the library of the section a copy
Prigdin Teale’s “ Dangers to Health,”
TUESDAY, 10th AUGUST, 1886.
Sir Atrrep Roszerts in the Chair.
The receipt was acknowledged of the works published by the
Melbourne Health Society. Sir ALtrrep Roserrs presented a
copy of a pamphlet on “The purification of the water supply of
Antwerp,” by Messrs. Anderson and Ogston.
Mr. Trevor Jones, C.E., read an interesting paper on “The
Ventilation of Sewers.” The paper was illustrated by means of
diagrams.
TUESDAY, Lith SEPTEMBER, 1886.
Mr. F. B. Kynapon in the Chair.
Dr. Reuter E. Rorn, M.R.C.8., England, read a paper on
‘The Rational Construction of Chairs and School Desks.”
The paper was illustrated by means of diagrams and models.
TUESDA Y, 19th OCTOBER, 1886.
Sir Atrrep Ropers in the Chair.
The receipt was acknowledged of the various sanitary acts and
regulations of the following colonial governments, viz., Queens
r. ASHBURTON THoMPson read a paper on “ Scavena
Paper entitled “ Notes on the recent outbreak of Small-pox on the
ee
pr. F. H. Quarre read a paper, “ Notes on the Sanitary Con-
dition of some of the Eastern Suburbs of Sydney.”
TUESDAY, 16th NOVEMBER, 1886.
Sir Atrrep Roserts in the Chair. ;
E Mr. Trevor J. ONES, C.E., read a paper on. “ Suburban Sanita-
on,
ALFRED ROBERTS, Chairman.
Reuter BE. Rorn, M.R.C.S., England,
Hon. Secretary,
PROCEEDINGS OF THE SECTIONS, 339
The Ventilation of Sewers and the Dwelling.
By J. Trevor Jones, City Engineer,
[Read before the Sanitary Section of the Royal Society of N.S.W.,
10 August, 1886.]
as a vehicle for any morbific germs that may be mixed with the
sewage from the dejecta of fever patients, it becomes the duty of
the Engineer, as the constructor of sewers, to devise means where-
by such. exhalations may be discharged in situations where they
will not enter into the composition of the breathing air of the
city or dwelling.
The emanations referred to are a compound body, known under
the generic name of “sewer gas”; its component parts being, as
stated in Mr. Baldwin Latham’s elaborate work on the subject,
varying proportions of carbonic dioxide, uitrogen, carburetted
hydrogen, sulphuretied hydrogen, ammoniacal compounds, vapour
suffer from the attacks of such germs of fever, cholera, small-pox,
typhoid, &c., as may be projected into the sewage, of which the
gases arising from the sewage form a convenient vehicle for the
dissemination thereof. ; ‘cee
The buoyancy, or tendency to float upwards in atmospheric air,
of this compound gas varies in the proportion that it is compo
of the lighter or heavier of the above constituents, and in pro-
portion to its excess of heat over the surrounding air, but
ordinarily it is found a little lighter than air. 3
rom this tendency to rise, it flows from the lower towar
upeast shaft for it to escape into such space as it will do least
harm, or where it cannot mix with the air of the streets or
i
dwellin,
340 PROCEEDINGS OF THE SECTIONS.
If not so intercepted, and directed into such spaces that it cannot
be breathed, it will at times gain such expansive strength in the
sewer that it will force itself through water-traps and other con-
trivances into the dwelling, to the detriment of the air therein and
the health of the occupant.
e occasional introduction into or outbreak of fever, epidemics,
&e., in a town or city, although they are grievous calamities,
generally serve one good purpose in directing a lively attention to
é existence of any filth, to the appliances for securing cleanli-
ness in the city, and to the suppression of noxious practices in
the environs of the dwelling.
SypNEy Sewers.
The sewers, now forming the system in use in this city, were
constructed at various periods, under different engineers, an
consequently vary somewhat in design, but generally exhibit
sound knowledge in the designer, and perform their functions very
well, if we grant that these duties consist of discharging the refuse
liquids and storm-water of the city into the harbour.
While this is their present condition, it should be stated,
although it is generally well known to most residents of Sydney,
that the Government Sewers Department is engaged in the con-
struction of a capacious intercepting sewer, into which the whole
drainage of the northern and western slopes of the city will, when
@ main trunk sewer, runnin generally along the bed of Shea’s
conveyance of the storm-water that falls upon the whole surface
as well as the sewage, and this has entailed a larger outlay to
ai win object than is considered warrantable under more
ideas, since it appears to modern engineers that the gutters
and water-tables should do a portion of the work, and thereby
obviate the inordinate cost of making a double provision for the —
same work,
The southern system is being constructed to receive the rain-
water rE ae and yards only, storm-water from streets, &,
exclu oe
being exel
PROCEEDINGS OF THE SECTIONS, 341
When both the works referred to are completed, Sydney may
boast of a system of sewers that will compare favourably with any:
modern city as far trunk main sewers are concerned ; but in order
to secure the full sanitary benefit of such works, two things must
be attained, viz., that the houses connected with the sewers, before
any strict supervision was exercised by the city authorities, should.
be examined for defects in their house-drains and fittings ; ‘
secondly, that the sewers themselves should be provided with the
means of escape for the gases that are continually being given off
from their contents.
VENTILATION OF SEWERS.
It is proposed to deal with the question of the ventilation of
the sewer first by giving a short description of a few of the most
favoured . ee by sanitarians in the past and such as
are in =
The t that eau itself is the obelisk form of ventilator, of
which ton in Elizabeth-street, at its intersection with Bathurst-
street, is an excellent example.
This obelisk is merely a kind of chimney-shaft, into whieh: is
connected a branch from “— of several sewers whose nighea
terminal point is adjacent to
It was conceived that this ee of shaft ial afford relief to:
the pressure of gas in all sewers communicating with it, by allow-
ing such gas to escape through it into the air at its summit after
passing thr ough several perforated trays of charcoal at its base,
placed there to absorb the offensive properties of the gas in ques-
tion.
This system was in favour among engineers for a long time,
until systematic experiments were made as to its effect in reliev-
ter distance than about 300 feet.
ora therefore, 300 feet be the limit beyond which the uses of
shafts as ventilators would be reduced to nil, it follows that. this
would be the greatest distance apart at which such shafts could be
spaced for the efficient ventilation of a line of sewers; and as their:
eost each would probably amount to £300 at least, their mere costs
along with that of the land on which to build them, would re: de
their use prohibitive. “4
le obj oe then the appear
If the cost were not an insuperable obj eee fee
342 PROCEEDINGS OF THE SECTIONS.
volume of this gas with nine-tenths of air is as explosive as gun-
powder when fired.
An accident of this kind might affect miles of sewer, and prove
very disastrous by throwing up streets or buildings.
Several accidents of this kind have happened in London and
Paris, and even here one such case occurred in 1883, tearing up
many chains of a newly constructed line along the Darling Har-
bour railway.
It is not necessary to adduce any more proof against the adop-
tion of this kind of ventilator as there is little fear of its being
selected by the authorities of this city, excepting in very special
cases.
One such case would be an instance, where a large trunk sewer
received a number of small branches, inasmuch as a large sewer,
when not running, rapidly generates much gas ; and it would be
judicious, if space is obtainable, to erect one such shaft here to
obviate the charging of the branches with gas formed in the
larger sewer.
MipstreeT GRATING VENTILATORS.
entilation threw it
out of competition, two things became manifest, viz. : that m
order that the sewer air might not at any time assume sufficient
expansive power to force itself through intercepting contrivances
into the dwelling, appropriate openings should be —- and
that those openings must be frequent along the course of the
sewer.
To meet these requirements in a practical way, that is to say,
that should at once be effectual without being inordinately costly,
the plan was adopted of making openings in the crown of the
sewer, and building a pit or shaft from the crown of the sewer
up to the street surface.
By this method a series of pits covered with gratings were con-
observable. “
To remove another objection, viz., that dilute as it might be, it
_ night contain poisonous germs, the sewer air was made to filter
itself through charcoal filters, for which it is claimed by some of
PROCEEDINGS OF THE SECTIONS, 343
the most notable authorities that it is an effectual oxidizer of
iti t of these
sewers are now being constructed in conformity therewith by the
Sewers Department.
sewers would receive the wind at their mouths when the tide was
low, and this would exert a pressure internally tending to drive
fact that sewer gas forms rapidly in large volumes in this warm
climate in summer, made me conclude that, no matter how frequent
these gratings were spaced, there would always flow out of them
channel with a continuous grating would be still i
it difficult to believe that this would be the result, remembering
344 PROCEEDINGS OF THE SECTIONS,
that the slops and refuse liquids of the City of Melbourne are
conveyed on the water-tables, and it is well known how objection-
able this has proved.
When I was stating my objections to these gratings to the Board
of Health, I was speaking from theory ; but since the completion
of the Adelaide system, I have been supplied with confirmation of
hed
my anticipation, as I received a letter from the City Council of
Adelaide informing me that these gratings were found intolerable
in certain localities, and inquiring of me what the practice was in
Sydney, which seemed to visitors so effectual in suppressing smells
from sewers. 2
I replied, furnishing directions as to the practice I am about to
advocate herein, which I am informed is being introduced in that
city, probably not on account of my letter, but because the
engineers in charge of the sewers were perfectly familiar with the
plan themselves.
Indeed, the gentleman who designed and carried out the work,
Mr. Oswald Brown, was a man of European reputation, who
found the scope for his energies in the Colonies too circumscribed
and returned to Europe, when he had completed his work in —
Adelaide.
reviously stated, opinions as to the efficacy of charcoal,
and the durability of its efficacy are somewhat conflicting; but the
cost of applying it, and in maintaining it in a state of efficiency, is
not a matter of doubt, and is very heavy.
Having stated my objection to certain methods of ventilating
sewers, it remains for me to explain the plan I would adopt by
erence.
With reference to the principle that frequent outlets into the
outer air are desirable there can be no dispute, but my contention
is that these openings should not discharge the sewer-air at the
street surface, under our noses, so to say, but at such elevation
above our breathing spaces that it cannot again be breathed at
all, but be dissipated in the surrounding air. i
The plan recommended is neither original nor new, but in my
opinion the best of recent methods, and is simply this:— |
__ The house drain after being connected with the sewer is laid at
the requisite grade to a point near the house ; here is interposed &
The sewer gas will flow up this branch until it arrives at the
trap ; in order to get through this trap into the premises, It would
PROCEEDINGS OF THE SECTIONS. 345
adoption of the system, and before the practice can be made
universal, an amended Act will be required conferring such power
on the Council.
It will not necessarily be requisite to erect such a pipe to every
house, in order that the pressure in the sewer should be relieved,
as some buildings are too low to secure proper ventilation ; but if
a pipe-shaft (say) of 5 or 6 inches diameter, be affixed to most of
the loftier buildings, a sufficient vent would be secured.
A building now being erected by Mr. Alex. Dean for Dr.
M‘Laurin in Bligh-street, is an excellent example of the way in
which these principles are to be applied.
any other premises are similarly fitted, and these, as well as
securing safety for their occupiers, help to relieve the sewers from
undue pressure of gas.
The interceptor trap is on the same principle as that known as
Buchan’s, a sanitary plumber of Glasgow, and is a thoroughly well-
considered device, combining adaptability to its functions with
ease of access for repairs.
The New Zealand Insurance Offices in Pitt-street and several
other buildings are ventilated by a different method, which dis-
penses with traps, trusting to the constancy of the upeast draught
in the ventilating shaft exhausting the air in the pan and chamber.
is method is adopted by Mr. Woodford, plumber, of Charlotte-
street, and with success in every instance that I have examined.
lithograph herewith how desirable and even how indispensable it
is to intercept the poisonous gases—in a manner that they shall
346 PROCEEDINGS OF THE SECTIONS.
s sometimes attains a power as to burst through the water
seal, therefore most modern traps are fitted with a junction for a
ventilating pipe, which offers an easier outlet for the gas than that
b ‘
os iat deal of trouble should be taken in laving a pipe under
a house floor upon sound foundation in such a manner that the
ound will not sink under it, as any settlement in the pipes would
crack or displace the joint, and thereby release both sewage and
sewer gas under the floor.
Flaptraps have been largely used to peereny pa sei of gas
and storm-water up the house drain, but t tri e has proved
useless after a little use, dirt, paper, sticks, straw, ‘bot &e.,
getting between the lid and the
This form of trap depends aaa nc closeness of its lid for its
effectiveness. It has therefore given way in point of adaptiveness
to the water-trap, which has completely superseded it. Its ten-
dency to become immovable from rust or to wear at the hinges
renders it unsuitable. Indeed, any movable piece or part in
sewer apparatus has this objection, as sewage a a sor = corro-
sive effect, and is largely charged with oritty subst
With respect to that part of the subject termed the *ventilatial
of the dwellings,” I have to explain that it has reference only to
obviating their becoming charged with sewer gas, and not in its
broadest sense of procuring a free exchange of fresh for vitiated
air in the chamber, as the title would imply, as that question is
more than sufficient for a paper in itself.
There is another feature in connection herewith, viz., the main-
tenance of the seal in the traps against the tendency of flushes of
water in the soil-pipe syphoning the water seal out of the trap 5
but as this is a detail, it is unnecessary to load this paper with the
consideration of it.
I shall therefore conclude by summarizing the objects of this.
paper, and the methods of so doing :—
(1.) That the Sydney sewers, for want of legislative poe
8S
that legislative power should be obtained enabling the
City Council to insist on affixing upcast ventilating pipes
to the walls of any houses, where it m ay be found advan-
tageous so to do, for the purpose of conducting the sewer
air to the summit of such houses, and there to discharge
it in such a position that it will not again mix with t
breathing-air of the citizens. This pipe would not be
more unsightly if in front of a house than the rain-water
pipes.
(2. ) te owing to the defective manner in which co onnecting
pipes from the city sewers into the dwellings have in
PROCEEDINGS OF THE SECTIONS. _ 347
some cases been laid some years ago, whereby the air of
the sewer is mixed with that of the dwelling, to the
detriment of the latter for respiratory purposes, it is
desirable that the City Council should by its officers be
empowered to enter and examine such connexions, along
with all sanitary fittings, with a view to rectifying any
want of efficiency that may be discovered.
Clause 2 herein has, I am aware, about it a somewhat inquisitorial
quality, and upon that ground will no doubt meet with opposition.
inside the house ; and furthermore, they were, in a eneral
sense, the first to avail themselves of the use of the sewer; there-
fore, as in the early days of making connections with the sewer,
the supervision was lax, if not abseut altogether, the work has
been defectively executed in the first place, and, as examination
has shown, the defects have become exaggerated by time.
The examinations of such connections and fittings is therefore
a very important desideratum in the promotion of health in the
The Sanitary Assurance Association, England, seeing that an
official inspection would be expensive to a community as well as
odious to houscholders, proposed an alternative, that the authorities
should require a certificate from a competent sanitary authority,
that every house has been examined and found to possess sanitary
with other efforts in the same direction to bring this noble a
into an enviable condition as to its sanitary arrangements, octane
natural formation so well lends itself to.
348 PROCEEDINGS OF THE SECTIONS,
On the Rational Construction of Chairs and Desks, —
By Reuter E. Roru, M.R.C.S8., England. a
[Read before the Sanitary Section of the Royal Society of N.S. W.,
14 September, 1886. |
Tue following is a résumé of the paper :—‘ Dr. Roth pointed out
that the spine consisted of a jointed column made up of individual
bones which we called vertebre. In early life this column w
third being convex forward and the second and fourth back. On
the curves of the spine, especially the dorsal one, would depend
the healthy shape of the chest cavity. The more the dorsal region
was bent the more were the ribs depressed, the capacity of the
There seemed also no reason why music-stools should possess nO
back. As the player was without such a back-support he was
compelled to support the body’s weight with the hands, and
Gonsequently could not be expected to acquire a delicate touch.
The height of the seat should equal the distance from the bend of
PROCEEDINGS OF THE SECTIONS. 349
vessels under the thigh, giving rise to numbness and “ pins and
having sat for a short period. If the height of the seat were not
sufficient, the knees became very bent and the legs could not be
moved without moving the whole body. The depth of the seat
should correspond with the distance from the backbone to within
ninch or so of the bend of the knee, because, here again, if
there were too great a depth the edge of the chair would cut into
angle, as was very often the case with easy chairs, although the
back and shoulders were well supported, yet the thi mn
common cause of lateral curvature, with the right shoulder growing
out and higher than its fellow. As long as the makers of
furniture went in for ornament only, so long would our unfortunate
bodies have to suffer. Still, there was no reason why chair-backs
should not always have a lower convex rail instead of a concave
one. In most of the new tramcars the seats were properly con-
structed, being made on anatomical principles. : That there was
some importance to be attached to the construction of chairs and
school desks would be readily seen when it was considered that as
a rule a good fifth of our lives was spent in a sitting position.
Those whose occupations necessitated their sitting for many hours
continuously, such as clerks, dressmakers, and others, stooped and
had contracted chests with unhealthy organs, though fortunately
in accordance with his views of the
which were tested and commented upon by t
the conclusion a vote of thanks was accorded to th
er,”
350 PROCEEDINGS OF THE SECTIONS
Notes on the Sanitary Condition of the Eastern
uburbs, etc.
By F. H. Quatre, M.D. (Univ. Glas.)
[Read before the Sanitary Section of the Roya! Society of N.S.W.,
19 October, 1886.]
ven in the higher parts of our suburbs we are met by gutters
full of dark ill-smelling water, and, especially where the fall is not
good, it lies and decomposes and finally dries combined with what
should be street sweepings, to be blown by the winds into the open
_ windows of the houses or even into water tanks, which are
municipal authorities have exhausted their wits in trying tempo-
rary measures, But the deodorants are fleeting and the decom-
posing matters seem eternal.
you go along the low part of Glenmore Road across the
valley near the bridge you will find a sluggish stream winding
round some land supposed to be a recreation ground and mean-
dering through the Chinamen’s gardens below the road on its way
Be) ae eee
Pe Pde! We Ty SEP Lg
PROCEEDINGS OF THE SECTIONS, 351.
to the bay, whose exhalations are painfully apparent to the least
sensitive nose. In heavy rains I have seen a cataract leaping
down into that glen from a cliff, but it did not sparkle like those
of the mountain, but was of a muddy brown colour and consis
Upper Paddington. Higher up, the same stream, which for years
has contaminated the air along Broughton’s wall in Cascade-street,
is now being turned into a sewer which will for the present end
at the before-mentioned cliff. Another filthy stream runs from
Lacrozia Valley and joins those above mentioned and flows into
the Rushcutters’ Bay, through the Bridge on New South Head
Road. Before the foreshore there was reclaimed the stench
was awful, and I orry to see that a delta is now fo
the bay and that soon it will be nearly all filled up
shallow tidal s west of rling Point us
reek with and even now the reclamation does not go
t
so far out as the tide recedes. Numerous cases of typhoid
have occurred in the houses on Darling | Point, along that oad and
many in workmen engaged in the sewer
into the head of the bay. T might multiply sreikpler wien
limit, but I sacs notice One or two more. Round the north-eastern
the ae _ and so into aa water ae of the _ Higher
up there is only a thin layer of earth or sand over rocks, and d after
rain you will see water oozing out all over at the edges of the
rocks, so that much yee must come from everywhere on sia
western side of the ridge canno’
In some of the gutters ye stench is so peculiar that one t
help thinking that fecal matters have overflowed, or arn
got into them. No doubt deficient yee supply aggravates in the
evil ; but though more water would h purify a jon
upper parts it would only carry me offensive matters
neighbours lower down flooding,
pparionnliy worse things happen. During very Gnderwood
— “ig me ago I was ras nee along a lane on the
te, Paddington. ‘This lane was so full of water, ramming
=r that, I nae to pick my ei along the edges, and no
352 PROCEEDINGS OF THE SECTIONS.
unfit for use.
wing to the way in which the land has been subdivided, and
thickly crowded with dwellings, mostly of the terrace order, with,
in many cases, small back yards with not a yard of garden soil
available, the only possible method of getting rid of the liquid
slops of the dwellings has been to discharge them into the nearest
gutter. Some of the boroughs have, I know, by-laws prohibiting
this practice, but they are necessarily nearly everywhere a dead
letter. Matters specially fecal are being dealt with either by the
old cesspit system or by earth-closets. The evils of the former I
bourne pail system, and is a great nuisance; in fact efforts are now
‘system in the most perfect way possible. It is a very larg?
question and should be dealt with in a broad way. It should not,
PROCEEDINGS OF THE SECTIONS, 353
would fall in with those of the adjoining ones in the best possible
way. Further, each body would have to employ its own engineer,
and that would entail greater expense, and possibly conflicting
views. I therefore think that the great matters of water supply
and sewerage should be managed for the whole metropolitan area
(within certain limits) by a representative Board, wit
elected upon it by all the municipalities concerned, certain members
appointed by the Government, and among them several scientific
persons, such as an engineer, a sanitary medical officer, and a
scientific chemist. This Board should have power to levy taxes,
to inspect premises, to carry out work itself, or see that the proper
persons did it, and all those powers should be compulsory. d
that by the Act, 43 Vict oria, No. 32, such a Board is author-
ized to be created, and that its tee at poems are vested in the
heads of the Harbours and ers Departments for water at
sewerage respectively. But I think that seeing that within a yea
the large portion of the great eastern sewer will be av ailable
from the sea to the boundary of the city, it is time that some steps
were taken to bring this important matter to a , practical issue.
\
and I do think that it will be a great calamity if the system is intro-
duced in such an imperfect manner as to become a curse and nota
blessing. The ignorance of sanitary matters among builders and
workmen is so great that I feel that we are in reat dan anger of
such a result coming about, as even in the city itself I think our
eminent city engineer will ‘admit that he has moma in getting
work of kind carried out with all the necessary ¢
onished some time back to hear him say that he could
only ccteaeaam that defects already existing shoul tereds
and I wonder that the power has not been obtained by the City
Council to compel new sanitary arrangements to be carried out in
such cases, Only la tely, i in one of the ee houses in the city,
as a sufferer, there
ed
of every dwelling from the main street sewer to the wate
and should see that all traps and ventilators or ind, T donot fea
is necessary to ensure such being the case.
z trust, gentlemen, that these imperfect ‘remarks may have some
effect in hastening our deliverance from the sen and nuisances “<4
sketched out, and in bringing about a system of drainage wc
will be most efficient in warding off disease, and preventing the
pollution of our streets and premises.
354 PROCEEDINGS OF THE SECTIONS.
The recent outbreak of Small-pox on the M.M.S.S.
‘“¢ Océanien.
By J. Asusurnton Tuompsoy, M.D. (Brux.), San. Sci. Cert.
(Camb.)
[Read before the Sanitary Section of the Royal Society of N.S. W.,
19 October, 1886.]
THE subject of quarantine, although of great practical importance,
is not, perhaps, of very general interest ; and I feel that some few
words of explanation are necessary before I venture to occupy
your time with the brief account of the recent case of the “
been pursued under the very same circumstances,
only a day or two previously, at Melbourne. At that port ia
vessel was regarded as clean, and she was admitted to free pra
tique; here, she was regarded as infected, and she was detained
in quarantine for some days. I do not think that so marked &
difference of practice, and one so puzzling to shipowners and
general public, should pass without comment; and I believe the
facts of the case may profitably occupy your attention for a 1¢W
sg al dura
“ Océanien,” after an uneventful v e of the usu c
pox. The passenger was shut up by himself in an ary
first-class cabin ; the officer was shut u rhe La. aan all
.
t in, WHE 2
is on the same deck amidships ; and the cook was placed ™ an
eis i
PROCEEDINGS OF THE SECTIONS. 355
apartment called the hospital, which is on the same deck too, but
away forward, between the third-class quarters and the forecastle.
No doubt, such arrangements were made for confining the infee-
tion to the quarters named as seemed practicable. The port of
Réunion (which, it will be remembered, is a French Colony), was
reached on August 16th, and the Chef du Service de Santé was
requested by the captain to remove the three patients, and to dis-
infect and cleanse the vessel. He refused, however, to receive
any but the sick passenger, who happened to be bound for that
place, and who, I presume, could not be refused ; and he did not
cleanse the ship. Mauritius, the next port, and in an English
Crown Colony, was reached on the 21st; and there again the cap-
tain requested the Health Officer to certify that the ship was free
from infection. This application was not made until the eve of
departure, that is to say, not until the 26th, when the captain
says the patients had recovered ; nevertheless, the Health Officer
replied that he could not certify to facts which had not come
within his own observation, and, in short, declined to board the
ship, or to have anything to do with her. So the voyage was pur-
when the quarters they had occupied were fumigated and cleansed,
Some cargo was discharged in quarantine, and the voyage
was continued after the captain had been warned to bring-to on
entering Hobson’s Bay. On September 12th Port Phillip was
touched, and the vessel was boarded by the Boarding Medical
Officer and by a medical member of the Central Board of Health.
After due examination, these officers gave the vessel free pratique ;
irteen passengers, Inggage, and cargo were discharged ; and the
day being Sunday, about 200 visitors went on board during the
afternoon. On resuming the voyage, the captain was granted a
clean bill of health without any endorsement ; and on September
15th the vessel touched Port J ackson, at 6am. On entering the
any present case of small-pox, at 7°30 she was handed over to two
of the quarantine officers, and the usual fumigation and cleansing
was at once begun by the Superintendent of ee?
however, all passengers, with their servants and stewards, were
lodged on shore, and as many of the crew as could be s poner
landed at the laundry, where they washed and disinfected oe — ng
and luggage. By the afternoon of the following day a - ~
operations had been done under the eye of the aay a
and to his satisfaction ; his report was received, and oe
day was considered and approved by the Board of Health.
356 PROCEEDINGS OF THE SECTIONS.
Health Officer was then in a position to order the release of the
i f
vessel ; and in this course the Board of Health would have con-
seque
defer discharging the vessel for four-and-twenty hours; and she
was released at last on the fourth day after her arrival, at 1 p.m.
These are the undisputed facts of the case. Two questions arise
in them—First, why was the vessel treated as infected at this
port, when she was treated as clean in Victoria? And secondly,
if she were infected, why were her passengers not detained during
the usual incubation period ?
ealth authority of whatever country, that careful, thorough disin-
fection had been done. No doubt, a vessel which, ing carried
ge, could produce a certificate
Cee ee
* * A vessel infected with -pox i ied a case 0?
Vik indete ditribg the v 1 — pox is one which has carried a
PROCEEDINGS OF THE SECTIONS. 357
had been disinfected by his own staff under his own supervision,
would on arrival here be detained no longer than necessary to
ascertain that no further case had occurred subsequent to that
m.
patient, a boy named Manoni, was “ isolated” in the very quarters
occupied on the present occasion by the chief cook. That patient,
also, fell sick the day after the vessel left Aden, and at the ports
subsequently touched nearly the same treatment was given her
as on the present voyage. At all of them she was treated as in-
fectel until Australia was reached ; all of them refused to allow
communication. But she no sooner touched Adelaide than she
was declared clean ; she received free pratique at Melbourne ; and
in consequence she escaped inspection at this port. You w
remember what followed ; she had only been in this port a few
not such as to prevent the spread of disease among the crew.
deliberate opinion of the Conference, which was based upon many
similar cases known to the several delegates,
given long before, was thus supported ; but it w il
that the cook’s isolation during the present voyage was — y
untrust worthy, since exactly the same isolation 12 Manonts case
had signally failed. Infection, then, could have sp
?
importing country from epidemic disease.
should be done with this vessel, therefore,
358 PROCEEDINGS OF TIE SECTIONS.
of the case were taken into careful consideration. Thirteen
assengers were known to have landed in Melbourne ; 200 citizens
had visited the infected ship, and dispersed to their homes ; any of
these might have actually been in Sydney before the “ Océanien”
came into port. Under any circumstances, little of value can
be done by inland quarantine; under these circumstances
especially, nothing could be done. It appeared, therefore, that the
usual detention, if it were enforced here, would be vexatious—its
hardships would be incommensurate with any advantage which
could be hoped from it with confidence. The detention therefore
was not insisted upon. But, had this been the vessel’s first port
of call in Australia, it would certainly have been enforced for
the reasons already given.
I am constrained to add, that there seems to have been a dere-
liction of duty along the whole line. The Health Service at
Réunion acted with sheer cruelty in condemning some 300 people
to remain shut up with two cases of small-pox on board the ship.
It was clearly a duty owing first to humanity, secondly to their
countrymen, and thirdly to a mail-service subsidized by their own
Government, to have taken all three patients into quarantine, and
to have thoroughly cleansed the vessel. Had this course been
followed, she would, upon the production of sufficiently detailed
will be sought by the Company affected. Almost the same
fumigation and cleansing. This, too, was a duty owing to
humanity. It appears to me that in this case the intervention of
our own Colonial Office might well be sought ; and, as Mauritius
isa Crown Colony, no doubt its remonstrances would take the
form of commands. The officers at both of these ports seem to
there, and I therefore pass it over without further remark.
last the “Océanien” reached our shores ; and here all was done
that events and lapse of time had left possible.
PROCEEDINGS OF THE SECTIONS. 359
A Note upon Scavenage.
By J. Asusurton Tuompson, M.D. (Brux.), San. Sci. Cert.
(Camb.)
[Read before the Sanitary Section of the Royal Society of N.S.W.,
19 October, 1886.]
THE removal of dirt from a single dwelling is called cleansing.
Scavenage is the cleansing of aggregated dwellings by public
authority. It can be properly done only by co-operation of all
the inhabitants, and the method to be adopted falls for considera-
tion, therefore, especially within the province of the aldermen:
that is, within the province of those members of the community
who are chosen from the whole number to direct the forces whic
co-operation renders available into the most useful channels.
i+)
3
3
my
+
°
o
oO
0g
°
°o
Q4
4
Px)
ct
[a]
uF
3
a)
=e
Pi
x)
iy
yor
té7)
o
Es)
3
=)
b=]
GQ
ie
o
=)
od
occasion of my addressing you is the tendency which is plainly
perceptible in public bodies to seek after cheap, as distinguished
expect that waste, accumulated under the a
city life should rt that life in any sound comme sense,
, eemg ee z Those who flatter them-
on consideration, I believe.
render articles of much greater acknowledge ;
ndling ; and they forget that, although their market will fluc-
tuate, they must yet continue uniforml
Increasing rate, And in
hus far may be summed up in the foll
munity which regards the removal of
ame transaction (in which, pe
siderable sums unless some Immediate P I a
seen) starts from false premisses, and strives to. seize a chimera.
360 PROCEEDINGS OF THE SECTIONS.
The true premiss is—not that society must make money out of its
necessities, but—that society must preserve health and useful
activity under the artificial conditions it has itself created, as long
as may be. So it comes about that, while removal of refuse
matters and expense are both conditions of good scavenage, the
actual cost is but secondary to the urgent necessity for doing it.
Nevertheless, whatever expense, within reason, might be in-
curred to secure good scavenage, ultimate profit could be shown to
accrue. For dirty districts are unhealthy, and disease costs money ;
but to cleanse districts is to reduce disease, and therefore to save
. The profit is incalculable ; not, however, because it is
infinitesimal, but for an exactly contrary reason—that it is rever-
atory or regenerative. The householdev, in estimating the ex-
penses of city life, should set down a rate for scavenage as much
as a matter of course as he sets down the rate for water, or for
gas, or house-rent itself. Yet, just because the profit arising from
public cleanliness is not calculable at so many sovereigns per cent.
upon so many sovereigns invested, but even more, perhaps,
because it does not visibly flow into individual pockets, it may
be too much to expect that the average householder should be
eager to pay a scavenage rate which does obviously diminish his
individual banking account. His judgment of the necessity for
such work, and therefore of the amount it is worth his while to
pay for having it done, is likely to be fallacious, in so far as it is
formed upon the events of daily life as they appear in the obscure
and confusing light thrown by half-forgotten memories of inaccu-
rate observations, Experience has shown that even so indisput-
able a necessary as pure water cannot be made to appear so
or not. How much more likely is the same experience to follow
it, therefore, that town councils should everywhere be granted
power to strike a scavenage rate !*
Act they can recover from householders any expense incurred in removing
night-soil from premises. But the 26th section, which defines the nuisances
. . bd erTr-
in ee fe aay taken
.. d to apply to garbage ; and the cost of removing this must at present
_— eansi of a at rate. And the
of amount up to which a rate for general purposes may be levied is now 14
too = “4 r the expense of scavenage as well as the other expenses it
eee
pore ey 2
i es
as
PROCEEDINGS OF THE SECTIONS. 361
Secondary to expense though good scavenage may be, the
former is, notwithstanding, a condition which must be reckoned
through its aldermen, provided the operations are subject, in case
of necessity, to the control of a central authority. Bearing these
two considerations in mind, and recalling the now well-known
much as 50 per cent. Now I do not for an instant intend to dis-
pute the power of these companies to make a profit, if their own
terms of contract are accepted ; but whence is it to come? From
the manufacture of poudrette? Not entirely, at all events. There
is not one of them but asks a subsidy in one form or another.
Sometimes it appears as a heavy charge for deodorization ; some-
times as a charge, not for collecting the material, whether that be
nightsoil or garbage, but for receiving it at the company’s works,
after the labour of collection has been borne by the corporation ;
sometimes, again, as a heavy charge for collection and disposal.
Hence some of the profits. But the chief expense of scavenage
lies in the process of collection, not ef disposal ; collection being
done gratis, disposal may doubtless be made a source of profit. 1
there any chance that a company might seek to increase its margin
ing the expenses of collection to a point at which
it would become impossible to do it well? In fine, when all things
are considered, is it not pretty clear that councils would best con-
sider ratepayers’ interests, both of pockets and health, if they were
to undertake this business of scavenage themse ves }
362 _ PROCEEDINGS OF THE SECTIONS.
Sanitation of the Suburbs of Sydney.
By J. Trevor Jones, C.E.
[Read before the Sanitary Section of the Royal Society of N.S.W.,
16 November, 1886.]
THE question of the sanitation of the suburbs has at various times
agitated the residents thereof, so far as to lead to the calling
together of meetings, having for their object the initiation of steps
to secure the benefit of some system whereby the refuse of modern
housekeeping and foecal products might be disposed of in some
better way than is done at present.
The city of Sydney set early in its history about securing
accommodation of this character by taking advantage of the steep
declivity of the surface to discharge the combined product of
house-refuse and storm-water into the harbour, and more recently
has undertaken to intercept the bulk of it by a main trunk col-
lector sewer, so designed as to discharge its contents into the open
ocean ; and is also actively carrying out a water-carriage system
for the southern slopes to convey the sewage of those localities to
the neighbourhood of Botany Bay, where it is proposed to establish
a sewage farm for its utilization.
The adoption of a scheme for the suburbs has been retarded by
many considerations, comprising, among others, the contentions of
communities, and all more or less contending against the popular
water-carriage system on account of its wastefulness of a valuable
fertilizer, and its property of generating and disseminating gases
of a character deleterious to the health.
The systems advocated by disentients from the water-carriage
system have each their respective claims on adoption, and their
schemes are the outcome of the labours of thoughtful public-minded
men, and their allegations as to the objections to the water-carriage
system are based upon fact—that is to say, sewa ing in
Sewers does give off deleterious gases, and which, if not excluded
from the dwelling, renders the breathing-air unwholesome.
It is, however, unnecessary to enter into lengthy details as to
thes: J}; ] ly 1 ohbiecti tos inasmuch as, in the opinion
Ce a
ie
iste
Ny ‘ oe a ene eS
oe IRE my I ee See es ee
fay
5 te
PROCEEDINGS OF THE SECTIONS, 363
of men who have had most experience in Europe and elsewhere, it
is the only system at present known to meet all requirements of
populous cities with the least objections ; more especially, when it
is considered that the above objections can be met by ventilation,
and that no other system offers a means of disposing of kitchen-
slops along with the fcecal refuse of a practical and unobjectional
character.
From the above remarks it will be seen that this paper is to be
devoted to the advocacy of the water-carriage system, which
excludes the conveyance of storm-water from the sewers, and is
known as the Separate System.
With reference to the popularity of a system of sewers, my
experience in the city of Sydney is, that citizens are as importunate
for sewer accommodation as they are for water, roads, bridges, ke,
and never to my knowledge begrudge the rates.
Another impediment to the progress of sanitation in the suburbs,
as well as to the adoption of systems of water-supply, is the
inveterate habit of colonists in New South Wales of looking to
the Government to initiate and endow them with systems, and,
allied to this, is the assumption that a comprehensive scheme to
meet all the requirements of the suburbs is at some future day
about to be entered on by Government. ie
I must be allowed to deprecate the inveterate practice In New
South Wales of waiting upon the Government in every emergency.
Reliance upon Government for works of sewage and water-supply
acts as a pernicious opiate on the self-reliance ofa people.
Now, with respect to this latter consideration, while generally
approving of comprehensive schemes for public works, it by no
means follows that a compact community should not set about
Still another stumbling-block in the way of public sanitation is
the assumption that it is a costly work (which itis), without giving
healthy manner, it is a reproducti t
desired accommodation of sewage disposal at an immense saving
over the present s f ;
This epee wk sayecalllilg the water-carriage oc a
not necessarily presuppose the wasting of a valuable fer vs n
be found that a market can be got for it ; but hitherto all a —
to utilize this material have only succeeded in reducing the outlay
Sewage farms have been instituted for its utilization ; but in
1 ys of the year are wet,
d, where a large proportion of the days 0
the application of liquid sewage over-drenches the land, already
364 PROCEEDINGS OF THE SECTIONS.
saturated with rain, and entails the pollution of streams by the
inflow of unfiltered sewage into them during wet weather, when it
cannot be all absorbed.
In Adelaide, however, a fairly successful sewage farm has been
established, and, acc ording to information received from the mayor
of that re he yebetitly3 is doing good work
r of dry days in Adelaide in the course of a year
Saat. aicals hide of Sydney, which encourages the hope that
y m
application to the growing of crops, trees, and vegetables.
The mcrae of this point will come later on in the course
of this pa
The Saal now obtaining such unqualified approval in Adelaide,
is identical with that proposed herein, so far as the mode of con-
veyance is concerned. It is called the Separate System, because
if underground drainage is desired for both storm water and
and also, the conduits necessary for this sy — are of small
dimensions and therefore obtainable at small ¢
It is designed in this paper to trent of the sev wae points here
adverted to in the following order
. The suitability of the water-c carriage system over others.
2, utfalls.
3. The practicability of adopting a system for an isolated
small community, independently of any proposed com-
prehensive scheme, and the possibility of adapting to
any such general scheme all the works nbc
4, The reproductive character of a sewage s
5. Health rae na _ improvement € the “health of a
sewered distri
6. The ventilation of sewers.
mh ve icon arm.
slops and refuse greatly exceed in bulk those of localities where
water is scarce ; hence the street gutters and channels are gener-
aa in a running condition, and therefore while their contents
re more bulky, they are less offensive, the sewage being
dilute, and the gutters if properly constructed, are better flushed.
oo all this, such gutters are always giving off offen-
Sive odours, as may be witnessed in the Melbourne gutters.
Into these gutters only kitchen slops are allowed to be thrown,
all fecal matter being rigidly excluded.
pm ols! Se eal i eeu ecg MR ete edd PSS cy oa |
PROCEEDINGS OF THE SECTIONS, 365
These slops contain ingredients which pollute the air almost
equally with focal refuse, and if allowed to run without filtration
in the street gutters, present a most objectionably slovenly appear-
ance as well as being offensive to the nostrils.
While therefore other schemes of sanitation are more or less
effectual in providing for the disposal of the fecal refuse of a
dwelling, not one of them shows a practical way of dealing with
ordinary slops.
e water-carriage system—that is, a system of brick and stone-
ware drains laid deeply underground—receives indifferently either
and all such sewage, as well a proportion of the rainfall, atfording
to householders and manufacturers a ready and inoffensive means
of getting rid of their waste fluids.
It is true, as hereinbefore stated, that deleterious gases are given
off by sewage ; but under the head of “Ventilation ” this objection
is rendered harmless.
For the above reasons, and the almost universal testimony of
sanitarians, this paper assumes that the water-carriage system is
the best.
It is scarcely necessary to enter into any minute description ‘of
a water-carriage system of sewers, it being fully known that it
consists of underground condu:ts of brick, stone, concrete, eartnen-
ware, stoneware pipes, &c., laid with proper fall towards the out-
fall, laid also so that they may be accessible in the event of stop-
page at frequent points for inspection and repairs, and having
appliances and the usual accessories, much of the character of the
drain either into the Harbour, Botany Bay, or into the Parr amatta
River or some branch thereof, and an Act of Parliament specifically
forbids the discharging of fecal matter into any of the above waters.
contemplated by this paper includes
that obtains in the inland counties of England. The R
Instead of discharging the raw a cineca a
inlet, it is made to flow into capaciou ee i
reservoirs, wherein it is treated chemically, so that : aoe se
solid constituents on the bottom, and the effluent is drawn of a
366 PROCEEDINGS OF THE SECTIONS.
the lower end, clear in proportion to the treatment it has received
and to the capacity of the tanks. The tanks are designed of sufti-
cient capacity to allow of plenty of time for the sewage to precipi-
tate the solids ; and at the inlet a liquid charged with some pre-
cipitating drug,as sulphate of iron, dribbles a proper proportion of
the drug in such a way as to thoroughly charge the sewage ; this is
allowed quietly to settle, and the supernatant liquid when properly
treated runs off as clear water.
In a situation where the waste water flows into a branch of the
Harbour waters the cost of drugs is much less than that entailed
to render the efiluent fit for entering a fresh-water river, as the
purity need not be so high.
The tanks are required in duplicate or triplicate, in order that
settlement may take place and the water be drawn off; the sludge
is then spread in the open,so as to solidify and become portable for
transmission to farms or other destination, it having been deodorized
by the first process.
Sydney ?
_The acquisition of suitable land for the above purpose will be
difficult, but in view of the paramount importance of the question
it should not be impossible, and when secured it should be the
depot for as large an area as can practically drain into it, so as
not to multiply such establishments.
| Sydney, we know from experience how the residents of a
uty within a radius of miles will rise up to object to the
establishment of such a depot.
_ tishere assumed that the procuring of land, while it is difficult,
1s not impossible.
A few days since, I visited the model farm at Rookwood Station,
nd that since my last visit a stupendous amount of work
had been done in breaking up ground, trenching, draining,
PROCEEDINGS OF THE SECTIONS. 367
planting ; the locality is elevated and exposed to the sun and
wind, and ago liable to. suffer in summer from the effects of
the long dry m
The whole area is F wants to the waters of the new supply
from the Nepean ; but that work could not afford water for the
irrigation of such an area without reducing the head required for
giving an ample supply to the Syney reservoir.
It struck me while viewing the ground, that a large ator
of the sewage of the western suburbs might be utilized here
would form both an irrigating as well as a fertilizing agent if i it
could be delivered here
e site being elevated, it follows that the sewage would not
gravitate there; : but if it ave a value as irrigant and fertilizer, the
cost of a line of pipes for its conveyance of a iti plant, and
the labour of pumping would not be very gr
A large tank could be constructed here to receive the sewage at
the highest elevation, whence it would command the surrounding
for its reception.
Lizurnur System.
Tuts system has attracted very considerable attention from the
public and authorities of Europe, and for some ‘ged conditions,
as life in barracks, &c., no doubt, it meets a long felt
Tt proposes to draw the contents of water-closets heerigh iron
pipes into reservoirs constructed underground in a convenient
spot, by suction, or to speak more scientifically, by exhausting the
air in the reservoir.
This scheme has procured high encomiums from Belgian,
Russian, and French authorities for adaptability under certain
circumstances ; but as it only proposes to deal with night-soil, and
municipal bodies around = ey will moguare a anne which will
in addition to the Lieurnur’s system, entailing immense cost, it
must suffice to say that it does not meet the requirements of our
suburbs, notwithstanding that it discloses in its invention a sig
commendable amount of | ingenuity and thoughtful labour.
I have this afternoon received an advance proof of Mr. Stayton’s
report to the Sewers Department on the sanitation of North Shore,
and I need not perhaps say that, like all modern en @
prescribes identically the plans advocated herein for that suburb. |
As I have never exchanged one word with Mr. Stayton on this
subject, it serves to prove the unanimity of engineers in England.
2D
368 PROCEEDINGS OF THE SECTIONS.
on the question, that while the system spoken of is not perfect,
yet it has so far stood the test of criticism and practice with the
best practicable results.
I would much like to have had more time to have thoroughly
digested his recommendations, but was not aware before to-day
that he was engaged on the work.
I would reiterate here my former statement as to pumping the
sewage in its raw state to farms at some distance from town, as
were tried it would be attended with success.
REPRODUCTIVENESS OF SEWAGE.
Up to the present time information is conflicting both as to the
manurial value of the residium of sewage, and no doubt it varies
in different localities. Writers on the question must be read as a
whole and not individually, as their writings sometimes assume
the view most advantageous to the side they are contending for.
I deem it safe to advise communities to refrain from expecting
any great return for their outlay. Some of it they will no doubt
get back, but should look to the benefits arising indirectly in the
form of improved wholesomeness of their breathing-air as well as to
the comfort, convenience, cleanliness, and cheapness, of the accom-
modation for their return.
The products will be marketable, but the cost of producing them
will always reduce the returns.
The adoption of a system of sewers of the character here
sketched has uniformly lowered the death rate in communities
where it has been introduced.
VENTILATION.
T have, ina previous paper read in this room, advanced my
opinions on the ventilation of the sewers and the dwelling, and
refrain here from doing more than saying that the system then
vocated is recommended for adoption in all the suburbs as well
the city, and may be briefly described by stating that it consists of
intercepting the sewer-gas at the front of a large proportion of
lofty houses, and conveying it by pipes to the ridge of the roof,
where it will get diluted with the surrounding air.
I would now conclude with the recommendation to local bodies
to persevere in effort until they secure their object, which will at
once lower the sickness and death-rate ; not to require the Govern-
ment to provide for their wants, but boldly to apply themselves to
the work, remembering that if the Government did the work the
residents must pay for it in the long run, and remembering also
PROCEEDINGS OF THE SECTIONS. 369
that a light tax will enable the various local bodies both to meet
the interest of a loan and also provide a sinking fund for the final
extinction of such loan.
It should also become an accepted principle with local bodies
that to be free from debt e permanent, useful, and al e
works remain ihazectted'? is a false economy and a v
Discussion.
Sir Atrrep Roserts desired to know how such a scheme, if
adopted by an isolated community, could be made to work in with
a general scheme.
“Mr. Trevor Jones replied that a general intercepting trunk
sewer would traverse the whole of the districts concerned and
district he explained that he did not mean a municipal district,
ut a drainage district, which included all the land that would
drain into the sewer in question, or in other words a valley.
obstructions or difficulties existed then a system of pumping
would remove all such difficulties.
Mr. Henson submitted that any general scheme for the
Western Suburbs should include some provision for draining the
marshy land lying between the heights and the Parramatta River,
which, to his personal knowledge, were in a very polluted con-
dition ; and he said that he hoped that measures would be taken
to prevent building on these marshes after merely filling over the
swamp with town ‘rubbish, as is done in some parts.
Mr. Srayron expressed his satisfaction at being present to hear
the paper, and stated that he is now retained by Government to
report upon the introduction of some such scheme into the
suburbs, but could not so early disclose his views not having
sufficiently advanced his plans.
370 PROCEEDINGS OF THE SECTIONS.
MEDICAL SECTION.
Seven meetings of this section were held during the session of
1886, under the presidency of Sir Alfred Roberts.
e average attendance of members was considerably ksienie
that for the session of 1885, the average number present havin
been sixteen, the highest number tw enty-two, and the lowest Lae
There was no falling off, however, in the amount of useful work
done, the average number of papers read at each meeting being
three ; in addition to which many living age pathological
specimens, and models of diseased condition Ss, were e ed
€ papers attained a high standard of excellence, and were
remarkable not only for their practical character but for the keen
interest and serious discussion to which, for the most part, they
gave rise.
The section had, during this session, to deplore the loss by —_
of its esteemed m ember Dr. Walter Fawkes Mackenzie, and t
fifth ordinary general meeting was adjourned as a mark of ak
for his os and of condolence with his widow in her affliction.
J. ASHBURTON oe M.D.
A. MacCORMICK, M.D.,
LIST OF PUBLICATIONS.
TRANSACTIONS OF THE PHILOSOPHICAL SOCIETY OF NEW
SOUTH WALES, 1862-1865.
ConTENTS.
‘On the Vertebrated Animals of the Lower Murray
and Da: jin. Mir ir habits, economy, and oe Gerard Krefft.
ibution
n Snakes observed in the neighbourhood of Sydney Gerard Krefft.
bi Secctiskeiiad Researches” in fou ur papers m prising
and comp oy Martin Gardiner, C.E,
go to ene Problems. Paper
che rning — inscribed in bee
n’gons. Pave et No. 2 af Martin Gardiner, C.E.
oe concerning n’ n'gons inscribed in curves of
the second degree. Paper ee 7 Martin Gardiner, C.E.
Researches concern pad n’gons inscribed i in surfaces
ofthe aia 8 eee e Martin Gardiner, C.E.
oS Moe desirability rok; a aystematic search for: e;
‘ rvation e Stars in the Pst Bia John Tebbutt, junr.
Somuphove : Bee re ies
On the Comet of September, ‘[se2. eh bs ... John Tebbutt, junr.
On the Comet a, bce gai 1862. No. 2 ... John neat tt, Junr.
John Tebbutt, junr.
Remarks on en pee ding ‘Paper, made at a iy Rev. W. B.Clarke, M.A.,
eo S., &c., V.-P.
.2
8
Sy
wo
On the Cave Temples of : =~ snd
On Snake bites and t their entatakes oe a ee Dr. Berncastle.
Cc
On the Dr. :
On the Fibre Plants of New South Wal Charles Moore, F.L.S.
On ne oe and Iridium, obtained from New South ‘A; tolbins, PD.
On the Brospct of the Civil Service under the Lieut,-Cdlonel: Want.
Superannuation Act of 1
On the Distribution of Hera in Mutual Insurance M. B. Pell.
Socie
On the Gaiaciiens Statistics of New South Wales ~s C. Rolleston.
Port Jac
On the Def fences of ao wk
On the Transmutation of ame in Aeapmlegi Ay EGS GS., F.B. yon EGS.
My the Oology of Aus eee bos P. Ramse
e Theory of En he's Gath GR. ‘alley.
i: certain possible ration between Geological G. BR. Smalley.
Changes and Astrono ox ae = —
ene state of y ores caatial , and
Meteorological oe and the practical bearings ¢ G. R. Smalley.
of those s
On the. ean eat Customs of the Aborigines of} iced Seal:
the Lower Murray and Darling ... wi soe
is)
my
Lo
LIST OF PUBLICATIONS.
TRANSACTIONS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF NEW SOUTH
WALES, 186
Vou. L
CoNTENTS.
Inaugural Address, by the Rev. W. oe — M.A., F.G.S., &c., Vice-
Presid
Article I.—On ean Linear aay os the Honorable Chief Justice
Cockle, F.R.S., President of the Queensland Philosophical
Soci:
oop
II. cme, 0 on a paper by S. H. eeneath a ae wes Krefft, Curator
n the — haga in a cave a a 8 ydney Mu-
Ginn ti ny Tas seu
IiI.—On the aan other Metal- r
ns liferousDistriets of Northern Queens- mgs * rie aber
bv. = ‘he o
Seis of Scurvy inthe? p Beaford, MLR.CS.
V.—On ae Hates of} Mortality and ‘Expecta- M. B. P
m of ew South Wales, as essor er Mathem
compre with England and other tics in the University
f Sydney.
VI.—Note on the desey of the Nay River § Bev: Ww. B. Clarke,
M.A., &e.
a VEN arias the cera Influence of Clock abe G. Ma ‘Sma
dulum
Fea tay 3
ley, B.A.,
ovt. Astr onomer.
TRANSACTIONS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF NEW SOUTH
WALES, 1868.
Vol. II.
ConTENTs.
Opening Address by George R. Smalley, B.A., F.R.A.S., Vice-President
Article I.—On the value of Earth Temperatures ... ae Be AS.
Th uOnthat F ae Gerard Krefft, lene
a : C.M.ZS., rator 0:
Museums in acne and Australia the Binoy M Museum.
aa ae SSO Requirements of a Robert
ney ;
ey ENS oe aha Causes:
ey, B.A,
2.
and Phehomets of
ev. as ES ~~
arthquakes, especialy in relationto} M.A., F.G.S., &e.
ok felt in Australia ee V.-P.
* Lanne the ve Sup ae of Sydne ey .. Professor Smith, M.D.
# —_ ts 0: eat Culture in New South :
aes during the last ten years Christopher Rolleston.
_ Mae ae verter on oy Earth System of ) Edward Bedford,
onse
>» ViIIl—On Paxceial in New South Wales—} Aiteod Roberts,
past, present, and future jf MRCS.
LIST OF PUBLICATIONS. 373
TRANSACTIONS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF NEW SOUTH
WALES, 1869.
Vol. ITI.
ConTENTS.
Opening Address, by the Rev. W. B. Clarke, M.A., F.G.S., Vice-President.
; K. Holden, Senior
Article I.—On the operation of the Real Property Act ‘Examiner of Titles,
N.S.W.
Article IT. a — of SirW. Hamilto
etc onthe Inseri — of Closed Martin Gardiner, C.E.
N’g nany qu
oon r
TIT. New hore i in the Geditietey ‘of sites} Martin Gardiner, CB.
IV.—Exposition of the Ameri ican Method oF)
ns 8
32
Levelling for Sections. The supe
riority to the En og ore and “French
methods as regards actual field p Martin Gardiner, C.E.
sik 5 subsequent ra af the|
ee Ne eon ihe Electric Telegraph b between mag
land and India, and h o connect waarmee: Oe:
nt Peale Caonie ‘vith =. one ps en Tele-
graphic system of graphs s for
America
» WI.—Notes on the Geology ‘of the “count ctr Viren, Bed
around Goulburn si ae
» VII—On the Origin and Migrati ons of 2
Polynesian Nation, demons rating Rev. Dr. Lang, M.P.
ment
“A VIII.—Improved Solutions 0: iP reno in Martin Gardiner; C8.
Trigonometrical Sw Surv Py . g, ;
IX.—On oe wee Ri Supply of Sydney be!
Geo e’s Riv er a and Co ok’s fog Charles Mayes.
xX.—On en Results of the Chemi =) ;
nation of bib ers for 8 Spay Professor Smith, M.D.
”
as
XIT.—On a Apparatus “for Reducin; g Phil.
~ Chloride of Silve A. Leibius, Phil. Doc.
else ee on Tables for _ Onulating H. C. Russell, B.A.
1e Humidity of the A
Water Com
XI.—On fir “Rebus aa Gold by means of 7 F. B. Miller, F.CS.
TRANSACTIONS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF NEW SOUTH
WALES, 1870.
Vol. 1a
CoNnTENT
Opening Address, by the Rev. W- B. aia M.A., F.GS., Vice-President.
Article I.—On vine 8 Savings rt —_— C. Rolleston, Anditor-
and Gov Life Gita’:
pomcinte 8 =e Oe ee
‘374 LIST OF PUBLICATIONS.
Article IT. Bias ir on the Moola of the Water )
mission, e lly v
3 the Coon 8 River scheme
Andrew Garran, LL.D.
Make 22 9 ay the Botany rshed E. Bell, M.I.C.E.
pak ee on the ‘bale: Slate
: nite Veins of New South acd an. A. TEESE.
ie —ont the occurrence of the ate near } =. Norman Taylor an
Mudgee ma | rof. Thomson, Se. "
TRANSACTIONS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF NEW SOUTH
WALES, 1871.
Vol. V.
CONTENTS
' Opening Address by Professor Smith, M.D., Vice-President.
Article I.—Remarks on the Nebula around Eta) y, ¢ Hisielt ba
Mienscti tic Variations at Sydne ney H. C. Russell, B.A.
nL —Remarkson the Botany of Lord Howe’ 3 Charles Moore, F.1i8.
”?
Island ..
IV.—New Guinea—a hi ighly “promising field
for Sanervd and ealbnisetion--tiont } ‘pe Wie tank
such an object could be most easily (°° ~™ “8S
and suc phn secomplished ois
V.—On the Constitution of Matte ... Professor Pell.
. TRANSACTIONS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF NEW SOUTH
WALES, 1872.
Vol. VI.
ContvENTs.
Opening Address by the Rev. W. B. Clarke, sf.A., Vice-President.
Article I.—On an tag ed Method of Separating
Gold from penn Chloride, as ob- kor Leibius.
ee. of Assaying Antimony Ores Dr. Leibius.
D
” Til. Saati on Tin Ore e, and what in 3 Dr. Leibius
appear like it
» 1V.—On _—— Gems __ § George Milner Stephen,
_» __V.—Astronomical H.C. Russell, B.A.
Not
>» Vi—On ke Coloured Cibee Stars about H. C. Russell, B.A.
ippa ;
op VIL—On es Deniliquin Meter seh Liversidge,
VIII—Statistical Review e Progress 0 of
New South Wales 3 ee —— ten shen Chris. Rolleston, Esq.
years, 1862-71 Rn
1862
LIST OF PUBLICATIONS, 375
TRANSACTIONS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF NEW SOUTH
W S, 1873.
Vol. VII.
CONTENTS.
Article I—Anniversary Address, by the Rev. W. B. Clarke, M.A., Vice-
President.
» IL—Appendix to the Anniversary Address, by the Rev. W. B. Clarke,
M.A., Vice-President.
» IIL—On ‘te Saltion of certain es Martin Gardiner, OE.
» LV.—Local Particulars of the Transit of Venus H.C. Russell, B.A.
os V.—Note on the Bingera ore District Arch. oe” C.8.
» W1I.—On our Coal and Coal Por
ao VE Fire ee to ‘On our Coal and oat ‘Siean ies
»» VIII.—On our Coal and Coal Port ... James Manning.
;, IX.—The Mammals of A nd the
sifleation “Part Or Srna Gerard Krefft.
idelphi:
Pes ag. oes Geadesis a i i “tect Gardiner, C.E.
TRANSACTIONS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF NEW SOUTH
WALES, 1874.
Vol. VIII.
CONTENTS.
Article I. Pe es prveites 3 ze .. H.C. Cracknell, Esq.
ret ospita Accommodatic ion A. Roberts, M.R.C.S
1
Soca 8 8 — Criminal Statistics of New South W. ales, fe ee
more 5 'f —Deseription of Eleven new speci of
estrial — Marine a a ct John Brazier, C.M.Z.S.
nor ng ralia .
NS =n J. Latta, Esq. :
Vie = Water Supply by Gravitation James Manning, Esq.
Vit Nie Minerals from New Caledonia... Professor Liversidge.
», VILL ron On = Coal Deposits at Wallera- Piofesior Liversidge.
rege Se pe of am Results of the Ovserration HC, Resell, BA:
of th ansit of Venus BW
» »&—The ‘Teanie of Venus as pose a Bly Wik: Best, MA.
Eden
TRANSACTIONS AND PROCEEDINGS OF eee ROYAL SOCIETY
OF NEW
SOUTH WALES
Vol. IX.
ConTENTS. &
(Edited by Professor Liversidge.) ie
Article I.—List se Officers, vaoscomeye ntal peaiete? consti and :
t of Members i to xxix
gs ae es aut | east BO S11
# ie aE Sk EY
o ThA ditions to Library... en el Re
‘376 LIST OF PUBLICATIONS.
PAGE.
ArticleIV.—Anniversary Address, a a =a W. B. Clarke,
M.A., F.G.S., Vice-Pre lto 56
» V.—Notes on Deep. Sea Soundings By Rev. W. B.
vig rke, ease sige te we sen On ee
» ViI—Fac sin Am n Mining. “By §. L. Bensusan .. 73 to 86
» VET, R-tree Deposits of Tasnanin (Illustrated).
By 8. intle, Hobart Tow 87 to 95
4: VELL. Wee ioe Wate SNP. to Sydney by Gravita-
s Manning 97 to 119
IX.— Meteo maa se Water Suppty By Jam s Manning 121 to 123
» %—Water ect - 2 ydney ty Sieavitabiens (Plans).
By Jam
125 to 1384
3 X&I.—AScientific phe ‘By He: “Russell, B. A, Govern-
nt Astronomer 135 to 150
39 es ow of Pseudo- Crystallization (Illustrated).
rotessor Liver sidge 152 to 153
» SIITI.—The Minerals of New South Wales. ti Professor
Liversidge .. . 154 to 215
3» XLV.—Index . « $17 to 228
ee. Ge — Appendix : Meteorological “Observations, ‘Sydn ney.
By H. C. Russell, B.A., Sydney Observatory phe 1lto: 12°
JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF NEW SOUTH WALES,
1876.
Vol. X.
(Edited by Professor Liversidge.)
PAGE.
Article [ — sae Officers, Fundamental Rules, By-laws, and
of Members i to Xxx
¢ II. A Sostch le Address s, , by the Rev. W. B. Clarke,
M.A., F.R.S., Vice-Presiden 1lto 34
eee bP reap ie some Remarkable one shown by Ther.
rs (Diagram si eee ws ‘eas Ll, B.A.,
, Government Ast 35 to 42
» IV.—On the Origin and Miptitscen of the Polynesian
Nat: y Rey. Dr. Lan 43 to 74
V.—On ‘ie Dank roe OL ag off Moreton Bay.
By Rev. W. B. Clarke, M.A., F.R.S. 75 to 82
» ViI.—Some Notes a Jupiter gern nes Opposition. By aie
)
» Vil.—On the aes Ctenodus. Parts I “to IV. (Five
plates.) By W. J. Barkas, M.R.C.S ; 99 to 123
3» VIII.—On the Formation of Moss Gold and Silver. By
Archibald Liversidge, Professor of Mineralogy
in the University of Sydne .. 125 to 134
moe siteecent Copper Extracting Processes. By 8. DT.
Bensusan .. .. 185 to 145
” X—On ‘some Tertiary Australian Polyzoa. As Two plates. )
. J. E. Tenison-Woods, up Be 147 to 150
y Rev.
» See Seen see Periodicit ity. Pires “jag grams.)
y H. C. Russell, B.A., F.R.A.S., Government
Astronomer se ae en raat uy 961 toe
LIST OF PUBLICATIONS. 377
+, 5
Article XIT.—Effects of Forest Vegetation on Climate. By Rev. pois
W. B. Clar ke, M.A., A Ec nape ae -» | «AGO 86 Sao
fy. oe Od ee Siliceous Deposit, Richmond River.
; and the so-called Meerschaum from
Nee Heshassad River. By Professor ogay 237 to 239
» X%LV.—Remarkable Example of Contorted Slate. (Zwo
plates.) By Professor apie <3 at «. 241 to 242
» &V.—Proceedings .. $8 er ... 243 to 266
co eeeW Ay PE steno to Library Are ss “oth ee 207 te 276
>» %VII.—Don: “tis es ise 247 40 BEL
Pee. Gif 8 & & ie re the Sections .. in e .. 285 to 314
PAPERS READ BEFORE SECTIONS
Macrozamia spiralis. By F. Mi Iford, M.D.
(Two plates.) . 296
msv oie Section of Fang of Human Tooth,
showing Exostosis. By Hugh Paterson ... 299
Notes on two Species of Insectivorous P
lants
indigenous to ~ ina oh By J.U.C.Colyer 300
4, Etching and Etch By E. L. Montefiore... 308
Sp. 1B. ¢ cine ie ‘Abitinct of fhe Meteorological Obser-
tory. B
vations —. at the red Obse y
H. ©. sie ell, B. ras R.AS., ‘Govemeiati
Astronom st ab .. 315 to 328
46. RX Index ie nalts sii os teen
JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF NEW SOUTH WALES
1877.
Vol. XT
CoNnTENTS
(Edited by Professor Liversidge.)
PAGE,
Article I.—List of Officers, Fundamental Rules, By-laws, :
and List of Members i to Xxxv
» II. .anaveey Address, by ‘EL o “Russell, B. A,
.S8., Vice-President 1 to 20
III.—The Forest Vegetation of £ Cent and Northern
New England in cunnection Ww with Geological
Influences. By W.nristie, Licensed Surveyor. 21 to 39
IV.—On Dromornis ‘Australis, a new fossil gigantic
Bird of pare By the Rey. we B. Clarke,
M.A , Vice-Presiden 41 to 50
i vV.—On the ‘Sphenoid, ‘Cranial Bones, cuca. and
sup Ear-Bones Ctenodus. O
of
easels Coracoid, Ribs, and Seales of Ghat
oT iets Dope of Australi “By the
VI.—On the Tertiar Deposits : ustralia. fe e
: Rev. J. E. Tenison-Woods, F.G.8., F.R.GS 65 to 82
Vii.—O New Australian Polyz0 oa. (Two wo ood-
. as By Rev. J E. Te nison- Woods, F-G.S8.,
VIIl.—On the — of Chalk in the New. ‘Britain
Group. By sacs vena: F.C.S.,F.G8.,
My ke. oe
378 LIST OF PUBLICATIONS.
Article IX.—On a New Method of ow Silver,
other Metals from Pyrites. J. A. Dix
X.—The Paleontological Evidence, ‘93 ‘Australian Ter-
tiary By th y. J. KE. Ten
Woo FG. S., F. R.G.8
XI.—A Synops of Australian Tertiary Polyzoa. By
. Eth on
ridge, junr.
Pinaceae. 2 —Ctenacanths a ied of Hybodus. By Ww. J.
Barkas, M. R:C.S.
XIi.—A ried of Notation adapted to ‘explaining to
Fone aden Electrical yeep es
». a's Notes: on ei ® Meteorology, Natural | History,
a Gua: wae oth
Phosphatie Deposits, Malden Talend: Ww
. Dixon, F.C.S
>» &V¥.—QOn some -abhaseoaliass Tertiary ‘Cora (Two
e Rev. J. E. Teaison Woods
a3
39
and. rema arkable Vv ariable Star i in the
Constellation Ara. By J. Tebbutt, F.R.A.S.
CLL ae * a ntal peculiarity « of the Lepidosteide.
, M.R.C.S.
7, J. Barkas
», XVIII. cer thd il
Fossil Extinct Species “of Kangaroo,
Sthenurus og" ig .
Clarke, M.A.,
By the Rev. W. B
» X%IX.—Notes on some r aasack Barometric ‘Disturbances.
BS a F.R.A.S.
xXX,—
eedings .
gy aD a SiNAadiions to the L Libra
XXII.—List of Exchanges and Presentations
i °* XXIIL —Reports from the Section
PAPERS READ BEFORE SECTIONS.
1. Remarks on the egies of = Cape Mul-
berry. By F. Milfor
ie acs on some vate Species of “Diatomacez.
G rst
#30 LV —Appenix: Kietveiie of the Meteorological Ob-
ons ta. _ at the Sydney Observatory.
— B.A., FRAS, Govern-
nt Astr
roe 3 AG ae "ot Publications sby the e Society
», XX VI.—Index
PAGE,
93 to 111
113 to 128
129 to 143
145 to 155
157 to 163
165 to 181
183 to 195
197 to 202
203 to 207
209 to 212
213 to 218
219 to 235
236 to 244
245 to 251
253 to 278
281 to 294
295 to 302
303 to 305
JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF NEW SOUTH WALES,
1878. «5
Vol. XII.
Contents.
(Edited by Prof. Liversidge and Dr. Leibius.)
Article I, hee of Officers, oo — —
and List of Members
PAGE.
i to Xxxv
LIST OF PUBLICATIONS,
Article II.—Anniversary ea by Christopher Rolleston,
39
>
9?
Vice-Presiden
ITI.—Tasmanian ei ‘their Botany and Economical
alue. By Rev. 2 Tenison-Woods, F.G.8.,
IV.—The Mollusean ‘Fauna of Tasmania. er 8 the Rev.
J. nison-Woods, F.G.S we
V.—On some roe tralian Tertiary oeail Corals and
Polyzoa. " One ce v “5 the Rev. J.
Tenison-Woods, F.G.S L.S.
Vi.—Proposed Correction to the’ pase Longitu ude
of Pog 4 ydney Observatory. By John Tebbutt,
VII.—On the Meteorology of “a “Coast of New South
Wales during the Winter Months, with the
ings, from
the Observatory. By Marshall Smith, Shame
of the ship ‘‘ T. L. Hall”
VIII.—Storms on the Coast of New ‘South “Wales.
( Four ig ) By = ee , B.A,
RK. , Governmen
IxX.— a rs eve about the fe ‘Tidal ‘Wave, May
ee Three diagrams.) By sis
X. —Some prea of an Astronomical Experiment on
ase Some rae e (Two diagrams.) By H.
ae ., F.R.A.S., F.M.S., &e.
XI.—On the Metallurgy of Nickel and Cobalt. By
W. A. Dixon, By RL. a
XII.—The Deep hey: ‘Waters ‘of ‘Sydney. By W. A.
Dixon, F.C.58.,
XITI.—Note on "Huan Isla my Gua By W. A. Dix
E.C.8., ¥.LC, Ladi ok iuniaizy, Sydney
School 0
XIV.—The Rise and Progress of Photography. By
Ludovico W. Hart se ae ae a
XV.—Proceedings .
XVI. Additions oe the Library
—Donations = Oxlaii
XVII.
ain —List of he Bed s ne Prodcntations
XIX.—Report:
rts from the Sec
Parans READ BEFORE THE SECTIONS.
Note on the Planet Uranus, By John Tebbutt,
F.R.A.S.
On the Longitude of ‘Sydney Observatory.
By H. C. Russell, B.A., F F.R.A.S
Note on the Transit of Mercury. «(one
diagram.) By John Tebbutt, TAS. ©...
the Star ‘‘ Brisbane 6183.” By John
8.
RAB os
Notes on the Observatories in the “United
States. By W. J. MacDonnell, F.R.A.S. ..
Clark’s ———— Sirk a Cc. Russel,
B.A., F.R.A.S.
SS Pe
379
PAGE.
1 to 16
17 to 28
29 to 56
57 to 61
63 to 69
71 to 75
77 to 101
103 to 115
117 to 126
127 to 132
133 to 141
143 to 144
145 to 164
167 to 187
188 to
201 to 206
207 to 213
217 to 293
Art,
39
LIST OF PUBLICATIONS,
7. The Triangle Micrometer. By H. C. Russell,
8. oes ‘on J upiter during his Opposition, 1878.
9. On gone wise cs, and the separating power of
Telescopes. By W.J. MacDonnell, F.R.A.S
10. eae “ _ the — a the Transit of
, F.R.A.S..
y H. C. Rus
i, Noto on Are Geosantris Gouedon of Mars
and Sa aturn, 1879. John Tebbutt,
12. Remarks = se 1e Mounting of Large. “‘Object-
glasses, H. C. Russell, B.A., F.R.A.S.
13. On a New onde of Equatorial Mounting. By
H. C. Russell, B.A.,
i4. Note on a Boorook Silver Mine, By A. W.
tei = ;
15. Note the Incrustation. of the ‘Sydney
Water ‘Main, By Dr.
16. An Apology for the Introduction of the Study
of beep nd in our ne of Art and
Science. By Ludov.
17. On Music. By Mons, Tales ie ithan
XX.—Appendix: Abstract o a Meteorological Obser-
vations taken at the Sydney Observatory.
_ ~ oa sell, B.A., wR TA. S., Government
XXI. te yey Publications. .
, XXII.—Index
PAGE,
297 to 308
309 to 318
319
JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF NEW SOUTH WALES,
1879.
Vol. XIII.
CoNTENTS.
(Edited by Prof. Liversidge.)
Article I.—List of Officers, Fundamental Rules, By-laws,
mbers
and List of Me
Il.—Anniversary Address, by. ‘the Hon. Professor
Smith, C.M.G., Vice-President...
aati car x Cluster in Argo. By H. C. Russell,
IV.—The International Congress of Geologists, Paris,
Syne Psd Professor Liversidge, University of
V.—The Water of Sydney Harbour. By the Rev. W.
» M.A...
Hey
VI.—On the Anatomy of Disti tichopora, with a Mono-
ph of the Genus. By the Rev. J. E.
i 8., F.L.S
pared t f A lia. By sekitaad
. Hector, M.D., C.M.G., F.
VIII.—On the Lan es of Australia in ‘connection
those of the Mozambique ory of the Sonik ot
Africa. By Hyde Clarke V.P.A.I., London
PAGE.
ito xl
1 to 26
27 to 34
35 to 42
43 to 48
49 to 63
65 to 80
81 to 85
LIST OF PUBLICATIONS. 381
; PAGE,
Article IX. hg a its relation to Popular Education.
87 to 94
a X. _Ottelia preterit F.v. M. By Baron von ‘Mueller,
K.C.M.G., re 95 to 96
H.D.,
+» X1.—Compiled Catalogue of Latitude Stars, “Epoch
1880. By H. 8. Hawkins, M.A. 97 to 104
XIE: srg on the occurrence of remarkable Boulders in
e Hawkesbury Rocks. gel C, S. Wilkinson,
i 105 to 107
XIiI.—The Wentworth Hurricane. yt i 6. “Russell,
, F.R.A.S.
23
. 109 to 118
ae eV —Proceedin ngs Ae cs ».. 121 to 138
5 .—Additions to the Li bra: ne . 139 to 149
», AXVI.—List of Exchanges and Piccola re , 150 to 157
PAPERS READ BEFORE THE SECTIONS.
4 VIL Sree FROM THE SECT ... 161 to 226
. On a 4 of edkeesin Star Maps. By
: Rus sell, B.A., F.R.A.S. 163
z Occultation "of 64 Aquarii ae Jupiter Sept.
By John Tebbutt, FUBCA.S. 3.5 165
3. Note. on the —— n of Mars and Saturn,
July Ist, 1879. By H. C. Russell, B. AS
FRA. 167
4. The River Darling, the “water which ‘should
oe Bote ag By H. C. Russell, B.A.,
E.R. an 169
5. Notes n some re ecent objectives manufactured
by Carl Zeiss, of Jena. By G. 175
6. Notes upon To les’ ae front one-ten ta
immersion objective, and comparative
tri he same with Zeiss’s ‘il immersion
one-eighth (No ; , by both tie oe
cen harp . 180
7. An improved ‘Disseoting Miorescope. byt
K. naw e : 183
Art Criticism. By E. L. “Montefior oe 189
9. The Black hase From notes ikon by L.
art during a tour in Germany in 1861 97
10. Art Instruction. ge John Plummer. 205
ll. Ten Pesan at Gl anal By F. “Norton
an: 213
pikes. 1g 63 & sk ppednee: ” “Abstr ‘act of the "Meteorological
Observations ere at the Sydne genset
By H. C. Rus F. R. A.S. 229 to 24
os elke _List of Puisaton . 241 to 251
: XX.—Index . a 253
JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF NEW SOUTH WALES,
1880.
Vol. XIV.
CoNTENTS.
by Prof. Liversidge.)
Article I,.—List of Officers, Rules, and List of Members ...... xili to xlv
382
Article
LIST OF PUBLICATIONS,
II.—Anniversary Address, by Cha = Moore,
.L.S., Vice-President. (Diag
TII.—On the Longitude of the 8 yaney ee aan eal
By John Tebbutt, F.R.A.S.
IV.—On the ri. gage and Magnitu tudes of Uranus
and Jupiter. John Tebbutt, F.R.A.S..
V.—Some new —— ee with remarks upon
several Binar By H.C. Russell, B.A.,
(Two Diagrams) .
Vi. —The Orbit Elements of Conant I, 1880, (Gre at
Sou et). By Jo hn Tebbutt,
VI. ae new ‘method of printing Barometer and
r Curves. By H. C. Russell, B.A
VIL. Sling Seale for correcting Barometer Read-
y H.
C. Russell, B.A., F.R.A.S.
(Diag ne re
IX. =. “Thhunder and Hail Storms. By }
sell, B.A., F.R.A.S. (Diagram)
tees some recent, ¢ changes on the surface of
Jupiter. By H. C. Russell, B.A., F.R.A.S.
(Two tiki
XI. ——, on the Colours of Jupiter's Belts,
and some changes observed thereon ang
the ppekition of 1880. By G. D weitere
XII.—A Catalogue of Plants collected dust "Mer
Alexr. Forrest’s be Hapionieen of
1879. y Baron
, Bu. M. G., M.D.,
Ph.D., F.R.S. (Ma on
XUI.—On Ringbarking and is Effects. By W. E.
ott
ALY Bogor on the Fossil Flora of Eastern Australia
Tasma y ttaker Feistmantel.
AVE a the ‘Acids ‘of the Native Currant. din
. Rennie, M.A., ;
XVI.—On Piturie. By Professor Liversidge me
XVII.—On Salt-bush and Native Fodder Plants. By
. A. Dixon,
XVIII.—Water from a Hot Spring, New Britain. By
fessor Liversidge
XIX.—Water from a Hot Spring, Fiji Islands. By
Professor Liversi
XX.—The a ae of aseieck ‘acted upon by
Sea-water. By essor Liversi
XXI.—On the Composition of some hike pa ‘eked
in Basalt. Professor Live
XXII.—The Composition of Coral Exmectine: By
Professor Liversi
XXIII.—The Inorganic ¢ Constituents of the Coals of
New South Wales. By W. A. Dixon, F.C.S.
XXIV.—On the Sega mam some New Sonth Wales
Coals. By Professor Liversidge .
= m_ sone ew South Wales “Minerais. By
Professor Liversidge ...
Sito 95
97 to 102
103 to 118
119 to 121
123 tol
133 to 143
145
147 to 148
149 to 154
155 to 157
159 to 162
163 to 179
181to212
213 to 225
jaleas =) Sines
LIST OF PUBLICATIONS. 383
PAGE.
Article XXVI.—Notes on some Minerals from New Cale-
ia. By Professor Liversidge... cn Wek OO ee
9 XXVII.—Notes ona Collection of Fossils from the
i cks of New South Wales.
ridge, junr. os G.S. align 247 to 258
y R. Etheri
» XXVITL—A Comparison between the Prospec
aa pve Hill Schemes of Water Sty i for
Syc By ipps 259 to 280
‘ XXIX.—On ‘Well 7 the Liverpool Plains. a T.
co t, P.M. C Ma, p).-- 281 to 292
PP XXX.—Pro Sie .. 295 to 308
Pe XXXI. skaations is the Libra ary 309 to 323
9 RAXIT=—List be yor Now bon made. by the e Royal
Soc of New South Wales 324 to 331
Reports from the pened iva .. 335 to 355
PAPER READ BEFORE THE MEDICAL SECTION.
The Causation and Prevention of Insanity. By F. Norton
Manning, M.D. ... ae A vis ab2 .. 340 to 355
Appendix: Abstract - on Meteorological Observations at
the Sydney Observ H. C. Russell, B.A., F.R.A.S. 359 to 370
Rainfall Ma for ri year 1880. H. C. Russell, B.A., F.R.A.S.
List of Publica ... 3871 to 383
Index sie ai se bes sie em .. 385 to 391
JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF NEW SOUTH WALES,
1881.
Vol. XV.
CONTENTS.
(Edited by Prof. Liversidge, F.R.S.)
PAGE.
Article I.—List of Office 4 ie or oF a: xi
i TI.—Act of Tacsesottaon oe *s ica oe to xvi
is III.—Rules, and List of Members xvii to xlviii
o, IV.—Anniversary Address. Pies! Hon. Professor
Smith, C.M.G., &c. , President.. 1 to 20
i V.—The Cina of hares "By Hy. Ling Roth,
F.M.S., &e. (Diagram) 21 to 39
5 VI.—Notes of a Journey on the Darling. By W.E.
t, Wingen, N.S. W. 41 to 70
Pe VIL. — Astronomy of the "Australian Aborigines. By
the Rev. Peter MacPherson, M.A. 71 to 80
» WItI.—The ‘Spetinm and Appearance of the recent
met. By H.C. Russell, B.A., F.R.A.S.. 81 to 86
by {X.—On rate II, 1881. By John Tebbutt, F.R.A.S. 87 to 91
és X.—New Double Stars, and Measures of Brit of
those found by Sir es Herschel.
ete , BA, Sam , Gove sor pectin
(Six diag fom a ey oom 93 to 158
— caine: of Mercury, November
. On sell, BA, F.RAS., Government
Astronomer. se be ‘ 159 to 173
ZE
304 ! LIST OF PUBLICATIONS.
Enpiphyt
Soe tag
eh
Article XII.—On the Inorganic Constituents of
erns. W. A. Dixon, F.I.C., é
XII. bene of the Genera of Plants hitherto known
I lia. ag ron “TES
R
39
: von Mueller, K.C.M.G.,M.D., Ph.D., F
‘ieee 4 4's neal on Wool. By P. N. Trebe cl
XV.—On th —— of a Comprehensive ‘Schem
. Water Storage and Canalization for the
uture wale of this — y F. B
ci 8,
ra “ts —Proceedings
pa i i Addsione to the Libr
e XVII, = of Presentations ane eby the e Royall Society
ew South Wales
Proceedings of the Sections
PAPERS READ BEFORE THE SECTIONS.
On the Star Lacaille 2145. By John Tebbutt, F.R.A.S...
On the Variable Star R. Carine. By John Tebbutt,
On some Observations for Longitude at Lambie. ~ By W.
J. Con
The Orbit lems of of Comet I, 1881. By John Tebbutt,
s Insani increasing? By F. Norton Manning, ‘M.D...
eas yun el the Aegean ci Observations at the
Sydney Obs B.A., F.R.A.S
Rainfall M ae ? Now “South Wales for ns year 1881. H.C.
Russell, B.A., F.R.A.S
List of Pubtisations. ;
Index ... “i + “
JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF NEW SOUTH
1882.
Vol. XVI.
(Edited by Prof, Liversidge, F.R.S.).
Officers for =o
Act of Incorporatio
hules, List - Members, &e.
Article sident’s Addn By H.C. Russell, B. A.,
R.A.S., samen Astron
vs II.—On_ the pares a r Barratta or as teorite.
d notice.) By A. spied F.R.S.,
F.C.S. (Three Plates asl
s III.—On the Bingera Met
By A. Liversidge, PR ES. r C $
tee iV.—On the coisa? Composition of ce
New Sout “pubes ke. eos er )
A. Live mela, FA.8., FOR. (7
Plotes) ..,
eee
PAGE.
175 to 183
185 to 300
301 to 307
309 to 329
333 to 348
349 to 365
366 to 373
377 to 407
380 to 385
386 to 392
393 to 395
399 to 407
411 to 422
423 to 436
437 to 440
WALES,
PAGE.
ix
xi to XIV
xv to xlvil
lto 30
Zl to 33
35 to 37
¢?
39to 46
Article
LIST OF PUBLICATIONS.
V.—Rocks from New Britain and New Ireland,
Segoe rt fap notice.) By A. Liversidge,
VI.—The Hawkes Sandstone. By the Rev. JE.
Te miaon-Woods, F.G.8., F.L.S., &c.
Vil. Bi a Rains. By H. C. Russell, B. A.,
— pions Government Astronomer. (Six
VII. _New 3 Method of determining Sg North. By
J. 8. Chard, District oe 3
IX.—Notes on me Progress f New 7 tion th Wales
during the Ten Yeam 1872-1881. By Chris-
poms Roleston, C.M.G,, Auditor-General,
resi
X.—On a Carboniferous Marine Fossils. “By the
enison- Woods, F.G.S., F.L.8., oo
XJI.—On resiecs Meconoio oe ses the Palm
iver, Queensland.
peo m-W oods, F.G.S., ELS. ey " (Three
Plat :
XII. Mien 2 on pha Aborigines of New Holland. By
James Mann is
XIIT.—On the ikahes of giek Epiphytic Orchids. By
. Dixon, F.L.C., F.C.S...
XIV.—A Fossil Lag Formation of Central Queens-
land. B e Rev. E. Tenison-Woods.
F.G.S., F. L a &e. fee P lates) .
XV.—The came: got of New South Wales. By’. cf
XVI. page my ‘nfluenoo ‘of the. ‘Australian Climate
$ upon mt ce of cea ie
Dr. w Ross,
dings
Additions to the Library
List of Presentations oe. by the ‘Royal Society ‘of New South
es,
Proceedings of the Sections
Appendix : Abstract of the Meteordlogical O Observations at the
H.C. B.A., F.R
Sydney Observatory. a Russe A. Bis
_ Gove ge stronom a
List of Publications ze.
Index
385
PAGE,
47to 51
53 to 116
117 to 126
127 to 130
131 to 142
143 to 145
147 to 154
155 to 173
175 to 177
179 to 192
193 to 233
235 to 242
243 to 258
259 to 271
273 to 281
283 to 289
293 to 304
305 to 319
321 to 327
JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL area OF NEW SOUTH WALES,
1883.
Vol. XVII.
CoNTENTS.
(Edited by Prof. Liversidge. F.R.S.)
Officers for steel oe ie Alig cs US you
Act of Incorpora ioe ee 364 eee
Rules, List of iaaibers. &e. e ae eke ne a
386 LIST OF PUBLICATIONS.
Article | I.—President’s Address. By Christopher Rolleston,
C.M.G
Il. Saty ls the Aborigines inhabiti ing the Great Lacns-
ne and Rivertine Depression of the Low
rsalerg Murrurabidges, Lower Lachlan, and
Lower Darling. By Peter Beveridge
Il. mee met Waianamatta Shales. By the Rev. J. E.
on-Woods, F.G.S., F.L.S., &e.
IV cua: Tahiiek on scistialasiatt Strophalosice,
and d
Australia. Robert ‘aussie in pets
F.G.S., &e. “Tee Plates)
p deans rag” used by the Natives of £N orth Que
linders, and Mitchell Rivers od food,
meticine, ~ By Edward Palmer, M.L.A.,
Quee wee
4 VI.—Notes on me ee us Macrozamia, with. deser cip-
ions of some new species. By Charles Moore,
Aree A Pe
>» VIl.—Alist of Double Stars. By H. C. ‘Bossell, B. A.,
F.R.A.S. =
» VWIII.—Some Facts coririected with Irrigation. =
- Russell, B.A., F.R.A.S., F.M.S.
- IX.—On the aalbiloaesion of white bricks
from certain clays si peed aeighboushood Fe
Sydn By E. H. Be 5 ALAS, D.Be:
Ss X.—On the. Roots of the pies -cane. ‘By Hen nry
Ling Roth, F.M.S., F.S.S. (Zwo Plates) ...
on XI.—On Trsigation in anes India. By H. G.
McKinney, M.E., Assoc. M. Inst. C.E. ‘
» &IL—On ake fe nd Wells of New South Wales,
Water Supply, and Irrigation. By A. Pepys
ge SLT, itn vi eee _ the Census of the Genera of Plants
own Po Ragen to Australia.
Page von Mueller ; &C.M.G.,
ager
iol; ves of he rs pen the Cueiatatey af
Australian Products. By A. W. Dixon, F.C.S.
Proceedings
Additions to the Lilies:
Exchanges and Presentations made e byt the Royal Society 0 of
New South Wales, 1883
Proceedings of the syantionis ae
Appendix: Abstract of the eae, ical Observations at the
Sydney Observations. By H. P. Russell, B.A., F.R.A.S.,
F.M.S., Government Pie dig bee
Rainfall Map for the ear 1883. By H. C. R 1A,
F.R.AS. : : bea
List of Publications... —...
tee
oon woe aoe eee woe
PAGE.
321
LIST OF PUBLICATIONS.
387
JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF NEW SOUTH WALES,
- 1884.
Vol. XVIII.
ONTENTS.
(Edited by Prof. Liversidge, F.R.S.)
Officers for 1884-85
Act of Incorporation ;
Rules, List of Members, ke.
1884.
1. May 7. sip eho a Side MD. ee a8 Hon. Professor
2. June 4. On the = Re of Bar ranc
Rivers. By Wa bee Sotcher: rt M. Inst.
C.E.
3. July 2. Notes on Gold. By Dr. Leibiuss, M. A., ‘
4. 45, ,, On some New South Wales Minerals. By ‘Prof.
Liversidge, F.R
De yy ON. He Oren mounds of Aligeligues in Witeris.
By Rev. Peter M‘Pherson, M.A.
6. Aug. 6. Notes on tbe Trochoided Phatie By Laureiies
Hargra
7. Sept. 3. A new renee of. Actinometer: By ILC. Russell,
A., F.R.A
8. Nov. 5. Notes on some a Localities in the Wolters
Districts of N. 8. Wal By D. A. Porter
9. Dec. 3. Notes on Doryanthes. By Charles Moore, F S.
Water Boe 4 A = the Interior of N.S. Willen: By
W. E. Abbot
~
>
—
~
‘
2
hd
pe)
~~
ae on a ne Ww Self-repistering Anetaditicter.
y H. C. Russell, B.A.,
Be oy, A. Embraer it tome Maropilia, ‘Nt onbkbeiate,
d Cera By V Caldwell, M.A.,
Balfour Scholar, and Fell Caine Coll. Cam
Proceedings .. ‘ ae ‘ er
Additions to the Takers te
oe and sp oot OP eby ihe e Rosal Society of Now
uth Wales, 1883
oie of a nae
Cases of Mental Disturbance after tcjuéy to ‘the Head with
icular reference to loss of memory. By F.
ing, M.D. be
Appendix : ‘Abakeose of the Metcorologia Diels at the
Sydney Observatory. By H. sell, B.A., F.R.AS.,
F.M.S., Government an
Rainfall Map for the year 1883. By i. C. aaa B.A,
F.R.A
List of attr e
Index ie na ve eax oy nae ies see
388 LIST OF PUBLICATIONS.
yOURNAL OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF NEW SOUTH WALES,
1885.
Vol. XIX.
: NTENTS.
(Edited by Prof. Liversidge, F.R.S.)
PAGE,
Officers for oe det se a ore ys eee ix
Act of Incorporatio: i = a fe ee ie xi
Rules, List of iiatecs® c. xv
Article | I.—President’s Adaieus, By ce C. Hussll, B. 3
F.R.A. 1
An II.—A System of Accurate Measurement by me
of long Steel Ribands. By G. H. Knibbs, a
re Tit. —Notes on Flying-Machines. By ‘Lawrence Har- f
grave. (Zhree plates) . se ne 41
” --On a Form of ying. -Machine. " ‘By L. Har-
ve. (Two plates) 47
gra
” V.—Local Variations er Vibrations ‘of the Farth’s s
Surface. By H. C. Russell, B.A., FLR.A.S
(Five diagrams) . 51
ee VI.—Some Causes of the Decay of ‘the Australian
Forests. the Rev. Peter MacPherson,
ie plate) 83
a VE — of Floods in the “Hawkesbury, River.
P. Josephson, A.M.LC.E. (Three
th on) 97
» WIIl.—The Ringal of the North-western Himalaya.
B andis, F.R. 109
” IX.—Stone Implement of the Aborigines ne Australia
and some other Countries. By the Rev. Peter
Mastic, M (Three sponte 113
» X.—Notes on experiments in mo he Amphi-
pleura pellucida in media having a higher
refractive index than Canada Balsam. By
William Morris, Fel. Fac. Phys. and aie, =
Glas., F.R.M.S. Lond. . 12]
” XI.—Notes on the Characters of the Adelong Reefs.
By S. Herbert Cox, F.C.S., F.G.S. 135
Proceedings a sect eee ee 137
Additions to the tay <: 159
Exchanges and Presentations maile o by the Royal Society of Hew
sf ree 181
Proceedings of the Sec 191
Medical por =e Contmbution to the Study of Heredity.
: ning, M.D... 197
Appendix : eae“ of the ponscisiagies Observations at the
Sydney Observato By H. C. Rus ean erin
ey ALS PMS, ‘Gaceenina macneds 205
_ Rainfall Map ca 1664. By H. ©. Russell, B A,
i List of Publications . Se egh ega omer ae 219
LIST OF PUBLICATIONS. 389
JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF NEW SOUTH WALES,
1886.
Vol. XX.
CoNTENTS.
(Edited by Prof. Liversidge, F.R.S.)
PAGE,
Officers for cena xiii
Act of Incorporat. xv
Rules, List of Monier 3, &e. xxi
Article I fae ident 3 Address. By Professor Liversidge, F.R.S.,
1
i IL—Demmigiion of an Unrecorded Ardisia of New Guinea.
By Baron Ferd. von Mueller, K.C.M.G., M.&Ph.D.,
.R.S., &e. 43
», III.—A Comparison of the Dialects of East and West de gs
nesian a alay, Malagasy, and Australian. By the
orge Pratt......... 45
LY, oSheatoary: Notes on some new Poisonous Plants dis-
ce on the Reger River, Sue ee
T. L. Bane M.B. (Edin,), F 69
v V.—Metallie eset te, Queen land. By a ‘Liver-
sidge 73
a Ws La oes: Vives to tit Census se Die Genera of
Plants hitherto known as indigen o Australia.
7 ore ron Ferd. von Sroctiok Rl, ML G., i & Ph.D
se: 75
oN es —Notes on the Process of Polishi ing and Figuring 18-in
Glass gag gs by Hand, and ges eriments with Flat
Surfac H. F. Madse : 79
» Vill.—Tin Desouike s New South W ales. By 8. Herbert
Cox, F. LS. 93
» i1X.—The Aboriginal ‘Names of Rivers in Avstralia Philologi-
—— examined. By the late Rev. Peter MacPherson,
La 113
bg pret and their Uses. By Fredk. B. Gipps,C.E. 143
Xr. fee upon the History of opr in the River Darling.
x By H. C. Russell, B.A., ke 155
», XIL.-—Notes the Sweet Princo a Smilax Glycyphylla.
rofessor * Eile H. Rennie, M.A., D.Se....... 211
9s ELE, ae os ee mee at Dissociation of Gases. By
Professor R. Threlia 1B Ay (Cantab.) 335.4505 56 213
ge Ve gene ‘of the Observation of ihe re ae
Bar rt and B s (No. 1886, at Win
N. Pea + 4 ha Tebbutt, F.R.A.S 219
XV.—Notes on some Bod s and Minerals from New Guinea,
4 By Pr fends gp eeig 2 er ren 227
CoN ks —Notes on some pau outh Wales Silver and other
2 nerals. By lh ssor Big sr wh R. cee Sea 231
, XVII.—O the Com x foi of so m
: gfe Pacifi se 2B y Professor or Liver, es RS., &e... 235
», XVIII.—Notes upon Wiosis in Lake By H. C.
Russell, B. B.S., &e. : 241
3» X1X.—The Strenath and Elasticity “of Ironbark Timber as
a applied t orks of construction. By Professor
on io Warren, AMLCE. 61
s
390
LIST OF PUBLICATIONS,
Additions to the Library
Exchanges and ee made by the Royal Society of New
Proceedings of the Sections
List
Index
South Wales
Sanitary Section.
The ce ei of eg and the Dwelling. By J. Trevor
s, City Eng
On the ~Rekioaial Secwirastion of Chairsand Desks. By Reuter
E.
Roth, M.R.
ty on the Sanitary ¢ Condition . = anaes Suburbs, &e.
. Quaife, M.D. (Univ
The ni Outbreak of Small- _pox aM Xt * Oceanien.”
J. Ashburton feline M. D. (Brux.), San. Sci. Gert
(Ca
mb.
A apes ibe Seavenage. By J. Ashburton Thompson, M.D.
x.), San. Sci. Cert. (Camb.
Saciination of the Suburbs of Sydney. By J. Trevor Jones, C.E.
of Publications
P
Basalt from New Guinea
INDEX,
PAGE
A
Aboriginal names of Rivers in Aus-
113, 287
Additions to the Library ............ 10, 299
dress, Prosidiential, “by Professor
Liversidge, F.R.S.
Allen, the lata ow George Wigram,
f
Fy Bits ER EC oe eT 7
Alurvial tin ‘depos sits Pieehag wien An sone 103
oeba 37
Rasion? of Mollusca peculiar to
ustralia 8
owe of the Echidna and Platy-
18
Anglesite a5 454
Arago from Tanna (New gaa 230
iptdensivon Taillantii, Nortl
Queens! and
Ardisia poo vita Guinea 43, 288
337
Asplanchna Ebbes
Associated minera gg WIG Gil scac cscs
— Association for the
Advancement of Sci 41
Austra infusoia peo = ee 18
mollusea peculiar to......... 18
a3 oe a 2 Tataug e tin-
mining il 109
Australian dialee tie, 284
clima tas in
produe ing modifi ations of docu 18
Australia ‘flora applied to practical
medici 285
Saeeian gums and r
native names en errors of
138
Australian ea oo
Be ene” devieens 207
ys leniepeniie ee cides Ek
B
Bancroft T. sa a a F.LS.,
limina me new
Poisonous Pianta nad on the
Johnstone River, North Queens-
69,
285
| Barnard Comet, 1886.............-+--+ +++ 220
resulting places 223
228
AGE
P
Baxter River (New Guinea), minerals
rom 230
233
Bingera meteor sa
Biological Labora
B
73
tory, vig eoe s Bay 19
235
lack pumice from Bondi beach..,...
Bole Saeeee Baxter Riv oe rakl ccaeucss teas 230
Books purchased in 1886 ...........0++5 321
Brooks! Paes », 1886 Soenst agaehenomes 221
resulting
plac 223
Building Fund, donations to ......... i—iv
re from Mr. E.
Ross Fairfax 294
Cabinets, donations to Society’s ...... 322
. g° old in
Cassiter 233
Cattle ees of, on coed George...... 150
er beds .
Census of plants Padigenous to Aus-
ralia
ussite 232
thane: rational construction of...338, 348
Chemical composition . ae Lemsivaee 236
”» ”
” ”? ” (white) 236
fe th
fro m N. S.W. Kerosene shale...
Ghenaisery : the Australian Gums
and Resin ag
Chloride, § 231
Chrysolite Stil cogetiae wage eee coaiy 230
Clarke Memorial eat Lave ae
3) be
1886
Climate of Australia 18
ae gi ner of lightning upon 294
Com DD is nincssccgenestty' OO
it Boe ‘ok (No. 1) 1886 ...... 220, 296
Fabry, 1886 219, 296
Compression ‘of ironbark timber ...... 267
Compressive elasticity i oe . 267
Conder Be J.—Reminiscences in th
interi S.W., 1864-1874...... 206
Conglomerate from New Guinea ......
uin
pis Oita exhibits ...........-287, 289
392 INDEX.
PAGE PAGE
Corresponding members _............ 296
"nc aon FCS. F.GS,, on the
hi of Australian natives.........
D
Daph Nee repandula, | North
Queenslan 69
ake River, — Int bes eee ce 155
s dis jacaveey by Sturt 162
prstioo ea are
1872-1886
Darling River, observations at Cul-
tO Way LSTORTO TM ooiss one cece aes 7
Darnley Island (New iccerar
mineral
De Koninck L. G., M.D., &e., sanded
Clarke medal for 1886...........4 287
Desks, rational constructior 3
Dialects of E. an ry
Malay, Mala gasy,and Australian, 45, oes
Diamonds, from Inverell ...............
Diatom ms, from Port eer Eat Renae
Dissociatio
ms of gases, pranes of ...213, 206
Donations to aa radi rie ts Seine eae
foty? 8 noi pica "322
Dwelling- Ne senlibatip 339
Eastern Australia, expedition in
» _ suburbs of § Sydney, sesame
— on. 5
Echidn anatomy and life history of 18
Hadwaation, Herbert Spencer upon...... 2
rd Rayleigh upon ...... 22
s Professor ae 2
eck, of _ I 1, 267, 297
Emmazville, ti 95
Exchanges aa cous piviorcaines 323
Fabry. Comet, 1886, ..................... 219
a resulting places 222
Fablerz
arena Edward ‘Ross, donation to
Building Fund
Figuring specula, various methods of “79
296
Filar micrometer, new
ee nee reese eet ee
Flat surfaces, experiments with ...... 79
Flint, from New Guinea . ee eae
Floods in Lake George........... 3 eee 297
the River ing.. » 155
‘Foraminifera, from Port Ja ckson,..
~
| Kerosene shale
Fortescue, the late Dr., — Olas 7
Fossil wood from New "a unin occ ee
Galvanometer iio measuring induc-
tion co-eflicie
sai
Gas iation of 213, 296
Gash veins gee RG RIBLO. <6. eda anne 1
Geometr ny of one form of serpentine
progre
aa. ‘Frederick = C.H., on our
and their uses ... ........ , 288
Glass gorse polishing and figur-
79, 286
Gold in ealei 288
ing oe eae
at Australian 17
Himantidium from Deslachs River ...... 336 _
Honorary Mem
Huxley, iatoentess on Scientific Edu-
cation
Igneous covering rocks or . 106
eeses sig n, Ae te) xv
oe co- tients ‘galvanometer
Tnhiences of "the Australian climate
n producing m eto rereto “i diseases 18
finns eseliase o Australia......... 18
ted of N.S. v., “4 eueepeeutal of
fivenal —_— Ee - 238
Todargyri
Tron- ae Saban, strength of...... 261, 097
tension of ... . 265
Iron ore deposits 0 of MGW, ae
» pyrites from New Guinea........ 228
Trregular tin d eposit. s . 98
—— Feptint a heasuens”
poisonous plants o , 285
es J. Tr Cc the Sanita-
tion of the Suburbs of Sydney 338, 362
Jones. J. T the ventila-
ies
tion of sewers 338, 339
K %
mn ae by a i = ae
of N. Be.
pit piivesusuees vere
Members, Corresponding ..........---.-
. Honora: : Ne:
ri, Binge, 8 er :
Metallic, aspen aR 78; oie
“Micrometer, a new Filar
”
Bay Aes ee ae 296
rule! the 25,000 inch 336
.
INDEX. 393
PAGE PAGE
L oe Section, eae of
oie —— —— from the 282, 335
of T: = Midstreet Grating Ventilators ......... 342
Lava from Pork Revalati ihe ee ee Minerals associated with tin............ 101
Lake e, floods in ...... i 241, a from New Guinea and Poly-
Lakes i oN. Sw. and their uses...143, 288 nesian Islands. seeeee 227, 296
ee ints of... 153 ew ag Wales ...... 231, 296
Lectur g, Cla rke Memorial ............ 13 Mines: —Bailey’ 107
Dining, — ions to the Siacaevetess 10, 299 Pinion, Giant’s Den ... 99
Xxxiv << phot 99
haces dere of sewerage............ 367 se Bolitho 99
“g Prcnede of the Echidna and » Bucha 99
ES Butler’s 99
Lif history = the Mollusca peculiar » Inverell 102
a WPAPIIOE -ccvcnsspatisnan decane 100
Lighining lege — oncoins ... 294 ” Silverton 102
Lignite, w Guinea .........2:: 229 is pr 99
Limesto one Pe 228 Mines, School of, Sydney ..........-.++ 28
Ranehas( Sc Gomeh eh es age ea 228 Mollases peculiar to Australia......... 18
Liversidge Bink. FE.R.S., notes on — the late Dr. T. Cecil, notice
some N.S.W.. silver end ger
285, 296 re s, Dr., on the Maize-blight.. 35
tiveness Prof., E.RS., Sin on Mountine living paca water organisms 335
one ro are and minerals from Ne Oophytes .......esereeee eee ees 336
227, 296 Mueller, Baron F. ae K.C.M.G.,
Liverside Prof, F.R.S., on a metallic M. & Ph. , Description
teorite, Queensl an 3 of an unrecorded Andis ia from New
aaa Prof., F.R.S., on in the com- Guin 43, 283
mage “a — pumice and lava Sacller, " Baron F, yon, K.C.M.G.,
_ 935 M. & Ph.D. sy B85 a ther addi-
ireides ar ER 'S., TPecsi dential tions to the esi ‘of the Genera
1 of Plants hitherto known as indi-
genous to Australia , 286
M McIntosh, J. G., Recollections of the
Darling ican 65
purses me ig nag the seria h MacPherson, M.A., the late soe
Glas Specula " PS ar Aceon Aboriginal enc
‘ments with Flat Surfaces gti 79, 286 sahil - Australia philologi ell
Maize-blight 33 ~— 237
Malagasy Dialect 45, 284
Malay _ 45, 284 N
Manganes 233
Marcou Prof elected a ee Native — and Plants after rain no
be
Marine fauna of Port Jackson......... pr New penta tin deposits ~
OEE 0 BES 2g ato a mene tere liii | New Guinea, sea ription of an unre-
Medical Section, Proceedings of feo 19 — Madina O86 ipeess tes vee ~ 233
2, 370 w Guinea ro ais and minerals . 227
lit New South Wales Iron ore deposi. 18
18
Kerosene shale ...
a - Lakes sak —
uses. 43, 288
poh wane. ‘other
nerals . , 296
ore depois 18
«bd: OS
Silver
Tin deposits .
394
INDEX.
PAG PAGE
North iy as atta new poisonous President’s Address, by Professor
plants of 69, 285 BR pode Mi Becvencscieetieeees
Folate Parasita from Botany...... 336 say
Proonatiers of the Medical Section... 370
- Microscopical Section 335
Observations of Comets, Fabry, ” yng Section...... 337
oe haan yea eages 1), “Ts, ‘at | 296 Publications, list: of 371
Dhsserations of taint <hbeddale, Pumice, black, chemical composition
1859-1870 0} _ of. vise 285
Observations of rainfall at Brisbane, eh cag white, chemical composition pe
Bt 0
isarrationsof rainfall ak Bieenn- Pumice from ie (ruines © ...\.. cee
Gicieedno 90 e Pacific «...1-.. 288, 297
Observations, ra at Bourke, 1872-
91, 203 Q
Observations, river, at Cultowa, 187 0- Quaife Dr. - i pe on di Sani-
175, 188 tary Cond of of the
hepa BE ERR HOB Ee sects 96 Eastern Suburbs of Sydney . 338, 350
xiii Quartz = ew Gu 227
Bas ia Of NS Woes 231, 285 | Quartzi ee ee
Gssenaecal meteorite 73, 307
Queensland orth, very of
ig or Reece to Tin-mining Indus- a cba plants on the Foto
try i sone ralia 109
Payable T oy what constitutes ...../¢.. 07
Plices. soiiae of Barnard’s Comet,
1886
Places, een of Brooks’ Comet
ag 1), 18
Places, reoutteng, ‘of Fabry’ 8 ; Comet,
te
Plants indigenous to Australia...... 75, 2
Platypus, anatomy and life history of
Poisonous plants, North Queensland,
Polishing 18-inch glass specula by
x
Rainfall at = rmidale, otc ot Spolail
os even’ 1859-1872 ......
is undulla, ee
Rayleigh, fa on scie
Reminiscences of the interior of New
ou 8 Ae B74 ee
18
69
eee TT
Researches, Society’s bronze medal
rize for
an a
Polyg glott of the ne languages 284 Resins Australia
- olynesia gor alec! 84 | Results of the observations of comets,
‘x wa rocks and ‘minerals ard, and Brooks (No.
from 296 at Windsor, N.S.W... 219, 296
ne glabra 70 Renting. places of Barnard’s comet,
Porphyry from Fein Guinea............ 228
Port Jackson foraminifera and dia- Results . i of Brooks’ comet,
8 33 (No. 1), 1886 223
Port Jackson marine fau
18
ns dawn Professor, Kath etometer
esigned b 292
Mae Rev. George, on a comparison
of the dialects of E. and W. Poly-
_nesia, Malay, Malagasy, and Aus-
Presentations and Exchanges .........
45
323 |
Rhizopods, method of raion.
River Dar a floods i
obs se
Bour
River 1 ‘Daring observations at Cul-
ntific education 22
aati: laces of Fabry’s comet,
g Pp Ty ” 909
10 205
175, 188
INDEX. 395
PAGE : PAGE
Rivers in Australia, Aboriginal names Spencer, cuaahauie upon scientific
philologically examined ......... 3, 287 educatio 23
Rivers, Tasma names for ......... 130 | Stalactites ack Tanna (New Guinea) ren
Rocks, from New Guinea and ake Stiffness of ironbark timber ...........
sian Islands 296 pene of Surda, eruption of Nee ee 988
Roth, R. E., M.R. 4 On ve hel vs ib aia berg 261, 262, 297
rational construction of chairs bey perl 337
school desk , 348 aay expt "TS Sie tite lentheiee
Rotifes from the Waterloo ale Ne . 337 sanitabion by J. Trevor
Rul xxi Jo ones, C.F. 338, 362
Russel H. C., B.A., F.RB.S., notes Sulphur. _aahaets &c., from Tanna
n floods in Lake Georg DO isis _ 297 Guinea)
Bareell, 3 hea OY RS surtae flat, experiments Within sescaes 7
= the history of floods in Vine dney sewer 340
vr Darling 155
Rosli Hi. C., B.A., F.R.S., on a new
lar micrometer 296
Sanitary condition of the eastern
esti = ESyane, by Dr. pomeees vn
nitary s
Sanitation: ota
Scavenage
School “desks, rational Peano
f 338,
. 338, 50, 362
359
348
School of Mines, Sydney ..........-.... 28
Reienee, + a stra = Reodiation for
the neement Of ......c.66 38, 41
snadiodl, ere ngs
9, 282, 370
. microscopical, proceeding
18, 282, 335
Section, sanitary, so ie -286, 337
paemes 2 pec geometry 0
e for
Section, 5
Serrage, reproictvenes Obese
rag Lieurnur nee eaeise th Of cre 367
= eontilatio of
Pe
We
eae
-_
ee
ae
me
nm
*j
mc)
@ 2)
~T
io 2)
ie)
i]
~
Sil ering
Slate, t rag . 100
Siiiall- pox on the: Mu ML. “ Oceanien”.. 338
354
ose Glycyphylla, sweet apie 8
1, 294
Smit C.M.G., M.D.,
Hon. Prof., bio Beets tery ctl of.
Society’s medal awarded to 8. Herbert
F.GS
2-6
‘
=I
79, 286
C.S8.,
Specula glass, 18-inch
Tanna (New hating stalactites bes 230
(New
Tarewera ealand), volca
eruptions J:
Tebbutt, We F.R.A.S., results of
the naar dts: ns of Comet ts, Fabry,
and "Brooks sie 1) ae
at Wind 30 ola pi eeaevers 9, 296
Teel hnical ohn 2
Technological i aise 3: Se
Tensile pe yee as of ironbark timber..
Tension
‘ho
eee rere ere ree ee eee
De “Ashb urton ; TT
Ashbt
8, 359
Phage Elizabeth 2 srsatge Hand 252
Bag ec LoProt, “ie he
theory of dissocia 213, 3, 296
Tuned strength and ‘lasticity of a yes
Tin, alluvial spent
» Bailey's 108
» Butler’s ey
» Cope’s C
», deposits of N.8.W. ......... 17, 93, 98
“a ns in slate 100
» igneous eo POOKS (es eects ces 106
» Ka Flat Solisc ieee kOe
i sree of treatm eetié? cccccuc. 108
ie rals associated with ......... 101
S serail, — constitutes......... 107
» Rose Valley 103
» Silverton i.
S rin Creek
hes vee abl 03
1
Tin- -mining “nde in Australia,
papers relatin 109
weer eee ret eeeceeeeseee
233
oe stiffness of — timber 263
strength 262
INDEX.
PAGE . PAGE
U
Urallad istrict, gold in calcite from the 288 | Yule Island, New Guinea, mineral
specimens from
oe of sewers and the
welling seveeaes sen 338, 339, 341, 368
Hentiatee
Volcanic seeaiae at Krakatao ...... 286 Zanthoxylum Aion Queensland 70
i _ ficou N.Z. 294 ea ROOORRRE Se Z 71
Polvox 337 5 rates latses se aie
Zincite 233
Zoophytes, method of mounting ...... 336
rof., A.M.I.C.E The
roeength a elasticity of ironbark
timber as applied to works of co
struction
Sydney : Charles Potter, Government Printer.—1887.
Live Music Archive
Librivox Free Audio
Metropolitan Museum
Cleveland Museum of Art
Internet Arcade
Console Living Room
Books to Borrow
Open Library
TV News
Understanding 9/11